1 RCS-985B Generator Protection Instruction Manual PDF

RCS-985B
Generator Protection
Instruction Manual
Nanjing Nari-Relays Electric Co., Ltd.

RCS-985B Generator Protection
Preface
Before using this product, please read this chapter carefully.
This chapter describes the safety precautions recommended when using the equipment. Before
installing and using the equipment, this chapter must be thoroughly read and understood.
Instructions and Warnings
The following indicators and standard definitions are used:
DANGER means that death, severe personal injury, or considerable equipment

damage will occur if safety precautions are disregarded.
WARNING means that death, severe personal injury, or considerable equipment

damage could occur if safety precautions are disregarded.
CAUTION means the light personal injury or equipment damage may occur if
safety precautions are disregarded. This particularly applies to damage to the device and to
resulting damage of the protected equipment.
WARNING!
The firmware may be upgraded to add new features or enhance/modify existing features, please
make sure that the version of this manual is compatible with the product in your hand.
During operation of electrical equipment, certain parts of these devices are under high voltage.
Severe personal injury or significant equipment damage could result from improper behavior.
Only qualified personnel should work on this equipment or in the vicinity of this equipment. These
personnel must be familiar with all warnings and service procedures described in this manual, as
well as safety regulations.
In particular, the general facility and safety regulations for work with high-voltage equipment must
be observed. Noncompliance may result in death, injury, or significant equipment damage.
DANGER!
Never allow the current transformer (CT) secondary circuit connected to this equipment to be
opened while the primary system is live. Opening the CT circuit will produce a dangerously high
NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD i

voltage.
WARNING!
Exposed terminals
Do not touch the exposed terminals of this equipment while the power is on, as the high voltage
generated is dangerous.
Residual voltage
Hazardous voltage can be present in the DC circuit just after switching off the DC power supply. It
takes a few seconds for the voltage to discharge.
CAUTION!
Earth
The earthing terminal of the equipment must be securely earthed
Operating environment
The equipment must only be used within the range of ambient environment detailed in the
specification and in an environment free of abnormal vibration.
Ratings
Before applying AC voltage and current or the DC power supply to the equipment, check that they
conform to the equipment ratings.
Printed circuit board
Do not attach and remove printed circuit boards when DC power to the equipment is on, as this
may cause the equipment to malfunction.
External circuit
When connecting the output contacts of the equipment to an external circuit, carefully check the
supply voltage used in order to prevent the connected circuit from overheating.
Connection cable
Carefully handle the connection cable without applying excessive force.
ii NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

Copyright
Manual: V1.0 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO.,

P/N: EN_YJBH2001.0086.0001 LTD.
Copyright © NR 2008. All rights reserved 69 SuYuan. Avenue, Nanjing 211102，China
We reserve all rights to this document and to Tel: 86-25-87178185, Fax: 86-25-87178208
the information contained herein. Improper use Website: www.nari-relays.com
in particular reproduction and dissemination to Email: International@Nari-Relays.Com
third parties is strictly forbidden except where
expressly authorized.
The information in this manual is carefully
checked periodically, and necessary
corrections will be included in future editions. If
the user nevertheless detects any errors, he is
appreciated any suggested correction or
improvement.
We reserve the rights to make technical
improvements without notice.
NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD iii

Table of Contents
Chapter1 Introduction .................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 Application .................................................................................................................. 1
1.2 Protective Functions ................................................................................................... 1
1.2.1 Protective functions list for generator ....................................................................... 2
1.2.2 Protective functions list for stepdown transformer.................................................... 3
1.2.3 Protective functions list for excitation transformer or exciter.................................... 3
1.2.4 Auxiliary functions ..................................................................................................... 3
1.3 Typical applications .................................................................................................... 4
1.3.1 Typical applications................................................................................................... 4
1.3.2 Constitution of the scheme ....................................................................................... 6
1.4 Features ...................................................................................................................... 7
1.4.1 High-performance hardware ..................................................................................... 7
1.4.2 New protection technology........................................................................................ 8
1.4.3 Intellectuality ............................................................................................................. 9
Chapter2 Technical Data.............................................................................................................. 11
2.1 Electrical Specifications ............................................................................................ 11
2.1.1 Power supply........................................................................................................... 11
2.1.2 Analog current input ratings .................................................................................... 11
2.1.3 Analog voltage input ratings.................................................................................... 11
2.1.4 Binary input ............................................................................................................. 12
2.1.5 Binary output ........................................................................................................... 12
2.1.6 Power supply output for Optical isolators ............................................................... 12
2.2 Mechanical Specifications ........................................................................................ 12
2.3 Atmospheric Environment tests................................................................................ 13
2.4 Communication Interface.......................................................................................... 13
2.5 Type test ................................................................................................................... 14
2.5.1 Environmental tests ................................................................................................ 14
2.5.2 Mechanical tests ..................................................................................................... 14
iv NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

2.5.3 Electrical tests ......................................................................................................... 14
2.5.4 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)...................................................................... 14
2.6 Certifications ............................................................................................................. 15
2.7 Protective functions related parameters................................................................... 16
2.7.1 Accurate Operating scope ...................................................................................... 16
2.7.2 General error of analog input metering................................................................... 16
2.7.3 Generator-Transformer Unit，main transformer differential protection.................. 16
2.7.4 Transformer restricted earth fault protection .......................................................... 17
2.7.5 Generator differential protection and differential protection of exciter ................... 17
2.7.6 Stepdown transformer and excitation transformer differential protection............... 18
2.7.7 High sensitive transverse differential protection ..................................................... 19
2.7.8 Longitudinal zero sequence voltage protection for inter-turn fault ......................... 20
2.7.9 Earth fault protection of stator................................................................................. 20
2.7.10 Stator earth fault protection with injection priciple ................................................ 21
2.7.11 Earth fault protection of rotor ................................................................................ 21
2.7.12 Overload protection of stator ................................................................................ 21
2.7.13 Negative sequence overload protection ............................................................... 22
2.7.14 Overload protection of excitation winding (AC quantity)....................................... 22
2.7.15 Overload protection of excitation winding (DC quantity) ...................................... 22
2.7.16 Loss of excitation protection of generator............................................................. 23
2.7.17 Out-of-step protection of generator....................................................................... 23
2.7.18 Voltage protection of generator ............................................................................ 24
2.7.19 Over excitation protection ..................................................................................... 24
2.7.20 Power protection of generator .............................................................................. 24
2.7.21 Frequency protection of generator........................................................................ 25
2.7.22 Accident energization protection of generator ...................................................... 25
2.7.23 Startup/shutdown protection of generator ............................................................ 25
2.7.24 Pole disagreement protection ............................................................................... 25
2.7.25 Low impedance protection .................................................................................... 26
NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD v

2.7.26 Voltage controlled directional overcurrent protection ........................................... 26
2.7.27 Directional zero sequence overcurrent protection................................................ 26
2.7.28 Gap protection....................................................................................................... 26
2.7.29 Mechanical protection ........................................................................................... 27
2.7.30 Measurements and Recording Facilities .............................................................. 27
Chapter3 Description of Operation Theory ............................................................................... 29
3.1 Advantage of duplicated main and backup protection for high rated transformer ... 29
3.2 Software Structure .................................................................................................... 29
3.3 Fault detectors .......................................................................................................... 30
3.3.1 Using fault detector improves the security of tripping............................................. 30
3.3.2 Differential protection of generator-transformer unit and main transformer ........... 31
3.3.3 Backup protection of main transformer................................................................... 32
3.3.4 Differential protection of stepdown transformer...................................................... 33
3.3.5 Backup protection of stepdown transformer ........................................................... 33
3.3.6 Fault detector of differential protection of generator............................................... 34
3.3.7 Interturn fault protection of generator ..................................................................... 35
3.3.8 Earth fault protection of stator of generator ............................................................ 35
3.3.9 Generator rotor earth fault protection ..................................................................... 36
3.3.10 Generator stator overload protection .................................................................... 36
3.3.11 Negative sequence overcurrent protection of generator ...................................... 36
3.3.12 Generator loss-of-excitation protection................................................................. 36
3.3.13 Generator out-of-step protection........................................................................... 36
3.3.14 Generator overvoltage protection ......................................................................... 36
3.3.15 Generator over excitation protection..................................................................... 37
3.3.16 Generator reverse power protection ..................................................................... 37
3.3.17 Generator frequency protection ............................................................................ 37
3.3.18 Generator accident energization protection.......................................................... 37
3.3.19 Startup and shutdown protection of generator ..................................................... 37
3.3.20 Fault detectors of excitation transformer or exciter .............................................. 37
vi NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

3.3.21 Overload protection of rotor winding..................................................................... 38
3.3.22 Mechanical protection ........................................................................................... 38
3.4 Theory of protective elements .................................................................................. 38
3.4.1 Preparation knowledge of transformer.................................................................... 38
3.4.2 Preparation knowledge of generator....................................................................... 41
3.4.3 Differential protection of generator-transformer unit, main transformer, stepdown

transformer and excitation transformer............................................................................ 41
3.4.4 Differential protection of generator and differential protection of exciter................ 50
3.4.5 DPFC Current Differential Element......................................................................... 54
3.4.6 Restrict earth fault protection of MT and ST (REF) ................................................ 56
3.4.7 Backup protection of main transformer................................................................... 60
3.4.8 Interturn fault protection of generator ..................................................................... 67
3.4.9 Backup protection of generator............................................................................... 71
3.4.10 Earth fault protection of stator............................................................................... 75
3.4.11 Stator Earth Fault Protection with 20 Hz Voltage Injecting principle.................... 79
3.4.12 Earth fault protection of rotor ................................................................................ 82
3.4.13 Generator stator overload protection .................................................................... 84
3.4.14 Negative sequence overload protection ............................................................... 86
3.4.15 Loss-of-Excitation protection ................................................................................ 88
3.4.16 Out-of-step protection ........................................................................................... 92
3.4.17 Voltage protection ................................................................................................. 94
3.4.18 Over excitation protection ..................................................................................... 95
3.4.19 Power protection ................................................................................................... 97
3.4.20 Frequency protection ............................................................................................ 98
3.4.21 Accidental energization protection........................................................................ 99
3.4.22 Generator startup and shutdown protection ....................................................... 101
3.4.23 Excitation winding overload protection ............................................................... 102
3.4.24 Excitation transformer and exciter protection ..................................................... 103
3.4.25 Stepdown transformer backup protection........................................................... 104
3.4.26 CT circuit failure alarm ........................................................................................ 106
NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD vii

3.4.27 VT circuit failure alarm ........................................................................................ 107
3.4.28 Mechanical protection ......................................................................................... 108
Chapter4 Self-supervision, metering and records.................................................................. 109
4.1 Self-supervision ...................................................................................................... 109
4.1.1 Start-up self-testing............................................................................................... 109
4.1.2 Continuous self-testing ......................................................................................... 110
4.1.3 List of alarm messages ......................................................................................... 111
4.2 Metering .................................................................................................................. 121
4.2.1 Measured voltages and currents .......................................................................... 121
4.2.2 Sequence voltages and currents .......................................................................... 121
4.2.3 Rms. voltages and currents .................................................................................. 121
4.2.4 Differential current and relevant quantities ........................................................... 121
4.2.5 Phase angles ........................................................................................................ 122
4.2.6 Measurement display quantities ........................................................................... 122
4.2.7 All metering data displayed on LCD ..................................................................... 122
4.3 Signaling ................................................................................................................. 140
4.3.1 Enabling binary inputs of transformer................................................................... 141
4.3.2 Enabling binary inputs of generator ...................................................................... 141
4.3.3 Enabling binary inputs of excitation and stepdown transformer protection.......... 142
4.3.4 Binary inputs of mechanical protection ................................................................. 143
4.3.5 Auxiliary binary input ............................................................................................. 144
4.3.6 Fault detector flag generated internal by MON..................................................... 145
4.3.7 Other Binary Inputs ............................................................................................... 146
4.4 Event & fault records .............................................................................................. 147
4.4.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................... 147
4.4.2 Event & Fault records ........................................................................................... 147
4.4.3 Type of event ........................................................................................................ 147
4.4.4 Change of state of binary inputs ........................................................................... 147
4.4.5 Relay alarm signals............................................................................................... 149
viii NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

4.4.6 Protection element ................................................................................................ 151
4.4.7 Viewing event records via RCSPC support software ........................................... 153
4.5 Disturbance Record ................................................................................................ 154
4.6 Time Synchronization ............................................................................................. 155
Chapter5 Hardware Description................................................................................................ 157
5.1 Hardware overview ................................................................................................. 157
5.1.1 Front view.............................................................................................................. 157
5.1.2 Rear view .............................................................................................................. 159
5.1.3 Functional block diagram of RCS-985B ............................................................... 160
5.2 Standard connectors and terminals........................................................................ 161
5.2.1 General description............................................................................................... 161
5.2.2 Pins definition of ‘1A’ connectors.......................................................................... 161
5.2.3 Pins definition of ‘1B’ connectors.......................................................................... 162
5.2.10 Pins definition of ‘5A’ connectors........................................................................ 171
5.2.11 Pins definition of ‘5B’ connectors........................................................................ 172
5.2.13 Pins definition of ‘7B’, ‘8B’ connectors................................................................ 175
5.2.15 Pins definition of ‘9C’ connectors........................................................................ 177
5.2.16 Pins definition of ‘10B’ connectors...................................................................... 178
5.2.17 Pins definition of ‘10C’ connectors...................................................................... 179
NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD ix

5.3 Output ..................................................................................................................... 183
5.3.1 Tripping outputs .................................................................................................... 183
5.3.2 Signaling outputs................................................................................................... 184
5.3.3 Alarming outputs ................................................................................................... 186
5.3.4 Other outputs ........................................................................................................ 186
Chapter6 Software Overview..................................................................................................... 187
6.1 Software Overview.................................................................................................. 187
6.2 System services software....................................................................................... 187
6.3 Platform software.................................................................................................... 188
6.3.1 Record logging ...................................................................................................... 188
6.3.2 Settings database ................................................................................................. 188
6.3.3 Database interface ................................................................................................ 188
6.3.4 Protection and control software ............................................................................ 188
6.4 Software downloading ............................................................................................ 190
Chapter7 Settings ....................................................................................................................... 195
7.1 Equipment parameters ........................................................................................... 195
7.1.1 Setting list.............................................................................................................. 195
7.1.2 Setting instruction of the parameters.................................................................... 195
7.1.3 Setting path ........................................................................................................... 197
7.2 System Settings ...................................................................................................... 197
7.2.1 Logic settings of configuring functions.................................................................. 197
7.2.2 Transformer system parameters........................................................................... 201
7.2.3 Generator system parameters .............................................................................. 204
7.2.4 System parameters of stepdown transformer1 &2 ............................................... 207
7.2.5 System parameters of excitation transformer or exciter....................................... 209
7.2.6 Implicit configuration settings................................................................................ 211
7.3 Protection Settings.................................................................................................. 216
x NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

7.3.1 Settings of differential protection of generator-transformer unit (GTU)................ 216
7.3.2 Settings of differential protection of main transformer.......................................... 218
7.3.3 Settings of phase to phase fault protection of main transformer.......................... 222
7.3.4 Settings of earth fault protection of main transformer .......................................... 229
7.3.5 Settings of over excitation protection of main transformer ................................... 234
7.3.6 Differential protection settings of generator.......................................................... 237
7.3.7 Settings of turn-to-turn fault protection of generator............................................. 241
7.3.8 Settings of backup protection of generator........................................................... 244
7.3.9 Settings of earth fault protection of stator windings.............................................. 248
7.3.10 Settings of earth fault protection of rotor ............................................................ 252
7.3.11 Settings of thermal overload protection of stator................................................ 253
7.3.12 Settings of negative sequence overload protection............................................ 255
7.3.13 Settings of Loss-of-Excitation protection ............................................................ 258
7.3.14 Settings of out-of-step protection........................................................................ 264
7.3.15 Settings of voltage protection ............................................................................. 267
7.3.16 Settings of overexcitation protection of generator .............................................. 269
7.3.17 Settings of power protection of generator........................................................... 271
7.3.18 Settings of underfrequency and overfrequency protection................................. 273
7.3.19 Settings of startup and shutdown protection of generator.................................. 276
7.3.20 Settings of accidental energization protection of generator ............................... 278
7.3.21 Settings of differential protection of stepdown transformer1 and 2 .................... 280
7.3.22 Settings of backup protection at HVS of stepdown transformer......................... 281
7.3.23 Settings of backup protection of Br1 of stepdown transformer .......................... 284
7.3.24 Settings of restrict earth fault protection of stepdown transformer..................... 286
7.3.25 Settings of differential protection of excitation transformer or exciter ................ 287
7.3.26 Settings of backup protection of excitation transformer or exciter ..................... 288
7.3.27 Settings of overload protection of excitation transformer or excitor ................... 289
7.3.28 Settings of mechanical protection....................................................................... 290
7.4 Calculated parameters............................................................................................ 292
NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD xi

7.4.1 Calculated parameters of primary rated current ................................................... 292
7.4.2 Calculated parameters of secondary rated current .............................................. 293
7.4.3 Calculated parameters of secondary rated voltage.............................................. 295
7.4.4 Calculated parameters of differential coefficient................................................... 296
7.4.5 Calculated parameters of internal secondary rated current ................................. 299
Chapter8 Human Machine Interface ......................................................................................... 301
8.1 User interfaces and menu structure ....................................................................... 301
8.2 Introduction to the relay .......................................................................................... 301
8.2.1 Front panel ............................................................................................................ 301
8.2.2 LCD ....................................................................................................................... 303
8.2.3 LED indications ..................................................................................................... 320
8.2.4 Keypad operation .................................................................................................. 322
8.2.5 Menu ..................................................................................................................... 322
8.2.6 Operation instruction of Menu............................................................................... 325
Chapter9 Communications........................................................................................................ 341
9.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................. 341
9.2 Rear communication port of EIA(RS)485 ............................................................... 341
9.2.1 Rear communication port EIA(RS)485 interface .................................................. 341
9.2.2 EIA(RS)485 bus .................................................................................................... 342
9.2.3 Bus termination ..................................................................................................... 342
9.2.4 Bus connections & topologies............................................................................... 342
9.3 IEC60870-5-103 communication ............................................................................ 343
9.3.1 Overview of IEC60870-5-103 ............................................................................... 343
9.3.2 Messages description in IEC60870-5-103 protocol type...................................... 343
9.4 MODBUS protocol .................................................................................................. 350
9.4.1 Overview ............................................................................................................... 350
9.4.2 Fetch real time status (Binary) .............................................................................. 350
9.4.3 Fetch metering values of equipment..................................................................... 356
9.4.4 Fetch settings value of equipment ........................................................................ 363
xii NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

9.5 EIA(RS)232 Interface.............................................................................................. 381
9.6 Communication with printer .................................................................................... 382
9.7 Communication with External GPS pulse Source .................................................. 383
Chapter10 Installation ................................................................................................................ 385
10.1 Receipt of Relays.................................................................................................... 385
10.2 Handling of Electronic Equipment .......................................................................... 385
10.3 Storage.................................................................................................................... 386
10.4 Unpacking ............................................................................................................... 386
10.5 Relay Mounting ....................................................................................................... 386
10.5.1 Rack Mounting .................................................................................................... 387
10.5.2 Panel mounting ................................................................................................... 388
10.6 RELAY WIRING...................................................................................................... 389
10.6.1 Medium and heavy duty terminal block connections.......................................... 389
10.6.2 EIA(RS)485 port.................................................................................................. 390
10.6.3 IRIG-B connections (if applicable) ...................................................................... 390
10.6.4 EIA(RS)232 front port of downloading/monitoring.............................................. 390
10.6.5 Ethernet port (if applicable)................................................................................. 390
10.6.6 Test port .............................................................................................................. 391
10.6.7 Earth connection ................................................................................................. 391
Chapter11 Commission ............................................................................................................. 393
11.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................. 393
11.2 Precautions ............................................................................................................. 393
11.3 Relay commission tools .......................................................................................... 394
11.4 Setting Familiarization ............................................................................................ 395
11.5 Product checks ....................................................................................................... 395
11.5.1 With the relay de-energized................................................................................ 395
11.5.2 With the relay energized ..................................................................................... 398
11.5.3 Setting Testing .................................................................................................... 408
11.5.4 Rear communications port EIA(RS) 485 ............................................................ 409
NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD xiii

11.5.5 On-load checks ................................................................................................... 409
11.5.6 Final check .......................................................................................................... 410
11.6 Use of assistant test software RCSPC................................................................... 410
11.6.1 Function summary of RCSPC communication software .................................... 410
11.6.2 Connection way of protection equipment and personal computer ..................... 411
11.6.3 Configuration of PC and the software before use .............................................. 411
11.6.4 Operation instruction of the software.................................................................. 412
Chapter12 Maintenance ............................................................................................................. 415
12.1 Maintenance period ................................................................................................ 415
12.2 Maintenance checks ............................................................................................... 415
12.2.1 Alarms ................................................................................................................. 415
12.2.2 Binary Inputs ....................................................................................................... 415
12.2.3 Binary output ....................................................................................................... 415
12.2.4 Analog inputs ...................................................................................................... 415
12.3 Method of Repair .................................................................................................... 416
12.3.1 Replacing the complete relay ............................................................................. 416
12.3.2 Replacing a PCB................................................................................................. 417
12.4 Changing the relay battery...................................................................................... 418
12.4.1 Instructions for replacing the battery................................................................... 418
12.4.2 Battery disposal................................................................................................... 418
12.5 Cleaning .................................................................................................................. 418
Chapter13 Decommissioning and Disposal ............................................................................ 419
13.1 Decommissioning.................................................................................................... 419
13.1.1 Switching Off ....................................................................................................... 419
13.1.2 Disconnecting Cables ......................................................................................... 419
13.1.3 Dismantling ......................................................................................................... 419
13.2 Disposal .................................................................................................................. 419
Chapter14 Ordering Form.......................................................................................................... 421
14.1 Loose equipment .................................................................................................... 421
xiv NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

14.2 Panel installed......................................................................................................... 422
Chapter15 Firmware and manual version history................................................................... 423
Chapter16 ANNEX....................................................................................................................... 425
16.1 Appendix A: Settings Sheet .................................................................................... 425
16.1.1 Equipment parameters........................................................................................ 425
16.1.2 System Settings .................................................................................................. 426
16.1.3 Protection Settings.............................................................................................. 431
16.2 Appendix B: RCSPC for RCS-985 (User Version) ................................................. 443
16.2.1 General................................................................................................................ 443
16.2.2 Menu bar ............................................................................................................. 444
16.2.3 Tool bar ............................................................................................................... 446
16.2.4 Report.................................................................................................................. 452
16.2.5 Trip Tests ............................................................................................................ 454
NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD xv

Chapter1 Introduction
1.1 Application
The RCS-985 series is microprocessor based protection equipment used for generator-transformer
unit of turbo-hydraulic and gas-turbine generator type. It meets the requirements of power plant
automation.
RCS-985B provides complete electric quantity protection of a generator-transformer unit which

usually comprises generator, main transformer, stepdown transformer and exciter or excitation
transformer.
RCS-985B suits connection of generator-transformer unit with two stepdown transformers:

two-windings main transformer (220 kV or 500 kV), generator with capacity of 100 MW or above,
two stepdown transformers and excitation transformer or exciter.
For a large-scale generator-transformer unit, two sets of RCS-985Bs can be used and then main
protection, abnormal operation condition protection and backup protection can be duplicated.
Breaker failure initiation and mechanical protection equipment (RCS-974 series) is installed on a
separate panel. Different CT groups are used by these two RCS-985Bs and main and backup
protection elements in one RCS-985B share one CT group. Outputs of the protection correspond
to various trip coils. Therefore, the following advantages can be achieved:
• Clear design and arrangement of the secondary circuits;
• Convenient, reliable and secure for operation of equipment and requirements of accident
prevention;
• Convenient for configuration, testing and maintenance.
1.2 Protective Functions
Table 1.2-1 Protective functions for main transformer
NO. Protection elements IEEE

1. Differential protection of generator-transformer unit 87GT
2. Protection functions for main tranformer 87T
3. DPFC differential protection 7/87DT
4. Zero sequence current differential protection 87NT
5. Two-zone distance protection at HV side 21P
6. Two-stages composite-voltage-controlled overcurrent protection 51/27,67P, 50P,
51P
7. Two-stage zero sequence overcurrent protection at HV side 50N, 51N
8. Directional zero sequence overcurrent protection at HV side 67N
9. “Gap” zero sequence overvoltage protection at HV side
NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 1

10. “Gap” zero sequence overcurrent protection at HV Side

11. Zero sequence current differential protection at HV side 87HV
12. Zero sequence overvotage alarm at LV side.
13. Over excitation protection (Inverse time and definite time) 24
14. Overload alarm 49
15. Cooling pickup 49
16. Voltage transformer supervision 47,60G
17. Current transformer supervision 50/74
1.2.1 Protective functions list for generator
No. Protection functions for generator IEEE

1. Current differential protection of generator 87G
2. DPFC current differential protection of generator 7/87G
3. High sensitive transverse differential protection 87G
4. Longitudinal zero sequence overvoltage protection for turn-to-turn 59N/60
fault
5. DPFC directional protection for turn-to-turn fault 7/67
6. Two stages phase-to-phase distance protection 21G
7. Composite-voltage-controlled overcurrent protection 51V
8. Extreme current blocking function at generator terminal
9. Zero sequence overvoltage protection for stator ground fault 64G1
10. Third harmonic overvoltage protection for stator ground fault 27TN, 64G2
11. Two stages rotor one-point earth fault protection 64R
12. Rotor two-point earth fault protection 64R
13. Definite and inverse time stator overload protection 49S
14. Definite and inverse time negative sequence overload protection 46/50, 46/51, 49R
of rotor
15. Loss of excitation protection 40
16. Out-of-step protection 68/78
17. Two stages phase-to-phase overvoltage protection 59G
18. Phase-to-phase low voltage protection 27G
19. Two stages definite time over-excitation protection 24
20. Inverse time over-excitation protection 24
21. Reverse power protection 32G
22. Reverse power protection during generator shutting down 32G
23. Three stage under frequency protection 81G
24. Two-stage over frequency protection 81O
25. Startup/shutdown generator protection
26. Accidental energization protection 50/27
27. Voltage balance function 60
2 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO.LTD

1.2.2 Protective functions list for stepdown transformer
Note:
RCS-985B includes 2 sets of stepdown transformer protection.
No. Protection functions for stepdown transformer IEEE

1. Differential protection 87T
2. Zero sequence current differential protection of HV side 87HV
3. Composite-voltage-blocking overcurrent protection 51V
4. Under voltage blocking overcurrent protection of branch 1 51/27G
5. Under voltage blocking overcurrent protection of branch 2 51/27G
6. Zero sequence overcurrent protection of branch 1 50P, 51P
7. Zero sequence overcurrent protection of branch 2 50P, 51P
8. Overload alarm 49
9. Cooling pickup 49
10. Overcurrent alarm output
1.2.3 Protective functions list for excitation transformer or exciter
No. Protection functions for excitation transformer or exciter IEEE

1. Differential protection of excitation transformer 87T
2. Differential protection of exciter 87T
3. Overcurrent protection 50P
4. Definite and inverse time overload protection of excitation 49
Mechanical
protection Mechanical protection function overview for generator IEEE
No.
1. Mechanical protection 1
1.2.4 Auxiliary functions
Other functions overview

Automatic self-supervision relay hardware supervision and secondary
circuit supervision
Metering 24 samples per cycle

Fault recording CPU module 32 latest fault reports, 8 latest fault waveforms
MON module 4 or 8 seconds continuous oscillogram function
for latest fault

Event self-supervision report 32 latest abnormality reports

recording binary input chang report 32 latest binary status input change reports
Present recording One normal operating waveform triggered
manually
Loacal HMI LCD and keypad
Remote HMI RCSPC software or substation automation
system software
Front communication port (RS232) for software RCSPC with local protocol
Rear communication ports Ports type four RS-485 ports
to host (two can be configured as fiber port)
Protocol type IEC 60870-5-103/MODBUS
Rear communication port to printer one RS-485 or RS-232
Time synchronisation port IRIG-B (optional)
Voltage and current drift
auto-adjustment.
1.3 Typical applications

1.3.1 Typical applications
Figure 1.3-1 typical protection configuration scheme consists of three protection panels. In which
panels A and B comprises separately one set of electric quantity protection of
generator-transformer unit including main transformer, generator, stepdown transformer, and
exciter or excitation transformer. Different groups of CT are used for them. Panel C comprises
mechanical protection as well as pole disagreement protection, circuit breaker failure initiation and
circuit breaker operation relay set if needed.
Connection shown in the figure is that of panel A. However, connection of panel B including
polarity mark of CT is the same as panel A. Although exciter or excitation transformer is drawn in
these figures, either of them is applicable for any scheme.
Figure 1.3-1 shows typical protection scheme of RCS-985B for 300MW/500kV

generator-transformer unit. It can be used either for generator-transformer unit with capacity 100
MW or above or similar connection diagram.
Figure 1.3-2 shows typical protection scheme of RCS-985B for 300MW/220kV

generator-transformer unit. It can be used also for both generator-transformer unit with capacity
100 MW or above and similar connection diagram.

Panel A Panel B Panel C
CZX-12R
RCS-985B RCS-985B
RCS-974A
Transformer
transformer A
transformer B
Station
Station
Generator
Figure 1.3-1 Typical application 1 of RCS-985B
220kV
Bus VT
Panel A Panel B Panel C
CZX-12R
RCS-985B RCS-985B
RCS-974A
Transformer
transformer A
transformer B
Station
Station
Generator
Exciter
Figure 1.3-2 Typical application 2 of RCS-985B

1.3.2 Constitution of the scheme

1.3.2.1 Differential protection
For generator-transformer unit with capacity of 300 MW or above, panel A and B are both equipped
with generator-transformer unit differential protection, main transformer differential protection,
generator differential protection and stepdown transformer differential protection.
For generator-transformer unit with capacity of 100MW – 300MW, panel A is equipped with main
transformer differential protection, generator differential protection and stepdown transformer
differential protection while panel B is equipped with generator-transformer unit differential
protection, generator differential protection and stepdown transformer differential protection.
The scope of differential protection may cover generally LV side of stepdown transformer or its HV
side if necessary.
For differential protection of generator-transformer unit, differential protection of main transformer

and differential protection of stepdown transformer, there are two kinds of discrimination principle
for inrush current: second harmonics discrimination and waveform discrimination. It is
recommended that one set of RCS-985B adopt second harmonics discrimination and the other set
adopt waveform discrimination.
For differential protection of generator, there are also two kinds of percentage differential protection:
common percentage differential protection and DPFC percentage differential protection.
1.3.2.2 Backup protection
Panel A and B are equipped with complete set of backup protection of generator-transformer unit.
Different CTs are used for them.
For zero sequence current protection, if there is only one group of zero sequence current CT, it can
be connected to panel A. While panel B can adopt calculated zero sequence current from
bushing CT. Protective ranges of these two kinds of zero sequence current protection are different
to each other. Their setting shall be calculated separately.
As to earth fault protection of rotor, two sets of such protection cannot work simultaneously
otherwise influence between them will appear. Only one set of earth fault protection of rotor can be
enabled during operation. If other set will be put into operation sometimes, this set shall be
quitted firstly.
1.3.2.3 Current transformer
Panels A and B adopt different current transformers CT.
Main protection and backup protection adopt one common group of CT.
Current sampled at the terminal of generator is included in generator protection and main
transformer differential protection. These two kinds of differential protection can use one common
group of CT without any influence. In fact two groups of CT input channel are provided in
RCS-985B. One of them is reserved for special case.

Current sampled at HV side of stepdown transformer is included in differential protection of main

transformer and differential protection of stepdown transformer. Since capacities of these two
transformers are different to each other significantly, in order to ensure performance of differential
protection, it is better to adopt two groups of CT for them, one CT with huge ratio is prepared for
differential protection of main transformer, and the other with small ratio for differential protection of
stepdown transformer. However, if there is only one group of CT can be used for them, it is also
possible if make related configuration by software.
On 220 kV side, there shall be one group of CT to be adopted dedicatedly for circuit breaker failure
protection and pole disagreement protection.
1.3.2.4 Voltage transformer
Panel A and B shall adopt different potential transformer VT or its different windings if possible.
For turn-to-turn fault protection of generator, in order to prevent unwanted operation due to VT
circuit failure on HV side used dedicatedly for this protection, one set of protection shall adopt two
groups of VT. However, if we consider to adopt only independent VT windings, too much VT will
be installed at generator end and it is not reasonable. So it is recommended to equip three
windings of VT there, namely VT1, VT2 and VT3. Panel A adopts voltage from VT1 and VT3 while
panel B VT2 and VT3. During normal operation, panel A adopts VT1 and panel B adopts VT2 while
VT3 is backup to both of them. If circuit of VT1 or VT2 fails, VT3 will be switched on automatically
by software.
For zero sequence voltage, there are two windings adopted by two sets of protection equipments
simultaneously in general.
1.3.2.5 Circuit Breaker Failure Initiation
Circuit breaker failure initiation is very important to power plant. In general, generator-transformer
unit protection tripping contact is an essential to circuit breaker failure initiation. Considering
importance of such protection, it is recommended to realize it as follows:
Only one set of circuit breaker failure initiation shall be equipped.
In order to make it more reliable, circuit breaker failure initiation should be independent equipment
with electric quantity protection equipment.
1.4 Features
1.4.1 High-performance hardware
1.4.1.1 DSP platform
RCS-985B adopts high-performance digital signal processor DSP chip as its core calculating unit.
It is indeed digital protection equipment.
1.4.1.2 Duplicated CPU system
RCS-985B comprises two independent CPU systems where lowpass filter, A/D converter, fault
calculation and logic output are all independent. CPU1 is used for tripping matrix while CPU2 for

fault detector. The equipment will be blocked and issue alarm if any one of CPU fails. So unwanted
operation due to hardware failure can be avoided.
1.4.1.3 Independent Fault detector
An independent general fault detector is equipped in management module (MON module). Power
source of output relay can be connected only when the fault detector operates. Besides, various
other fault detectors are provided for various protection functions. Tripping outputs of protective
elements on CPU module can be validated only when corresponding fault detector on MON
module picks up. Any component failures during normal condition will not cause unwanted
operation.
1.4.1.4 High-speed sampling and calculation in parallel
The equipment adopts high-speed sampling and parallel calculation. Sampling rate is 24 points
per cycle. Calculation of all protection elements can be performed during one sampling period.
High security, reliability and speed can be reached then.
1.4.2 New protection technology

1.4.2.1 Variable slope differential protection
Variable slope percentage characteristic is adopted for differential protection (refer to Figure 3.4-1).
Slopes Kb11 and Kb12 can be so set that high sensitivity can be got during internal fault and
transient unbalance current can be avoided during external fault. In order to prevent unwanted
operation of differential protection due to CT saturation, measures to discriminate CT saturation
are provided for phase current on each side.
1.4.2.2 DPFC percentage differential protection
DPEC percentage differential protection reflects only deviation components of differential current
and unrestraint current and is not effected by load current. It can detect small fault within
transformer and generator. Besides, it is insensitive to CT saturation since its restraint coefficient
is set comparatively high.
1.4.2.3 Inrush current blocking
Inrush current blocking is used for the equipment. Second harmonic and waveform of current can
be used for discrimination of inrush current by option.
1.4.2.4 Discrimination of external against internal fault by CT saturation detector
According to relation between DPFC of restraint current and differential current of differential
protection, external or internal fault can be discriminated correctly. For external fault, criterion of
waveform of current is adopted. Unwanted operation will not occur if the correct transfer time
from primary to secondary side of CT is not less than 5 ms. As to internal fault, the equipment
will operate quickly.
1.4.2.5 High sensitive transverse differential protection
Transverse differential protection adopts percentage phase current restraint and floating threshold.

The equipment can operate for internal fault with high sensitivity and not operate for external fault
with high security.
1.4.2.6 New criterion for percentage current differential protection of generator
DPFC current is used as restraint quantity for external three phase fault.
DPFC and negative sequence current are used as restraint quantity for external unbalance fault.
Longitudinal zero sequence voltage is used as restraint quantity for small turn-to-turn fault of stator.
1.4.2.7 Stator earth fault protection
This protection function adopts third harmonic voltage as the criterion. It can adopt proportion
relation of third harmonic voltages between generator output and neutral point around parallel
operation of the generator with the system. This criterion ensures that no unwanted alarm can be
sent during startup/shutdown process of the generator.
1.4.2.8 Rotor earth fault protection
This protection function adopts ping-pong principle. Its DC input uses high performance isolated
amplifier. Real-time display of voltage and insulation resistance of the rotor as well as location of
its ground point can be realized.
1.4.2.9 Loss of excitation protection
This protection function adopts open criterion. Several criterion such as stator impedance, reactive
power, rotor voltage, busbar voltage and reduced active power of stator can be combined flexibly.
Requirements of operation of different type generator-transformer unit can be met then.
1.4.2.10 Out-of-step protection
Triple impedance elements are adopted by this protection function and system swing and
out-of-step can be discriminated correctly. It can also locate the swing center and can make
real-time record of pole slipping number of internal swing and external swing respectively.
1.4.2.11 VT circuit failure supervision
Two groups of VT inputs are equipped for generator end. If one group fails the equipment will
issue alarm and switch to the healthy group automatically. It is not needed to block protective
function relevant to voltage of generator.
1.4.2.12 CT circuit failure alarm and blocking
This function adopts percentage differential principle. Detection ability of CT circuit failure can
enhanced significantly and unwanted operation can be avoided then.
1.4.3 Intellectuality
1.4.3.1 Friendly HMI interface
The HMI interface with a LCD and a 9-button keypad on the front panel is very friendly to the user.
Real time, connection diagram, phase current, differential current and voltage can be displayed on

LCD during normal condition.
1.4.3.2 Transparency
More than 500 sampled data including differential current and phase angle etc. can be displayed
on LCD and more than 1500 internal data of the equipment can be supervised through dedicated
auxiliary software RCSPC that provides user with great convenience to know about the operation
situation of RCS-985.
1.4.3.3 Perfect fault recording function
CPU module: latest 32 groups of fault data and event sequence, 8 groups of fault oscillograms, 32
status changes of binary inputs and 32 self-supervision reports can be recorded.
MON module: when the equipment picks up, oscillograms of all analog sampling quantity,
differential current and operation of the protection equipment can be recorded with duration up to 4
seconds or 8 seconds (depend on sample rate configured).
The format of event or fault report is compatible with international COMTRADE format.
1.4.3.4 Communication ports
One front RS232 port ( For RCSPC software)
Two rear RS-485 ports with IEC 60870-5-103 protocol or MODBUS protocol which can be
re-configured as optical fiber ports.
One rear RS-485 with clock synchronization,
One rear RS-232 or RS-485 with printer.
1.4.3.5 Various clock synchronizations
Various GPS clock synchronizations: second/minute pulse via binary input or RS-485, message
via communication ports and IRIG-B synchronization.

Chapter2 Technical Data
2.1 Electrical Specifications
2.1.1 Power supply
Rated Voltage (Un) 24Vdc, 110Vdc, 125Vdc, 220Vdc, 250Vdc

Variation (80% ~ 120%)Un
Ripple in the DC Max 15% of the DC value. Per IEC 60255-11
auxiliary voltage
Voltage dips and Per IEC 61000-4-11，IEC 60255-11:1979
voltage short 20ms for interruption without de-energizing，dips 60% of Un
interruptions without reset up to 100ms
Burden Quiescent <40W
condition
Operating <70W
condition
Backup battery type 1/2AA, 3.6V, 60mAh
2.1.2 Analog current input ratings
Rated frequency 50Hz, 60Hz, ±10%

Phase rotation ABC
Rated Current (In) 1A 5A
Linear to 40×In (Transformer related) 40×In (Transformer related)
(non-offset AC current) 20×In (Generator related) 20×In (Generator related)
2×In (for metering CT) 2×In (for metering CT)
Thermal continuously 3×In 3×In
withstand for 10s 30×In 30×In
capability for 1s 100×In 100×In
for half 250×In 250×In
a cycle
Burden < 0.2 VA/phase @ In < 0.5 VA/phase @ In
2.1.3 Analog voltage input ratings
Standard Per IEC 60255-6, IEC 60288

Rated Voltage (Un) 100V/√3, 110V/√3 100V, 110V 200V
linear to 100V 173 V 230V
Thermal continuously 120 120 V 200V
withstand 10s 200 200 V 350V
capability 1s 250 250 V 400V
Burden <0.2 VA/phase @ Un <0.5 VA/phase @ Un <2.5VA/phase@ Un

2.1.4 Binary input
Rated Voltage 110VDC 125VDC 220VDC 250VDC

Pickup voltage 77VDC 87.5VDC 154VDC 175VDC
Dropout voltage 60.5VDC 68.8VDC 121VDC 137.5VDC
Maximum permitted 150V 150V 300V 300V
voltage
Withstand 2000Vac
Resolving time for <1ms
logic input
2.1.5 Binary output
Item Used for tripping contact Used for signal contacts

Output model Potential free contact
Max system voltage 250VAC/DC
Test voltage across 1000VAC rms fro 1min
open contact
Making Capacity 30A
Breaking capacity 0.4A resistance 0.2A resistance
(L/R=40ms at 250VDC) 0.2A inductive(L/R=40ms) 0.05A inductive (L/R=40ms)
Continuous carry 8A 5A
Short duration current 50A for 200ms 50A for 200ms
Pickup time(Typ/Max) 5ms/10ms 10ms/15ms
Dropout time(Typ/Max) 8ms/10ms 8ms/10ms
Bounce time 1ms 1ms
Durability Loaded 100,000 operations minimum 100,000 operations minimum
contact
Unloaded 10,000,000 operations minimum 10,000,000 operations minimum
contact
2.1.6 Power supply output for Optical isolators
Rated Voltage 24V

Rated current 200mA
Max current 500mA
2.2 Mechanical Specifications

Enclosure dimensions 482.6mm(W)×532.6mm(H)×285 mm(D)
Trepanning dimensions 450mm(W)×534mm(H)，M6 screw
Mounting Way Flush mounted
Weight per device Approx. 30kg
Local control panel Small control module: 5 LED indicators, a 9-key Keypad and a
320×240-dot LCD
12 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

Display language English

Housing material Aluminum
Housing color Silver grey
Location of terminals Rear panel of the device
Protection class Front side: IP51
(per IEC60529:1989) Rear side, connection terminals: IP20
Other Sides: IP30
2.3 Atmospheric Environment tests

Standard IEC60255-6:1988
Operating temperature -25°C~+55°C
Transport and storage -40°C~+70°C
temperature range
Permissible humidity 5% ~ 95%, condensation not permissible
2.4 Communication Interface

Communication Parameters
medium
Interfaces for communicating with RTU/SCADA
RS-485 Electrical Port number 2
(EIA) Baud rate 4800 ~38400bps
Transmission distance < 1000m@4800bps
Maximal capacity 32
Twisted Pair Screened twisted pair cable
Protocol IEC60870-5-103:1997
Safety level Isolation to ELV level
Optical Port number 2
(Optional) Connector type ST
Baud rate 4800 ~ 38400bps
Transmission standard 100Base-FX,
Transmission distance <1500m
Optical Fiber Type Multi-mode Fiber
Wavelength 850/820nm
Fiber size 62.5/125μm (core DIA/cladding DIA)
Protocol IEC60870-5-103:1997
Transmission distance < 1500m
Optical Fiber Type Multi-mode or single-mode
Wavelength 853/1310nm for multi-mode
1310/1550nm for single-mode
Fiber size 62.5/125μm (core DIA/cladding DIA)

Protocol IEC60870-5-103:1997 or IEC61850

Rear interface for local HMI with personal computer via RCSPC software
RS-232 (EIA) Port number 1
Application Local human-machine
communication
Download program of protection relay
Connector type 9 pin D-type female connector
Interfaces for communicating with a printer
RS-232 (EIA) Port number 1
Printer type EPSON® LQ-300K
2.5 Type test

2.5.1 Environmental tests
Dry heat test IEC60068-2-2:1974, test Ad for 16 h at +55°C

Dry cold test IEC60068-2-1:1990, test Bd for 16 h at -25°C
Damp heat test, cyclic IEC60068-2-30:1980, test Db, two (12+12 hours) cycles, 95%RH,
low temperature +25°C, high temperature +55°C
2.5.2 Mechanical tests
Vibration IEC60255-21-1:1988, Class I

Shock and bump IEC60255-21-2:1988, Class I
2.5.3 Electrical tests
Dielectric tests IEC60255-5:2000, test voltage: 2kV, 50Hz, 1min

Impulse voltage tests IEC60255-5:2000, test voltage: 5kV, unipolar
impulses, waveform 1.2/50μs, source energy 0.5J
Insulation IEC60255-5:2000, insulation resistance >100MΩ, 500Vdc
measurement
2.5.4 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
1MHz burst disturbance tests IEC60255-22-1:1988

(idt IEC61000-4-2:1995), Class III
- Common mode 2.5kV
- Differential mode 1.0kV
Electrostatic discharge tests IEC60255-22-2 :1996 (idt IEC 61000-4-2)
Class IV

-For contact discharge 8.0kV

-For air discharge 15.0kV
Radio frequency interference tests IEC60255-22-3:2000 (idt IEC
61000-4-3:1995 ) class III
Frequency sweep
-Radiated amplitude-modulated 10V/m(rms), f=80…1000MHz
Spot frequency
-Radiated amplitude-modulated 10Vm(rms), f=80MHz/160MHz
/450MHz/900MHz
- Radiated pulse-modulated 10Vm(rms), f=900MHz
Fast transient disturbance tests IEC60255-22-4:2002 (idt IEC 61000-4-4)
- Power supply, I/O & Earth terminals Class IV, 4kV, 2.5kHz, 5/50ns
- Communication terminals Class IV, 2kV, 5.0kHz, 5/50ns
Surge immunity tests IEC60255-22-5:2002 (idt IEC
61000-4-5:1995) , Class III
- Power supply, AC inputs, I/O terminals 1.2/50us,
2kV, line to earth;
1kV, line to line
Conducted RF electromagnetic disturbance IEC60255-22-6, Class III
- Power supply, AC, I/O, Comm. terminal 10V(rms), 150kHz~80MHz
Power frequency magnetic field immunity IEC61000-4-8:1993, Class V
100A/m for 1min
1000A/m for 3s
Pulse magnetic field immunity IEC61000-4-9:1993, Class V
6.4/16 us
1000A/m for 3s
Damped oscillatory magnetic field immunity IEC61000-4-10:1993, Class V
100kHz & 1MHz – 100A/m
2.6 Certifications
ISO9001: 2000
ISO14001:2004
OHSAS18001: 1999
ISO10012:2003
CMMI L3
EMC: 89/336/EEC, EN50263: 2000
Products safety(PS): 73/23/EEC, EN61010-1: 2001, EN60950: 2002

2.7 Protective functions related parameters
2.7.1 Accurate Operating scope
Current： 0.05In～20In
Voltage: 0.4V～100V
frequency： (90%~~110%)fn
df/dt： 0.3Hz/s～10Hz/s
2.7.2 General error of analog input metering

Current, voltage: ≤0.2%
Real power, reactive power: ≤0.5%
Power frequency metering: ≤±0.01Hz
Accuracy of GPS synchronization： ≤1ms
Resolution of SOE: ≤1ms
2.7.3 Generator-Transformer Unit，main transformer differential protection
Pickup setting of percentage differential current fault detector
Scope: 0.1 Ie – 1.5 Ie
Setting accuracy: ±2.5% or ±0.02In whichever is greater
Setting of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection
Scope: 2 Ie – 14 Ie
Setting accuracy: ±2.5%
Setting of the first slope of percentage differential protection
Scope: 0.05 – 0.15
Setting of the maximum slope of percentage differential protection
Scope: 0.50 – 0.80
Operation time of percentage differential protection
≤25 ms (Id≥2×[I_Pkp_PcntDiff_ GTU(Tr)])
Operation time of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection
≤20 ms (Id≥1.5×[I_InstDiff_ GTU(Tr)])

Note:
In—rated secondary current of CT
Ie – rated secondary current of generator or transformer,
Id—differential current
2.7.4 Transformer restricted earth fault protection

Pickup setting of percentage zero-sequence differential current fault detector
[I_Pkp_PcntREF_HVS]
Scope: (0.1 –1.5)In
Setting accuracy: 5%Setting or 0.01In whichever is greater
Setting of unrestrained instantaneous zero-sequence differential current protection
[I_InstREF_HVS]
Scope: (2 – 50)In
Setting accuracy: ≤2.5%
Slope of zero-sequence differential current protection [Slop_PcntREF_HVS]
Scope: 0.30 – 0.70
Operating time of percentage differential current protection
≤30 ms (Iod≥2×[I_Pkp_PcntREF_HVS])
Operating time of unrestrained instantaneous zero-sequence differential current protection
≤25 ms (Iod≥[I_InstREF_HVS])
Note:
Here and following In and Ie appeared are as mentioned above.
Iod – zero-sequence differential current
[I_Pkp_PcntREF_HVS]: setting of percentage zero-sequence differential current protection
[I_InstREF_HVS]: setting of unrestrained instantaneous zero-sequence differential current

protection
2.7.5 Generator differential protection and differential protection of exciter

Setting accuracy: ±5% or ±0.01In whichever is greater
Scope: 0.05 – 0.50
Scope: 0.50 – 0.80
≤25ms (Id≥2×[I_Pkp_Pcnt(SPT)Diff_Gen])
≤20 ms (Id≥1.5×[I_Inst(SPT)Diff_Gen])
Note:
In—rated secondary current of CT
Ie – rated secondary current of generator or exciter
Id—differential current.
2.7.6 Stepdown transformer and excitation transformer differential protection
Setting accuracy: ±5% or ±0.01In whichever is greater
Scope: 0.10 – 0.50

Scope: 0.50 – 0.80
Secondary harmonic restraint coefficient
Scope: 0.10 – 0.35
≤35 ms (Id≥2×[I_Pkp_Diff_Exc(ST)] )
≤25 ms (Id≥1.5×[I_InstDiff_Exc(ST)])
Note:
In—rated secondary current of CT.
Ie – rated secondary current of stepdown or excitation transformer.
Id—differential current.
2.7.7 High sensitive transverse differential protection
Current setting of transverse differential protection [I_SensTrvDiff_Gen]
Scope: 0.5A – 50A
Setting accuracy: ±2.5% or 0.01In whichever is greater
High setting of transverse differential protection [I_UnsensTrvDiff_Gen]
Scope: 0.5A – 50A
Setting accuracy: ±2.5% or 0.01In whichever is greater
Additional delay of transverse differential protection [t_TrvDiff_Gen]
Scope: 0.1s – 10s
Setting accuracy: ±1% setting ± 40ms
Operation time of transverse differential protection
Scope: ≤35 ms (at 1.5×current setting)

2.7.8 Longitudinal zero sequence voltage protection for inter-turn fault

Longitudinal zero sequence voltage setting [V_SensROV_Long1_Gen]
Scope: 1 V –20 V
Setting accuracy: ±2.5% or ±0.05V whichever is greater
Longitudinal Zero sequence voltage high setting [V_UnsensROV_Long1_Gen]
Scope: 2 V – 20 V
Phase current restraint coefficient [Slope1_ROV_Long1_Gen]
Scope: 0.1 – 2.0
Time delay setting [t_ROV_Long1_Gen]
Scope: 0.1 s – 10 s
Setting accuracy: ±1% setting+40 ms
Operation time of longitudinal zero sequence voltage protection
Scope: ≤40 ms (at 1.5×setting)
Operation time of DPFC directional protection
Scope: ≤40 ms
2.7.9 Earth fault protection of stator

Zero sequence voltage setting [V_SensROV_Sta]
Scope: 1 V – 20 V
Zero sequence voltage high setting [V_UnsensROV_Sta]
Scope: 1 V – 30 V
Ratio setting of third harmonic voltage protection [k_3rdHRatio_PreSync(PostSync)_Sta]
Scope: 0.5 – 10
Setting accuracy: ±5%
Slope setting of third harmonic voltage differential protection [k_V3rdHDiff_Sta]
Scope: 0.1 – 2.0
Setting accuracy: ±5%

Time delay setting [t_V3rdH_Sta]
Scope: 0.1 s – 10 s
Setting accuracy: ±1% setting+40 ms
2.7.10 Stator earth fault protection with injection priciple
Resistance setting [R_Alm_Inj_EF_Sta], [R_Trp_Inj_EF_Sta]
Scope: 0.1kΩ – 30kΩ
Setting accuracy: ±5%setting or 0.5Ω whichever is greater
Zero sequence current setting [I_ROC_Inj_EF_Sta]
Scope: 0.02A – 1.50A
Setting accuracy: ±5% or 0.001A whichever is greater
Time delay setting [t_Alm_Inj_EF_Sta], [t_Trp_Inj_EF_Sta]
Scope: 0.1 – 10s
Setting accuracy: ±1% setting ±40ms
2.7.11 Earth fault protection of rotor
One point ground resistance setting [R_1PEF_RotWdg]
Scope: 0.1kΩ – 100 kΩ
Setting accuracy: ±10% setting or ±0.5kΩ whichever is greater
Two points ground location setting
Scope: 1% – 10%
Second harmonic voltage setting 0.1 V – 10 V
Time delay setting
Scope: 0.1s – 10s
Setting accuracy: ±1% setting ±40mS
2.7.12 Overload protection of stator
Definite time current setting 0.1 A –50 A
Definite time delay setting 0.1 s – 10 s
Inverse time initiating current setting 0.1 A – 10 A
Heat capacity of rotor’s winding 1 – 100
Heat emission factor 0.1 – 2.0

Accuracy of definite and inverse time current setting
±2.5% or ±0.01 In
Accuracy of time delay setting ±1% setting+40 ms
2.7.13 Negative sequence overload protection
Definite time negative sequence current setting
0.1 A – 100 A
Inverse time initiating negative sequence current setting
0.05 A – 10 A
Heat constant of rotor 1 – 100
Continuous tolerable negative sequence current of generator
0.05 A – 10 A
Accuracy of definite and inverse time negative sequence current setting
±2.5% or ±0.01 In whichever is greater
2.7.14 Overload protection of excitation winding (AC quantity)
Definite time current setting 0.1 A – 100 A
Inverse time initiating current setting 0.1 A – 10 A
Heat capacity factor 1 – 100
Reference current 0.1 A – 10 A
2.7.15 Overload protection of excitation winding (DC quantity)

Definite time current setting 0.1 kA – 30.0 kA
Inverse time initiating current setting 0.1 kA – 10 kA
Heat capacity factor 1 – 100

Reference current 0.1 kA – 10 kA
2.7.16 Loss of excitation protection of generator

Impedance setting Z1 0.1Ω– 200Ω
Impedance setting Z2 0.1Ω– 200Ω
Reverse reactive power setting 0 – 50% Pn
Under voltage setting of rotor 1 V – 500 V
No-load voltage setting of rotor 1 V – 500 V
Under voltage factor setting of rotor 0.1 – 10 pu
Under voltage setting of busbar 10 V – 100 V
Reduced active power setting 10%–50%Pn
Time delay setting of stages 1/2 0.1 s – 10 s
Time delay setting of stage 3 0.1 min – 50 min
Accuracy of impedance setting ±2.5% or ±0.1Ω whichever is greater
Accuracy of rotor’s voltage setting ±5% or ±0.1Un whichever is greater
Accuracy of power setting ±1% Setting or ±0.002Sn whichever is greater
Accuracy of busbar voltage setting ±2.5% or ±0.05 V whichever is greater
Note:
Pn: rated active power of generator.
Un: rated voltage of generator.
2.7.17 Out-of-step protection of generator
Impedance setting ZA/ZB/ZC 0.1Ω– 100Ω
Phase angle setting 60°– 90°
Interior angle setting of lens 60°– 150°
Interior angle setting of alarm lens 10°– 90°

Number of pole slipping setting 1 – 1000
Tolerate tripping current setting 0.1 A – 100 A
Accuracy of current setting ±2.5% or ±0.01 In whichever is greater
Accuracy of angle setting ±3°
2.7.18 Voltage protection of generator
Overvoltage setting 100 V – 170 V
Under voltage setting 10 V – 100 V
Time delay setting 0.1 s – 10 s
Accuracy of voltage setting ±2.5% or ±0.05 V whichever is greater
2.7.19 Over excitation protection
Definite time V/F setting 1.0 – 2. 0 pu
Inverse time V/F setting 1.0 – 2. 0
Time delay of inverse time protection 0.1 s – 3000 s
Accuracy of V/F measurement ±2.5% or ±0.01 whichever is greater
Accuracy of definite time delay setting ±1% setting+40 ms
2.7.20 Power protection of generator

Reverse power setting 0.5% - 10% Pn
Underpower setting 1% - 100% Pn
Power setting of reverse power sequent trip protection
0.5% - 10% Pn
Time delay of reverse power protection 0.1 s – 1000 s
Time delay of underpower protection 0.1 min – 300 min
Time delay of reverse power sequent trip protection
0.1s – 10s
Accuracy of reverse power setting ±10% or ±0.002 Pn whichever is greater

2.7.21 Frequency protection of generator

Setting of under frequency stage 1-4 45 Hz – 50 Hz
Setting of over frequency stage 1-2 50 Hz – 60 Hz
Time delay of frequency protection (accumulated) *
0.1 min – 300 min
Time delay of frequency protection (not accumulated) *
0.1 s – 100 s
Accuracy of frequency setting ±0.02 Hz
2.7.22 Accident energization protection of generator
Current setting 0.1 A – 100 A
Blocking frequency setting 40 Hz – 50 Hz
Time delay of unwanted closing protection 0.01 s – 1.00 s
Negative sequence current setting 0.1 A – 20 A
Time delay of circuit breaker flashover protection
0.01 s – 10.00 s
2.7.23 Startup/shutdown protection of generator

Blocking frequency setting 40 Hz – 50 Hz
Differential current setting 0.2 Ie – 10 Ie
Zero sequence voltage setting 5 V – 25 V
Accuracy of differential current setting ±5% or ±0.02 In whichever is greater
Accuracy of zero sequence voltage setting ±5% or ±0.2 V whichever is greater
Frequency range 15 Hz – 65 Hz
2.7.24 Pole disagreement protection

Current setting accuracy ±2.5% or ±0.01 In whichever is greater
Delay setting accuracy ±1% setting + 40 ms
2.7.25 Low impedance protection
Forward impedance setting 0.1Ω– 100Ω
Reverse impedance setting 0.1Ω– 100Ω
Time delay setting 0.1 s – 10.00 s
2.7.26 Voltage controlled directional overcurrent protection
Negative sequence voltage setting 1 V – 20 V
Under voltage setting 10 V – 100 V
Time delay setting 0.1 s – 10.00 s
Directional definition “0” — point to transformer, “I” — point to system
Accuracy of voltage setting ±2.5% or ±0.05 V whichever is greater
Accuracy of time delay ±1%setting +40 ms
2.7.27 Directional zero sequence overcurrent protection

Zero sequence overcurrent setting 0.1 A – 100 A
Zero sequence overvoltage setting 2 V – 100 V
Directional definition “0” — point to system, “I” — point to transformer
Accuracy of zero sequence voltage setting ±2.5% or ±0.05 V whichever is greater
Accuracy of zero sequence current setting ±2.5% or ±0.01 In whichever is greater
Accuracy of time delay ±1%setting + 40 ms
2.7.28 Gap protection

Gap zero sequence overcurrent setting 0.1 A – 100 A
Gap zero sequence overvoltage setting 10 V – 220 V

Accuracy of zero sequence voltage setting ±2.5% or ±0.05 V whichever is greater
Accuracy of zero sequence current setting ±2.5% or ±0.01 In whichever is greater
Accuracy of time delay ±1%setting + 40 ms
2.7.29 Mechanical protection

Time delay setting 0 s – 6000.00 s
Accuracy of time delay ±1%setting +40 ms
2.7.30 Measurements and Recording Facilities
Measurements
Current: 0.05… 20In
Accuracy: ±1.0% of reading or 0.01In whichever is greater
Voltage: 0.05…2Vn
Accuracy: ±1.0% of reading or 0.02Un whichever is greater
Performance
Real time clock accuracy: < ± 2s/day
External clock synchronization: Conforms to IRIG standard 200-98, format B


Chapter3 Description of Operation Theory
3.1 Advantage of duplicated main and backup protection for high

rated transformer
Dual protection schemes are necessary for a large-scale transformer to be safe in operation.
There are three principles for duplicating the complete set of protection schemes.
• All protective functions of a transformer are integrated in one relay.
• Main protection, backup protection and fail condition protection share the data sampled from
the same CT.
• A transformer is protected by dual relays, each of which includes a complete set of transformer
protection.
With the fast development of electronic technology, especially the extensive application of DSP
(Digital Signal Processor), CPLD (Complex Programmable Logic Device) and FPGA (Field
Programmable Gate Array), it is possible to integrate main and backup protection of a main
transformer into one set of protection equipment.
Because main protection of transformer don’t need communication channel as used in line pilot
protection, the backup protection can be configured simply based on enhanced main protection
by adopting above duplicate protection principle. Simple and safe overcurrent protection is a good
choice for transformer’s backup protection.
For important 220kV or above voltage level substation and large-scale generator-transformer
group, duplicate independent groups of DC storage batteried for protection are provided. For
some substations and generator-transformer not quite important, although only one group of DC
storage batteries is provided considering economic factor, duplicate DC source for protection
equipments can be obtained by dividing the DC source into different DC bus bar by DC breaker.
In the same way, duplicate protection for transformer can share the same output circuit and get
voltage from different AC voltage bus bar whose voltages origin are same VT distributed by AC
breaker. Of course, it is better that independent sets of CTs are provided for the duplicated
protection, one for each. Duplicate protection configuration principle for transformer doesn’t
enlarge the investment of secondary circuit. In fact, on the contrary, the investment in protection
equipment is reduced. At least one protection will clear transformer’s inner fault, which eliminates
the possibility of delay clearance that exists before if only backup protection left when differential
protection fails to operate due to any causes.
3.2 Software Structure

The RCS-985B protection is composed of current differential protection as main protection, kinds
of protection mentioned in section 1.2 as backup protection and abnormal operation protection.
VT supervision (VTS) and CT supervision (CTS) function is also included.
Every protective element has its own fault detector element in CPU and DSP respectively. When
the fault detector in CPU picks up, power supply of output relays will be connected. When both
two detector elements and operational element pick up, the protection element will operate to trip.
3.3 Fault detectors
3.3.1 Using fault detector improves the security of tripping
The additional output blocking circuit controlled by general fault detectors calculated in MON
module makes the output circuit more secure, because not only the relationship between tripping
command sending and additional output blocking circuit is logic “and” in software, but also they
keeps the logic “AND” relationship in hardware. It is displayed in below figure.
+ 24 V FD
controlled by fault
+ 24 V
detectors in MON
module
trip
relay R
tripping G1
commands tripping
=1
from CPU transistor
module
Figure 3.3-1 Logic relationship of CPU and MON module
FD contact is controlled by general fault detectors calculated independently in MON module.

When the contact closes, the DC power source of tripping relay is provided. The function of gate
G1 is to receive tripping commands sent from CPU module. When a tripping command arrives at
the gate G1, the driving transistor will be activated, and the trip relay’s contact will close to trip the
breaker.
The general fault detectors calculated in MON module and operation elements calculated in CPU
module use their independent data sampled by themselves, so the equipment will not operate by
mistake due to any of module’s data channel’s failure.

3.3.2 Differential protection of generator-transformer unit and main transformer

3.3.2.1 Fault detector of differential protection of GTU
I dφ max > [I_Pkp_PcntDiff_GTU]

(Equation 3.3-1)
Where:
I dφ max is the maximum value of three phase differential currents of generator-transformer unit.
[I_Pkp_PcntDiff_GTU] is the setting of phase differential currents of generator-transformer
unit.
It is used to release differential protection of generator-transformer unit.
3.3.2.2 Fault detector of differential current of main transformer
I dφ max > [ I _ Pkp _ PcntDiff _ Tr ] (Equation 3.3-2)
Where:
I dφ max is the maximum value of three phase differential currents of main transformer.
[I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Tr] is the setting of phase differential currents of main transformer.
It is used to release differential protection of main transformer.
3.3.2.3 Fault detector of DPFC differential current of main transformer
∆I d > 1.25∆I dt + I dth

• • •
∆I d = ∆ I 1 + ∆ I 2 + ... + ∆ I m (Equation 3.3-3)
Where:
∆I dt is the floating threshold value which will arise automatically and gradually according to
increasing of the output of deviation component. In order to ensure that the threshold value of
current is slightly higher than the unbalance output, multiple 1.25 of the deviation component is
reasonable.
• •
∆ I 1 …. ∆ I m are the DPFC current of each side of transformer respectively.
∆I d is the half-cycle integral value of differential current.
I dth is the fixed threshold.
This fault detector is not influenced by the direction of power flow and so it is very sensitive. The
setting is fixed and need not to be set.
It is used to release DPFC percentage differential protection.
3.3.3 Backup protection of main transformer

3.3.3.1 Fault detector of phase current of main transformer
Iφ max > [ I _ OC1(2) _ Tr ]

(Equation 3.3-4)
Where:
[I_OC1(2)_Tr] is the setting for stage 1 or 2 of overcurrent of main transformer.
This fault detector will operate if maximum value of three phases current is greater than its setting
value.
It is used to enable stage 1 or 2 of overcurrent protection.
3.3.3.2 Fault detector of DPFC of phase current of main transformer.
∆I > 1.25∆I t + I th
(Equation 3.3-5)
Where:
∆I t is the floating threshold which will arise automatically and gradually according to increasing
of the output of deviation component. In order to ensure that the threshold current is slightly
higher than the imbalance value, multiple 1.25 of the deviation component is reasonable.
∆I is the half-wave integral of phase-to-phase current. I th is the fixed threshold of 0.2In and
need not to be set case to case.
This fault detector is used to release the distance protection at relevant side.
3.3.3.3 Fault detector of zero sequence current of main transformer
3I 0 > [ I _ ROC1(2) _ Tr ]
(Equation 3.3-6)
Where:
3I 0 is zero sequence current.

[I_ROC1(2)_Tr] is the setting of overcurrent stage 1, 2 or 3 of main transformer.
This fault detector will operate if the zero sequence current is greater than its setting value.
It is used to release zero sequence overcurrent protection with stage 1, 2 at relevant side.
3.3.4 Differential protection of stepdown transformer
Fault detector of differential current of stepdown transformer.
I dφ max > [ I _ Pkp _ PcntDiff _ ST ]

(Equation 3.3-7)
Where:
I dφ max is the maximum value of three phase differential currents of stepdown transformer.
[ I _ Pkp _ PcntDiff _ ST ] is the setting of phase differential currents of stepdown transformer.
It is used to release differential protection of stepdown transformer.
3.3.5 Backup protection of stepdown transformer

3.3.5.1 Fault detector of HV side phase current of stepdown transformer.
I φ max > [ I _ OC1(2) _ HVS _ ST ]

(Equation 3.3-8)
Where:
Iφ max is the maximum value of three phase currents at HV side of stepdown transformer.
[I_OC1(2)_HVS_ST] is the setting of overcurrent stage 1 or 2 at HV side of stepdown transformer.
This fault detector will operate if maximum value of three phases current is greater than its setting
value.
It is used to release overcurrent protection at HV side.
3.3.5.2 Fault detector of overcurrent protection of stepdown transformer
I φ max > [ I _ OC1(2) _ LVS _ ST ]

(Equation 3.3-9)
Where:
Iφ max is the maximum value of three phase currents at LV side of stepdown transformer.
[I_OC1(2)_LVS_ST] is the setting of overcurrent stage 1 or 2 at LV side of stepdown transformer.
This fault detector will operate if maximum value of three phase currents of branch of auxiliary

stepdown transformer is greater than its setting value.
It is used to release overcurrent protection of branch of stepdown transformer.
3.3.5.3 Fault detector of zero sequence overcurrent of stepdown transformer
3I 0 > [ I _ ROC1(2) _ LVS _ ST ]

(Equation 3.3-10)
Where:
3I 0 is directly-input zero sequence current of branch of stepdown transformer.
This fault detector will operate if the zero sequence current is greater than its setting value.
It is used to release branch zero sequence overcurrent protection of stepdown transformer.
3.3.6 Fault detector of differential protection of generator

This fault detector of differential protection will pick up when any one of the following two elements
is satisfied.
3.3.6.1 Fault detector of differential current of generator
I dφ max > [ I _ Pkp _ PcntDiff _ Gen]

(Equation 3.3-11)
Where:
I dφ max is the maximum value of three phase differential currents of generator.
[I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Gen] is the setting of phase differential currents of generator.
It is used to release differential protection of generator.
3.3.6.2 Fault detector of DPFC differential current of generator
∆I d > 1.25∆I dt + I dth

• • •
∆I d = ∆ I 1 + ∆ I 2 + ... + ∆ I m (Equation 3.3-12)
Where:
∆I dt is the floating threshold value
• •
∆ I 1 …. ∆ I m are the DPFC current of each side of generator respectively.

∆I d is the half-cycle integral value of differential current.
I dth is the fixed threshold.
This fault detector is not influenced by the direction of power flow and so it is very sensitive. The
setting is fixed and need not to be set on site.
It is used to release DPFC percentage differential protection of generator.
3.3.7 Interturn fault protection of generator

3.3.7.1 Fault detector of transverse differential current of generator
The fault detector will operate when the transverse differential current is greater than the setting
[I_SensTrvDiff_Gen].
3.3.7.2 Fault detector of longitudinal zero sequence voltage of generator
The fault detector will operate when the longitudinal zero sequence voltage is greater than the
setting [V_SensROV_Longl_Gen].
3.3.7.3 Fault detector of DPFC direction of generator
The fault detector will operate when the calculated directional element is met operating condition.
3.3.8 Earth fault protection of stator of generator

3.3.8.1 Fault detector of zero sequence overvoltage element
The fault detector will operate when the calculated zero sequence voltage is in excess of the
setting [V_SensROV_Sta].
3.3.8.2 Fault detector of third harmonic ratio of stator
The fault detector will operate when the ratio of 3rd harmonics voltage between neutral point
voltage and generator terminal voltage is greater than its ratio setting
[k_V3rdHRatio_PreSync_Sta] or [k_V3rdHRatio_PostSync_Sta].
3.3.8.3 Fault detector of deviation of third harmonic of generator
The fault detector will operate when the differential 3rd harmonic voltage of neutral point and 3rd
harmonics voltage at the terminal of generator is greater than its setting [k_V3rdHDiff_Sta].
3.3.8.4 Fault detector of stator earth fault protection with injection principle
The fault detector will operate when the calculated earthing resistor is less than the resistor
setting [R_Trp_Inj_EF_Sta].

3.3.9 Generator rotor earth fault protection

3.3.9.1 Fault detector of one-point earth fault of generator
The fault detector operates when grounded resistance of rotor is less than its setting
[R_1PEF_RotWdg].
3.3.9.2 Fault detector of two-point earth fault of generator
The fault detector operates when change of rotor grounding location is greater than its internally
fixed setting.
3.3.10 Generator stator overload protection

3.3.10.1 Definite time overload fault detector
The fault detector operates when maximum value of three phase currents is greater than its
setting [I_OvLd_Sta].
3.3.10.2 Inverse time overload fault detector
The fault detector operates when inverse time accumulated value is greater than its setting
[I_InvOvLd_Sta].
3.3.11 Negative sequence overcurrent protection of generator

3.3.11.1 Definite time negative sequence overload fault detector
The fault detector operates when maximum value of negative sequence current is greater than its
setting [I_NegOC_Gen].
3.3.11.2 Inverse time overload fault detector
The fault detector operates when inverse time accumulated value is greater than its setting
[I_InvNegOC_Gen].
3.3.12 Generator loss-of-excitation protection
The fault detector operates when locus of calculated impedance enters into impedance circle.
3.3.13 Generator out-of-step protection
The fault detector operates when locus of calculated impedance leaves boundary of impedance
operation zone.
3.3.14 Generator overvoltage protection
The fault detector operates when maximum value of three phase-to-phase voltage is greater than
its setting.

3.3.15 Generator over excitation protection

3.3.15.1 Definite time over excitation Fault detector
The fault detector operates when measured U/F is greater than definite time setting.
3.3.15.2 Inverse time over excitation Fault detector
The fault detector operates when over excitation inverse time accumulated value is greater than
inverse time setting.
3.3.16 Generator reverse power protection
When measured reverse power is greater than setting, the fault detector of reverse power of
generator picks up.
3.3.17 Generator frequency protection

3.3.17.1 Under frequency fault detector
The fault detector operates when frequency is lower than its setting for a specified time interval.
3.3.17.2 Over frequency fault detector
The fault detector operates when frequency is greater than its setting for a specified time interval.
3.3.18 Generator accident energization protection

3.3.18.1 Fault detector of unwanted closing
The fault detector operates when maximum phase current of generator is greater than setting of
unwanted closing protection.
3.3.18.2 Fault detector of circuit breaker flashover
The fault detector operates when negative sequence current of at CB side is greater than setting
of circuit breaker flashover protection.
3.3.19 Startup and shutdown protection of generator
The fault detector operates when any of the differential current of main transformer, generator,
excitation transformer, and stepdown transformer is greater than its setting, or zero sequence
voltage of generator is greater than its setting.
3.3.20 Fault detectors of excitation transformer or exciter

3.3.20.1 Fault detector of differential current of excitation transformer or exciter
The fault detector operates when maximum value of three phase differential currents is greater
than its setting.
3.3.20.2 Fault detector of overcurrent of excitation transformer or exciter
The fault detector operates when maximum value of three phase currents is greater than its
setting.
3.3.21 Overload protection of rotor winding

3.3.21.1 Fault detector of definite time overload of rotor winding
The fault detector operates when maximum value of three phase currents of exciter winding is
greater than its definite time setting.
3.3.21.2 Fault detector of inverse time overload of rotor winding
The fault detector operates when inverse time accumulated value is greater than inverse time
setting.
The fault detector operates when duration of operation of mechanical protection is greater than its
delay setting.
3.4 Theory of protective elements
Note:
In following logic diagrams, all logic inputs starting with “En_**” represent enabling logic settings
which will be explained in later section, all logic inputs starting with “EBI_**” represent enabling
binary inputs from panel, those starting with “Flg_**” represent internally generated flags
indicating whether or not a certain element is met, those words begin with “Alm_” and “Op_”
represent output for alarming and operation of protective element respectively.
3.4.1 Preparation knowledge of transformer

By applying the Ampere-turn balance on different transformer connections, the RCS-985B relay
forms the current differential equations.
During the normal operation, the magnitude and angle of secondary currents at each side of
transformer are different due to different CT ratios, different voltage levels and different
transformer connection groups. This kind of current differentiations shall be eliminated under
normal operation and compensated in fact by a built-in compensation method.
3.4.1.1 Calculate rated primary current at each side of transformer
Sn
I b1n =
3U b1n (Equation 3.4-1)
Where:
S n is the maximum rated capacity of all windings(i.e. [Sn_Tr]).
U b1n is the rated phase-to-phase voltage at the calculated side of the transformer (i.e.

[U1n_HVS_Tr] or [U1n_LVS_Tr].)
3.4.1.2 Calculate rated secondary current at each side of transformer
I b1n
Ib2n =
nbLH (Equation 3.4-2)
Where:
I b1n is the rated primary current at the calculated side of transformer.
nbLH is the ratio of CT at the calculated side of transformer.
3.4.1.3 Calculate the correction coefficient of each side of transformer
I b 2 n −b
K ph =
Ib2n (Equation 3.4-3)
Where:
I b 2n is the rated secondary current at the calculated side.
I b 2n−b is the rated secondary current of base side.
The currents used in the following analysis have been corrected, that means the currents are the
products of the original secondary current of each side multiplying its own correction coefficient
( K ph ).
3.4.1.4 Phase shift compensation
By defining which particular connection group the protected transformer belongs to, the proper
calculation routine will be applied.
The following transforming method is based on the assumptions listed here:
• CTs at each side of transformer are connected in star type.
• Secondary currents of each CT are connected to the equipment directly.
• The positive polarity of CT at HV and MV side is at busbar side and that at LV side is at branch
side or generator side.
• Polarity of each secondary winding of CT is as same as shown in Figure 1.3-1 to Figure 1.3-2.
The secondary current phase shift compensation for all CTs are achieved by software, Y→Δ
transform method is used for this purpose. For connection Y/Δ-11, the correction equations are as

follows:
At side Y0:
 •' • •
 I A = ( I A − I B)/ 3
•
 ' • •
I B = ( I B − I C ) / 3
 •' • • (Equation 3.4-4)
I C = ( I C − I A ) / 3

At side Δ:
•' •
 I• a = I a
' •
I• b = I b (Equation 3.4-5)
 ' •
I c = Ic


Where:
• • •
I A , I B , I C are the secondary currents of CT at side Y.
• • •
I ' A , I ' B , I ' C are the corrected current of each phase at side Y.
• • •
I a , I b , I c are the secondary currents of CT at side Δ.
• • •
I ' a , I ' b , I ' c are the corrected currents of each phase at side Δ;
For other connection type，the current can be calculated according to the equations listed above.
The connection type can be selected by following logic settings (refer to power system
parameters in Chapter7).
[Yd11_Conn]
[Yyd11_Conn]
Note:
If your actual transformer connection group is not included in above two groups, please let us
know before you make the order.

3.4.2 Preparation knowledge of generator

3.4.2.1 Calculate rated primary current of generator
Pn / cos θ
I f 1n =
3U f 1n (Equation 3.4-6)
Where:
Pn is the rated capacity of generator ([Pn_Gen]).
cosθ is the power factor of generator ([PF_Gen]).
U f 1n is the rated voltage at the calculated side of generator (i.e. [U1n_Gen] or
[U1n_VT_NP_Gen].)
3.4.2.2 Calculate rated secondary current of generator
I f 1n
I f 2n =
n fLH (Equation 3.4-7)
Where:
I f 1n is the rated primary current at the calculated side of generator.
n fLH is the ratio of CT at the calculated side of generator.
3.4.3 Differential protection of generator-transformer unit, main transformer,

stepdown transformer and excitation transformer
3.4.3.1 Percentage differential protection (SPDP)
Figure 3.4-1 shows operation characteristic of this percentage differential protection.

Id
Operation area Kbl2
Restraint area
Icdqd Kbl1
0
Ie nIe Ir
Figure 3.4-1 Operation characteristic of percentage differential protection
Operation criterion of this percentage differential protection is
 I d > K bl × I r + I cdqd ( I r < nI e )


K bl = K bl1 + K blr × ( I r / I e )

I d > K bl 2 × ( I r − nI e ) + b + I cdqd ( I r ≥ nI e )
K = ( K − K ) /(2 × n)
 blr bl 2 bl 1
b = ( K bl 1 + K blr × n) × nI e
(Equation 3.4-8)
 I1 + I 2 + I 3 + I 4 + I 5
 I r =
2
 • • • • •
I = I 1 + I 2 + I 3 + I 4 + I 5
 d
Where:
I d is differential current,
I r is restraint current,
I cdqd is pickup value of differential current fault detector
I e is rated current.

K bl is percentage differential restraint factor and K blr is its increment.
K bl 1 is the first slope of percentage differential with setting range 0.05 – 0.15. 0.10 is applicable
usually.
K bl 2 is the second slope of percentage differential with setting range 0.50 – 0.80. 0.70 is
applicable usually.
n is the multiple of restraint current at the second slope and is fixed at 6.
Note:
For differential current of generator-transformer unit and main transformer, redefinition of each
current in (Equation 3.4-8) is different for different program versions and can be found on
individual project-specific document.
Usually, for generator-transformer unit differential protection, I1 represent currents of HVS of main
transformer, I2 represents current of HVS of stepdown transformer, I3 represents current of
neutral point of generator, I4 and I5 is not defined; for differential protection of main transformer,
I1 represents current of HVS1 of main transformerfor, I2 represents the current of HVS of
stepdown transformer, I3 represents the current of LVS of main transformer, I4 and I5 is not
defined.
For differential current of stepdown transformer, I1 , I 2 and I 3 are currents of HV side,
branches A/B on LV side of stepdown transformer respectively. I 4 has no definition yet.
For differential current of excitation transformer, I1 and I 2 are currents of HV side and LV side
respectively. I 3 and I 4 have no definition yet.
3.4.3.2 High setting percentage differential protection element (HSDP)
A percentage differential protection with high percentage and high setting is equipped with the
equipment to prevent delayed operation of percentage differential protection caused by CT
saturation and other factors during serious internal fault. This protection is blocked only by inrush
current criterion i.e. second harmonic of differential current or waveform discrimination. It can
prevent influence of steady state and transient CT saturation during external fault and can operate
correctly and quickly during internal fault even if CT is in saturation condition. Operation criterion
of this high setting percentage differential protection is:

I d > 1.2 × I e
 (Equation 3.4-9)
I d > 1.0 × I r
Where
I d is differential current as mentioned above.
I r is restraint current as mentioned above.
Figure 3.4-2 Operation characteristic of HSDP
When fault occurs, the operation criterion will be discriminated phase by phase and percentage
differential protection will operate if the criterion is met. For more detailed operation characteristic
please see Figure 3.4-3.
Note:
Parameters of this protection have been fixed in program and do not need to be configured by
user.
3.4.3.3 Unrestrained instantaneous differential protection element(UIDP)
The aim of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection for transformer is to accelerate the
trip speed for transformer’s inner fault. So the element does not need any block element, but the
setting should be greater than maximum inrush current.
Its operation criterion is:
I dφ max > [I_InstDiff _ Tr ] (Equation 3.4-10)
Where:

I dφ max is the maximum value of three-phase differential currents.
[I_InstDiff_Tr] is the setting of the unrestrained instantaneous differential protection of

transformer.
Note:
All the settings mentioned below are from main transformer for example.
Figure 3.4-3 shows operation characteristic of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection.
3.4.3.4 Operation characteristic of current differential protection
Figure 3.4-3 Operation characteristic of current differential protection
The meanings of I cdqd , I d , I r , I e , K bl 1 and K bl 2 are described above.
I cdsd is the setting of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection [ I_InstDiff_Tr].
(1) Steady state percentage differential protection element (described in section 3.4.3.1) will not
send tripping signal in case of CT saturation, CT circuit failure (optional), inrush current and
overexcitation condition. It can ensure sensitivity of protection and avoid unwanted operation
when CT is saturated during external fault. Its operation area is tint shadow area.
(2) High setting percentage differential protection element (described in section 3.4.3.2) will not

send tripping signal only due to CT circuit failure (optional) and inrush current. It eliminates
influence of transient and steady saturation of CT during external fault and ensures reliable
operation even if CT is in saturation condition during internal fault by means of its percentage
restraint characteristic. Its operation area is deep shadow area.
(3) Unrestrained instantaneous differential protection element (described in section 3.4.3.3) will
send tripping signal without any blocking if differential current of any phase reaches its setting. Its
operation area is over the above two areas with no shadow.
3.4.3.5 Inrush current detection element
Second harmonic restraint principle
In the equipment, the second harmonic of differential current can be used to distinguish inrush
current. Its operation criterion is:
I 2 nd > K 2 xb ∗ I1st (Equation 3.4-11)
Where:
I 2 nd is the second harmonic of each phase differential current.
I1st is the differential fundamental current of corresponding phase.
k 2 xb is the setting of restraint coefficient of second harmonic [k_Harm_PcntDiff_Tr]. k 2 xb = 0.15
is recommended.
Waveform distortion discrimination principle
During internal fault, differential currents of various sides transferred by CT are basically
fundamental sinusoidal wave. But when the transformer is energized, lots of harmonics occur.
The waveform is intermittent and unsymmetrical. A special algorithm can be used for
discrimination of the inrush current.
During internal fault, following relation exists:
S > kb*S +
S > S t
Where:
S is the full cycle integral of differential current;
S + is full cycle integral of the sum of instantaneous value of differential current and that of half
cycle before.

kb is a fixed constant.
S t is a threshold value which can be represented as follows:
S t = α * I d + 0.1* I e (Equation 3.4-13)
Where:
I d is the full cycle integral of differential current.
α is a proportional constant.
I e is the secondary rated current of transformer.
If any one of three phases can not meet above equation, the differential current can be
considered as inrush current and percentage differential relay will be blocked.
In this protection equipment, logic setting [Opt_Inrush_Ident_Tr] is provided for user to select the
restraint blocking principle. If the logic setting is set as “0”, discrimination by harmonics is enabled.
Otherwise, discrimination by waveform distortion is enabled.
3.4.3.6 CT saturation detection element
In order to prevent unwanted operation of steady state percentage differential protection caused
by transient or steady state saturation of CT during external fault, composite harmonics of
secondary differential current is used for the protection equipment to discriminate saturation of CT.
The expression is as following:
I cop > K nxb ∗ I1 (Equation 3.4-14)
Where:
I cop is the composite harmonics of phase differential current.
I1 is the fundamental component of corresponding phase differential current.
knxb is proportional coefficient.
When fault occurs, if DPFC of restraint current and DPFC of differential current appear
simultaneously, this is an internal fault. If DPFC of restraint current appears before DPFC of
differential current, this maybe an external fault and criterion of CT saturation shall be adopted in
this case. So unwanted operation of percentage differential protection due to CT saturation can
be prevented.

3.4.3.7 Differential current abnormality alarm and CT circuit failure blocking function
Differential current abnormality alarm with percentage restraint (see section 4.1.3) and instant CT
circuit failure blocking function are equipped with the equipment.
CT circuit failure blocking function can be configured by logic setting [Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Tr].

When such failure occurs and is discriminated, issuing alarm signal only or blocking percentage
differential protection is optional. If the logic setting is set as “1”, percentage differential protection
will be blocked immediately.
3.4.3.8 Overexcitation detection element
When a transformer is overexcited, the exciting current will increase sharply which may result in
unwanted operation of differential protection. Therefore the overexcitation shall be discriminated
to block the current differential protection. The fifth harmonic of differential current is used as
criterion of overexcitation discrimination.
I 5th > k5 xb * I1st (Equation 3.4-15)
Where:
I1st is fundamental component of differential current.
I 5th is fifth harmonic of differential current.
k5 xb is the fifth harmonic restraint coefficient, it is fixed at 0.25.
Note:
High setting percentage differential protection is not blocked by fifth harmonic of differential
current.

3.4.3.9 Logic scheme of steady state differential protection
Figure 3.4-4 Logic diagram of differential protection
Note:
The above logic diagram is also suit for differential protection of generator-transformer unit(GTU)
and stepdown transformer.
Where:
[FD_Diff_Tr]: fault detector of differential protection of main transformer.
[Flg_UIDP _Tr] is the flag indicating whether or not the criterion of UIDP element is met.
[Flg_HSDP _Tr] is the flag indicating whether or not the criterion of HSDP element is met.
[Flg_SPDP _Tr] is the flag indicating whether or not the criterion of SPDP element is met.
[Flg_CTS] is the flag indicating whether or not the CT circuit fails.
[Flg_CTsat] is the flag indicating whether or not the CT is in saturation state.
[Flg_Inrush] is the flag indicating whether or not the criterion of inrush current detection is met.
[Flg_OvExc_Tr] is the flag indicating whether or not the transformer is in overexcitation state.

[EBI_Diff_Tr]: binary input for enabling differential protection of transformer
[En_PcntDiff_Tr]: logic setting for enabling percentage differential protection of transformer
[En_InstDiff_Tr]: logic setting for enabling unrestrained instantaneous differential protection of

transformer
[En_Diff_Tr]: general logic setting for enabling differential protection of transformer.
[Op_InstDiff_Tr]: operation of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection of transformer.
[Op_PcntDiff_Tr]: operation of percentage differential protection of transformer.
3.4.4 Differential protection of generator and differential protection of exciter

3.4.4.1 Percentage differential protection (SPDP)
Operation characteristic of this percentage differential protection is as shown as following figure.
Id unrestraint operation area

Icdsd
Operation area Kbl2
Restraint area
Kbl1
Icdqd
0
Ie nIe Ir
Figure 3.4-5 Operation characteristic of percentage differential protection
Operation equation of this percentage differential protection is

 I d > K bl × I r + I cdqd ( I r < nI e )


K bl = K bl 1 + K blr × ( I r / I e )

I d > K bl 2 × ( I r − nI e ) + b + I cdqd ( I r ≥ nI e )

K blr = ( K bl 2 − K bl 1 ) /(2 × n)
b = ( K bl 1 + K blr × n) × nI e
(Equation 3.4-16)
 • •
I 1+ I2

 Ir =
 2
 • •
I d = I 1 − I 2

Where:
I d is differential current,
I r is restraint current,
I cdqd is pickup value of differential current
I e is rated current of generator.
K bl is percentage differential restraint coefficient and K blr is its increment.
K bl 1 is the first slope of percentage differential with setting range 0.05 – 0.15. 0.05 is
recommended usually.
K bl 2 is the second slope of percentage differential with setting range 0.30 – 0.70. 0.50 is
recommended usually.
n is the multiple of restraint current at second percentage restraint coefficient and is fixed at 4.
For differential protection of generator and exciter, I1 and I 2 are currents of terminal and neutral
point respectively.
3.4.4.2 High performance blocking technique in case of CT saturation
In order to prevent unwanted operation of steady state percentage differential protection due to
CT transient or steady state saturation during external fault, discrimination of waveform of
differential current principle is adopted as criterion of CT saturation.

When fault occurs, the equipment decides firstly whether it is internal or external fault. If it is
external fault, criterion of CT saturation is enabled. If any phase differential current of differential
protection meets the criterion, it is decided that this differential current comes from CT saturation
and the percentage differential protection will be blocked.
3.4.4.3 High setting percentage differential protection (HSDP)
A percentage differential protection with high percentage coefficient and high pick-up setting is
equipped with the equipment to prevent operation of percentage differential protection delayed by
CT saturation and other factors during serious internal fault. It can prevent influence of steady
state and transient CT saturation during external fault due to its percentage restraint characteristic
and can operate correctly and quickly during internal fault and CT being saturated. Operation
criterion of this high setting percentage differential protection is
I d > 1.2 × I e
I d > 1.0 × I r
Where:
Differential current I d and restraint current I r are the same as mentioned above.
differential protection will operate if the criterion is met.
Parameters of this protection are configured during manufacturing and not need to be configured
in site.
3.4.4.4 Unrestrained differential protection (UIDP)
This protection will operate and trip immediately if differential current of any phase is higher than
its setting.
3.4.4.5 Differential current abnormality alarm and CT circuit failure blocking function
Differential current abnormality alarm with percentage restraint and instant CT circuit failure
blocking function are equipped with the equipment.
CT circuit failure blocking function can be configured by logic setting

[Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Gen]. When such failure occurs and is discriminated, issuing alarm
signal only or blocking percentage differential protection is optional. If the logic setting is set as 1,
percentage differential protection will be blocked immediately.

3.4.4.6 Logic diagram of percentage differential protection
[Flag_UIDP_Gen]
&
[EBI_Diff_Gen]
& [Op_InstDiff_Gen]
[En_Diff_Gen]
[En_InstDiff_Gen]
[FD_Diff_Gen]
[Flag_HSDP_Gen]
& & &

[EBI_Diff_Gen]
[En_Diff_Gen]
[En_PcntDiff_Gen]
≥1 [Op_PcntDiff_Gen]
[Flag_CTS]
[FD_Diff_Gen]
[Flag_CTsat]
[Flag_SPDP_Gen]
& & &
[EBI_Diff_Gen]
[En_Diff_Gen]
[En_PcntDiff_Gen]
[Flag_CTS]
[FD_Diff_Gen]
Figure 3.4-6 Logic diagram of percentage differential protection of generator or exciter
Where:
[Flg_UIDP _Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not the criterion of UIDP element is met.
[Flg_HSDP _Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not the criterion of HSDP element is met.
[Flg_SPDP _Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not the criterion of SPDP element is met.
[En_PcntDiff_Gen]: logic setting for enabling percentage differential protection of generator
[En_InstDiff_Gen]: logic setting for enabling unrestrained instantaneous differential protection of

generator
[Op_InstDiff_Gen]: operation of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection of generator.
[Op_PcntDiff_Gen]: operation of percentage differential protection of generator.
[EBI_Diff_Gen]: is enabling binary input for all kinds of differential protection of generator.
[En_Diff_Gen]: general logic setting for enabling differential protection of generator.
[FD_Diff_Gen]: fault detector of differential protection of generator.

[Flg_CTS] is the flag indicating whether or not the CT circuit fails.
[Flg_CTsat] is the flag indicating whether or not the CT is in saturation state.
3.4.5 DPFC Current Differential Element

If slight fault occurs in generator or transformer, steady state differential protection may not
response sensitively due to influence of load current. DPFC percentage differential protection of
generator and transformer is equipped with the equipment for that and it can significantly improve
sensitivity of the protection during small current internal fault of generator and transformer.
3.4.5.1 Operation characteristic of DPFC
The operation criteria of DPFC percentage differential are as follows:
∆I d > 1.25∆I dt + I dth


∆I d > 0.6∆I r ∆I r < 2 I e
∆I > 0.75I − 0.3I ∆I r > 2 I e
 d r e
∆I r = ∆I1 + ∆I 2 + ∆I 3 + ∆I 4 (Equation 3.4-18)


 • • • •
∆
 dI = ∆ I 1 + ∆ I 2 + ∆ I 3 + ∆ I 4

Where:
∆I dt is floating threshold which increases progressively along with DPFC increasing. Take its
multiple as 1.25 can ensure threshold voltage always a bit higher than imbalance current. So that
unwanted operation of the equipment can be avoided during power swing and frequency
deviation conditions.
Generally, for differential protection of main transformer, ∆I1 , ∆I 2 , ∆I 3 and ∆I 4 are DPFCs of
currents of sides 1 and 2 at HVS of main transformer, generator terminal and HV side of stepdown
transformer respectively. But for some specific design, ∆I1 can represents the HVS current of
transformer derived from backup CT and ∆I 2 has no definition.
For differential protection of generator, ∆I1 and ∆I 2 are currents at the terminal of generator
and neutral point respectively. ∆I 3 and ∆I 4 have not specified.
∆I d is DPFC of differential current. I dth is fixed threshold. ∆I r is DPFC of restraint current
whose maximum value is taken for actual restraint.

Note:
Calculation of restraint current of DPFC percentage differential protection is different from the
steady state percentage differential protection, it is difficult to test this function on site, so we
recommend only qualitative function test on site.
DPFC differential protection is equipped to each phase of generator, but user should know that
the restraint DPFC quantity for every phase is the same maximum value among the three phases.
The following figure shows operating characteristic of DPFC percentage differential protection.
? Id
differential current
0.75
0.6
Icdqd
restraint current
2 Ie ? Ir
Figure 3.4-7 Operating characteristic of DPFC percentage differential protection
differential protection will operate if the criterion is met. For DPFC percentage differential
protection of main transformer, second harmonic or waveform inrush current blocking and fifth
harmonic over excitation blocking are adopted. It can prevent influence of steady state and
transient CT saturation during external fault due to its percentage restraint characteristic.
This protective element has high ability to eliminate the effect of transient and steady saturation of
CT during the external fault because the restraint coefficient is set at a higher value.

3.4.5.2 Logic scheme of DPFC differential protection
Figure 3.4-8 Logic diagram of DPFC percentage differential protection
In the figure:
[Flg_DPFC_Diff_Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not the criterion of DPFC differential
element is met.
[Op_DPFC_Diff_Gen]: operation of DPFC differential protection of generator
[EBI_Diff_Gen]: is enabling binary input for all kinds of differential protection of generator.
[En_Diff_Gen]: general logic setting for enabling differential protection of generator.
[Flg_IntanCTS] is the internally generated flag indicating that CT supervision program detects
failure of CT circuit with no delay considered into account.
Settings of DPFC percentage differential protection is are fixed and need not to be set on site.
3.4.6 Restrict earth fault protection of MT and ST (REF)
Restricted earth fault (REF) protection is also called zero-sequence differential protection in this
manual, which includes zero-sequence percentage differential protection element and
unrestrained instantaneous zero-sequence differential protection element. REF protection is used
to protect the main transformer and/or stepdown transformer with neutral point earthed
with/without resistance.
3.4.6.1 Amplitude ratio compensation
If CTs used for REF have different ratios, then the ratio compensation is needed. Here is the
method.
K TA K TA − max
K ph = × Kb K b = min( ,4)
K TA _ b K TA −b (Equation 3.4-19)
Where:
K TA is the CT ratio at calculated side.

K TA _ b is the CT ratio at the base side.
K TA _ max is the maximum CT ratio among all side.
In principle, this method take the neutral point rated secondary current as the base of calculation
and all other sides will be considered as its multiples. The ratio of the maximum CT ratio to base
CT ratio must be less than 4. If ratio of the maximum to base is less than 4, the multiple of the
base rated current will be taken as 1, and other side will be calculated proportionally. Thus the
maximum setting range of current ration correction coefficient K ph of each side can be up to 4.
The currents used in the following analyze are based on the assumption that they have been
adjusted, that means the currents are the products of original current of each side and its own
adjustment coefficient ( K ph ).
3.4.6.2 Principle of zero-sequence percentage differential protection (PcntREF)
Zero-sequence percentage differential protection is used for earth fault at HV side of main
transformer(Wye connection), LV side of stepdown transformer(Wye connection). Its operation
criteria are as follows:
I 0 d > I 0 cdqd
I > K × I
 0 d 0bl 0r
I 0 r = max{ I 01 , I 02 , I 03 , I 0 n }
 • • • • (Equation 3.4-20)
I 0 d = I 01 + I 02 + I 03 − I 0 n

Where:
I 01 , I 02 , I 03 are zero sequence currents of branches A1, A2, A3. For HV side of main
transformer, there are only one branch I 01 which is the sum of three-phase currents derived from
backup CT of HV side of main transformer, and other branches have no definition. For LV side of
stepdown transformer, I 01 , I 02 , I 03 are zero sequence currents of branches A1, A2, A3
according to the actual situation.
I 0 n is zero sequence current on neutral point side.
I 0cdqd is the pick up setting of zero-sequence percentage differential protection.
I 0 d is zero-sequence differential current.

I 0r is zero-sequence restraint current.
k 0 bl is the setting of percentage restraint coefficient of zero-sequence percentage differential
protection. k 0 bl = 0.5 is recommended;
When equation above is satisfied, the zero-sequence percentage differential protection will
operate. Zero-sequence differential currents on various sides except neutral point are got from
internal calculation, and the polarity check of zero-sequence current transformers (CT) on various
sides is not needed.
WARNING!
The polarity check of neutral point current must be done befor the zero-sequence percentage
differential protection is put into service.
Figure 3.4-9 shows operation characteristic of this zero-sequence percentage differential

protection.
3.4.6.3 Unrestrained instantaneous zero-sequence differential protection (UIREF)
The aim of unrestrained instantaneous zero-sequence differential protection for transformer is to

accelerate the trip speed for transformer’s inner earth fault with high fault resistance. So the
element does not need any block element, but the setting should be greater than maximum inrush
current.
I 0d > [ I _ InstREF ]
(Equation 3.4-21)
The operation of this protection shall trip all breakers at all sides of a transformer when any
unrestrained zero-sequence differential current is higher than its setting. Its operation criterion is:
I 0d > [ I _ InstREF ]
(Equation 3.4-21)
Where:
I 0 d is the zero-sequence differential currents.
[I_InstREF] is the setting of the unrestrained instantaneous zero-sequence differential protection.
Figure 3.4-9 shows operation characteristic of this unrestrained instantaneous differential

protection.

I0d Operation area of UIREF
Operation area of PcntREF
K0bl
I0cdqd
It I0r
Figure 3.4-9 Operating characteristic of restricted earth fault protection
The meaning of I 0 d , I 0 r , K 0 bl , and I 0 cdqd has been described.
I t will be automatically changed according to the pickup current I 0cdqd and restrict coefficient
K 0bl .
3.4.6.4 Prevention of unwanted operation due to difference of CT transient characteristics
Difference of transient characteristic and saturation of CT will increase zero sequence current in
differential scheme during external three-phase short circuit fault. In order to eliminate this effect,
positive sequence current restraint blocking criterion and CT saturation criterion are used.
Positive sequence current restraint principle can be expressed as following:
I 0 > β 0 * I1
(Equation 3.4-22)
Where:
I0 is the cauculted zero sequence current from the three-phase current of backup CT of HV side
of main transformer.
I1 is its corresponding positive sequence current.
β 0 is a proportional coefficient.
The relay also adopts 2nd harmonic component to identify the CT saturation.
3.4.6.5 Zero sequence differential current abnormality alarm
When the zero sequence differential current is above the alarm setting [I_Alm_REF] for 10s, the

circuit alarm for REF protection [Alm_REF] will be issued. But the REF protection is also in
service.
3.4.6.6 Logic scheme
HV side of main transformer and LV side of stepdown transformer have restricted earth fault
protection and their logics are same. Here take HV side of main transformer as an example.
Figure 3.4-10 Logic diagram of restricted earth fault protection at HV side of main transformer
[Op_REF_Tr]: operation of restricted earth fault protection of main transformer.
[EBI_REF_Tr]: enabling binary input of REF of main transformer.
[En_EF_Tr]: enabling logic setting of earth fault protection of main transformer.
[Flg_REF_Tr]: is the flag indicating whether or not the criterion of REF element is met.
[Flg_CTsat]: is the internally generated flag indicating that CT is not in saturation condition.
CAUTION!
Before tripping function of REF is put into operation, polarity of CT used for this element must be
carefully checked to ensure it is suited for the requirement of REF to avoid unwanded operation.
3.4.7 Backup protection of main transformer

3.4.7.1 Phase-to-phase impedance protection
3.4.7.1.1 Operation characteristic of impedance protection
Impedance protection is used as backup protection of generator-transformer unit. Three kinds of

impedance characteristic can be selected, i.e., circular impedance, directional circular impedance
and drifted circular impedance characteristics. Circular impedance characteristic suits case of
forward setting of a zone being equal to its reverse setting. Directional circular impedance
characteristic suits case of reverse setting of a zone being set as 0. Drifted circular impedance
characteristic suits case of forward setting of a zone being higher than its reverse setting. Reach
angle of impedance protection is 78°. Positive direction of the impedance protection is
configurable and generally points to transformer.
Figure 3.4-11 shows operation characteristic of impedance element. In this figure, I is phase

current, U is corresponding phase-to-phase voltage, Zn is reverse impedance setting, Zp is

forward impedance setting.
jX
•
I Zp
• •
U− I Zp
ϕm •
U
R
• •
• U + I Zn
− I Zn
Figure 3.4-11 Operation characteristic of impedance element
Operation criterion:
• •
(U − I Z P )
90 < Arg
o
• •
< 270 o
(U + I Z n ) (Equation 3.4-23)
The fault detector of impedance protection adopts DPFC of phase current and negative sequence
current. Initiation of the fault detector will be lasted for 500 ms and will be kept if impedance relay
operates during this time interval. Operation criterion of the fault detector is
∆I > 1.25∆I t + I th
(Equation 3.4-24)
Where:
∆I t is floating threshold which increases progressively along with DPFC increasing. Take its
multiple as 1.25 can ensure threshold current always a bit higher than imbalance current. So that
unwanted operation of the equipment can be avoided during system swing and frequency
deviation conditions.
I th is the fixed threshold. When DPFC of phase-to-phase current is higher than 0.3 Ie, the fault
detector operates.
The impedance protection will be disabled automatically if the VT circuit failure is discriminated.

3.4.7.1.2 Logic diagram of distance protection of transformer
[Flg_VTS ]
[Flg_Z1_HVS_Tr] &
[Op_Z1_HVS_Tr]
&
[En_PPF_HVS_Tr]
t
&
[EBI_PPF_HVS_Tr ]
[FD_PPF_Tr]
Figure 3.4-12 Logic diagram of distance protection of transformer
Where:
[Flg_Z1_HVS_Tr] is internally generated flag indicating whether or not zone 1 of distance

protective element of transformer operates.
[EBI_PPF_HVS_Tr] is enabling binary input of phase-to-phase backup protection of HV side

which including phase-to-phase distance protection and voltage-controlling overcurrent protection.
“1” means enabled.
[En_PPF_HVS_Tr] is enabling logic setting of phase-to-phase backup protection of HV side which

including phase-to-phase distance protection and voltage-controlling overcurrent protection. “1”
means enabled.
[Flg_VTS] is flag indicating whether or not the VT circuit fails. “1” means failure.
3.4.7.2 Voltage controlled overcurrent protection of main transformer
Function of overcurrent protection with composite voltage blocking is equipped with RCS-985B.
This protection, consisting of 2 stages and 2 time delays per stage, is used for phase-to-phase
backup protection of main transformer. Of which, function of composite voltage element can be
enabled or disabled by logic setting.
3.4.7.2.1 Voltage control element
The voltage control element is an element which will operate if phase-to-phase voltage is lower
than the setting [Vpp_VCE_Tr] or negative sequence voltage is greater than its setting
[V_NegOV_VCE_ Tr]..
Criteria:
Upp< [Vpp_UV_VCE_Tr] Or U2> [V_NegOV_VCE_ Tr] (Equation 3.4-25)
Where:
Upp is phase-to-phase voltage of local side.
U 2 is negative sequence voltage of local side.

[Upp_UV_VCE_Tr] is setting of undervoltage control element of local side.
[U_NegOV_VCE_Tr] is setting of negative-sequence overvoltage control element of local side.
All two stages of definite time overcurrent protection can be controlled by voltage element by
configuring related logic settings [En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Tr] and [En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Tr].
Meanwhile, User can decide by which side voltage overcurrent protection be controlled by
configuring related settings. For example, if the setting [En_LVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_Tr] is set as “1”,
then the overcurrent protection is controlled not only by HV side voltage element but also by LV
side voltage element.
3.4.7.2.2 Function of current memory
For self and parallel-excited generator, current will decrease so quick during fault that it may be
lower than overcurrent setting before tripping. So memorizing function for fault current is equipped
with this protection. Logic setting [En_Mem_Curr_Tr] is used for configure of this function.
Note:
When logic setting [En_Mem_Curr_Tr] is enabled, the overcurrent must be controlled by voltage
element.
3.4.7.2.3 Influence of VT circuit failure on voltage control element
When VT on one side is under maintenance or bus-tie breaker is used for the transformer but its
VT has not been switched over to the protection equipment, VT circuit failure is detected. Logic
setting [Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Tr] is used to configure performance of voltage control element during
VT circuit failure. When this logic setting is set as “1”, if VT circuit failure is detected, the voltage
control element cannot pick up and the protection will not operate. When this logic setting is set as
“0”, if VT circuit failure is detected on this side, voltage control element is forced to be satisfied,
then the voltage controlled directional overcurrent protection controlled by voltage will becomes a
pure overcurrent protection.

3.4.7.2.4 Logic diagram of voltage controlled overcurrent protection of transformer
Figure 3.4-13 Logic diagram of voltage controlled overcurrent protection of transformer
Where:
[Flg_VTS]: is the internally generated flag indicating whether or not the VT circuit fails.
[Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Tr] is the setting to configure the VCE mode under VT circuit failure.
[En_Mem_Curr_Tr] is the setting to enable/disable the function of current memory.
[Flg_OCn_Tr] is flag indicating that stage n of overcurrent element is met (n=1,2)
[En_VCE_Ctrl_OCn_Tr] is the setting to enable/disable the VCE element in stage n of overcurrent

protection of transformer.
[En_PPF_Tr] is the setting to enable/disable phase to phase fault protection.
[EBI_PPF_Tr] is the binary input to enable/disable phase to phase fault protection.
[Op_OCn_Tr] indicates that whether or not the stage n of overcurrent protection operates.
3.4.7.3 Zero sequence directional overcurrent protection of transformer
Zero sequence overcurrent relay is mainly used as backup protection of ground fault for
transformer with neutral point earthed. Two stages and two time delays zero sequence
overcurrent relay is equipped with RCS-985B. The zero sequence current is usually adopted from
neutral point CT.
By setting logic settings, following functions of any stages of this protection can be selected:
Whether it will be controlled by directional relay;
Whether it will be controlled by zero sequence voltage;

Whether it will be enabled or disabled.
3.4.7.3.1 Direction element
The direction of zero sequence overcurrent protection points to system definitely with the reach
angle 75º. If the VT failure at HV side occurs, the directional element will be out of service.
The voltage used by directional relay is definitely the calculated voltage. The direction mentioned
above is based on the CT positive polarity for calculated zero sequence current being at the side
of busbar. The details are shown in Figure 1.3-1 to Figure 1.3-2.
Figure 3.4-14 shows operating characteristic of directional protection in which the hatched area is
operation zone.
3U0
f lm = 75 °
I
o
Point to system
Figure 3.4-14 Operating characteristic of zero sequence directional overcurrent protection
3.4.7.3.2 Zero sequence voltage element
Zero sequence voltage element uses definitely the open-delta voltage of VT.
3.4.7.3.3 Logic diagram of zero sequence overcurrent protection
3U0>[V_ROV_VCE_Tr]
=1
[En_VCE.ROV_Ctrl_ROCn_Tr]
[Flg_Dir_ROC_Tr]
=1 & [Op_ROCn_Tr]
[En_Dir_Ctrl_ROCn_Tr] & t
[t_ROCn_Tr]
[Flg_ROCn_Tr]
&
[En_EF_Tr]
[EBI_EF_Tr]
[FD_ROC_Tr]
Figure 3.4-15 Logic diagram of zero sequence overcurrent protection of transformer

Where:
[En_VCE.ROV_Ctrl_ROCn_Tr] is used to select whether zero sequence overcurrent relay will be

blocked by zero sequence overvoltage. If the logic setting is set as “1”, it will be blocked by zero
sequence overvoltage.
[En_Dir_Ctrl_ROCn_Tr] is used to select whether stage n of zero sequence overcurrent relay is

control by directional relay. If this logic setting is set as “1”, the stage n of zero sequence
overcurrent protection will be controlled by directional relay.
[Flg_Dir_ROC_Tr] is flag indicating that whether or not the criterion of directional element is met.
[Flg_ROCn_Tr] is flag indicating that the zero sequence current is above the setting.
[En_EF_Tr] is the setting to enable/disable the earth fault protection of transformer.
[EBI_EF_Tr] is the binary input to enable/disable the earth fault protection of transformer.
[Op_ROCn_Tr] indicates that the stage n of zero sequence overcurrent protection operates.
3.4.7.4 “Gap” zero sequence overvoltage protection (Optional)
“Gap” zero sequence overvoltage protection is used for backup protection of main transformer
with neutral point ungrounded or grounded through gap. Zero sequence overvoltage protection
with one stage and two time delays is equipped for this protection.
Zero sequence overvoltage protection can be enabled by enabling binary input from the
protection panel as well as external contact input. If the setting [En_BI_Ctrl_ROC_Gap_Tr] is set
as “0”, the Gap ROV protection is controlled by the enabling binary input only. If the setting
[En_BI_Ctrl_ROC_Gap_Tr] is set as “1”, the Gap ROV protection is enabled only when both the
enabling binary input is energized and binary external input (BI_Reserved) is “1”.
3.4.7.5 Zero sequence voltage alarm at LV side of main transformer
According to the case that circuit breaker is equipped at the terminal of generator, a zero
sequence voltage alarm can be provided on main transformer LV side as the supervision of
earthing fault. The voltage setting is usually set as 10V to 15V. The alarm can be enabled or
disabled by logic setting [En_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr]. The function outputs alarm signals. To
RCS-985B, AC voltage input is from connectors (9B23, 9B25).
3.4.7.6 VT circuit failure supervision
VT circuit failure supervision principle refers to section 3.4.27.
3.4.7.7 Protection of other failures
Overload alarm and initial cooling are equipped with backup protection of HV side of main
transformer. Overload alarm and initial cooling can be enabled or disabled by logic settings
[En_OvLd_Tr] and [En_InitCool_OvLd_Tr]. Outputs of initial cooling are three normal open
contacts.

3.4.8 Interturn fault protection of generator

3.4.8.1 High sensitive transverse differential protection
Transverse differential protection installed on connection between two neutral points of generator
is used as main protection of interturn fault of generator’s stator winding, open circuit fault of
branches and short circuit fault between phases.
Since this protection adopts frequency tracing, digital filtering and full cycle Fourier algorithm, the
third harmonic can be reduced to 1/100 within the frequency tracing range and the protection can
response the fundamental component only.
This protection comprises two stages: unsensitive stage (high setting stage) and sensitive stage.
3.4.8.2 High setting stage of the protection
This stage is equivalent to traditional transverse differential protection. When the transverse
differential current is in excess of the setting [I_UnsensTrvDiff_Gen], the protective element
operates.
3.4.8.3 Sensitive stage of the protection
Phase current percentage restraint principle is used for this stage. The operation criterion is
I d > I hcZD I MAX ≤ I e

 I MAX − I e
when
I > (1 + K
hcZD × ) × I hcZD when I MAX > I e
 d
Ie (Equation 3.4-26)
Where:
I d is the transverse differential current ,
I hcZD is the transverse differential current setting [I_SensTrvDiff_Gen],
I MAX is the maximum value of three phase current of generator,
I d is the rated current of generator
K hcZD is the restraint coefficient.
Phase current percentage restraint transverse differential principle can ensure no unwanted
operation during external fault and sensitive operation during internal fault. As this principle is
adopted, current setting of the transverse differential protection shall be only higher than
unbalance current during normal operation and much less than that of traditional transverse
differential current protection. Sensitivity for interturn fault of generator can be enhanced then.

This protection has also a floating threshold for high transverse differential unbalance current
during other normal operation conditions.
Operation of the high sensitive transverse differential protection will lead a tripping immediately.
When rotor of generator is grounded at one point, a configurable time delay [t_TrvDiff_Gen] will
be inserted in the tripping course. Figure 3.4-16 shows logic diagram of this protection.
3.4.8.4 Logic diagram of sensitive transverse differential protection
[Flg_1PEF_Rot]
&
t
[En_Alm_1PEF_Rot] &
[Op_TransDiff_Gen] [Op_Sens_TransDiff_Gen]
=1 &
[En_IntTurn_Gen]
&
&
[En_Sens_TransDiff_Gen]
[EBI_IntTurn_Gen]
[FD_TransDiff_Gen]
Figure 3.4-16 Logic diagram of transverse differential protection of generator
Where:
[Flag_1PEF_Rot] is internally generated flag indicating the one-point earth fault protection of rotor
operates.
[En_Alm_1PEF_Rot] is logic setting of enabling one-point earth fault alarming of rotor. “1” means
enabled.
[EBI_IntTurn_Gen] is enabling binary input of interturn protection of generator, including

transverse differential protection, longitudinal zero sequence voltage protection and directional
DPFC protection. “1” means enabled.
3.4.8.5 Longitudinal zero sequence voltage protection
Longitudinal zero sequence voltage protection is configured for inter-turn fault of stator winding of
generator. It uses open-delta voltage of dedicated VT at the terminal of generator as the criterion.
Since this protection adopts frequency tracing, digital filtering and full cycle Fourier algorithm, the
third harmonic can be reduced to 1/100 within the frequency tracing range and the protection can
response the basic wave component only.
This protection comprises two stages: unsensitive stage (high setting stage) and sensitive stage.
High setting stage of the protection
Setting of this stage shall be higher than maximum unbalance voltage during external fault, whilst
directional flag indicating internal fault must be satisfied. When measured longitudinal zero
sequence voltage is in excess of the setting [V_UnsensROV_Longl_Gen] and lasts for longer

than the delay setting [t_ROV_Longl_Gen], this protective element will trip breakers according to
the configuration of [TrpLog_IntTurn_Gen].
Sensitive stage of the protection
Phase current percentage restraint principle is used for this stage. The operation criterion is
 U zo > [ 1 + K zo × I m / I e ] × U zozd

 Im = 3 × I2 when I MAX < I e (Equation 3.4-27)
I m = (I MAX - Ie ) + 3 × I 2 when I MAX ≥ I e
Where:
U zozd is the zero sequence voltage setting [V_SensROV_Longl_Gen],
I MAX is the maximum value among three phase current of generator,
I2 is the negative sequence current of generator,
I e is the rated current of generator
K z 0 is the restraint coefficient.
Likely to transverse differential principle, this protective element can ensure no unwanted
operation during external fault and sensitive operation during internal fault. As for the percentage
restraint characteristic, zero sequence voltage setting of the zero sequence voltage protection
shall be only higher unbalance voltage during normal operation. Sensitivity for interturn fault of
generator can be enhanced then.
This protective element has also a floating threshold for high unbalance longitudinal zero
sequence voltage during other operation conditions.
Operation of this element is usually configured to be delayed shortly by 0.1 s – 0.2 s.
3.4.8.6 VT circuit failure alarm and blocking
Longitudinal zero sequence voltage protection for inter-turn fault of stator shall be blocked when
the dedicated VT2 circuit at the terminal of generator fails. There are two criteria to decide to
whether or not block the protection.
Criterion 1 (including 3 sub-criteria):
— Negative sequence voltage of VT1: 3U2 < U2_set1;
— Negative sequence voltage of VT2: 3U2’ < U2_set2;
— Open-delta voltage of VT2: 3U0’>Uozd(zero sequence voltage setting).

In the above three criterion, if one of the former two and the third are met simultaneity, the
longitudinal zero sequence voltage protection will be blocked.
Criterion 2 (including 3 sub-criteria):
| U AB - U ab | > 5V
| U BC - U bc | > 5V
| U CA - U ca | > 5V (Equation 3.4-28)
Where: U AB , U BC , U CA are phase-to-phase voltages of VT1 and U ab , U bc , U ca are
phase-to-phase voltages of VT2.
That any one of these three sub-criteria is met means criterion 2 picks up.
When any of criterion 1 and criterion 2 operates, alarm of VT2 circuit failure will be issued by
delay 40 ms and zero sequence voltage protection will be blocked.
After VT circuit failure reverting to normal condition, blocking can be released by pressing the
Target-reset button on the faceplate of the protection.
3.4.8.7 Longitudinal zero sequence voltage protection logic diagram
[Flg_Dir_NegP]
[Flg_LongiROV_Sta]
&
[Flag_VTS]
&
& t
[En_IntTurn_Gen]
[Op_UnsensROV_Longl_Gen
]
[En_UnsensROV_Longl_Gen]
[EBI_IntTurn_Gen]
[FD_IntTurn_Sta]
[Flg_LongiROV_Sta]
&
[Flg_VTS] [Op_SensROV_Longl_Gen]
&
& t
[En_IntTurn_Gen]
[t_ROV_Longl_Gen]
[En_SensROV_Longl_Gen]
[EBI_IntTurn_Gen]
[FD_IntTurn_Sta]
Figure 3.4-17 Logic diagram of longitudinal zero sequence voltage protection
Where:

[Flag_Dir_NegP] is internally generated flag indicating whether or not the directional element
calculated from negative sequence voltage and current is meet the faulty condition.
[Flag_LongiROV_Sta] is internally generated flag indicating whether or not the longitudinal

zero-sequence overvoltage protection of stator operates.
3.4.8.8 Directional DPFC protection for interturn fault
The operation criterion is:
• ∧
∆F ＝ Re[∆ U 2 × ∆ I 2 × e jΦ ] > ε + 1.25 × dF (a)
∆U 2 > 0.5V + 1.25du

(b) (Equation 3.4-29)
∆I 2 > 0.02In + 1.25di (c)
If the three criterions are met simultaneity, the directional flag of protection is set. Under negative
sequence voltage and negative sequence current controlling, the protection operates after
0.2-0.5s time delay.
AC current and voltage input of directional DPFC protection are from the generator terminal
directly. When the VT1 at the generator terminal fails, directional DPFC protection is blocked. The
setting is default setting. The sensitivity is about 3V of longitudinal zero sequence voltage.
Directional DPFC protection for inter-turn fault can’t response to inter-turn fault before the
generator is connected into the power system.
3.4.9 Backup protection of generator

3.4.9.1 Phase-to-phase impedance protection
Two stages impedance protection is equipped at the terminal of generator as its phase-to-phase
backup protection. Phase-to-phase current used in impedance relay is derived from CT at the
neutral point of generator. Circular impedance, directional circular impedance or drifted circular
impedance characteristic can be selected to act for these two stages. Circular characteristic suits
case of forward setting of a zone being equal to its reverse setting. Directional circular
characteristic suits case of reverse setting of a zone being set as 0. Drifted circular characteristic
suits for case that forward setting of a zone is higher than its reverse setting. Reach angle of
impedance protection is 78°. Positive direction of the impedance protection is configurable and
generally points to generator.
(Equation 3.4-30) shows operation characteristic of impedance

element. In this figure, I is phase current, U is corresponding phase-to-phase voltage, Zn is
reverse impedance setting, Zp is forward impedance setting.
Operation criterion:

• •
(U − I Z P ) (Equation 3.4-30)
90o < Arg • •
< 270o
(U + I Z n )
DPFC of phase current and negative current element are adopted as fault detector of impedance
protection. Initiation of the fault detector will be extended to 500 ms and will be kept if impedance
relay operates during this time interval. Operation criterion of the fault detector is
∆I > 1.25∆I t + I th
(Equation 3.4-31)
Where:
∆I t is floating threshold which increases gradually along with DPFC increasing. Take its multiple
as 1.25 can ensure threshold voltage always a bit higher than imbalance voltage.
jX
•
I Zp
• •
U − I Zp
ϕm •
U
R
• •
• U + I Zn
− I Zn
Figure 3.4-18 Operation characteristic of impedance element
Unwanted operation of the equipment can be avoided during conditions of power swing and
frequency deviation from nominal valuess. I th is the fixed threshold. When DPFC of
phase-to-phase current is higher than 0.2 Ie, the fault detector operates.
Note:
If TV circuit failure occurs, the distance protection of generator will be blocked.

3.4.9.2 Logic diagram of distance protection of generator
[Flg_VTS]
[Flg_Zn_Gen] &
&
[En_PPF_Gen] [Op_Zn_Gen]
& t
[EBI_PPF_Gen]
[t_Zn_Gen]
[FD_Dist_Gen]
Figure 3.4-19 Logic diagram of distance protection of generator
Where:
[Op_Zn_Gen] is internally generated indicating stage n of distance protection of generator

operates.
[Flag_Zn_Gen] is internally generated indicating stage n of distance protection of generator is

met.
[EBI_PPF_Gen] is enabling binary input of phase-to-phase backup protection of generator which

including phase-to-phase distance protection and voltage-controlling overcurrent protection. “1”
means enabled.
3.4.9.3 Voltage controlled overcurrent protection
This protection is used as a backup protection of generator, main transformer, HV busbar and
neighboring power lines. There are two stages with their own delay settings respectively. Stage 1
is used to trip bus coupler breaker or other circuit breaker and stage 2 to shut down the generator.
Figure 3.4-20 shows its logic diagram.
Composite voltage element
Composite voltage element consists of phase-to-phase undervoltage element and negative

sequence overvoltage element. These two elements are jointed together by OR gate. By relevant
logic setting, stage 1 and stage 2 of overcurrent protection can be configured to be controlled by
composite voltage element respectively.
Function of current memory
For generators with self shunt excitation, current will decrease so quickly during fault that it may
be lower than overcurrent setting before tripping. So memorized function for remember fault
current is equipped with this protection. Logic setting [En_Mem_Curr_Gen] is used for
configuration of this function. See details about the setting in section 7.3.8.
Note:
When logic setting [En_Mem_Curr_Gen] is enabled, the overcurrent must be controlled by

voltage element.
Blocking by HV side composite voltage
Overcurrent protection can be blocked not only by composite voltage at terminal of generator but
also by composite voltage on HV side of main transformer. This function can be configured by
setting logic setting [En_HVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_Gen] as “1”.
Protection performance during VT circuit failure
A logic setting [Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Gen] is used to configure action of composite voltage element

during VT circuit failure. When this logic setting is set as 1, if this side VT circuit failure is detected,
the composite voltage element will not meet conditions to operate. When this logic setting is set
as 0, if this side VT circuit failure is detected, composite voltage element is disabled, the
overcurrent protection will not be blocked and becomes a pure overcurrent protection.
3.4.9.4 Logic Diagram of voltage controlled Overcurrent Protection
Figure 3.4-20 Logic diagram of overcurrent relay with composite voltage blocking
Where:
[Upp] represents any one of the three phase-to-phase voltage of generator.
[U2] is negative sequence voltage of generator calculated by protection.
[Flg_OCn_Gen] is internally generated flag indicating stage n of overcurrent operates, which

means the measured current is in excess of its setting [I_OCn_Gen]. Where n represent stage 1
or 2.
As for principle of discrimination of VT circuit failure, see section 3.4.27.

3.4.10 Earth fault protection of stator

3.4.10.1 Fundamental zero sequence overvoltage earth fault protection
Single-phase earth fault within 85% - 95% range from terminal of stator winding can be protected
by fundamental zero-sequence overvoltage protection.
Fundamental zero-sequence overvoltage protection reacts to magnitude of zero sequence

voltage of generator. Since it adopts frequency tracing, digital filtering and full cycle Fourier
algorithm, the third harmonic can be reduced to 1/100 within the frequency tracing range and the
protection can response the basic wave component only.
This protection comprises two stages: sensitive stage and unsensitive stage (high setting stage).
Sensitive stage of the protection
Operation criterion for alarm of this stage is
U n0 > U 0zd
(Equation 3.4-32)
Where:
U 0zd = K rel U unb.max , U 0zd is operation threshold setting of fundamental zero sequence voltage
[V_SensROV_Sta].
U unb.max is the maximum measured value of unbalance zero sequence voltage.
K rel is reliability coefficient, 1.2~1.3 in general.
To assure its security, user should check the setting by comparing it with the transferred zero
sequence voltage through coupling capacitance between HV side and LV side of transformer
when external earth fault occurs on the HV side of the transformer. Meanwhile, settings, including
time delay and operation setting, should be considered to cooperate with that of earth fault
protection of the system.
High setting stage of the protection
Operation criterion for alarm of this zone is
U n0 > U 0hzd
(Equation 3.4-33)
Where:
U n0 is zero sequence voltage of neutral point of generator
U 0hzd is the zero sequence voltage high setting [V_UnsensROV_Sta]. 20V ~ 25V is

recommended generally.
3.4.10.2 Third harmonic voltage ratio earth fault protection of stator
This protection is designed to cover only about 25% of earth fault of the stator winding away from
generator terminal. Third harmonic voltage of generator terminal is got from its open-delta zero
sequence voltage. Third harmonic voltage of neutral point side is got from neutral point VT of the
generator.
Operation criterion of this protection
U 3T / U 3N > K 3wzd
(Equation 3.4-34)
Where:
U 3T and U 3N are third harmonic voltage of generator terminal and neutral point respectively.
K 3wzd is the third harmonic voltage percentage setting.
During incorporation of generator to power system, the ratio U 3T / U 3N changes considerably
owing to variation of equivalent capacitive reactance at generator terminal. So two different

settings are designed for protection before and after connection of generator with system, and
these two settings can be switched over with alternation of contacts’ position of the terminal
breaker.
In addition, settings are provided for deciding whether the ratio protection of third harmonics
voltage is used for alarm or tripping or both.
3.4.10.3 Third harmonic voltage differential earth fault protection
Operation criterion of this protection
• • •
U 3T − K t × U 3 N > Kre × U 3 N
(Equation 3.4-35)
Where:
• •
U 3T and U 3 N are third harmonic vector voltage of generator terminal and neutral point,
K t is automatic tracing regulation coefficient.
K re is third harmonic differential percentage setting.
This protection is enabled automatically when the generator has been connected with the system

and load current is higher than 0.2 Ie (generator rated current) and only issues alarms if operates.
3.4.10.4 VT circuit failure blocking
Open-delta VT circuit failure alarm of terminal and neutral point of generator
Since open-delta voltages of VT at neutral point and generator terminal are taken for zero
sequence voltage protection of stator, failure of these VT circuits will make this protection fail to
operation. So alarm shall be issued during this case. Third harmonic voltage ratio criterion and
third harmonic voltage differential criterion shall be disabled during VT circuit failure at generator
neutral point.
Criterion of VT circuit failure:
Positive sequence voltage of secondary winding of generator terminal is higher than 0.9Un and
third harmonic of zero sequence voltage is lower than 0.1V.
VT circuit failure alarm will be issued by delay 10s and reverted automatically by delay 10s when
the failure vanishes.
Primary circuit failure of VT1 at generator terminal
Secondary circuit failure of VT1 of generator terminal will not influence ground protection of stator.
Primary circuit failure of VT1 of generator terminal will cause basic wave component of zero
sequence voltage of generator terminal increasing and third harmonic component decreasing,
and will not cause unwanted operation of basic wave zero sequence voltage protection and third
harmonic voltage ratio protection. However, it will cause unwanted operation of third harmonic
voltage differential protection, so this protection shall be blocked during this failure. Operation
criterion of this failure is:
Negative sequence voltage of VT2, 3U2’ < 3V;
Negative sequence voltage of VT1, 3U2 > 8V;
Calculated zero sequence voltage of VT1, 3U0> 8V.
When these criterions are met, VT1 primary circuit failure alarm will be sent by short delay and
third harmonic voltage differential protection will be blocked.
3.4.10.5 Logic diagram of earth fault protection of stator
Figure 3.4-21 and Figure 3.4-22 show logic diagrams of fundamental zero sequence voltage earth
fault protection and third harmonic voltage earth fault protection respectively.

[En_Alm_ROV_Sta]
[Flg_VTS] [Alm_ROV_Sta]
& t
[Flg_SensROV_Sta] &
[En_EF_Sta]
& [Op_Trp_ROV_Sta]
[En_Trp_ROV_Sta] & t
[EBI_ROV_Sta] [t_ROV_Sta]
[FD_EF_Sta]
Figure 3.4-21 Logic diagram of fundamental zero sequence overvoltage earth fault protection of
stator
Where:
[Flg_SensROV_Sta] is internally generated flag indicating fundamental zero-sequence

overvoltage element operates, that is fundamental zero-sequence voltage is in excess of its
setting.
[EBI_ROV_Sta] is binary input of binary input of enabling earth fault protection. “1” means
enabled.
[En_Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta]
[Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta]
[Flg_VTS] & t
&
[Op_V3rdHRatio_Sta]
[En_EF_Sta]
[Op_V3rdHRatio_Sta]
& & t
[En_Trp_V3rdHRatio_Sta]
[t_V3rdH_Sta]
[EBI_En_V3rd_Sta]
[FD_EF_Sta]
Figure 3.4-22 Logic diagram of third harmonic voltage earth fault protection of stator
Where:
[Op_Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta] is internally generated flag indicating alarm issued by ratio element of

3rd harmonics voltage is available, that is, the ratio is in excess of its setting.
[EBI_V3rd_Sta] is state flag of binary input of enabling ratio protection of 3rd harmonics voltage.
“1” means enabled.

3.4.11 Stator Earth Fault Protection with 20 Hz Voltage Injecting principle

The 100-% stator earth fault protection detects earth faults in the stator windings of generators
which are connected with the network via an unit transformer. This protection function, which
works with 20 Hz voltage injected, is independant of the system-frequency displacement voltage
appearing in earth faults, and detects earth faults in all windings including the generator neutral
point. The measuring principle used is not influenced at all by the generator operating mode and
allows performing measurements even with the generator standing still. The two measuring
principles used –measurement of the displacement voltage and evaluation of the measured
quantities at an injected 20 Hz voltage – allow implementing reliable protection concepts that
complement one another.
If an earth fault in the generator neutral point or close to the neutral is not detected, the generator
is running with an “earthing”. A subsequent fault (e.g. a second earth fault) causes a single-pole
short-circuit that may have an extremely high fault current because the generator zero impedance
is very small.
3.4.11.1 Earthing resistance criterion
Figure 3.4-23 shows the basic protection principle. An external low-frequency alternating voltage
source (20 Hz) injects into the generator neutral point with a voltage of max. 1% of the rated
generator voltage. If an earth fault occurs in the generator neutral point, the 20 Hz voltage drives a
current through the fault resistance. From the driving voltage and the fault current, the protective
relay determines the fault resistance. The protection principle described here also detects earth
faults at the generator terminals, including connected components such as voltage transformers.
Figure 3.4-23 Circuit Design of the 100% voltage-injecting Stator Earth Fault Protection with
Earthing Transformer

To implement the above concept, some additional equipment is required. Figure 3.4-23 shows
that a 20Hz generator generates a square-wave voltage. This square-wave voltage is fed via a
Resonant/blocking impedor into the loading resistor of the earthing. The resonant/blocking
impedor serves for passing low frequency signals but inhibit 50Hz or 60Hz signal.
The driving 20Hz voltage is picked up directly at the loading resistor via a voltage divider. In
addition, the 20Hz current flow is measured via a intermediate miniature CT. Both quantities (USEF
and ISEF) are fed to the protection device. The voltage to be injected into the generator neutral
point depends on the driving 20Hz voltage (voltage divider: load resistor and band pass filter), and
on the transformation ratio of the earthing transformer.
To prevent the secondary load resistance from becoming too small, a high secondary rated
voltage should be chosen for the earthing or neutral transformer.
RCS-985B provides two settings to issue alarm signals or issue tripping command. The high
setting of earth resistance is used for alarm and the low setting is for tripping. The operation
equation for tripping (the below first equation) and alarming (second equation) are shown as
below:
RE < REsetL (Equation 3.4-36)
RE < REsetH (Equation 3.4-37)
Where:
RE is calculated earth resistance .
REsetL is resistance setting for tripping (i.e., [R_Trp_Inj_EF_Sta]).
REsetH is resistance setting for alarm (i.e., [R_Alm_Inj_EF_Sta]).
The same measuring principle can also be used with a primary loading resistor. The 20Hz voltage
is connected in this case via a voltage transformer, and the neutral point current is directly
measured.
From the two measured quantities USEF and ISEF in Figure 3.4-23, the 20 Hz current and voltage
vectors are calculated, and from the resulting complex impedance the ohmic fault resistance is
determined. This method eliminates disturbances caused by the stator earth capacitance, and
ensures a high sensitivity. The measuring accuracy is further increased by using mean current
and voltage values obtained over several cycles for calculating the resistance.
The model takes into account a transfer resistance RPS that may be present at the neutral,
earthing or voltage transformer. Other error factors are taken into account in the angle error.

3.4.11.2 Earthing current criterion
In addition to the determination of the earth resistance, the protection function features an earth
current stage which processes the current R.M.S. value and thus takes into account all
frequencies especially fundamental element. It is used as a backup stage and covers approx. 80
to 90 % of the protection zone.
The great advantage of this element is that more close to the terminal of generator the fault point
locates, more high sensitivity the element can get, which can realize 100% stator earth fault
protection cooperated with the earth resistance element. The following equation is executived by
the protection.
I E < I Eset
(Equation 3.4-38)
Where:
I E is earth current of generator stator used in the element without being subjected to digital filter.
I Eset is earth current setting, (i.e., [I0_Inj_EF_Sta]).
3.4.11.3 External voltage circuit monitoring
A monitoring circuit checks the coupled external 20 Hz voltage and the 20 Hz curren and detects
by evaluating them a failure of the 20 Hz generator or of the 20 Hz connection. In case of a failure,
the resistance determination is blocked. The earth current stage remains active. The equation
shown as below is used for issuing external voltage circuit alarm signals if satisfied:
U 20 < U 20 set

 I 20 < I 20 set (Equation 3.4-39)
Where:
U 20 is the 20Hz component value of Usef.
I 20 is the 20Hz component value of Isef .
U 20 set is the setting [V_Supv_Inj_EF_Sta].
I 20 set is the setting [I_Supv_Inj_EF_Sta].
3.4.11.4 Logic diagram of external voltage-injecting stator earth fault protection
Figure 3.4-24 shows the logic diagram. It comprises:

− Monitoring of the 20 Hz connection
− Resistance calculation and threshold value decision
− Independent current measurement stage
The protection function has an alarm stage and a trip stage. Both stages can be delayed with a
timer. The earth current detection acts only on the trip stage. The evaluation of the earth
resistance measurement is blocked under 40 Hz, because in this frequency range a zero voltage
can also be generated by generators starting up or slowing down. Such a zero voltage would then
superimpose the connected 20 Hz voltage, causing measurement errors and overfunctioning.
The resistance measurement function is active with excitation unenergized (i.e. at standstill) and
frequency above 40 Hz. The earth current measurement is active over the entire range.
Figure 3.4-24 Logic diagram of the 100% voltage-injecting Stator Earth Fault Protection
3.4.11.5 RCS-985U Voltage Injector
RCS-985U is low frequency power source for injecting current to stator windings of generator,
please refer to the manual developed by our company for details.
3.4.12 Earth fault protection of rotor

3.4.12.1 Rotor one point earth fault protection with Voltage Injection principle
If one-point earth fault of rotor occurs, insulation resistance between rotor winding and the axis
will drop down.
Rotor earth fault protection measures earthing resistance Rg of the winding by calculting the leak
current in two different cases of square wave voltage injection, as shown in Figure 3.4-25 and
Figure 3.4-26, earthing resistance Rg and location of the earthing point “Δ α “ can be found by
calculation.
There are two stages equipped for one-point earth protection: sensitive stage and regular stage.

Sensitive stage is used for alarm and regular stage for tripping or alarm.
U r+ Ry
Us
Rg
Rx
αU
U r− Ry
Figure 3.4-25 Measurement of earth resistance with injection at both terminals of rotor
Ur +
Us
Rg Rx
XUR
αU
Ry
Ur − Ry
Figure 3.4-26 Measurement of earth resistance with injection at single terminal of rotor
3.4.12.2 Ping-pang type (Switch-over sampling) rotor one point earth fault protection
If one-point earth fault of rotor occurs, insulation resistance between rotor winding and the axis
will drop down.
Rotor earth fault protection measures earthing resistance Rg of the winding by an unbalance
bridge as shown in Figure 3.4-27. Corresponding equations can be got by switching over S1 and
S2 alternately, and earthing resistance Rg and location of the earthing point “ α “ can be found by
calculation.
There are two stages equipped for one-point earth protection: sensitive stage and regular stage.
Sensitive stage is used for alarm and regular stage for tripping or alarm.
U
+ aU -
rotor
R Rg R
S1 S2 R
R
Figure 3.4-27 Measurement of earth resistance of rotor

3.4.12.3 Ping-pang type rotor two-point earth fault protection
If one-point earth protection is used for alarm only, when earth resistance Rg is less than setting
of its regular stage [R_1PEF_RotWdg], it will switch over two-point ground protection program by
a delay automatically. If the location of the earthing point varies and the variation reaches its
setting value (fixed value 3%), two points earth fault protection will operate and issue a tripping
command. In order to improve the reliability, the two point earth fault protection can be blocked by
setting [En_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg] as “1”. Figure 3.4-28 and Figure 3.4-29 show logic diagram of
one point and two point earth fault protection of rotor.
3.4.12.4 Logic diagram of earth fault protection of rotor
Rg < [R_Sens_1PEF_RotWdg]
[Alm_Sens_1PEF_RotWdg]
[En_Alm_Sens_1PEF_RotWdg]
&
[En_Alm_1PEF_RotWdg]
[Alm_1PEF_RotWdg]
[Rg <[R_1PEF_RotWdg] & t
&
[En_EF_RotWdg]
[En_Trp_1PEF_RotWdg] & [Op_Trp_1PEF_RotWdg]

t
&
[EBI_1PEF_RotWdg]
[t_1PEF_RotWdg]
[FD_EF_RotWdg]
Figure 3.4-28 Logic diagram of Ping-Pang type one-point earth fault protection of rotor
t
[Flag_1PEF_RotWdg]
? a>3% &
[En_EF_RotWdg]
[Flg_V2ndH_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg]
=1 & t [Op_2PEF_RotWdg]
[En_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg]
[t_2PEF_RotWdg]
[En_2PEF_RotWdg]
[EBI_EF_RotWdg]
[FD_EF_Rotor]
Figure 3.4-29 Logic diagram of Ping_Pang type two-points earth fault protection of rotor
[Flag_V2ndH_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg] is the flag indicating whether or not the 2nd harmonics

element used for control 2PEF operates.
3.4.13 Generator stator overload protection

Stator overload represents average heating of winding of the stator. This protection takes currents
from generator terminal and neutral point as its criterion.

3.4.13.1 Definite time stator overload protection
There are two stages equipped with definite time stator overload protection: one for alarm and
another for tripping. Figure 3.4-31 shows its logic diagram.
3.4.13.2 Inverse time stator overload protection
Inverse time stator overload protection consists of three parts: low setting initiator, inverse time
part and upper limit definite time part.
Inverse time part can simulates generator-heating process including heat accumulation and
dissipation. When stator current reaches its low setting I SZD , inverse time part initiates and the
heat is accumulated. When the stator current is lower than rated value, the heat accumulation will
decrease accordingly.
Figure 3.4-30 shows the inverse time curve. In the figure, t min is delay of upper limit of inverse
time curve and I SZD is setting of the inverse time protection.
I
Ih
Iszd
t min t max
Figure 3.4-30 Operation curve of inverse time stator overload protection
Operation criterion of inverse time part:
[( I I ezd） − (K srzd ) ] × t ≥ KS zd
2 2
(Equation 3.4-40)
Where:
K SZD is time constant of generator heating,
K SRZD is heat dissipation factor of generator
I eZD is rated secondary current of generator.
Figure 3.4-32 shows logic diagram of inverse time stator overload protection.

3.4.13.3 Logic diagram of stator overload protection
I>[I_Alm_OvLd_Sta]
t [Alm_OvLd_Sta]
&
[En_OvLd_Sta]
I>[I_OvLd_Sta]
&
[En_OvLd_Sta] t [Op_OvLd_Sta]
&
[TrpLog_OvLd_Sta].bit0
&
[EBI_Ovld_Sta]
[FD_Ovld_Sta]
Figure 3.4-31 Logic diagram of stator definite time overload protection
I > [I_InvOvLd_Sta]
&
&
[En_OvLd_Sta] tmin
& [Op_InvOvLd_Sta]
[TrpLog_InvOvLd_Sta].bit0
&
[EBI_EF_Sta]
[FD_InvOvLd_Sta]
Figure 3.4-32 Logic diagram of inverse time stator overload protection
3.4.14 Negative sequence overload protection
Negative sequence overload reflects overheating on surface of the rotor and other abnormality
due to negative sequence current. This protection takes negative sequence current at generator
terminal and neutral point as its criterion.
3.4.14.1 Definite time negative sequence overload protection
There are two stages equipped with definite time negative sequence overload protection: one for
alarm and the other for tripping. Figure 3.4-35 shows its logic diagram.
3.4.14.2 Inverse time negative sequence overload protection
Inverse time negative sequence protection consists of three parts: low setting initiator, inverse
time part and upper limit definite time part.
Inverse time part can simulate generator-heating process including heat accumulation and
dissipation. When negative sequence current reaches its low setting [I_InvNegOC_Gen], inverse
time part initiates and the heat is accumulated. When the stator current is lower than permissive
continuous negative sequence current [I_Neg_Perm_Gen], the heat accumulation will decrease
accordingly.
Operation criterion of inverse time part:

[( I 2 I ezd） − (I 21 ) ] × t ≥ A
2 2
(Equation 3.4-41)
Where:
I 2 is generator negative sequence current,
I eZD is generator rated current,
I 21 is permissive continuous negative sequence current (per unit value), and
A is negative sequence heating constant of rotor.
Figure 3.4-33 shows the inverse time curve. In the figure, t min ([tmin_InvNegOC_Gen]) is delay of
upper limit of inverse time curve and I 2 SZD ([I_InvNegOC_Gen]) is setting of the inverse time
negative sequence overload protection.
I2zd
t min t max
Figure 3.4-33 Operation curve of inverse time negative sequence overload protection of generator
3.4.14.3 Logic diagram of negative sequence overload protection of generaotr
[En_NegOC_Gen]
t [Alm_NegOC_Gen]
&
I2>[I_Alm_NegOC_Gen]
[t_Alm_NegOC_Gen]
I2>[I_NegOC_Gen]
&
[En_NegOC_Gen] t
& [Op_NegOC_Gen]
[TrpLog_NegOC_Gen].bit0 [t_NegOCn_Gen]
&
[EBI_NegOC_Gen]
[FD_NegOC_Gen]
Figure 3.4-34 Logic diagram of definite time negative sequence overload protection

I >[I_InvNegOC_Gen]
& &
[En_NegOC_Gen] t min
& [Op_InvNegOC_Gen]
[TrpLog_InvNegOC_Gen].bit0
[EBI_InvNegOC_Gen] &
[FD_InvNegOC_Gen]
Figure 3.4-35 Logic diagram of inverse time negative sequence overload protection
3.4.15 Loss-of-Excitation protection

3.4.15.1 Theory of loss-of-excitation protection
Loss of excitation represents abnormal operation of generator due to excitation failure. There
are four criterion used for loss-of-excitation protection: under voltage, stator side impedance, rotor
side undervoltage/excitation voltage and power output reduction.
3.4.15.2 Under voltage criterion
Three phase voltages on bus generally and those at generator terminal sometimes are taken as
this criterion. Criterion of simultaneous three phases under voltage is
U pp < U lezd
(Equation 3.4-42)
Where:
Upp is phase-to-phase voltage of busbar or of generator terminal.
Ulezd is undervoltage setting [V_BusUV_LossExc_Gen].
When bus voltage is taken as the criterion, if bus VT circuit fails, the protection will be blocked.
When generator terminal voltage is taken as the criterion, if one group of VT circuit fails, the other
group of VT will be switched over automatically.
3.4.15.3 Stator side impedance criterion
This criterion is impedance circle including asynchronous impedance circle and steady state
stabilization limit circle. The operation criterion is
Z + jX B
270° ≥ Arg ≥ 90°
Z − jX A (Equation 3.4-43)
Where:
X A can be set as the system impedance Xs for steady state stabilization limit circle and
X A = 1/2X d' for asynchronous impedance circle;

X B is taken as Xd + 1/2X ' for round rotor generator and (X + X )/2 + X ' /2 for salient
d d q d
pole generator.
The impedance criterion can be combined with reverse reactive power criterion, i.e.,
Q < [Q_RevQ_LossExc_Gen].
Figure 3.4-36 (a) and (b) show operation characteristics of steady state stabilization impedance
relay and asynchronous impedance relay, where the hatched area is operating area, and the
dotted line is operation limit of reverse reactive power.
jx jx
Z1
R Z1
R
-Qzd -Qzd
Z2 Z2
a) b)
(a) (b)
Figure 3.4-36 Operation characteristic of stator side impedance relay
Besides operation criterion mentioned above, there are also auxiliary operation criterion, namely:
Positive sequence voltage is greater than or equal to 6 V;
Negative sequence voltage U2 is lower than 0.1 Un (rated voltage of generator); and
Current of generator is no less than 0.1 Ie (rated current of generator).
3.4.15.4 Rotor side criterion
Rotor side criterion comprises:
Rotor undervoltage criterion: U r < U rlzd ;
Variable exciter voltage criterion: U r < K r × X dz × S × U f0
Where:
Ur is exciting voltage.
U rlZD is the setting [V_RotUV_LossExc_Gen].
X dz = X d + X s , X d is synchronous reactance of generator (per unit value);

Xs is equivalent reactance on system side connected with the generator (per unit value);
S is rated apparent power of generator (per unit value);
U f0
is rated voltage of exciter during generator without load;
K r is reliability coefficient.
If Ur drops to zero or minus value suddenly during loss of excitation, the rotor under voltage
criterion will be met quickly before steady state stability limit of the generator reaches. If Ur drops
to zero or reduces to a value gradually during loss of excitation, the variable excitation voltage
criterion will be reached. Excitation under voltage or loss of excitation will cause out-of-step, and
then excitation voltage and output power of the generator will swing seriously. In this case, the
rotor under voltage criterion and the variable excitation voltage criterion will be met and withdrawn
periodically in general. So the excitation voltage element will revert with delay during out-of-step
condition while the impedance entering the steady state stability limit circle.
3.4.15.5 Reduced power output
Active power criterion for power output reduction is P > Pzd.
When out-of-step occurs during loss of excitation, power output of generator will swing within a
certain range. P represents average power output within an oscillation period. Pzd is the setting
[P_OvPwr_LossExc_Gen].
3.4.15.6 Logic diagram of loss-of-excitation protection
Three stages are equipped with loss-of-excitation protection: stage 1 is used for reduction of
power output and alarm, stage 2 (with bus undervoltage criterion) is used for tripping, stage 3 is
used for tripping with long delay.
Figure 3.4-37 shows logic diagram of stage 1 of loss-of-excitation protection. If excitation is lost,
this stage will be used to reduce power output to a pre-set level and issue alarm.

Ur <Kr ×Xdz×Sn ×Uf0
Z + jX B
270 ° ≥ Arg ≥ 90 °
Z − jX A
Figure 3.4-37 Logic diagram of loss-of-excitation protection stage 1
Figure 3.4-38 shows logic diagram of stage 2 of loss of excitation protection. If excitation is lost
and voltage on HV side bus of main transformer is lower than its setting, this stage will trip with
delay. In configuring this stage, considering of security, it is strongly recommended that
impedance criterion should be used as well as busbar criterion rather than the model that only
busbar undervoltage criterion and rotor undervoltage criterion are used.

Upp<[V_BusUV_LossExc_Gen
&
[En_BusUV_LossExc2_Gen] ≥1
Ur<[V_RotUV_LossExc_Gen]
≥1
&
Ur < Kr × Xdz × Sn × Uf0
≥1 Op_LossExc2_Gen
t
&
[En_RotUV_LossExc2_Gen]
Z + jX
270 ° ≥ Arg B
≥ 90 ° &
Z − jX
&
A
≥1
[En_Z_LossExc2_Gen]
Q>[Q_RevQ_LossExc_Gen]
&
[En_RevQ_LossExc_Gen]
[En_LossExc_Gen]
[EBI_LossEXC_Gen]
[TrpLog_LossExc2_Gen].bit 0
[FD_LossExc_Gen]
Figure 3.4-38 Logic diagram of stage 2 of loss of excitation protection
Figure 3.4-39 shows logic diagram of stage 3 of loss of excitation protection. It is used for
switching over backup excitation or for tripping. It is also used for tripping with long delay in case
that all measures taken by the formers stages, such as power output reduction and switching over
backup excitation, have no effects on the more and more worse system.
Ur<[V_RotUV_LossExc_Gen]
≥1
Ur < Kr × Xdz × Sn × Uf0 &
≥1
[En_RotUV_LossExc3_Gen]
Z + jX
270 ° ≥ Arg B
≥ 90 °
Z − jX A & &
[En_Z_LossExc3_Gen] t Op_LossExc3_Gen
≥1 &
Q>[Q_RevQ_LossExc_Gen]
&
[En_RevQ_LossExc_Gen]
[En_LossExc_Gen]
[EBI_LossEXC_Gen]
[TrpLog_LossExc3_Gen].bit 0
[FD_LossExc_Gen]
Figure 3.4-39 Logic diagram of stage 3 of loss of excitation protection
3.4.16 Out-of-step protection
Out-of step represents asynchronous operation of generator due to out-of-step. Figure 3.4-40

shows operation characteristic of this protection that comprises three parts: lens part, boundary
part and reactance line part.
jx
Za
U
D Zc
OL
IL 3
2
1 IR 1
OR
0
R
L R
Zb
Figure 3.4-40 Operation characteristic of out-of-step protection
In Figure 3.4-40, lens ① divides impedance plane into inside part I and outside part O, boundary
② divides the impedance plane into left part L and right part R, and reactance line ③ divides the
impedance plane into upper part U and lower part D.
Considering lens ① and boundary ② comprehensively, the impedance plane is divided into four
areas: OL, IL, IR and OR. If trace of impedance is passing through these four areas in sequence
from right to left or vice versa, and staying in each area for a moment longer than the setting, this
case is considered as system swing. Times of the passing through are accumulated and the
grand total is considered as the times of pole sliding. When the grand total reaches its setting
value, out-of-step protection operates.
As to reactance line ③, if the impedance trace passes through the upper part U, the swing center
is considered outside the generator; if the trace passes through the lower part D, the swing center
is considered within the generator. Settings of times of pole sliding can be configured separately
for these two cases.
Out-of-step protection can be used either for alarm only or tripping. Minimum swing period which
can be identified by this protection is 120 ms.
Figure 3.4-41 shows logic diagram of out-of-step protection.
Figure 3.4-41 Logic diagram of out-of-step protection

3.4.17 Voltage protection

Voltage protection of generator comprises overvoltage and undervoltage protection.
3.4.17.1 Overvoltage protection
Overvoltage protection is used as protection against stator overvoltage occurring in various

operation conditions. It will issue tripping command when the maximum phase-to-phase voltage
at the terminal of generator is in excess of the setting. Calculation of voltage is independent of
variation of frequency. Two stages of overvoltage protection are equipped with RCS-985B for
tripping.
Figure 3.4-42 shows logic diagram of overvoltage protection.
3.4.17.2 Undervoltage protection
Undervoltage protection responses to reduction of phase-to-phase voltage at the terminal of

generator and will trip terminal breaker of the generator with configurable delay. The protection is
controlled by external equipment such as control equipment of synchronous condenser. Only one
stage is equipped with it.
[BI_SyncCondenser]
Upp.max<[V_UV_Gen] &
&
& t Op_UV_Gen
[En_VoltProt_Gen]
[t_UV_Gen]
[TrpLog_UV_Gen].bit0
[EBI_VoltProt_Gen]
[FD_UV_Gen]
Figure 3.4-43 shows logic diagram of undervoltage protection.
3.4.17.3 Logic diagram of overvoltage protection and undervoltage protection
Upp>[V_OVn_Gen]
&
[En_VoltProt_Gen] &
& t Op_OVn_Gen
[TrpLog_OVn_Gen].bit0 [t_OVn_Gen]
[EBI_VoltProt_Gen]
[FD_OV_Gen]
Figure 3.4-42 Logic diagram of overvoltage protection

[BI_SyncCondenser]
Upp.max<[V_UV_Gen] &
&
& t Op_UV_Gen
[En_VoltProt_Gen]
[t_UV_Gen]
[TrpLog_UV_Gen].bit0
[EBI_VoltProt_Gen]
[FD_UV_Gen]
Figure 3.4-43 Logic diagram of under voltage protection
3.4.18 Over excitation protection

Over excitation protection is used to prevent generator or transformer from damage due to over
excitation. It represents multiple of over excitation of generator (or LV side of main transformer)
and comprises two kinds of protection: generator over excitation protection and main transformer
over excitation protection. Besides, each kind of over excitation protection comprises definite time
protection and inverse time protection.
3.4.18.1 Definite time over excitation protection
Two stages for tripping and one stage for alarm are equipped for definite over excitation
protection. Their time delay can be configured.
Multiple of over excitation n can be expressed as follows:
n = U pu / Fpu
(Equation 3.4-44)
U pu Fpu
Where and are per unit value of voltage and frequency respectively.
Figure 3.4-45 shows logic diagram of definite time over excitation protection.
3.4.18.2 Inverse time over excitation protection
Inverse time over excitation protection realizes inverse time characteristic by linear processing on
given inverse time operation characteristic, obtaining multiple of over excitation by calculation,
and getting corresponding operation delay by sectional linear insertion. It reflects heat
accumulation and radiation.
Figure 3.4-45 shows inverse time operation characteristics of over excitation protection. It can be
specified by 8 over excitation multiple settings n0 – n7.

U/F
n0
n1
n2
n3
n4
n5
n6
n7
t0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t(s) t7
Figure 3.4-44 Inverse time operation characteristics of over excitation protection
The over excitation multiple settings n (= U/F) are within range of 1.0 – 1.5 in general. Maximum
time delay t is considered as long as 3000 s. Relation between various settings of n and t are:
n0 ≥ n1 ≥ n2 ≥ n3 ≥ n4 ≥ n5 ≥ n6 ≥ n7
t0 ≤ t1 ≤ t2 ≤ t3 ≤ t4 ≤ t5 ≤ t6 ≤ t7
Figure 3.4-46 shows logic diagram of inverse time over excitation protection.
3.4.18.3 Logic diagram of excitation protection
[En_OvExc_Gen]
t Alm_OvExc_Gen
&
U/F > [k_Alm_OvExc_Gen] [t_Alm_OvExc_Gen]
U/F > [k_OvExc n_Gen]

t Op_OvExcn_Gen
&
&
[En_OvExc_Gen]
[t_OvExcn_Gen]
[TrpLog_OvExc n_Gen].bit0
&
[EBI_OvExc_Gen]
[FD_OvExc_Gen]
Figure 3.4-45 Logic diagram of time over excitation protection
U/F >[k n_InvOvExc_Gen]

&
[En_OvExc_Gen] &
Op_InvOvExc_Gen
[TrpLog_InvOvExc_Gen].bit0
&
[EBI_OvExc_Gen]
[FD_OvExc_Gen]
Figure 3.4-46 Logic diagram of inverse time over excitation protection

3.4.19 Power protection

Power protection comprises reverse power protection, underpower protection and sequence
tripping reverse power protection.
3.4.19.1 Reverse power protection
Reverse power protection can prevent turbine blades or gears from damage in the case that the
generator transforms into a motor mode and flows reverse power due to loss of its motive force.
Operation criterion of this reverse power protection is
P ≤ - [P_RevP_Gen]
(Equation 3.4-45)
Where
P is the power calculated from three phase voltages and currents at terminal of generator.
[P_RevP_Gen] is the reverse power setting.
One stage for tripping and another stage for alarm with independent delay setting respectively are
equipped with this protection.
Range of reverse power setting is 0.5% - 10% Pn, where Pn is rated active power of the generator.
Range of delay is 0.1 s – 600 s.
Figure3.3-46 shows logic diagram of reverse power protection.
3.4.19.2 Underpower protection
One stage of underpower protection is equipped for tripping. It is blocked by the binary input for
emergency shutoff generator [BI_UrgBrake].
3.4.19.3 Sequence tripping reverse power protection
Sometimes, when overload, over excitation or loss-of-excitation protection of generator initiate

and tripping is needed, the steam valve of turbine has to be closed firstly. Sequent-tripping
reverse power protection is used for this condition. Such protection is a reverse power protection
blocked by position contact of steam valve and circuit breaker of generator. It can trip relevant
circuit breaker with a certain delay since the steam valve being closed. Its setting range is 0.5% -
10% Pn.
Figure 3.4-48 shows logic diagram of sequent-tripping reverse power protection.
3.4.19.4 Logic diagram of power protection
Figure 3.4-47 Logic diagram of reverse power protection

Figure 3.4-48 Logic diagram of sequent-tripping reverse power protection
3.4.20 Frequency protection

Frequency protection of generator comprises under frequency and over frequency protection.
Permissive range of frequency of large generator is 48.5Hz – 50.5Hz. When frequency is lower
than 48.5 Hz and if the accumulated time or duration of once under frequency operation reaches
setting value, the protection will issue alarm or trip. This protection is blocked by position contact
of circuit breaker and no current flag.
Four stages of underfrequency protection are equipped for RCS-985B. Stage 1 is usually
configured as accumulating frequency protection, and can be reset to zero only after erasing
reports. Stages 2, 3 and 4 can be configured as continuous frequency protection.
As to over frequency protection, two stages are equipped for RCS-985B and they will issue alarm
or trip when operates.
Figure 3.4-49 Logic diagram of frequency protection of generator

3.4.21 Accidental energization protection

Accidental energization protection comprises unwanted closing protection and breaker flashover
protection.
3.4.21.1 Unwanted closing protection
Unwanted closing protection is used for following cases:
In the course of generator’s hand turning (low frequency condition), if it has been excited, breaker
closure by accident may lead to asynchronous starting of the generator. The protection is put into
use automatically with time delay t1 when two groups of voltage derived from two independent
VTs are all less than undervoltage setting and exit with time delay t2 (designed to cooperate with
low-frequency blocking criterion) when the two groups of voltage revert to normal level.
In the case that generator breaker is closed by accident in excited condition but frequency is
under normal level which may occur in startup-and-shutdown process. The protection is put into
use automatically with time delay t3 while Low Frequency criterion is met and returns with time
delay t4 after the frequency criteria releases. Here, t4 should be set as long as to ensure the
completion of tripping course.
Considering security of the protection, both currents from generator terminal and neutral point are
used in the logic as
criteria.
Figure 3.4-50 shows logic diagram of unwanted closing protection of generator.
3.4.21.2 Breaker flashover protection
During process of synchronization of generator, flashover in circuit breaker is possible when

difference of phase angle of bus voltage and generator voltage is around 180°. Breaker flashover

protection is provided for this fault. One phase and two phases flashover is considered by this
protection but three phase flashover are ignored.
Criterion of circuit breaker flashover:
Position contacts of three phases of circuit breaker are open;
Negative sequence current is greater than setting;
Excitation has been applied to generator, and generator voltage is greater than setting.
Operation of this protection will shut off excitation and activating circuit breaker failure protection.
Figure 3.4-51 shows logic diagram of breaker flashover protection.
3.4.21.3 Logic diagram of accidental energization protection
Figure 3.4-50 Logic diagram of unwanted closing protection of generator
Where:
[Flg_OC_Term_Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not the overcurrent current element of

generator terminal operates.
[Flg_OC_NeuP_Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not the overcurrent current element of
generator neutral point operates.
[Flg_UV_Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not the undervoltage element of generator
operates.
[Op_AccEnerg_Gen] indicates that the stage 1 of accidental energization protection operates.
Figure 3.4-51 Logic diagram of breaker flashover protection
Where:
[BI_52b_CB_HVS_Tr] is auxiliary contact of circuit breaker at the HV side of main transformer.
[Uset.fix] is an internal fixed voltage setting.
3.4.22 Generator startup and shutdown protection
Protections for phase-to-phase fault and stator earth fault are provided during startup and
shutdown process of generator.
Differential overcurrent protections are provided for faults of generator and main transformer
respectively. A zero sequence overvoltage protection is provided for stator earth fault.
Since frequency during startup and shutdown process is usually very low, algorithm independent
of frequency is used for this protection.
Whether the protection should be blocked or not by frequency element or auxiliary contact of
circuit breaker can be determined by logic setting.
Figure 3.4-52 Logic diagram of generator startup and shutdown protection
Where:

“xx” represent one of the three protective elements, “GenDiff” and “StaROV”. The three protective
elements’ diagrams are so likely that they can be expressed in a figure instead of three for them
respectively.
3.4.23 Excitation winding overload protection
Excitation winding overload protection is equipped to reflect average heating condition of

excitation winding. Excitation transformer current, exciter current or rotor current of generator can
be taken as criterion of this protection. To exciter, frequency can be configured as 50 Hz or 100
Hz.
Excitation winding protection comprises definite time and inverse time protection.
3.4.23.1 Definite time excitation winding overload protection
One stage of alarm and one stage of tripping are equipped for definite time excitation winding
overload protection.
Figure 3.4-54 shows logic diagram of definite time excitation winding overload protection.
3.4.23.2 Inverse time excitation winding overload protection
Inverse time excitation winding overload protection consists of three parts: low setting initiator,
inverse time part and high setting definite part. Minimum operation time delay
([tmin_InvOvLd_RotWdg]) is provided for extreme overload condition.
When current in excitation circuit reaches the low setting [Ib_InvOvLd_RotWdg], the heating
accumulation starts. When the heating accumulation reaches its setting, alarm will be issued. The
inverse time protection can simulate heating accumulation and radiation process.
Il
Ilh
Ilszd
t min t max t
Figure 3.4-53 Operation characteristic of inverse time overload protection of excitation winding
In the figure, I l is the current in excitation circuit, I lh is the high setting of the protection; I lsZD
is the low setting of the protection [Ib_InvOvLd_RotWdg]; t min is minimum delay
[tmin_InvOvLd_RotWdg] .

Its operation criterion is:
[( I l I jzzd） − 1] × t ≥ KLzd
2
(Equation 3.4-46)
Where:
I jzzd is inverse time reference current of excitation circuit;
KLzd is setting of heat capacity factor of excitation circuit.
Figure 3.4-55 shows logic diagram of inverse time excitation winding overload protection.
I>[I_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg]
& t
[En_OvLd_RotWdg] [Alm_OvLd_RotWdg]
I>[I_OvLd_RotWdg]
&
[En_OvLd_RotWdg] t
& [Op_OvLd_RotWdg]
[TrpLog_OvLd_RotWdg].bit0
[EBI_OvLd_RotWdg] &
[FD_OvLd_RotWdg]
Figure 3.4-54 Logic diagram of definite time excitation winding overload protection
I>[I_InvOvLd_RotWdg]
& &
[En_OvLd_RotWdg]
tmin [Op_InvOvLd_RotWdg]
[TrpLog_InvOvLd_RotWdg].bit0 &
[EBI_OvLd_RotWdg] &
[FD_OvLd_RotWdg]
Figure 3.4-55 Logic diagram of inverse time excitation winding overload protection
3.4.24 Excitation transformer and exciter protection

3.4.24.1 Excitation transformer and exciter differential protection
Operation criterion of excitation transformer differential protection is:

 I d > K bl × I r + I cdqd (I r < nI e )


K bl = K bl1 + K blr × (I r / I e )

I d > K bl 2 × (I r − nI e ) + b + I cdqd (I r ≥ nI e )

K blr = (K bl 2 − K bl1 ) /(2 × n )
b = (K bl1 + K blr × n ) × nI e
. (Equation 3.4-47)
 • •
I 1 + I2

 Ir =
 2
 • •
I d = I1 + I 2

The criterion is the same to Equation 3.3-8 except the differential current and restraint current.
Here:
For excitation transformer: I1 and I 2 are currents of HV side and LV side respectively.
The differential protection of exciter can adopt the two kinds of frequency: 50Hz and 100Hz
according the setting [fn_Exciter].
3.4.24.2 Excitation transformer and exciter overcurrent protection
Two stages overcurrent protection are equipped for excitation transformer or exciter overcurrent
protection as backup protection. These two stages will trip the circuit breaker with configurable
delay. Figure 3.4-56 shows its logic diagram.
I>[I_OC n_Exc] [Op_OC n_Exc]

t
&
[En_Bak_Exc]
[EBI_Bak_Exc] & T>[t_OC n_Exc]
[TrpLog_OC n_Exc].bit0
[FD_Bak_Exc]
Figure 3.4-56 Logic diagram of excitation transformer or exciter overcurrent protection
3.4.25 Stepdown transformer backup protection

3.4.25.1 Backup protection of HV side of stepdown transformer
Function of voltage controlled overcurrent protection for stepdown transformer is equipped with
RCS-985B. This protection, consisting of 2 stages and 1 time delay per stage, is used for
phase-to-phase backup protection of stepdown transformer. Of which, function of composite
voltage element can be enabled or disabled by configuration of logic setting.

It is same to the voltage control element in section 3.4.7.2.1
3.4.25.1.2 Function of current memory
It is same to the function of current memory element in section 3.4.7.2.2
It is same to the influence of VT circuit failure in section 3.4.7.2.3
3.4.25.1.4 Logic diagram of voltage controlled overcurrent protection of stepdown

transformer
It is same to the logic diagram in section 3.4.7.2.4.
3.4.25.2 Backup protection of LV side of stepdown transformer
This protection, consisting of 2 stages and 1 time delay per stage, is used for phase-to-phase
backup protection of stepdown transformer. Of which, function of composite voltage element can
be enabled or disabled by configuration of logic setting.
It is same to the voltage control element in section 错误！未找到引用源。
It is same to the influence of VT circuit failure in section 错误！未找到引用源。
3.4.25.2.3 Logic diagram of voltage controlled overcurrent protection of stepdown

transformer
It is same to the logic diagram in section 错误！未找到引用源。.
3.4.25.3 Earth fault protection of LV side of stepdown transformer
Two stages zero sequence current protection with delay used for tripping is equipped for LV side
of stepdown transformer.
3.4.25.4 Other protection of stepdown transformer
Overload alarm and initial cooling are equipped for backup protection of stepdown transformer.
These functions can be set by logic settings. One normally open contact is used for output of
initial cooling.
Binary output of overcurrent for OLTC(On load tap change) of stepdown transformer is equipped
in RCS-985B.

3.4.26 CT circuit failure alarm

3.4.26.1 Three-phase current circuit failure alarm
Operation criterion of the alarm is:
I2 > 0.04 Ie + 0.25 Imax (Equation 3.4-48)
Where:
I 2 is negative sequence current;
I e is secondary rated current and
I max is maximum phase current.
If this criterion is met, CT circuit failure alarm will be issued with 10s delay. Once the condition
reverts normal condition, the alarm will be reset with 10s delay.
3.4.26.2 Differential current alarm in differential protection circuit
This function is enabled only when relevant differential protection logic setting is set as enabled.
If the criterion is met, the alarm will be sent by delay 10 s and corresponding differential protection
will not be blocked. When the differential current eliminates, the alarm will be reset by delay 10
s.
In order to increase sensitivity of this alarm, percentage restraint differential current alarm criterion
is adopted as shown as below.
 I d > I dbjzd

I d > k bj × I res (Equation 3.4-49)
If the differential current reaches its threshold and reaches differential alarm level of percentage
restraint factor multiplied by restraint current, the differential current alarm will be issued.
3.4.26.3 Alarm or blocking to differential protection by CT circuit failure
Function of instantaneous CT circuit failure discrimination is equipped for differential protection.

Only when related logic setting and relevant enabling binary input of protection are set “on”, this
function of alarm or blocking of instantaneous CT circuit failure discrimination will be enabled.
If internal fault occurs, at least one of following four conditions will be present:
Negative sequence voltage at any side is greater than 2V;
Any phase current of a certain side increases after fault detector picks up;
Maximum phase current is greater than 1.2 Ie after initiation;

At least three phase-currents increases after fault detector picks up.
If none of above four conditions occurs within 40 ms after differential protection’s fault detectors
picks up, the protection treats it as CT circuit failure. If the logic setting
[Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Gen] is set as “1”, the differential protection will be blocked and alarm will
be issued. If this logic setting is set as “0”, the differential protection will trip and alarm will be
issued simultaneously.
If the alarm is issued, the signal can be removed only when the failure is removed and the
equipment is reset by manual.
3.4.27 VT circuit failure alarm

3.4.27.1 VT circuit of any side failure alarm
Operation criterion of this failure is:
Positive sequence voltage is greater than 30 V and any phase current is greater than 0.04 In;
Negative sequence voltage U2 is in excess of 8 V.
If any one condition occurs, VT circuit failure alarm will be issued with delay 10 s, and the alarm
will be removed automatically by delay 10 s when the failure is removed.
3.4.27.2 Voltage balance on generator terminals
Two groups of VT are equipped at generator terminal. VT circuit failure can be detected by
comparison of phase voltage and positive sequence voltage of these two groups of VT.
Operation criterions are:
U AB1 - U AB 2 > 5 V ;
U BC1 - U BC 2 > 5 V ;
U CA1 - U CA 2 > 5 V ; (Equation 3.4-50)
U 11 - U12 > 3 V ;
Where:
UAB1, UBC1, UCA1 and U11 are phase-to-phase voltage and positive sequence voltage of VT
group 1;
UAB2, UBC2, UCA2 and U12 are phase-to-phase voltage and positive sequence voltage of VT
group 2.
If any condition mentioned above occurs, VT circuit failure alarm will be issued with delay 0.2 s
and the VT group used will be switched over.
When only a VT fails, it will not influence the function of related protection such as
loss-of-excitation, out-of-step, overvoltage, over-excitation, reverse power, frequency, impedance
protection and overcurrent protection.

If only one group of VT is provided at generator’s terminal, user can set this function as “disable”.
Interfaces of mechanical protection such as thermo-technical protection, interruption of water

protection, excitation system protection and one spare mechanical protection are equipped for the
equipment. External protection equipments send those signals to RCS-985B to make the event
record and send alarm and maybe tripping command to relevant circuit breaker with delay.
Enabling binary inputs are provided for those protections. Setting ranges of time delay of those
protection are all 0 s – 6000 s.

Chapter4 Self-supervision, metering and records
4.1 Self-supervision
If hardware failure of the equipment itself is detected, protection functions of the equipment will be
blocked and equipment blocking alarm will be issued. Hardware failure includes those on RAM,
EPROM, settings, power supply, DSP and tripping coil.
When following abnormal status is detected, abnormal warning will be issued: AC voltage or
current circuit failure, persist pickup, mismatch state of pickup between CPU and DSP and alarm
of protection element.
The relay includes a number of self-monitoring functions to check the operation of its hardware
and software when it is in service. These are included so that if an error or fault occurs within the
relay’s hardware or software, the relay is able to detect and report the problem and attempt to
resolve it by performing a re-boot. This involves the relay being out of service for a short period of
time that is indicated by the ‘Healthy’ LED on the faceplate of the relay being extinguished and the
watchdog contact at the rear operating. If the restart fails to resolve the problem, then the relay will
take itself permanently out of service. Again this will be indicated by the ‘ALARM’ LED and
watchdog contact. If a problem is detected by the self-monitoring functions, the relay attempts to
store a maintenance record in battery backed-up SRAM to allow the nature of the problem to be
notified to the user.
The self-monitoring is implemented in two stages: firstly a thorough diagnostic check which is
performed when the relay is booted-up, e.g. at power-on, and secondly a continuous self-checking
operation which checks the operation of the relay’s critical functions whilst it is in service.
4.1.1 Start-up self-testing
The self-testing which is carried out when the relay is started takes a few seconds to complete,
during which time the relay’s protection is unavailable. This is signaled by the ‘Healthy’ LED on the
front of the relay which will illuminate when the relay has passed all of the tests and entered
operation. If the testing detects a problem, the relay will remain out of service until it is manually
restored to working order.
The operations that are performed at start-up are as follows:
4.1.1.1 System boot
The integrity of the flash memory is verified using a checksum before the program code and data
stored in it is copied into SRAM to be used for execution by the processor. When the copy has
been completed the data then held in SRAM is compared to that in the flash to ensure that the two
are the same and that no errors have occurred in the transfer of data from flash to SRAM. The
entry point of the software code in SRAM is then called which is the relay initialization code.
4.1.1.2 Initialization software
The initialization process includes the operations of initializing the processor registers and
interrupts, starting the watchdog timers (used by the hardware to determine whether the software
is still running), starting the real-time operating system and creating and starting the supervisor
task. In the course of the initialization process the relay checks:
• The integrity of the battery backed-up SRAM that is used to store event, fault and disturbance
records.
• The integrity of the flash that is used to store program.
• The correctness of the settings that ensures relay’s proper response to fault.
• The operation of DSP and CPU.
• The voltage level of the field voltage supply which is used to drive the opto-isolated inputs.
• The operation of the LCD controller.
• The watchdog operation.
At the conclusion of the initialization software the supervisor task begins the process of starting the
platform software.
4.1.1.3 Platform software initialization & monitoring
In starting the platform software, the relay checks the integrity of the data held in non-volatile
memory with a checksum. The final test that is made concerns the input and output of data, the
presence and healthy condition of the input board is checked and the analog data acquisition
system is checked through sampling the reference voltage.
At the successful conclusion of all of these tests the relay is entered into service and the protection
started-up.
4.1.2 Continuous self-testing

When the relay is in service, it continually checks the operation of the critical parts of its hardware
and software. The checking is carried out by the system services software and the results reported
to the platform software. The functions that are checked are as follows:
• The flash containing all program code, setting values and language text is verified by a
checksum
• The code and constant data held in SRAM is checked against the corresponding data in flash to
check for data corruption
• The SRAM containing all data other than the code and constant data is verified with a checksum
• The level of the field voltage
• The integrity of the digital signal I/O data from the opto-isolated inputs and the relay contacts is
checked by the data acquisition function every time it is executed. The operation of the analog
data acquisition system is continuously checked by the acquisition function every time it is
executed, by means of sampling the reference voltages.

In the unlikely event that one of the checks detects an error within the relay’s subsystems, the
platform software is notified and it will attempt to log a maintenance record in battery backed-up
SRAM. If the problem is of no importance (no possibility of leading to maloperation), the relay will
continue in operation. However, for problems detected in any important area the relay will initiate a
shutdown and re-boot. This will result in a period of up to 5 seconds when the protection is
unavailable, but the complete restart of the relay including all initializations should clear most
problems that could occur. As described above, an integral part of the start-up procedure is a
thorough diagnostic self-check. If this detects the same problem that caused the relay to restart,
i.e. the restart has not cleared the problem, then the relay will take itself permanently out of service.
This is indicated by the ‘Healthy’ LED on the front of the relay, which will extinguish, and the
watchdog contact that will operate.
• Voltage transformer supervision (VTS). See section 3.4.27 for detail.
• Current transformer supervision (CTS). See section 3.4.26 for detail.
If the alarm is issued, the alarm signal can be reset only when the failure is removed and the
equipment is reset by pressing “RESET” button on panel or re-power it up.
• Overload Alarm
On condition that the relay does not picks up, adding current in excess of the setting of overload
protection, alarm messages are displayed and ALARM LED is lit after the timer stage duration
has elapsed.
• Binary input status monitoring
Any status of binary input changing will be monitored.
• Tripping output circuit monitoring
Tripping output relay driving transistor is always monitored in normal program, and blocking
message will be issued when the equipment finds abnormality of the tripping output circuit.
4.1.3 List of alarm messages
Table 4.1-1 List of alarm reports
No Alarm Report Note HEAL ALAR CT ALARM VT ALARM Suggestio

THY M n
1. Alm_SwOv_VTS1_Gen Note 1 ● ● ● Note J
2. Alm_SwOv_VTS2_Gen Note 2 ● ● ● Note J
3. Alm_BlkV3rdHDiff_VTS1 Note 3 ● ● ● Note J
4. Alm_BlkIntTurn_VTS2 Note 4 ● ● ● Note J
5. Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr Note 5 ● ● ● Note J
6. Alm_VTS1_Term_Gen Note 6 ● ● ● Note J
7. Alm_VTS2_Term_Gen Note 7 ● ● ● Note J
8. Alm_VTS_NP_Gen Note 8 ● ● ● Note J

9. Alm_DeltVTS1_Term_Gen Note 9 ● ● ● Note J

10. Alm_DeltVTS2_Term_Gen Note 10 ● ● ● Note J
11. Alm_VTS_RotWdg Note 11 ● ● ● Note J
12. Alm_Inject_RotWdg Note 12 ● ● ● Note J
13. Alm_Pos_GCB Note 13 ● ● Note I
14. Alm_Pos_CB_HVS1_Tr Note 14 ● ● Note I
15. Alm_Pos_CB_HVS2_Tr Note 15 ● ● Note I
16. Alm_VTS_LossExc_RotW Note 16 ● ● ● Note J
dg
Alm_PM_DSP1_CPUBrd Note A
17. Note 17 ●
Alm_CTS_HVS1_Tr Note J
18. Note 18 ● ● ●
19. Note 19 ● ● ●
Alm_CTS_Term_Gen Note J
20. Note 20 ● ● ●
Alm_CTS_NP_Gen Note J
21. Note 21 ● ● ●
Alm_CTS_Bak_Gen Note J
22. Note 22 ● ● ●
Alm_CTS_S1_Exc Note J
23. Note 23 ● ● ●
Alm_CTS_S2_Exc Note J
24. Note 24 ● ● ●
Alm_Diff_Gen Note J
25. Note 25 ● ●
Alm_Diff_Exc Note J
26. Note 26 ● ●
Alm_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen Note E
27. Note 27 ● ●
Alm_MechRly1 Note E
28. Note 28 ● ●
Alm_MechRly2 Note E
29. Note 29 ● ●
Alm_MechRly3 Note E
30. Note 30 ● ●
Alm_MechRly4 Note E
31. Note 31 ● ●
Alm_PwrLoss_MechRly Note D
32. Note 32 ● ●
Alm_Inconsist_MechRly Note D
33. Note 33 ● ●

Alm_CTS_Diff_Gen Note K
34. Note 34 ● ●
Alm_CTS_Diff_Exc Note K
35. Note 35 ● ●
Alm_BO_OC_Term_Gen Note E
36. Note 36 ● ●
Alm_On_2PEF_RotWdg Note E
37. Note 37 ● ●
Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen Note E
38. Note 38 ● ●
Alm_Int_OOS_Gen Note E
39. Note 39 ● ●
Alm_Accel_OOS_Gen Note E
40. Note 40 ● ●
Alm_Decel_OOS_Gen Note E
41. Note 41 ● ●
Alm_LossExc_Gen Note E
42. Note 42 ● ●
Alm_OvExc_Gen Note E
43. Note 43 ● ●
Alm_OvLd_Sta Note E
44. Note 44 ● ●
Alm_NegOC_Gen Note E
45. Note 45 ● ●
Alm_OvLd_RotWdg Note E
46. Note 46 ● ●
Alm_ROV_Sta Note E
47. Note 47 ● ●
Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta Note E
48. Note 48 ● ●
Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta Note E
49. Note 49 ● ●
Alm_SensInjEF_Sta Note E
50. Note 50 ● ●
Alm_Pwr_Inj_EF_Sta Note E
51. Note 51 ● ●
Alm_Sens1PEF_RotWdg Note E
52. Note 52 ● ●
Alm_1PEF_RotWdg Note E
53. Note 53 ● ●
Alm_UF1_Gen Note E
54. Note 54 ● ●

Alm_UF2_Gen Note E
55. Note 55 ● ●
Alm_UF3_Gen Note E
56. Note 56 ● ●
Alm_OF1_Gen Note E
57. Note 57 ● ●
Alm_OF2_Gen Note E
58. Note 58 ● ●
Alm_RevP_Gen Note E
59. Note 59 ● ●
Alm_VTS_Term_Gen Note J
60. Note 60 ● ● ●
Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr Note J
61. Note 61 ● ● ●
Alm_VTS_LVS_ST Note J
62. Note 62 ● ● ●
Alm_VTS_Br1_ST1 Note L
63. Note 63 ● ● ●
Alm_VTS_Br2_ST1 Note J
64. Note 64 ● ● ●
65. Note 65 ● ● ●
66. Note 66 ● ● ●
Alm_BO_OC_HVS_ST1 Note J
67. Note 67 ● ●
Alm_BO_OC_HVS_ST2 Note J
68. Note 68 ● ●
Alm_OvLd_Tr Note E
69. Note 69 ● ●
Alm_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr Note E
70. Note 70 ● ●
Alm_OvLd_ST1 Note E
71. Note 71 ● ●
Alm_InitCool_OvLd_ST1 Note E
72. Note 72 ● ●
Alm_OvLd_ST2 Note E
73. Note 73 ● ●
Alm_InitCool_OvLd_ST2 Note E
74. Note 74 ● ●
Alm_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr Note E
75. Note 75 ● ●

Alm_PM_DSP2_CPUBrd Note A
76. Note 76 ●
77. Note 77 ● ● ●
78. Note 78 ● ● ●
Alm_CTS_LVS_Tr Note J
79. Note 79 ● ● ●
Alm_CTS_HVS_Tr Note J
80. Note 80 ● ● ●
Alm_CTS_HVS_ST1 Note J
81. Note 81 ● ● ●
Alm_CTS_Br1_ST1 Note J
82. Note 82 ● ● ●
Alm_REF_ST1 Note J
83. Note 83 ● ●
Alm_CTS_HVS_ST2 Note J
84. Note 84 ● ● ●
Alm_CTS_Br1_ST2 Note J
85. Note 85 ● ● ●
Alm_REF_ST2 Note J
86. Note 86 ● ●
Alm_Diff_GTU Note J
87. Note 87 ● ●
Alm_Diff_Tr Note J
88. Note 88 ● ●
Alm_Diff_ST1 Note J
89. Note 89 ● ●
Alm_Diff_ST2 Note J
90. Note 90 ● ●
Alm_REF_Tr Note K
91. Note 91 ● ●
Alm_CTS_Diff_GTU Note K
92. Note 92 ● ● ●
Alm_CTS_Diff_Tr Note K
93. Note 93 ● ● ●
Alm_CTS_Diff_ST1 Note K
94. Note 94 ● ● ●
Alm_CTS_Diff_ST2 Note K
95. Note 95 ● ● ●
Alm_OvExc_Tr Note E
96. Note 96 ● ●

Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr Note E
97. Note 97 ● ●
Alm_RAM_CPUBrd Note A
98. Note 98 ●
Alm_ROM_CPUBrd Note A
99. Note 99 ●
Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd Note A
100. Note 100 ●
Alm_InvalidSetting Note B
101. Note 101 ●
Alm_ModifiedSetting Note C
102. Note 102 ●
Alm_PwrLoss_Opto Note D
103. Note 103 ●
Alm_TripOutput Note A
104. Note 104 ●
Alm_InnerComm Note F
105. Note 105 ● ●
Alm_DSP_CPUBrd Note A
106. Note 106 ●
Alm_PersistFD_CPUBrd Note H
107. Note 107 ● ●
Alm_InconsistFD Note G
108. Note 108 ● ●
Alm_Sample_CPUBrd Note A
109. Note 109 ●
Alm_BI_CPUBrd Note A
110. Note 110 ● ●
Alm_Reboot_CPUBrd Note C
111. Note 111 ●
Alm_RAM_MONBrd Note A
112. Note 112 ●
Alm_ROM_MONBrd Note A
113. Note 113 ●
Alm_EEPROM_MONBrd Note A
114. Note 114 ●
Alm_DSP_MONBrd Note A
115. Note 115 ●
Alm_PersistFD_MONBrd Note H
116. Note 116 ● ●
Alm_MONBrd Note A
117. Note 117 ● ●

Alm_Sample_MONBrd Note A
118. Note 118 ●
Alm_Reboot_CPUBrd Note C
119. Note 119 ●
Note:
Note 1 Alarm indicating VT1 circuit failure and start to switch over voltage circuit.
Note 2 Alarm indicating VT2 circuit failure and start to switch over voltage circuit.
Note 3 Alarm indicating VT1 circuit failure and blocking 3rd harmonics voltage differential
protection.
Note 4 Alarm indicating VT2 circuit failure and blocking interturn protection.
Note 5 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT at HV side of main transformer.
Note 6 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT1 at generator terminal.
Note 7 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT2 at generator terminal.
Note 8 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT at the neutral point of generator.
Note 9 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure at open-delta side of VT1 at generator terminal.
Note 10 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure at open-delta side of VT2 at generator
terminal.
Note 11 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT for rotor earth fault protection.
Note 12 Alarm indicating failure of injection source for rotor earth fault protection.
Note 13 Alarm indicating the position of circuit breaker at generator terminal is abnormal.
Note 14 Alarm indicating the position of circuit breaker of branch 1 at HV side of stepdown
transformer is abnormal.
Note 15 Alarm indicating the position of circuit breaker of branch 2 at HV side of stepdown
transformer is abnormal.
Note 16 Alarm indicating rotor voltage circuit failure which used by loss-of-excitation
protection.
Note 17 The DSP chip in CPU board damaged.
Note 18 Alarm indicating secondary circuit abnormality of CT at branch 1 of HV side of
transformer.
Note 19 Alarm indicating secondary circuit abnormality of CT at branch 2 of HV side of
transformer.
Note 20 Alarm indicating secondary circuit abnormality of CT at generator terminal.
Note 21 Alarm indicating secondary circuit abnormality of CT at the neutral point of
generator.
Note 22 Alarm indicating secondary circuit abnormality of CT at generator terminal for bak
overcurrent protection.
Note 23 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT at side1 of excitation set used in
differential protection of excitation.
Note 24 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT at side2 of excitation set used in
differential protection of excitation.
Note 25 Alarm indicating differential current of generator is in excess of normally endurable
level.
Note 26 Alarm indicating differential current of excitation transformer or exciter is in excess of

normally endurable level.

Note 27 Alarm indicating operation of DPFC interturn protective element.
Note 28 Alarm indicating operation of mechanical repeater 1.
Note 32 Alarm indicating power loss of mechanical relay.
Note 33 Alarm indicating circuit of mechanical is abnormal.
Note 34 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CTs used for differential protection of
generator.
Note 35 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT used in differential protection of
excitation transformer or exciter.
Note 36 Alarm indicating operation of overcurrent element obtained from generator terminal
used for driving a set of contact to block other circuit.
Note 37 Alarm indicating 2 points earth fault protection has been put input operation after
operation of 1 point earth fault protection of rotor.
Note 38 Alarm indicating out-of-step of system occurs while its oscillation center is outside
protective zone.
Note 39 Alarm indicating out-of-step of system occurs and its oscillation center is inside
protective zone.
Note 40 Alarm indicating accelerate out-of-step occurs.
Note 41 Alarm indicating decelerate out-of-step occurs.
Note 42 Alarm indicating operation of loss-of-excitation protective element.
Note 43 Alarm indicating operation of over excitation protective element.
Note 44 Alarm indicating operation of overload element of stator.
Note 45 Alarm indicating operation of negative overcurrent protective element of stator.
Note 46 Alarm indicating operation of overload protective element of rotor winding.
Note 47 Alarm indicating operation of sensitive stage of ROV protection of stator earth fault.
Note 48 Alarm indicating operation of 3rd harmonics ratio earth fault protective element of
stator.
Note 49 Alarm indicating operation of 3rd harmonics differential earth fault protective element
of stator.
Note 50 Alarm indicating operation of sensitive injecting earth fault protective element of
stator.
Note 51 Alarm indicating circuit failure of external power source of injecting earth fault
protective element of stator
Note 52 Alarm indicating operation of sensitive stage of 1 point earth fault protective element
of rotor.
Note 53 Alarm indicating operation of normal stage of 1 point earth fault protective element of
rotor.
Note 54 Alarm indicating operation of stage 1 of under frequency protective element of
generator.
generator.


generator.
Note 57 Alarm indicating operation of stage 1 of over frequency protective element of
generator.
Note 58 Alarm indicating operation of stage 2 of over frequency protective element of
generator.
Note 59 Alarm indicating operation of reverse power protection.
Note 60 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT at generator terminal.
Note 61 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT at HV side of main transformer.
Note 62 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT at LV side of stepdown transformer.
Note 63 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT of Branch 1 at LV side of stepdown
transformer 1.
transformer 1.
transformer 2.
transformer 2.
Note 67 Alarm indicating overcurrent status at HV side of stepdown transformer 1.
Note 68 Alarm indicating overcurrent status at HV side of stepdown transformer 2.
Note 69 Alarm indicating overload of main transformer.
Note 70 Alarm indicating stage 1 of initial cooling of main transformer.
Note 71 Alarm indicating stage 2 of initial cooling of stepdown transformer.
Note 72 Alarm indicating overload of stepdown transformer 1.
Note 73 Alarm indicating stage of initial cooling of stepdown transformer 1.
Note 74 Alarm indicating overload of stepdown transformer 2.
Note 75 Alarm indicating stage of initial cooling of stepdown transformer 2.
Note 76 Alarm indicating DSP2 in CPU module damaged.
Note 77 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT at branch 1 of HV side of main
transformer.
Note 78 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT at branch 2 of HV side of main
transformer.
Note 79 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT at LV side of main transformer.
Note 80 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT at HV side of main transformer.
Note 81 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of HV side of stepdown transformer 1.
Note 82 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of branch1 at LV side of stepdown
transformer 1.
Note 83 Alarm indicating the zero sequence differential current is abnormal in REF
differential protection of stepdown transformer 1.
Note 84 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of HV side of stepdown transformer 2.
Note 85 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of branch1 at LV side of stepdown
transformer 2.
differential protection of stepdown transformer 2.

Note 87 Alarm indicating the differential current is abnormal in differential protection of

generator-transformer unit.
Note 88 Alarm indicating the differential current is abnormal in differential protection of main
transformer.
stepdown transformer1.
differential protection of main transformer.
Note 92 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT in differential protection of
Note 93 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT in differential protection of main
transformer.
Note 94 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT in differential protection of stepdown
transformer1.
Note 95 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT in differential protection of stepdown
transformer1.
Note 96 Alarm indicating over excitation of main transformer.
Note 97 Alarm indicating operation of ROV protection of LV side of main transformer.
Note 98 CPU module RAM damaged.
Note 99 CPU module flash memory damaged.
Note 100 CPU module EEPROM damaged judged by the mismatch of summation of all the
settings with the CRC code.
Note 101 Without modifying protection setting after modification of rated secondary current of
CT.
Note 102 The relay is in the proceeding of setting parameters.
Note 103 Loss of power supply of the optical couplers for binary inputs.
Note 104 Driving transistor of binary output damaged.
Note 105 Inner communication error between CPU and MON modules.
Note 106 The DSP chip in CPU board damaged.
Note 107 Duration of pickup of any fault detector in MON board is in excess of 10s.
Note 108 Mismatch of pickup of same type fault detectors in CPU and MON.
Note 109 Failure of sampled data in CPU board.
Note 110 Any one of binary input sampled directly does not match with that of reorganization
of protection itself.
Note 111 CPU module is rebooting.
Note 112 MON module RAM damaged.
Note 113 MON module flash memory damaged.
Note 114 MON module EEPROM damaged.
Note 115 The DSP chip in MON board damaged.
Note 116 Duration of pickup of any fault detector in MON board is in excess of 10s.
Note 117 MON module damaged
Note 118 Failure of sampled data in MON board.

Note 119 MON module is rebooting.
Note A Inform manufacturer for maintenance.
Note B Modify and check protection setting again.
Note C Do nothing except waiting for completion of the process.
Note D Check if the power circuit of OPT module is connected correctly with DC module.
Note E Treat according to specific application requirement.
Note F Check the connection between FACE and CPU modules.
Note G Check the metering between CPU and MON modules.
Note H Check the secondary circuit and the corresponding settings.
Note I Check the corresponding binary input.
Note J Check the metering and secondary circuit.
Note K Disable the link and check the secondary circuit. After clear the error, reset the relay.
4.2 Metering
The relay produces a variety of both directly and calculated power system quantities. These
measurement values are updated on a per half second basis and can be viewed in the menu
“VALUES” of the relay or via relay communication.
This relay is able to measure and display the following quantities as summarized:
4.2.1 Measured voltages and currents
The relay produces both phase-to-ground and phase-to-phase voltage and current values. They
are produced directly from the DFT (Discrete Fourier Transform) used by the relay protection
functions and present both magnitude and phase angle measurement.
4.2.2 Sequence voltages and currents
Sequence quantities are produced by the relay from the measured Fourier values; these are
displayed as magnitude and phase angle values.
4.2.3 Rms. voltages and currents
Rms. phase voltage and current values are calculated by the relay using the sum of the samples
squared over a cycle of sampled data.
4.2.4 Differential current and relevant quantities
Differential current and restrained current calculated in differential protection is displayed to user
for monitoring the correctness of operation or testing of the differential protection.

4.2.5 Phase angles

Calculated phase angles are also displayed on LCD to help user to check the correctness of CT or
VT circuit.
4.2.6 Measurement display quantities

Here are “VALUES” available in the relay for viewing of measurement quantities. All the
measurement quantities can be divided into CPU quantities or DSP quantities by their origin where
they are derived. These can also be viewed with RCSPC (see RCSPC User Manual) and are
shown below:
4.2.7 All metering data displayed on LCD
Note:
The quantities listed in following tables are to be displayed on LCD for RCS-985B,
but for a certain application, some of these quantities may be eliminated due of the
scheme user required, so please look up the devices on site for actual quantities
displayed.
4.2.7.1 Values of generator-transformer unit metering in CPU and MON
GTU METERING
Id_Diff_GTU: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie

Ir_Diff_GTU: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Icr_HVS1_GTU: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Icr_HVS2_GTU: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Icr_Gen_GTU: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Icr_ST1_GTU: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Icr_ST2_GTU: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Figure 4.2-1 Values of generator-transformer unit metering in CPU and MON
Where:
Id_Diff_GTU Phase A,B and C of per unit value of generator-transformer unit (GTU)
differential current.
Ir_Diff_GTU Phase A,B and C of per unit value of GTU restraint current.
Icr_HVS1_GTU Corrected current of phase A, B and C at HV1 side of GTU.
Icr_HVS2_GTU Corrected current of phase A, B and C at HV2 side of GTU.

Icr_GEN_GTU Corrected current of phase A, B and C at generator side of GTU.

Icr_ST1 Corrected current of phase A, B and C of ST1.
Icr_ST2 Corrected current of phase A, B and C of ST2.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU METERINGàGTU METERING” and “VALUESà MON
METERINGàGTU METERING”.
4.2.7.2 Differential currents and related values in transformer metering in CPU and MON
DIFF CURR
Id_Diff_Tr: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Ir_Diff_Tr: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Icr_HVS1_Tr: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Icr_HVS2_Tr: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Icr_LVS_Tr: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Icr_ST1_Tr: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Icr_ST2_Tr: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Figure 4.2-2 Differential currents and related values in transformer metering in CPU and MON
Where:
Ie Secondary calculated rated current of generator.

Id_Diff_Tr Phase A,B and C of per unit value of transformer differential current.
Ir_Diff_Tr Phase A,B and C of per unit value of transformer restraint current.
Icr_HVS1_Tr Corrected current of phase A, B and C at branch1 of HV side of transformer.
Icr_HVS2_Tr Corrected current of phase A, B and C at branch2 of HV side of transformer.
Icr_LVS_Tr Corrected current of phase A, B and C at LV side of transformer.
Corrected current of phase A, B and C at HV side of stepdown transformer1
Icr_ST1_Tr
for differential protection of main transformer.
Corrected current of phase A, B and C at HV side of stepdown transformer2
Icr_ST2_Tr
for differential protection of main transformer.
Id_1stH_REF_Tr the fundamatal component of zero sequence differential current for
transformer restrict earth fault protection.
Ir_REF_Tr Zero sequence restraint current for transformer restrict earth fault
protection.
I0_HVS_Tr Calculated zero sequence current of HV side of transformer.
I0_NP_HVS_Tr Zero sequence current of neutral point of transformer.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU METERINGàTR METERINGà DIFF CURR” and
“VALUESà MON METERINGàTR METERINGà DIFF CURR”.

Note:
The contents inside the first window are the default display seen by user entering this submenu.
User can navigate to the following items by scrolling the arrow keys on the faceplate of the relay.
What user meets similar to this case later can be dealt with in same way.
4.2.7.3 Currents in main transformer metering in CPU and MON
TR CURR
I_HVS1_Tr: 000.00 000.00 000.00 A
I1_HVS1_Tr: 000.00 A
I2_HVS1_Tr: 000.00 A
I0_HVS1_Tr: 000.00 A
I_HVS2_Tr: 000.00 000.00 000.00 A
I1_HVS2_Tr: 000.00 A
I2_HVS2_Tr: 000.00 A
I0_HVS2_Tr: 000.00 A
Figure 4.2-3 Currents in transformer metering in CPU and MON
Where:
I_HVS1_Tr Currents of phase A,B and C of branch 1 at HV side of transformer.

I1_HVS1_Tr Positive sequence currents of branch 1 at HV side of transformer.
I2_HVS1_Tr Negative sequence currents of branch 1 at HV side of transformer.
I0_HVS1_Tr Zero sequence currents of branch 1 at HV side of transformer.
I_HVS2_Tr Currents of phase A,B and C of branch 2 at HV side of transformer.
I1_HVS2_Tr Positive sequence currents of branch 2 at HV side of transformer.
I2_HVS2_Tr Negative sequence currents of branch 2 at HV side of transformer.
I0_HVS2_Tr Zero sequence currents of branch 2 at HV side of transformer.
I_HVS_Tr Current sum of phase A, B and C of branch 1 and 2 at HV side of transformer.
I1_HVS_Tr Positive sequence current at HV side of transformer.
I2_HVS_Tr Negative sequence current at HV side of transformer.
I0_HVS_Tr Zero sequence current at HV side of transformer.
I0_NP_HVS_Tr Zero sequence current of neutral point at HV side of transformer.
I0_GAP_HVS_Tr Zero sequence current of GAP at HV side of transformer.
I_LVS_Tr Currents of phase A,B and C at LV side of transformer.
I1_LVS_Tr Positive sequence currents of at LV side of transformer.
I2_LVS_Tr Negative sequence currents of at LV side of transformer.

I0_LVS_Tr Zero sequence currents of at LV side of transformer.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU METERINGàTR METERINGàTR CURR” and

“VALUESà MON METERINGàTR METERINGàTR CURR”.
4.2.7.4 Voltages at HV side of main transformer metering in CPU and MON
HVS VOLT
U_HVS_Tr: 000.00 000.00 000.00 V
Upp_HVS_Tr: 000.00 000.00 000.00 V
U1_HVS_Tr: 000.00 V
U2_HVS_Tr: 000.00 V
U0_HVS_Tr: 000.00 V
U0_DeltVT_HVS_Tr: 000.00 V
U0_DeltVT_LVS_Tr: 000.00 V
U/F_OvExc_Tr: 00.000
Figure 4.2-4 Voltages in transformer metering in CPU and MON
Where:
U_HVS_Tr Phase voltages at HV side of transformer.

Upp_HVS_Tr Phase to phase voltages at HV side of transformer.
U1_HVS_Tr Positive sequence voltage at HV side of transformer.
U2_HVS_Tr Negative sequence voltage at HV side of transformer.
U0_HVS_Tr Zero sequence voltage at HV side of transformer.
U0_DeltVT_HVS_Tr Zero sequence voltage of delta VT at HV side of transformer.
U0_DeltVT_LVS_Tr Zero sequence voltage of delta VT at LV side of transformer.
U/F_OvExc_Tr Calculated ratio between voltage and frequency of transformer.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU METERINGàTR METERINGà HVS VOLT” and
“VALUESà MON METERINGàTR METERINGà HVS VOLT”.

4.2.7.5 Differential currents in stepdown transformer A in CPU and MON
ST1 DIFF CURR

Id_Diff_ST1: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Ir_Diff_ST1: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Icr_HVS_ST1: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Icr_Br1_ST1: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Id_1stH_REF_ST1: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Ir_REF_ST1: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
I0cr_Cal_Br1_ST1: 000.00 A
I0cr_CT_REF_Br1_ST1: 000.00 A
Figure 4.2-5 Differential currents in stepdown transformer A metering in CPU and MON
Where:
Id_Diff_ST1 Phase A, B and C of per unit value of stepdown transformer1 (ST1)

Ir_Diff_ST1 Phase A, B and C of per unit value of ST1 restraint current.
Icr_HVS_ST1 Corrected current of phase A, B and C at HV side of ST1
Icr_Br1_ST1 Corrected current of phase A, B and C at branch 1 of LV side of
stepdown transformer.
Id_1stH_REF_ST1 Zero sequence differential current of ST1
Ir_REF_ST1 Zero sequence restraint current of ST1
I0cr_Cal_Br1_ST1 Corrected zero sequence current obtained from calculation of
three-phase currents at branch 1 of LV side of ST1
I0cr_CT_REF_Br1_ST1 Corrected zero sequence current directly obtained from neutral point
CT at branch 1 of LV side of ST1
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU METERINGàST METERINGà ST1 DIFF CURR” and
“VALUESà MON METERINGàST METERINGàST1 DIFF CURR”.

4.2.7.6 Currents and voltages of ST1 metering in CPU and MON
ST1 METERING
I_CT_HVS_ST1: 000.00 000.00 000.00 A
I1_CT_HVS_ST1: 000.00 A
I2_CT_HVS_ST1: 000.00 A
I0_CT_HVS_ST1: 000.00 A
I_CT#_HVS_ST1: 000.00 000.00 000.00 A
I1_CT#_HVS_ST1: 000.00 A
I2_CT#_HVS_ST1: 000.00 A
I0_CT#_HVS_ST1: 000.00 A
Figure 4.2-6 Currents at HV side of stepdown transformer metering in CPU and MON
Where:
I_CT_HVS_ST1 Currents of CT at HV side of ST1.

I1_CT_HVS_ST1 Positive sequence currents of CT at HV side of ST1.
I2_CT_HVS_ST1 Negative sequence currents of CT at HV side of ST1.
I0_CT_HVS_ST1 Zero sequence currents of CT at HV side of ST1.
I_CT#_HVS_ST1 Currents of CT at HV side of ST1 for main transformer differential
protection.
I1_CT#_HVS_ST1 Positive sequence currents of CT at HV side of ST1 for main transformer
differential protection.
I2_CT#_HVS_ST1 Negative sequence currents of CT at HV side of ST1 for main
transformer differential protection.
I0_CT#_HVS_ST1 Zero sequence currents of CT at HV side of ST1 for main transformer
I_Br1_ST1 Currents of Br1 side of ST1.
I1_Br1_ST1 Positive sequence current of Br1 side of ST1.
I2_Br1_ST1 Negative sequence current of Br1 side of ST1.
I0_Br1_ST1 Zero sequence current of Br1 side of ST1.
I0_NP_Br1_ST1 Zero sequence current of neutral point of Br1 side of ST1.
I0_CT_REF_Br1_ST1 Zero sequence current of neutral point of Br1 side of ST1 for REF.
Upp_Br1_ST1 Voltages at Br1 side of ST1.
U1_Br1_ST1 Positive sequence voltage at Br1 side of ST1.
U2_Br1_ST1 Negative sequence voltage at Br1 side of ST1.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU METERINGàST METERINGà ST1 METERING” and
“VALUESà MON METERINGàST METERINGà ST1 METERING”.

4.2.7.7 Differential currents in stepdown transformer B in CPU and MON
ST2 DIFF CURR

Id_Diff_ST2: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Ir_Diff_ST2: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Icr_HVS_ST2: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Icr_Br1_ST2: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Id_1stH_REF_ST2: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Ir_REF_ST2: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
I0cr_Cal_Br1_ST2: 000.00 A
I0cr_CT_REF_Br1_ST2: 000.00 A
Figure 4.2-7 Differential currents in stepdown transformer B metering in CPU and MON
Where:
Id_Diff_ST2 Phase A, B and C of per unit value of stepdown transformer1 (ST2)

Ir_Diff_ST2 Phase A, B and C of per unit value of ST2 restraint current.
Icr_HVS_ST2 Corrected current of phase A, B and C at HV side of ST2
Icr_Br1_ST2 Corrected current of phase A, B and C at branch 1 of LV side of
Id_1stH_REF_ST2 Zero sequence differential current of ST2
Ir_REF_ST2 Zero sequence restraint current of ST2
I0cr_Cal_Br1_ST2 Corrected zero sequence current obtained from calculation of
three-phase currents at branch 1 of LV side of ST2
I0cr_CT_REF_Br1_ST2 Corrected zero sequence current directly obtained from neutral point
CT at branch 1 of LV side of ST2
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU METERINGàST METERINGà ST2 DIFF CURR” and
“VALUESà MON METERINGàST METERINGàST2 DIFF CURR”.

4.2.7.8 Currents and voltages of ST2 metering in CPU and MON
ST2 METERING
I_CT_HVS_ST2: 000.00 000.00 000.00 A
I1_CT_HVS_ST2: 000.00 A
I2_CT_HVS_ST2: 000.00 A
I0_CT_HVS_ST2: 000.00 A
I_CT#_HVS_ST2: 000.00 000.00 000.00 A
I1_CT#_HVS_ST2: 000.00 A
I2_CT#_HVS_ST2: 000.00 A
I0_CT#_HVS_ST2: 000.00 A
Figure 4.2-8 Currents at HV side of ST2 CPU and MON
Where:
I_CT_HVS_ST2 Currents of CT at HV side of ST2.

I1_CT_HVS_ST2 Positive sequence currents of CT at HV side of ST2.
I2_CT_HVS_ST2 Negative sequence currents of CT at HV side of ST2.
I0_CT_HVS_ST2 Zero sequence currents of CT at HV side of ST2.
I_CT#_HVS_ST2 Currents of CT at HV side of ST2 for main transformer differential
protection.
I1_CT#_HVS_ST2 Positive sequence currents of CT at HV side of ST2 for main transformer
I2_CT#_HVS_ST2 Negative sequence currents of CT at HV side of ST2 for main
transformer differential protection.
I0_CT#_HVS_ST2 Zero sequence currents of CT at HV side of ST2 for main transformer
I_Br1_ST2 Currents of Br1 side of ST2.
I1_Br1_ST2 Positive sequence current of Br1 side of ST2.
I2_Br1_ST2 Negative sequence current of Br1 side of ST2.
I0_Br1_ST2 Zero sequence current of Br1 side of ST2.
I0_NP_Br1_ST2 Zero sequence current of neutral point of Br1 side of ST2.
I0_CT_REF_Br1_ST2 Zero sequence current directyly obtained from neutral point of Br1 side
of ST2.
Upp_Br1_ST2 Voltages at Br1 side of ST2.
U1_Br1_ST2 Positive sequence voltage at Br1 side of ST2.
U2_Br1_ST2 Negative sequence voltage at Br1 side of ST2.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU METERINGàST METERINGà ST2 METERING” and
“VALUESà MON METERINGàST METERINGà ST2 METERING”.

4.2.7.9 Differential currents in generator metering in CPU and MON
DIFF CURR
Id_Diff_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Ir_Diff_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
I_Term_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 A
I1_Term_Gen: 000.00 A
I_NP_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 A
I1_NP_Gen: 000.00 A
Figure 4.2-9 Differential currents in generator metering in CPU and MON
Where:
Id_Diff_Gen Phase A,B and C of per unit value of generator differential current.
Ir_Diff_Gen Phase A,B and C of per unit value of generator restraint current.
I_Term_Gen Phase A,B and C of current derived from CT at generator’ terminal.
I1_Term_Gen Positive sequence current of generator terminal.
I2_Term_Gen Negative sequence current of generator terminal.
I0_Term_Gen Calculated zero sequence current of generator terminal.
I_NP_Gen Phase A,B and C of current derived from CT at generator’ neutral point.
I1_NP_Gen Positive sequence current of generator neutral point.
I2_NP_Gen Negative sequence current of generator neutral point.
I0_NP_Gen Calculated zero sequence current of generator neutral point.
I_Bak_Gen Phase A,B and C of current obtained from backup CT at generator’ terminal.
I1_Bak_Gen Positive sequence current of backup CT.
I2_Bak_Gen Negative sequence current of backup CT.
I0_Bak_Gen Calculated zero sequence current of backup CT.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU METERINGàGEN METERINGà DIFF CURR” and
“VALUESà MON METERINGàGEN METERINGà DIFF CURR”.

4.2.7.10 Transverse differential currents of generator in CPU and MON (Optional)
TRVDIFF CURR
Id_TrvDiff_Gen: 000.00 A
Id_3rdH_TrvDiff_Gen: 000.00 A
Figure 4.2-10 Transverse differential current and related values in CPU and MON
Where:
Id_TrvDiff_Gen Transverse differential current of generator.

Id_3rdH_TrvDiff_Gen 3rd harmonics component of transverse differential current.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU METERINGà GEN METERING à DIFF CURR” and
“VALUESà MON METERINGà GEN METERING à DIFF CURR”.
4.2.7.11 Voltages of generator metering in CPU and MON
VOLTAGE
U_VT1_Term: 000.00 000.00 000.00 V

U1_VT1_Term: 000.00 V
U2_VT1_Term: 000.00 V
U0_VT1_Term: 000.00 V
U_VT2_Term: 000.00 000.00 000.00 V
U1_VT2_Term: 000.00 V
U2_VT2_Term: 000.00 V
U0_VT2_Term: 000.00 V
Figure 4.2-11 Voltages and related values in CPU and MON
Where:
U_VT1_Term Phase A, B and C of voltage derived from VT1 at the generator’s

terminal.
U1_VT1_Term Calculated positive sequence voltage of VT1.
U2_VT1_Term Calculated negative sequence voltage of VT1.
U0_VT1_Term Calculated zero sequence voltage of VT1.
U_VT2_Term Phase A, B and C of voltage derived from VT2 at the generator’s
terminal.
U1_VT2_Term Calculated positive sequence voltage of VT2.
U2_VT2_Term Calculated negative sequence voltage of VT2.
U0_VT2_Term Calculated zero sequence voltage of VT2.
Upp_VT1_Term Phase-to-phase voltage of VT1—Uab, Ubc, Uca.
Upp_VT2_Term Phase-to-phase voltage of VT2—Uab, Ubc, Uca.
U0_DeltVT1_Term Zero sequence voltage derived from open-delta side of VT1 at the
generator’s terminal.
U0_NP_Gen Zero sequence voltage derived from VT at the neutral point of
generator.
U0_3rdH_VT1_Term Calculated 3rd harmonics of VT1 at the generator’s terminal.
U0_3rdH_NP_Gen Calculated 3rd harmonics of VT at the neutral point of generator.
Ud_3rdH_Sta 3rd harmonics differential voltage between the terminal and the
neutral point of generator.
U0_Longl_Gen Longitude zero sequence voltage of generator.
U0_3rdH_Longl_Gen 3rd harmonics voltage in longitude zero voltage.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU METERINGà GEN METERINGà VOLTAGE” and
VALUESà MON METERINGà GEN METERINGà VOLTAGE”.
4.2.7.12 Misc metering quantities of generator in CPU and MON
GEN MISC VALUES

P_Gen: + 000.00 %
Q_Gen: + 000.00 %
Accu_InvOvLd_Sta: 000.00 %
Accu_InvNegOC_Gen: 000.00 %
U/F_OvExc_Gen: 00.000
Accu_InvOvExc_Gen: 000.00 %
f_Gen: 000.00 Hz
Accu_UF1_Gen: 000.00 Min
Figure 4.2-12 Misc metering quantities of generator
Where:

P_Gen Active power of generator.

Q_Gen Reactive power of generator.
Accu_InvOvLd_Sta Accumulation of thermal due to overload of stator.
Accu_InvNegOC_Gen Accumulation of thermal due to negative sequence current through
stator result from interaction between rotor and stator.
U/F_OvExc_Gen Calculated ratio of per unit values of voltage and frequency.
Accu_InvOvExc_Gen Accumulation of thermal due to overexcitation of generator.
f_Gen real time calculated frequency of generator.
Accu_UF1_Gen Accumulation of underfrequency condition time of generator to
decide operation of state 1 of underfrequency protection.
Accu_UF2_Gen Accumulation of underfrequency condition time of generator to
decide operation of state 1 of underfrequency protection.
U1_2ndH_VT1_Term_Gen Positive sequence voltage of 2nd harmonics voltage of stator
derived from VT1 at the generator’s terminal.
U2_2ndH_VT1_Term_Gen Negative sequence voltage of 2nd harmonics voltage of stator
derived from VT1 at the generator’s terminal.
U_RotWdg Voltage of positive pole of rotor to negative pole.
Rg_RotWdg Calculated grounded resistance of rotor.
Location_EF_RotWdg Location of earth fault of rotor winding of generator.
I_RotWdg Excitation current through rotor winding.
I_Exc Alternative excitation current on the rectifier’s AC side
Accu_InvOvld_RotWdg Accumulation of thermal of rotor winding.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU METERINGà GEN METERINGàMISC METERING”

and VALUESà MON METERINGà GEN METERINGàMISC METERING”.
4.2.7.13 Injection Stator earth fault Protion Metering in CPU and MON (Optional)
INJ METERING
U0_Gen: 000.00 V
I0_Gen: 000.00 A
U_Inj: 000.00 V
I_Inj: 000.00 mA
O
φui_Inj: 00.000
O
φui_Corr_Inj: 00.000
R_Sec: 000.00 Ω
X_Sec: 000.00 Ω
Figure 4.2-13 Injecting metering quantities of generator
Where:

U0_Gen the filted value of Usef by digital filter.

I0_Gen the filted value of Isef by digital filter.
U_Inj voltage of the 20Hz power supply.
I_Inj current of the 20Hz power supply.
φui_Inj phase angle between voltage and current of the 20Hz power supply.
φui_Corr_Inj corrected phase angle between voltage and current of the 20Hz power supply.
R_Sec metering resistance of secondary side.
X_Sec metering resistance of secondary side.
Rcorr_Sec metering resistance of secondary side after compesation of Rp_Inj_EF_Sta.
R_Pri metering resistance of primary side after compesation.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU METERINGà GEN METERINGà INJ METERING” and
VALUESà MON METERINGà GEN METERINGà INJ METERING”.
4.2.7.14 Differential currents in excitation metering in CPU and MON
DIFF CURR
Id_Diff_Exc: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie

Ir_Diff_Exc: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Icr_S1_Exc: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Icr_S2_Exc: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Figure 4.2-14 Differential currents in excitation metering in CPU and MON
Where:
Id_Diff_Exc Phase A, B and C of differential current of excitation transformer or exciter.

Ir_Diff_Exc Phase A, B and C of restraint current of excitation transformer or exciter.
Icr_S1_Exc Phase A, B and C of corrected current on the high voltage side of excitation
transformer or terminal side of exciter (Side 1).
Icr_S2_Exc Phase A, B and C of corrected current on the low voltage side of excitation
transformer or neutral point side of exciter (Side 2) .
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU METERINGà EXC METERING” and VALUESà MON
METERINGà EXC METERING”.

4.2.7.15 AC metering in excitation metering in CPU and MON (Optional)
AC METERING
I_S1_Exc: 000.00 000.00 000.00 A
I1_S1_Exc: 000.00 A
I2_S1_Exc: 000.00 A
I0_S1_Exc: 000.00 A
I_S2_Exc: 000.00 000.00 000.00 A
I1_S2_Exc: 000.00 A
I2_S2_Exc: 000.00 A
I0_S2_Exc: 000.00 A
Figure 4.2-15 AC metering in excitation metering in CPU and MON
Where:
I_S1_Exc Phase A, B and C current on side 1 of excitation transformer or exciter.

I1_S1_Exc Positive sequence current of side 1 of excitation transformer or exciter.
I2_S1_Exc negative sequence current of side 1 of excitation transformer or exciter.
I0_S1_Exc zero sequence current of side 1 of excitation transformer or exciter.
I_S2_Exc Phase A, B and C current on side 2 of excitation transformer or exciter.
I1_S2_Exc Positive sequence current of side 2 of excitation transformer or exciter.
I2_S2_Exc negative sequence current of side 2 of excitation transformer or exciter.
I0_S2_Exc zero sequence current of side 2 of excitation transformer or exciter.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU METERINGà EXC METERING” and VALUESà MON
METERINGà EXC METERING”.

4.2.7.16 Phase angles of main transformer metering
TR PHASE ANGLE
o
φi_HVS_Tr_&_NP_Gen: 000 000 000
φi_ST1_&_NP_Gen: 000 000 000 o
φi_ST2_&_NP_Gen: 000 000 000 o
φi_HVS1_Tr_&_Term_G: 000 000 000 o
φi_HVS2_Tr_&_Term_G: 000 000 000 o
o
φi_ST1_&_Term_Gen: 000 000 000
φi_ST2_&_Term_Gen: 000 000 000 o
Figure 4.2-16 Phase angles of stepdown transformer metering
Where:
φi_HVS_Tr_&_NP_Gen Phase angle between same-phase currents of HVS of main

transformer and neutral point of Generator.
φi_ST1_&_NP_Gen Phase angle between same-phase currents of HVS of stepdown
transformer 1 and neutral point of generator.
φi_ST2_&_NP_Gen Phase angle between same-phase currents of HVS of stepdown
transformer 2 and neutral point of generator.
φi_HVS1_Tr_&_Term_G Phase angle between same-phase currents between HVS1 of main
transformer and terminal of generator.
φi_HVS2_Tr_&_Term_G Phase angle between same-phase currents between HVS2 of main
transformer and terminal of generator.
φi_ST1_&_Term_Gen Phase angle between same-phase currents of HVS of stepdown
transformer 1 and terminal of generator.
φi_ST2_&_Term_Gen Phase angle between same-phase currents of HVS of stepdown
transformer 2 and terminal of generator.
φipp_HVS1_Tr Phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of currents
of HVS1 side of main transformer.
φipp_HVS2_Tr Phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of currents
of HVS2 side of main transformer.
φipp_HVS_Tr Phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of currents
obtained from backup CT of HVS side of main transformer.
φipp_LVS_Tr Phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of currents
of LVS side of main transformer.
φvpp_Tr Phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of voltages
HVS side of main transformer.

φvi_Tr Phase angle between same-phase voltages and currents of HVS

side of main transformer.
Φvi0_Tr Phase angle between zero sequence voltage and current of main
transformer.
Φv_VT_Tr_&_VT1_Gen Phase angle between same-phase voltages of HVS side of main
transformer and generator terminal.
φi0_Tr_&_NP_Tr Phase angle between calculated zero sequence voltage and directly
sampled residual voltage of HV side of main tranformer.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà PHASE ANGLEà TR PHASE ANGLE”.
4.2.7.17 Phase angles of stepdown transformer1 metering
ST1 PHASE ANGLE

o
φipp_CT_HVS_ST1: 000 000 000
o
φipp_Br1_ST1: 000 000 000
o
φvpp_Br1_ST1: 000 000 000
o
φi0_Br1_&_NP_ST1: 000
Figure 4.2-17 Phase angles of stepdown transformer1 metering
Where:
φipp_CT_HVS_ST1 Phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of current

derived from CT at HV side of stepdown transformer1.
φipp_Br1_ST1 Phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of currents of
Br1 side of stepdown transformer1.
φvpp_Br1_ST1 Phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of voltages of
φi0_Br1_&_NP_ST1 Phase angle between calculated zero sequence current and directly
sampled zero sequence current of BR1 neutral point of stepdown
transformer1.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà PHASE ANGLEà ST1 PHASE ANGLE”.

4.2.7.18 Phase angles of stepdown transformer2 metering
ST2 PHASE ANGLE

o
φipp_CT_HVS_ST2: 000 000 000
o
φipp_Br1_ST2: 000 000 000
o
φvpp_Br1_ST2: 000 000 000
o
φi0_Br1_&_NP_ST2: 000
Figure 4.2-18 Phase angles of stepdown transformer2 metering
Where:
φipp_CT_HVS_ST2 Phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of current

derived from CT at HV side of stepdown transformer2.
φipp_Br1_ST2 Phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of currents of
φvpp_Br1_ST2 Phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of voltages of
φi0_Br1_&_NP_ST2 Phase angle between calculated zero sequence current and directly
sampled zero sequence current of BR1 neutral point of stepdown
transformer2.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà PHASE ANGLEà ST2 PHASE ANGLE”.

4.2.7.19 Phase angles of generator metering
GEN PHASE ANGLE

o
φ_Term_&_NP_Gen: 000 000 000
φipp_Term_Gen: 000 000 000 o
φipp_NP_Gen: 000 000 000 o
φvpp_VT1_Term_Gen: 000 000 000 o
φvpp_VT2_Term_Gen: 000 000 000 o
o
Φv_VT1&_VT2_Gen: 000 000 000
o
φ_V3rdH_Gen: 000
o
φvi_Term_Gen: 000 000 000
Figure 4.2-19 Phase angles of generator metering
Where:
φ_Term_&_NP_Gen Phase angle between same-phase currents derived from CT at

generator’s terminal and at generator’s neutral point.
φipp_Term_Gen Phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of current
derived from CT at generator’s terminal.
φipp_NP_Gen Phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of current
derived from CT at generator’s neutral point.
φvpp_VT1_Term_Gen Phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of voltage
derived from VT1 at generator’s terminal.
φvpp_VT2_Term_Gen Phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of voltage
derived from VT2 at generator’s terminal.
φv_VT1_&_VT2_Gen Phase angle between same-phase voltage derived from VT1 and
VT2 at generator’s terminal.
φ_V3rdH_Gen Phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of 3rd
harmonics voltage derived from VT1 at generator’s terminal.
φvi_Term_Gen Phase angle between same-phase voltage and current of
Access path in menu is “VALUESà PHASE ANGLEà GEN PHASE ANGLE”.

4.2.7.20 Phase angle of excitation metering
EXC PHASE ANGLE

o
φi_S1_&_S2_Exc: 000 000 000
φipp_S1_Exc: 000 000 000 o
φipp_S2_Exc: 000 000 000 o
Figure 4.2-20 Excitation System metering of generator
Where:
φi_S1_Exc_&_S2_Exc Phase angle between same-phase currents derived from CT at

generator’s terminal and that at generator’s neutral point
φipp_S1_Exc Phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of currents
derived from CT at side 1 of excitation transformer or exciter.
φipp_S2_Exc Phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of currents
derived from CT at side 2 of excitation transformer or exciter.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà PHASE ANGLEà EXC PHASE ANGLE”.
4.3 Signaling
Signals here mean changes of binary inputs. All these signals can be displayed on LCD, locally
printed or sent to automation system of substation via communication channel.

4.3.1 Enabling binary inputs of transformer
TR PROT EBI
EBI_Diff_GTU: 0
EBI_Diff_Tr: 0
EBI_PPF_Tr: 0
EBI_EF_Tr: 0
EBI_REF_Tr: 0
Figure 4.3-1 Enabling binary inputs of transformer protection
Where:
EBI_Diff_GTU Enabling binary input of differential protection of generator-transformer unit.

EBI_Diff_Tr Enable binary input of differential protection of transformer.
EBI_PPF_Tr Enabling binary input of phase-to-phase backup protection of transformer.
EBI_EF_Tr Enabling binary input of earth fault protection of transformer.
EBI_REF_Tr Enabling binary input of restrict earth fault protection of transformer.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU BI STATE à TR PROT EBI” and “VALUESà MON BI
STATE à TR PROT EBI”.
4.3.2 Enabling binary inputs of generator
GEN PROT EBI
EBI_Diff_Gen: 0
EBI_PPF_Gen: 0
EBI_IntTurn_Gen: 0
EBI_ROV_Sta: 0
EBI_V3rdH_Sta: 0
EBI_EF_RotWdg: 0
EBI_Ovld_Sta: 0
EBI_NegOC_Gen: 0
Figure 4.3-2 Enabling binary inputs of generator protection

Where:
EBI_Diff_Gen Enabling binary input of differential protection of generator.

EBI_PPF_Gen Enabling binary input of phase-to-phase backup protection of generator.
EBI_IntTurn_Gen Enabling binary input of interturn protection of generator.
EBI_ROV_Sta Enabling binary input of zero sequence overvoltage protection of stator.
EBI_V3rdH_Sta Enabling binary input of 3rd harmonics voltage protection of generator.
EBI_EF_RotWdg Enabling binary input of earth fault protection of rotor.
EBI_OvLd_Sta Enabling binary input of overload protection of stator.
EBI_NegOC_Gen Enabling binary input of negative overcurrent protection of stator.
EBI_LossExc_Gen Enabling binary input of loss-of-excitation protection of generator.
EBI_OOS_Gen Enabling binary input of out-of-step protection of generator.
EBI_VoltProt_Gen Enabling binary input of over-voltage and under-voltage protection of
generator.
EBI_OvExc_GTU Enabling binary input of over-excitation protection of generator-
transformer unit.
EBI_PwrProt_Gen Enabling binary input of power protection of generator.
EBI_FreqProt_Gen Enabling binary input of over-frequency and under-frequency protection of
generator.
EBI_AccEnerg_Gen Enabling binary input of accidental energization protection of generator.
EBI_StShut_Gen Enabling binary input of startup and shutdown protection of generator.
EBI_Inj_EF_Sta Enabling binary input of injecting voltage protection of stator earth fault.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU BI STATE à GEN PROT EBI” and “VALUESà MON BI
STATE à GEN PROT EBI”.
4.3.3 Enabling binary inputs of excitation and stepdown transformer protection
ET&ST PROT EBI
EBI_Diff_ST1: 0
EBI_Bak_HVS_ST1: 0
EBI_Bak_Br1_ST1: 0
EBI_REF_ST1: 0
EBI_Diff_ST2: 0
EBI_Bak_HVS_ST2: 0
EBI_REF_ST2: 0
Figure 4.3-3 Enabling Binary Input list of excitation and stepdown transformer protection
Where:

EBI_Diff_ST1 Enabling binary input of differential protection of stepdown transformer1.

EBI_Bak_HVS_ST1 Enabling binary input of backup protection of HV side of stepdown
transformer1.
EBI_Bak_Br1_ST1 Enabling binary input of backup protection of branch 1 of LV side of
EBI_REF_ST1 Enabling binary input of REF protection stepdown transformer1.
EBI_Diff_ST2 Enabling binary input of differential protection of stepdown transformer2.
EBI_Bak_HVS_ST2 Enabling binary input of backup protection of HV side of stepdown
transformer2.
EBI_Bak_Br1_ST2 Enabling binary input of backup protection of branch 1 of LV side of
EBI_REF_ST2 Enabling binary input of REF protection stepdown transformer2.
EBI_Diff_Exc Enabling binary input of differential protection of excitation transformer or
exciter.
EBI_Bak_Exc Enabling binary input of backup protection of excitation transformer or
exciter.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU BI STATE à ET&ST PROT EBI” and “VALUESà MON
BI STATE à ET&ST PROT EBI”.
4.3.4 Binary inputs of mechanical protection
Mech RLY EBI
EBI_Trp_MechRly1: 0
EBI_Trp_MechRly2 0
EBI_Trp_MechRly3: 0
EBI_Trp_MechRly4: 0
BI_MechRly1: 0
BI_MechRly2: 0
BI_MechRly3: 0
BI_MechRly4 0
Figure 4.3-4 Binary Inputs of mechanical protection
Where:
EBI_Trp_MechRly x Enabling binary input of mechanical protection to allow mechanical

repeater x to initial tripping.
BI_MechRly x Binary input indicating operation of mechanical repeater x.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU BI STATE à MECH RLY EBI” and “VALUESà MON BI
STATE à MECH RLY EBI”.

4.3.5 Auxiliary binary input
AUX BI
BI_52b_GCB: 0
BI_52b_CB_HVS1_Tr: 0
BI_52b_CB_HVS2_Tr: 0
BI_Valve_Turbine: 0
BI_SyncCondenser: 0
BI_Pwr_Superv: 0
BI_Reserved: 0
Figure 4.3-5 Auxiliary binary input
Where:
BI_52b_GCB Binary input of auxiliary contact of close position of circuit breaker at

BI_52b_CB_HVS1_Tr Binary input of auxiliary contact of close position of circuit breaker at
branch 1 of HV side of transformer.
BI_52b_CB_HVS2_Tr Binary input of auxiliary contact of close position of circuit breaker at
branch 2 of HV side of transformer.
BI_Valve_Turbine Binary input indicating the valve of steam turbine is in close position.
BI_SyncCondenser Binary input indicating the generator is wording in synchronization
condenser condition.
BI_Reserved Reserved binary input.
BI_Pwr_Superv Binary input indicating all binary input circuit is working in good condition.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU BI STATE à AUX BI” and “VALUESà MON BI STATE
à AUX BI”.

4.3.6 Fault detector flag generated internal by MON
MON FD
MON.FD_Diff_Tr/GTU: 0
MON.FD_PPF/EF_Tr: 0
MON.FD_Diff_ST: 0
MON.FD_Bak_ST: 0
MON.FD_Diff_Gen: 0
MON.FD_EF_Sta/RotWdg: 0
MON.FD_OvLd_Sta: 0
MON.FD_PPF_Gen: 0
Figure 4.3-6 Fault detector flag generated internal by MON
Where:
MON.FD_Diff_Tr/GTU Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault

detector of differential protection of transformer or
MON.FD_PPF/EF_Tr Internally generated binary input indicating operation of
phase to phase fault and earth fault protection of transformer.
MON.FD_Diff_ST Internally generated binary input indicating operation of
differential protection of stepdown transformer.
MON.FD_Bak_ST Internally generated binary input indicating operation of
backup protection of stepdown transformer.
MON.FD_Diff_Gen Internally generated binary input indicating operation of
differential protection of generator.
MON.FD_EF_Sta/ RotWdg Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault
detector of earth fault protection of stator or rotor.
MON.FD_OvLd_Sta Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault
detector of overload protection of stator.
MON.FD_PPF_Gen Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault
detector of backup protection of generator.
Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault
MON.FD_Volt/OvExc_GTU
detector of overvoltage or overexciatation protection of
generator transformer unit.
MON.FD_FreqProt_Gen Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault
detector of frequency protection of generator.
MON.FD_LossExc/OOS_Gen Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault
detector of loss-of-excitation or out-of-step protection of

generator.
MON.FD_Pwr/AccEnerg_Gen Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault
detector of power protection or accidental energization
protection of generator.
MON.FD_StShut_Gen Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault
detector of startup and shutdown protection of generator.
MON.FD_Prot_Exc Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault
detector of protections of excitation transformer or exciter.
MON.FD_MechRly Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault
detector of mechanical protection of excitation transformer.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU BI STATE à MON FD” and “VALUESà MON BI STATE
à MON FD”.
4.3.7 Other Binary Inputs
PS SUPERV BI
BI_Pwr_MechRly: 1
BI_Pwr_Opto: 1
BI_RstTarg: 0
BI_Pulse_GPS: 0
BI_Print: 0
Figure 4.3-7 Other binary inputs
Where:
BI_Pwr_Opto Binary input indicating the power supply of optical isolators is in proper
working condition.
Binary input indicating the power supply of all binary input circuit is in proper
BI_Pwr_MechRly
working condition.
BI_RstTarg Binary input of signal reset button.
BI_Pulse_GPS Binary input of GPS clock synchronous pulse.
BI_Print Binary input represents the print button.
Access path in menu is “VALUESà CPU BI STATE à PS SUPERV BI” and “VALUESà MON BI
STATE à PS SUPERV BI”.

4.4 Event & fault records
4.4.1 Introduction
The RCS-985B is equipped with integral measurements, event, fault and disturbance recording
facilities suitable for analysis of complex system disturbances. The relay is flexible enough to allow
for the programming of these facilities to specific user application requirements and is discussed
below.
4.4.2 Event & Fault records

The relay records and time tags up to 32 events and stores them in non-volatile (battery backed up)
memory. This enables the system operator to establish the sequence of events that occurred
within the relay following a particular power system condition, switching sequence etc. When the
available space is exhausted, the oldest event is automatically overwritten by the new one.
The real time clock within the relay provides the time tag to each event, to a resolution of 1ms. The
event records are available for viewing either via the frontplate LCD or remotely, via the
communications ports (courier and MODBUS versions only).
Local viewing on the LCD is achieved in the menu column entitled “REPORT”. This column allows
viewing of event and fault records and is shown by setting sequence No. of the event or fault
report by user. Refer to section 8 for details of operation method.
4.4.3 Type of event

An event may be a change of state of a control input or output relay, an alarm condition and
operation reports of protection etc.
4.4.4 Change of state of binary inputs

If one or more of the opto inputs has changed state since the last time that the protection algorithm
ran, the new status is logged as an event. When this event is selected to be viewed on the LCD,
the applicable cells will become visible as shown below:
Record No. BI CHANG REPORT

Data：xxxx - xx – xx Time：xx : xx : xx : xxx
Binary input name Changing manner
Figure 4.4-1 Format of Event Report

Where “Record NO.” means the sequence No. of the record which is generated by RCS-985B
automatically. “Date: DD-MM-YY” and “Time: HH:MM:SS:xxxxms” commonly comprise the
absolute time tag of the record. “Binary input Name” shows the name of the binary input whose
state changes. “Changing manner” shows how to change of the state of the binary input. For
instance:
No. 011 BI CHANG REPORT

2007 - 01 - 01 15 : 19 : 00 : 003
EBI_Diff_Gen 0 -> 1
Figure 4.4-2 Example of Binary Input Changing Report
All the binary input that may be shown in the menu can be found in section 4.3, here list them
again.
Table 4.4-1 List of binary input of RCS-985B
No. BI name 17. EBI_Diff_ST2

1. EBI_Diff_Gen 18. EBI_Bak_HVS_ST2
2. EBI_IntTurn_Gen 19. EBI_Trp_MechRly1
3. EBI_ROV_Sta 20. EBI_Trp_MechRly2
4. EBI_V3rdH_Sta 21. EBI_Trp_MechRly3
5. EBI_EF_RotWdg 22. EBI_Trp_MechRly4
6. EBI_Reserved 23. EBI_PPF_Gen
7. EBI_OvLd_Sta 24. EBI_Diff_Exc
8. EBI_NegOC_Gen 25. BI_Reserved1
9. EBI_LossExc_Gen 26. BI_SyncCondenser
10. EBI_OOS_Gen 27. BI_Reserved2
11. EBI_VoltProt_Gen 28. BI_Reserved3
12. EBI_OvExc_GTU 29. BI_Pwr_Superv
13. EBI_PwrProt_Gen 30. EBI_Diff_Tr
14. EBI_FreqProt_Gen 31. EBI_PPF_Tr
15. EBI_AccEnerg_Gen 32. EBI_EF_Tr
16. EBI_StShut_Gen 33. EBI_REF_Tr

34. EBI_Diff_GTU 53. BI_52b_CB_HVS2_Tr

35. EBI_Bak_Exc 54. BI_Reserved
36. EBI_Diff_ST1 55. BI_Valve_Turbine
37. EBI_Bak_HVS_ST1 56. MON.FD_Diff_Tr/GTU
38. EBI_Bak_Br1_ST1 57. MON.FD_PPF/EF_Tr
39. EBI_Bak_Br1_ST2 58. MON.FD_Diff_ST
40. EBI_REF_ST1 59. MON.FD_Bak_ST
41. EBI_REF_ST2 60. MON.FD_Diff_Gen
42. BI_Print 61. MON.FD_EF_Sta/RotWdg
43. BI_Pulse_GPS 62. MON.FD_OvLd_Sta
44. BI_RstTarg 63. MON.FD_PPF_Gen
45. BI_Pwr_Opto 64. MON.FD_Volt/OvExc_GTU
46. BI_MechRly1 65. MON.FD_FreqProt_Gen
47. BI_MechRly2 66. MON.FD_LossExc/OOS_Gen
48. BI_MechRly3 67. MON.FD_Pwr/AccEnerg_Gen
49. BI_MechRly4 68. MON.FD_StShut_Gen
50. BI_Pwr_MechRly 69. MON.FD_Prot_Exc
51. BI_52b_GCB 70. MON.FD_MechRly
52. BI_52b_CB_HVS1_Tr
4.4.5 Relay alarm signals
Any alarm signal generated by the relays will also be logged as individual events. The access
method and display format is similar to that of binary input changing record as shown as below.
Record No. ALARM REPORT

Data xxxx - xx – xx Time xx : xx : xx : xxx
ALARM ELEMENT
Figure 4.4-3 Format of alarm report on LCD
The above figure shows the abbreviated description that is given to the various alarm conditions
and also a corresponding value between 0 and 31. This value is appended to each alarm event in
a similar way as for the input events previously described. It is used by the event extraction
software, such as RCSPC, to identify the alarm and is therefore invisible if the event is viewed on

the LCD.
The following table shows all of the alarm elements that may be displayed in this item.
Table 4.4-2 List of alarm elements
No. Alarm name 37. Alm_Decel_OOS_Gen

1. Alm_SwOv_VTS1_Gen 38. Alm_LossExc_Gen
2. Alm_SwOv_VTS2_Gen 39. Alm_OvExc_Gen
3. Alm_BlkV3rdHDiff_VTS1 40. Alm_OvLd_Sta
4. Alm_BlkIntTurn_VTS2 41. Alm_NegOC_Gen
5. Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr 42. Alm_OvLd_RotWdg
6. Alm_VTS1_Term_Gen 43. Alm_ROV_Sta
7. Alm_VTS2_Term_Gen 44. Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta
8. Alm_VTS_NP_Gen 45. Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta
9. Alm_DeltVTS1_Term_Gen 46. Alm_Sens1PEF_RotWdg
10. Alm_DeltVTS2_Term_Gen 47. Alm_1PEF_RotWdg
11. Alm_Pos_GCB 48. Alm_UF1_Gen
12. Alm_Pos_CB_HVS1_Tr 49. Alm_UF2_Gen
13. Alm_Pos_CB_HVS2_Tr 50. Alm_UF3_Gen
14. Alm_VTS_LossExc_RotWdg 51. Alm_OF1_Gen
15. Alm_PM_DSP1_CPUBrd 52. Alm_OF2_Gen
16. Alm_CTS_Term_Gen 53. Alm_RevP_Gen
17. Alm_CTS_NP_Gen 54. Alm_VTS_Term_Gen
18. Alm_CTS_Bak_Gen 55. Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr
19. Alm_CTS_S1_Exc 56. Alm_VTS_Br1_ST1
20. Alm_CTS_S2_Exc 57. Alm_VTS_Br2_ST1
21. Alm_Diff_Gen 58. Alm_VTS_Br1_ST2
22. Alm_Diff_Exc 59. Alm_VTS_Br2_ST2
23. Alm_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen 60. Alm_BO_OC_HVS_ST1
24. Alm_MechRly1 61. Alm_BO_OC_HVS_ST2
25. Alm_MechRly2 62. Alm_OvLd_Tr
26. Alm_MechRly3 63. Alm_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr
27. Alm_MechRly4 64. Alm_OvLd_ST1
28. Alm_PwrLoss_MechRly 65. Alm_InitCool_OvLd_ST1
29. Alm_Inconsist_MechRly 66. Alm_OvLd_ST2
30. Alm_CTS_Diff_Gen 67. Alm_InitCool_OvLd_ST2
31. Alm_CTS_Diff_Exc 68. Alm_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr
32. Alm_BO_OC_Term_Gen 69. Alm_PM_DSP2_CPUBrd
33. Alm_On_2PEF_RotWdg 70. Alm_CTS_HVS1_Tr
34. Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen 71. Alm_CTS_HVS2_Tr
35. Alm_Int_OOS_Gen 72. Alm_CTS_LVS_Tr
36. Alm_Accel_OOS_Gen 73. Alm_CTS_HVS_Tr

74. Alm_CTS_HVS_ST1 94. Alm_InvalidSetting

75. Alm_CTS_Br1_ST1 95. Alm_ModifiedSetting
76. Alm_REF_ST1 96. Alm_PwrLoss_Opto
77. Alm_CTS_HVS_ST2 97. Alm_TrpOutput
78. Alm_CTS_Br1_ST2 98. Alm_InnerComm
79. Alm_REF_ST2 99. Alm_DSP_CPUBrd
80. Alm_Diff_GTU 100. Alm_PersistFD_CPUBrd
81. Alm_Diff_Tr 101. Alm_InconsistFD
82. Alm_Diff_ST1 102. Alm_Sample_CPUBrd
83. Alm_Diff_ST2 103. Alm_BI_CPUBrd
84. Alm_REF_Tr 104. Alm_Reboot_CPUBrd
85. Alm_CTS_Diff_GTU 105. Alm_RAM_MONBrd
86. Alm_CTS_Diff_Tr 106. Alm_ROM_MONBrd
87. Alm_CTS_Diff_ST1 107. Alm_EEPROM_MONBrd
88. Alm_CTS_Diff_ST2 108. Alm_DSP_MONBrd
89. Alm_OvExc_Tr 109. Alm_PersistFD_MONBrd
90. Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr 110. Alm_MONBrd
91. Alm_RAM_CPUBrd 111. Alm_Sample_MONBrd
92. Alm_ROM_CPUBrd 112. Alm_Reboot_MONBrd
93. Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd
4.4.6 Protection element
Any operation of protection elements, (either a pickup or a trip condition) will be logged as an
event record, consisting of a text string indicating the operated element and an event sequence
NO.. Again, this number is intended not only for use by the event extraction software, such as
RCSPC, but also for the user, and is therefore visible when the event is viewed on the LCD. The
below figure shows the format of operation record of protection element.
Record No. TRIP REPORT

Data xxxx - xx – xx Time xx : xx : xx : xxx
OPERATE ELEMENT xxx ms
Figure 4.4-4 Format of trip report

Where:
“Record NO.” means the sequence No. of the record which is generated by RCS-985B
automatically.
“Date: xxxx-xx-xx” and “Time: xx:xx:xx:xxxxms” commonly comprise the absolute time tag of the
record.
“Operation Element” shows the name of the operation element. If there are more than one
elements operating, they will scroll one by one to display on LCD.
“xxx ms” shows the relative time of operation element to fault detector of the relay.
The following table lists all the operation elements that may be displayed on LCD.
Table 4.4-3 List of operation elements
No. Operation element name 28. Op_MechRly3

1. Op_InstDiff_Gen 29. Op_MechRly4
2. Op_PcntDiff_Gen 30. Op_OC1_Gen
3. Op_DPFC_Diff_Gen 31. Op_OC2_Gen
4. Op_GenDiff_StShut_Gen 32. Op_OV1_Gen
5. Op_StaROV_StShut_Gen 33. Op_OV2_Gen
6. Op_InstDiff_Exc 34. Op_UV_Gen
7. Op_PcntDiff_Exc 35. Op_OvExc_Gen
8. Op_OC1_Exc 36. Op_InvOvExc_Gen
9. Op_OC2_Exc 37. Op_UF1_Gen
10. Op_InvOvLd_RotWdg 38. Op_UF2_Gen
11. Op_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen 39. Op_UF3_Gen
12. Op_SensTrvDiff_Gen 40. Op_OF1_Gen
13. Op_UnsensTrvDiff_Gen 41. Op_OF2_Gen
14. Op_SensIntTurn_Gen 42. Op_Z1_Gen
15. Op_UnsensIntTurn_Gen 43. Op_Z2_Gen
16. Op_SensROV_Sta 44. Op_LossExc1_Gen
17. Op_UnsensROV_Sta 45. Op_LossExc2_Gen
18. Op_V3rdHRatio_Sta 46. Op_LossExc3_Gen
19. Op_V3rdHDiff_Sta 47. Op_Ext_OOS_Gen
20. Op_1PEF_RotWdg 48. Op_Int_OOS_Gen
21. Op_2PEF_RotWdg 49. Op_RevP_Gen
22. Op_OvLd_Sta 50. Op_UP_Gen
23. Op_InvOvLd_Sta 51. Op_SeqTrpRevP_Gen
24. Op_NegOC_Gen 52. Op_AccEnerg_Gen
25. Op_InvNegOC_Gen 53. Op_Flash_CB_HVS_Tr
26. Op_MechRly1 54. Op_InstDiff_Tr
27. Op_MechRly2 55. Op_PcntDiff_Tr

56. Op_DPFC_Diff_Tr 87. Op_PcntDiff_ST1

57. Op_TrDiff_StShut_Gen 88. Op_OC1_HVS_ST1
58. Op_OC1_Tr 89. Op_OC2_HVS_ST1
59. Op_OC2_Tr 90. Op_OC1_Br1_ST1
60. Op_InstREF_Tr 91. Op_OC2_Br1_ST1
61. Op_PcntREF_Tr 92. Op_OC1_Br2_ST1
62. Op_ROC11_Tr 93. Op_OC2_Br2_ST1
63. Op_ROC12_Tr 94. Op_InstDiff_ST2
64. Op_ROC21_Tr 95. Op_PcntDiff_ST2
65. Op_ROC22_Tr 96. Op_OC1_HVS_ST2
66. Op_ROV_Tr 97. Op_OC2_HVS_ST2
67. Op_ROC_Gap_Tr 98. Op_OC1_Br1_ST2
68. Op_Z1_Tr 99. Op_OC2_Br1_ST2
69. Op_Z2_Tr 100. Op_OC1_Br2_ST2
70. Op_InstDiff_GTU 101. Op_OC2_Br2_ST2
71. Op_PcntDiff_GTU 102. TrpOutp1
72. Op_OvExc_Tr 103. TrpOutp2
73. Op_InvOvExc_Tr 104. TrpOutp3
74. Op_InstREF_ST1 105. TrpOutp4
75. Op_PcntREF_ST1 106. TrpOutp5
76. Op_InstREF_ST2 107. TrpOutp6
77. Op_PcntREF_ST2 108. TrpOutp7
78. Op_ROC1_Br1_ST1 109. TrpOutp8
85. Op_ROC2_Br2_ST2
86. Op_InstDiff_ST1
4.4.7 Viewing event records via RCSPC support software
What the event records are extracted and viewed on a PC they look slightly different than what
viewed on the LCD. The following figure shows an example of how various events appear when
displayed using RCSPC:

Figure 4.4-5 Trip reports seen by RCSPC
4.5 Disturbance Record

The integral disturbance recorder has an area of memory specifically set aside for record storage.
The number of records that may be stored by the relay is dependent upon the selected recording
duration. The recorder of CPU board can typically store a minimum of 32 records, among them 8
records with instantaneous waveform. The record is composed of tripping element, faulty phase,
operation time and the waveform content is composed of differential currents, corrected current of
each side of generator or transformer, three-phase current of each side, zero sequence current of
each side (if available), three-phase voltages, zero sequence voltage of each side, negative
sequence voltage and tripping pulse.
The MON board can store up to 4 seconds (24 sampling points per cycle) or 8 seconds (12
sampling points per cycle) continual waveform, which including all channels analog quantities
(sampled data, diferential currents and so on), all the binary input changing state, binary output,
pick up flags of fault detectors, alarm signals, operation signals and tripping signals. Disturbance
records continue to be recorded until the available memory is exhausted, at which time the oldest
record(s) are overwritten to make space for the newest one.
It is not possible to view the disturbance records locally via the LCD; they must be extracted using
suitable software such as RCSPC. This process is fully explained in the section 11.6.
The CPU board can also record latest 8 cycles of waveform in normal operation condition, which is
composed of three phases current, corrected current of each side for differential protection, three
phases voltage and zero sequence voltage of each side. This function can help user to check the
pole’s correctness of secondary circuit by comparing the phase of related quantities shown in
wave figure. This manual gives the detail instruction of getting normal operation waveform in
section 8.2.6.

4.6 Time Synchronization

In modern protective schemes it is often desirable to synchronize the relays real time clock so that
events from different relays can be placed in chronological order. This can be done using the
IRIG-B input, if fitted, or via the communication interface connected to the substation control
system. In addition to these methods the RCS-985B range offers the facility to synchronize via an
opto-input. Pulsing this input will result in the real time clock snapping to the nearest minute. The
recommended pulse duration is 20ms to be repeated no more than once per minute. An example
of the time sync. function is shown.
Time of “Sync. Pulse” Corrected Time

19:47:00 to 19:47:29 19:47:00
19:47:30 to 19:47:59 19:48:00
Note:
The above assumes a time format of hh:mm:ss.


Chapter5 Hardware Description
5.1 Hardware overview

The protection’s hardware is based on a modular design whereby the relay is made up of an
assemblage of several modules that are drawn from a standard range. Some modules are
essential while others are optional depending on the user’s requirements.
The case materials of the relay are constructed from pre-finished steel that has a conductive
covering of aluminum and zinc. This provides good earthing at all joints giving a low impedance
path to earth that is essential for performance in the presence of external noise.
The boards and modules use a multi-point earthing strategy to improve the immunity to external
noise and minimize the effect of circuit noise. Ground planes are used on boards to reduce
impedance paths and spring clips are used to ground the module metalwork. Heavy duty terminal
blocks are used at the rear of the relay for the current and voltage signal connections. Medium
duty terminal blocks are used for the digital logic input signals, the output relay contacts, the power
supply and the rear communication port. A BNC connector may be used for the optional IRIG-B
signal. 9-pin female D-connector is used at the front of the relay for data communication.
Inside the protection the PCBs plug into the connector blocks at the rear, and can be removed
from the rear of the relay only. The connector blocks to the relay’s CT inputs are provided with
internal shorting links inside the relay which will automatically short the current generator circuits
before they are broken when the board is removed. The front panel consists of a membrane
keypad with tactile dome keys, an LCD and 5 LEDs mounted on an aluminum face plate.
5.1.1 Front view

RCS-985B is made of 12U height 19” chassis with 21 connectors on its rear. Figure 5.1-1 shows
front view.

Figure 5.1-1 Front view of RCS-985B
Components mounted on its front include a 320×240 dot matrix LCD, a 9 button keypad, 5 LED
indicators, a DB9 connector for communication with HELP-90A or PC.
The five LED indicators are, from top to bottom:
HEALTHY Equipment running normally;

VT ALARM Voltage circuit failure ;
CT ALARM Current circuit failure;
ALARM Abnormal;
TRIP Tripping output;
As to the buttons of the keypad, “ENT” is “enter”, “GRP” is “setting group selector” and “ESC” is
“escape”.

5.1.2 Rear view
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
1A 1A 1B 1B
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
2A 2A 2B 2B
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
3A 3A 3B 3B
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
4A 4A 4B 4B
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
5A 5A 5B 5B
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
6B 6B
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
7B 7B
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
8B 8B
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 17
9B 9B 9C
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 17
10B 10B 10C

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17
17 17
11B 11C
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17
17 17
12B 12C
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
Figure 5.1-2 Rear view of RCS-985B

5.1.3 Functional block diagram of RCS-985B

5.1.3.1 Functional block diagram of RCS-985B
opto- binary
AC curren t D SP1 status
and voltag e
LP F A /D D SP2 coupler input
CPLD
output
MMI C PU 1 relay
LC D
C PU m odule
M M I-C PU QDJ
com m ports and
port to printer
E+
MMI
D SP3 opto- bin ary
LPF A /D coup ler status
D SP4 inp ut
DC 220 V
＋5 V
or 110 V
CPLD
DC/DC
± 12 V
＋ 24 V
MMI C PU 2
± 24 V to
optic-coupler m a nagem en t m odule
co m m po rts and
p ort to printer
Figure 5.1-3 Functional block diagram of RCS-985B
5.1.3.2 Brief description of operation
The equipment RCS-985B uses Motorola 32 bits monolithic microprocessor MC68332 as control
kernel for output logic and management functions, and high-speed digital signal processor DSP
for protection calculation. Sampling rate of the equipment is 24 points per cycle. Real time data are
processed parallel for all algorithms during whole process of fault. So the equipment can ensure
very high inherent reliability and security.
AC currents and voltages of CT and VT are transferred to low voltage signals by isolating
transformers and are inputted to CPU module and MON module. Data and logic are processed
respectively in these two modules with same hardware. The CPU module carries out functions of
protection algorithms, tripping logic, event record and printing. The MON module comprises
general fault detector and fault recorder. The fault detector will connect positive pole of power
supply of output relays after pickup. Format of the record is compatible with COMTRADE, and the
data recorded can be uploaded via separate serial port for communication or printing.
Power supply part is located in DC module. It converts DC 250/220/125/110 V into different DC

voltage levels needed by various modules of the equipment. DC module also comprises 24V and
250/220/125/110V opto-couplers for binary inputs.
AC current and voltage are converted to low voltage signals in modules AC1, AC2, AC3 and AC4.
Two ratings of AC current are option, 1A or 5A. It shall be stated definitely during ordering and
checked during commissioning.
Binary output of tripping commands, tripping signal output and status binary input parts are

comprised in five modules: SIG1, SIG2, SIG3, SIG4 and RLY. 24V and 250/220/125/110V
opto-couplers are used here for binary input.
Briefly, the equipment is composed of twelve modules to achieve the work of generator or
generator-transformer unit protection. The modules are AC voltage and current input
module1(AC1), AC current input modules(AC2, AC3 and AC4), management/record
module(MON)、protection CPU module(CPU), power supply module(DC), signal modules(SIG1,
SIG2, SIG3 and SIG4), tripping contacts output(RLY) and human machine interface(HMI).
The relay hardware is based on a modular design whereby the relay is made up of an assemblage
of several modules.
5.2 Standard connectors and terminals
5.2.1 General description

There are 21 connectors for external connections mounted on rear panel of the equipment as
shown in Figure 5.1-2, of which, 15 connectors are 30 pins while 6 connectors are 18 pins.
Connectors with 30 pins are used for DC power supply, binary input, communication and printer,
tripping, alarm and other signal output and AC voltage input. Numbers of these connectors are 1A,
1B, 2A, 2B, 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B, 5B, 6B, 7B, 8B, 9B and 10B. Figure 5.2-1 a) shows layout of 30 pins of
these connectors.
Connectors with 18 pins are used for AC voltage input and current input. Numbers of these
connectors are 9C, 10C, 11B, 11C, 12B and 12C. Figure 5.2-1 b) shows layout of pins of these
connectors.
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
a) connector with 30 pins b) connector with 18 pins
Figure 5.2-1 Layout of pins of two kinds of connectors
Each connector will be introduced in detail in the following sections.
5.2.2 Pins definition of ‘1A’ connectors.
Connector 1A: 30 pins male connector for tripping output
Attention:
For showing the relation of each terminal clearly, the terminal’s location shown in the figure may
be different from the real physical location, and we needn’t figure out the blank terminals.

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
Figure 5.2-2 Connector 1A of RCS-985B
1A1,1A30 blank
Binary output of tripping:
1A3-1A5 BO_TrpOutp1-1 tripping output channel 1-1
5.2.3 Pins definition of ‘1B’ connectors
Connector 1B: 30 pins male connector for tripping output
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
Figure 5.2-3 Connector 1B of RCS-985B
Binary output of tripping:

1B1-1B3 BO_TrpOutp2-4 tripping output channel 2-4


1B21 -1B23 BO_TrpOutp8-1 tripping output channel 8-1
5.2.4 Pins definition of ‘2A’ connectors
Connector 2A: 30 pins male connector for signal output
Binary output of local signal:

2A1 common terminal 1 common terminal 1
2A1-2A7 BO_Diff_Gen local signal: generator differential protection tripping
2A1-2A13 BO_EF_Sta local signal: stator earth fault protection tripping
2A1-2A19 BO_OvLd_Sta local signal: stator overload protection tripping
2A1-2A25 BO_LossExc local signal: generator loss-of-excitation protection tripping
2A2 common terminal 2 common terminal 2
2A2-2A8 BO_Diff_GTU Local signal: generator-transformer unit differential
protection tripping
2A2-2A14 BO_Diff_Tr Local signal: transformer differential protection tripping
2A2-2A20 BO_PPF_Tr Local signal: phase to phase fault protection of transformer

tripping
2A2-2A26 BO_EF_Tr Local signal: earth fault protection of transformer tripping
Binary output of remote signal:
2A3 common terminal 1 Remote signal: common terminal 1
2A3-2A9 BO_Diff_Gen; Remote signal: generator differential protection tripping
2A3-2A15 BO_EF_Sta Remote signal: stator earth fault protection tripping
2A3-2A21 BO_OvLd_Sta Remote signal: stator overload protection tripping
2A3-2A27 BO_LossExc Remote signal: generator loss-of-excitation protection
tripping
2A4-2A10 BO_Diff_GTU Remote signal: generator-transformer unit differential
protection tripping
2A4-2A16 BO_Diff_Tr Remote signal: transformer differential protection tripping
2A4-2A22 BO_PPF_Tr Remote signal: phase to phase fault protection of
transformer tripping
2A4-2A28 BO_EF_Tr Remote signal: earth fault protection of transformer tripping
Binary output of event record:
2A5 common terminal 1 Event record: common terminal 1
2A5-2A11 BO_Diff_Gen Event signal: generator differential protection tripping
2A5-2A17 BO_EF_Sta Event signal: stator earth fault protection tripping
2A5-2A23 BO_OvLd_Sta Event signal: stator overload protection tripping
2A5-2A29 BO_LossExc Event signal: generator loss-of-excitation protection tripping
2A6 common terminal 2 Event signal: common terminal 2
2A6-2A12 BO_Diff_GTU Event signal: generator-transformer unit differential
protection tripping
2A6-2A18 BO_Diff_Tr Event signal: transformer differential protection tripping
2A6-2A24 BO_PPF_Tr Event signal: phase to phase fault protection of transformer
tripping
2A6-2A30 BO_EF_Tr Event signal: earth fault protection of transformer tripping
Connector 2B: 30 pins male connector for signal output
2A1 1 7 13 19 25 2A3 3 9 15 21 27 2A5 5 11 17 23 29
2A2 2 8 14 2A4 4 10 16 2A6 6 12 18 20 22 24 26 28 30


2A1-2B1 BO_Diff_Exc Local signal: excitation differential protection tripping
2A1-2B7 BO_VoltProt_Gen Local signal: generator voltage protection tripping
2A1-2B13 BO_PwrProt_Gen Local signal: generator power protection tripping
2A1-2B19 BO_StShut_Gen Local signal: generator startup and shutoff protection
tripping
2A1-2B25 BO_AccEnerg_Gen Local signal: generator accidental energization protection
tripping
2A2-2B2 BO_REF_Tr Local signal: restrict earth fault protection of main
2A2-2B8 BO_MechRly Local signal: mechanical protection tripping
2A2-2B14 BO_Diff_ST2 Local signal: differential protection tripping of stepdown
transformer2
2A3-2B3 BO_Diff_Exc Remote signal: excitation differential protection tripping
2A3-2B9 BO_VoltProt_Gen Remote signal: generator voltage protection tripping
2A3-2B15 BO_PwrProt_Gen Remote signal: generator power protection tripping
2A3-2B21 BO_StShut_Gen Remote signal: generator startup and shutoff protection
tripping
2A3-2B27 BO_AccEnerg_Gen Remote signal: generator accidental energization
protection tripping
2A4-2B4 BO_REF_Tr Remote signal: restrict earth fault protection of main
2A4-2B10 BO_MechRly Remote signal: mechanical protection tripping
2A4-2B16 BO_Diff_ST2 Remote signal: differential protection tripping of stepdown
transformer2
2A5-2B5 BO_Diff_Exc Event record: excitation differential protection tripping
2A5-2B11 BO_VoltProt_Gen Event record: generator voltage protection tripping
2A5-2B17 BO_PwrProt_Gen Event record: generator power protection tripping
2A5-2B23 BO_StShut_Gen Event record: generator startup and shutoff protection
tripping
2A5-2B29 BO_AccEnerg_Gen Event record: generator accidental energization protection
tripping
2A6-2B6 BO_REF_Tr Event record: restrict earth fault protection of main
2A6-2B12 BO_MechRly Event record: mechanical protection tripping
2A6-2B18 BO_Diff_ST2 Event record: differential protection tripping of stepdown
transformer2
Other binary output
2B20-2B22 Reserved Reserved

2B24-2B26 BO_TrpOutp13-1 Tripping output channel 13-1

2B28-2B30 BO_TrpOutp13-2 Tripping output channel 13-2
Connector 3A: 30 pins male connector for signal output

3A1 common terminal 1 Local signal: common terminal 1
3A1-3A7 BO_IntTurn_Gen Local signal: generator interturn fault protection tripping
3A1-3A13 BO_EF_RotWdg Local signal: rotor earth fault protection tripping
3A1-3A19 BO_NegOC_Gen Local signal: generator negative sequence overload
protection tripping
3A1-3A25 BO_OSS_Gen Local signal: generator out-of-step protection tripping
3A2 common terminal 2 Local signal: common terminal 2
3A2-3A8 BO_Diff_ST1 Local signal: Stepdown transformer1 differential
protection tripping
3A2-3A14 BO_Bak_HVS_ST1 Local signal: HV side of stepdown transformer backup
protection tripping
3A2-3A20 BO_Bak_Br1_ST1 Local signal: branch1 of LV side of stepdown
transformer1 backup protection tripping
3A2-3A26 BO_Bak_Br1_ST2 Local signal—branch1 of LV side of stepdown
3A3-3A9 BO_IntTurn_Gen Remote signal: generator interturn fault protection tripping
3A3-3A15 BO_EF_RotWdg Remote signal: rotor earth fault protection tripping
3A3-3A21 BO_NegOC_Gen Remote signal: generator negative sequence overload
protection tripping
3A3-3A27 BO_OSS_Gen Remote signal: generator out-of-step protection tripping

3A4-3A10 BO_Diff_ST1 Remote signal: Stepdown transformer1 differential

protection tripping
3A4-3A16 BO_Bak_HVS_ST1 Remote signal: HV side of stepdown transformer backup
protection tripping
3A4-3A22 BO_Bak_Br1_ST1 Remote signal: branch1 of LV side of stepdown
3A4-3A28 BO_Bak_Br1_ST2 Remote signal—branch1 of LV side of stepdown
3A5-3A11 BO_IntTurn_Gen Event record: generator interturn fault protection tripping
3A5-3A17 BO_EF_RotWdg Event record: rotor earth fault protection tripping
3A5-3A23 BO_NegOC_Gen Event record: generator negative sequence overload
protection tripping
3A5-3A29 BO_OSS_Gen Event record: generator out-of-step protection tripping
3A6-3A12 BO_Diff_ST1 Event record: Stepdown transformer1 differential
protection tripping
3A6-3A18 BO_Bak_HVS_ST1 Event record: HV side of stepdown transformer1 backup
protection tripping
3A6-3A24 BO_Bak_Br1_ST1 Event record: branch1 of LV side of stepdown
3A6-3A30 BO_Bak_Br1_ST2 Event record: branch1 of LV side of stepdown
Connector 3B: 30 pins male connector for signal output

3A1-3B1 BO_Bak_Br2_ST2 Local signal—branch2 of LV side of stepdown

3A1-3B7 BO_OvExc_Gen Local signal: generator over excitation protection

tripping
3A1-3B13 Op_SeqTrpRevP_Gen Local signal: generator sequence reverse power
protection tripping
3A1-3B19 BO_PPF_Gen Local signal: generator phase to phase backup
protection tripping
3A1-3B25 BO_FreqProt_Gen Local signal: generator frequency protection tripping
3A2-3B2 BO_Bak_Br2_ST1 Local signal:branch2 of LV side of stepdown
3A2-3B8 BO_Bak_Exc Local signal: excitation backup protection tripping
3A2-3B14 BO_Bak_HVS_ST2 Local signal: HV side of stepdown transformer2 backup
protection tripping
3A3-3B3 BO_Bak_Br2_ST2 Remote signal: branch2 of LV side of stepdown
3A3-3B9 BO_OvExc_Gen Remote signal: generator over excitation protection
tripping
3A3-3B15 Op_SeqTrpRevP_Gen Remote signal: generator sequence reverse power
protection tripping
3A3-3B21 BO_PPF_Gen Remote signal: generator phase to phase backup
protection tripping
3A3-3B27 BO_FreqProt_Gen Remote signal: generator frequency protection tripping
3A4-3B4 BO_Bak_Br2_ST1 Remote signal: branch2 of LV side of stepdown
3A4-3B10 BO_Bak_Exc Remote signal: excitation backup protection tripping
3A4-3B16 BO_Bak_HVS_ST2 Remote signal: HV side of stepdown transformer2
backup protection tripping
3A5-3B5 BO_Bak_Br2_ST2 Event record: branch2 of LV side of stepdown
3A5-3B11 BO_OvExc_Gen Event record: generator over excitation protection
tripping
3A5-3B17 Op_SeqTrpRevP_Gen Event record: generator sequence reverse power
protection tripping
3A5-3B23 BO_PPF_Gen Event record: generator phase to phase backup
protection tripping
3A5-3B29 BO_FreqProt_Gen Event record: generator frequency protection tripping
3A6-3B6 BO_Bak_Br2_ST1 Event record: branch2 of LV side of stepdown
3A6-3B12 BO_Bak_Exc Event record: excitation backup protection tripping
3A6-3B18 BO_Bak_HVS_ST2 Event record: HV side of stepdown transformer2
backup protection tripping

Other binary output

3B20-3B22 BO_Alm_InitCool_ST2 Binary output of initial cooling of stepdown
transformer2.
3B24-3B26 TripOutp14-1 Tripping output channel 14-1
3B28-3B30 TripOutp14-2 Tripping output channel 14-2
Connector 4A: 30 pins male connector for signal and alarm output.

4A1 Common terminal Common terminal
4A1-4A3 BO_FAIL Equipment being blocked
4A1-4A5 BO_Alm_Abnor Equipment alarm
4A1-4A7 BO_Alm_CTS CT circuit failure alarm
4A1-4A9 BO_Alm_VTS VT circuit failure alarm
4A1-4A11 BO_Alm_OvLd Overload alarm
4A1-4A13 BO_Alm_NegOC Negative sequence overcurrent alarm
4A1-4A15 BO_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg Excitation overload alarm
4A1-4A17 BO_Alm_EF_Sta Stator earth fault alarm
4A1-4A19 BO_Alm_1PEF_Gen 1 point earth fault of rotor alarm
4A1-4A21 BO_Alm_LossExc_Gen Loss-of-excitation alarm
4A1-4A23 BO_Alm_OOS_Gen Out-of-step alarm
4A1-4A25 BO_Alm_FreqProt_Gen Under frequency alarm
4A1-4A27 BO_Alm_PwrProt_Gen Reverse power alarm
4A1-4A29 BO_Alm_OvExc_Gen Overexcitation alarm
4A2 Common terminal Common terminal
4A2-4A4 BO_FAIL Equipment being blocked
4A2-4A6 BO_Alm_Abnor Equipment alarm
4A2-4A8 BO_Alm_CTS CT circuit failure alarm

4A2-4A10 BO_Alm_VTS VT circuit failure alarm

4A2-4A12 BO_Alm_OvLd Overload alarm
4A2-4A14 BO_Alm_NegOC Negative sequence overcurrent alarm
4A2-4A16 BO_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg Excitation overload alarm
4A2-4A18 BO_Alm_EF_Sta Stator earth fault alarm
4A2-4A20 BO_Alm_1PEF_Gen 1 point earth fault of rotor alarm
4A2-4A22 BO_Alm_LossExc_Gen Loss-of-excitation alarm
4A2-4A24 BO_Alm_OOS_Gen Out-of-step alarm
4A2-4A26 BO_Alm_FreqProt_Gen Under frequency alarm
4A2-4A28 BO_Alm_PwrProt_Gen Reverse power alarm
4A2-4A30 BO_Alm_OvExc_Gen Overexcitation alarm
Connector 4B: 30 pins male connector for alarm and other output
4B2 blank blank

Binary output of abnormality contact:
4B1-4B3 BO_Alm_BlkOLTC1_Tr Normal open contact 1 indicating operation of
overcurrent element of main transformer protection
for blocking OLTC (On-Load Tap Changing)
4B5-4B7 BO_Alm_BlkOLTC2_Tr Normal closed contact 2 indicating operation of
overcurrent element of main transformer protection
for blocking OLTC (On-Load Tap Changing)
4B9-4B11 BO_Alm_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr Normal open contact 1 indicating operation of
stage 1 of initial cooling of main transformer.
4B13-B15 BO_Alm_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr Normal open contact 2 indicating operation of
stage 1 of initial cooling of main transformer.
4B17-4B19 BO_Alm_InitCool1_OvLd_ST1 Normal open contact 1 indicating operation of initial
cooling of stepdown transformer1.
4B21-4B23 Normal open contact 2 indicating operation of initial
BO_Alm_InitCool2_OvLd_ST1
cooling of stepdown transformer1.
4B25-4B27 Reserved Reserved

Binary output of event record signal:

4B2 blank blank
4B4 common terminal SOE of event: common terminal
4B4-4B6 BO_Alm_CTS CT circuit failure alarm
4B4-4B8 BO_Alm_VTS VT circuit failure alarm
4B4-4B10 BO_Alm_OvLd Overload alarm
4B4-4B12 BO_Alm_NegOC Negative sequence overload alarm
4B4-4B14 BO_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg Excitation overload alarm
4B4-4B16 BO_Alm_EF_Sta Stator earth fault alarm
4B4-4B18 BO_Alm_1PEF_Gen 1 point earth fault of rotor alarm
4B4-4B20 BO_Alm_LossExc_Gen Loss-of-excitation alarm
4B4-4B22 BO_Alm_OOS_Gen Out-of-step alarm
4B4-4B24 BO_Alm_FreqProt_Gen frequency protection alarm
4B4-4B26 BO_FAIL Equipment being blocked
4B4-4B28 BO_Alm_Abnor Equipment alarm
4B4-4B29 BO_Alm_PwrProt_Gen Reverse power alarm
4B4-4B30 BO_Alm_OvExc_Gen Overexcitation alarm
Connector 5A: 30 pins male connector for status input (via 220V/250V or 110V/125V opto-coupler)
Binary output of remote signal of mechanical repeaters:

5A1 common terminal
5A1-5A3 BO_MechRly3-1
Binary output of event record of mechanical repeaters:
5A2 common terminal

Binary output of local signal of mechanical repeaters:
5A11 common terminal
5A11-5A14 BI_Pwr_MechRly
Binary input (via 220V or 110V opto-coupler) :
5A17 BI_MechRly3 Binary input of external mechanical repeater3
Binary input of auxiliary contact(via 220V or 110V opto-coupler)
5A21 BO_Pwr_Superv Monitoring auxiliary output contact of power supply of
mechanical protection
5A22 BI_52b_GCB Auxiliary contact of generator breaker
5A23 BI_52b_CB_HVS1_Tr Auxiliary contact of breaker A at HV side of main
transformer
5A24 BI_52b_CB_HVS2_Tr Auxiliary contact of breaker B at HV side of main
transformer
5A25 BI_Reserved
5A26 BI_Valve_Turbine Auxiliary contact of valve of steam turbine
5A27 + Positive pole of mechanical repeaters’ power supply.
5A28 Blank
5A29 - Negative pole of mechanical repeaters’ power supply.
5A30 Blank
Connector 5B: 30 pins male connector for binary input

5B30 negative pole of DC 24V for 24 V opto-coupler

5B29 positive pole of DC 24V for 24 V opto-couple
Binary input (via 24 V opto-coupler):
5B1 Blank
5B2 Blank
5B3 EBI_Diff_Gen Enabling binary input of generator differential protection
5B4 EBI_IntTurn_Gen Enabling binary input of generator interturn protection
5B5 EBI_ROV_Sta Enabling binary input of zero sequence overvoltage stator earth
fault protection
5B6 EBI_V3rd_Sta Enabling binary input of 3rd harmonics voltage stator earth fault
protection
5B7 EBI_EF_RotWdg Enabling binary input of rotor earth fault protection
5B8 EBI_Reserved
5B9 EBI_OvLd_Sta Enabling binary input of overload protection of stator
5B10 EBI_NegOC_Gen Enabling binary input of stator negative sequence overcurrent
protection
5B11 EBI_LossExc_Gen Enabling binary input of generator loss-of-excitation protection
5B12 EBI_OOS_Gen Enabling binary input of generator out-of-step protection
5B13 EBI_VoltProt_Gen Enabling binary input of generator overvoltage protection
5B14 EBI_OvExc_Gen Enabling binary input of generator overexcitation protection
5B15 EBI_PwrProt_Gen Enabling binary input of generator reverse power protection
5B16 EBI_FreqProt_Gen Enabling binary input of generator frequency protection
5B17 EBI_AccEnerg_Gen Enabling binary input of generator accidental energization
protection
5B18 EBI_StShut_Gen Enabling binary input of generator startup and shutdown protection
5B19 EBI_Diff_ST2 Enabling binary input of stepdown transformer2 differential
protection
5B20 EBI_Bak_ST2 Enabling binary input of ST2 backup protection

5B21 EBI_Trp_MechRly3 Enabling binary input of external mechanical repeater 3 for tripping
5B25 EBI_PPF_Gen Enabling binary input of generator backup protection
5B26 EBI_Diff_Exc Enabling binary input of excitation transformer or excitor differential
protection
5B27 Blank
5B28 Blank
Connector 6B: 30 pins male connector for status input
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
24V
DC/DC
0V
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
6B27 negative pole of DC power supply for optical couplers

6B25 positive pole of DC power supply for optical couplers
6B16 negative pole of DC 24V for 24 V opto-coupler
6B17 positive pole of DC 24V for 24 V opto-couple
Binary input (via 24 V opto-coupler):
6B1 EBI_Diff_Tr Enabling binary input of differential protection of main transformer
6B2 EBI_PPF_Tr Enabling binary input of phase to phase backup protection of
main transformer
6B3 EBI_EF_Tr Enabling binary input of earth fault protection of main transformer
6B4 EBI_REF_Tr Enabling binary input of restrict earth fault protection of main
transformer
6B5 EBI_Diff_GTU Enabling binary input of differential protection of
generator-transformer unit protection
6B6 EBI_Bak_Exc Enabling binary input of backup protection of excitation
transformer or excitor
6B7 EBI_Diff_ST1 Enabling binary input of differential protection of stepdown
transformer1
6B8 EBI_Bak_HVS_ST1 Enabling binary input of backup protection of HV side of

stepdown transformer1
6B9 EBI_Bak_Br1 _ST1 Enabling binary input of backup protection of Branch 1 of LV side
of stepdown transformer
6B10 EBI_Bak_Br1_ST2 Enabling binary input of backup protection of Branch 1 of LV side
of stepdown transformer2
6B13 BI_Print Binary input of print button
6B14 BI_Pulse_GPS Binary input of clock synchronization pulse
6B15 BI_ResetTarget Binary input of signal reset button
6B18 Blank
6B19 BI_Reserved
6B20 BI_SyncCondenser Binary input indicating the synchronize condenser generator is
put into operation
6B21 Reserved BI
6B22 Reserved BI
6B23 BI_Pwr_Opto Binary input used for monitoring the power supply of all the BIs
6B24 Blank
6B26 Blank
6B28 Blank
6B29 Earth
6B30 Earth
5.2.13 Pins definition of ‘7B’, ‘8B’ connectors
Connector 7B, 8B: 30 pins male connector for communication and printing.
Note:
The definitions of connector 7B and connector 8B are same.
Figure 5.2-13 Connectors 7B, 8B of RCS-985B

7B1/8B1 clock synchronizing pulse input, RS-485 A

7B3/8B3 clock synchronizing pulse input, RS-485 B
7B5/8B5 conmmunication RS-485 port1 A
7B7/8B7 conmmunication RS-485 port1 B
7B9/8B9 conmmunication RS-485 port2 A
7B11/8B11 conmmunication RS-485 port2 B
7B21/8B21 printer RS232 port, Tx
7B23/8B23 printer RS232 port, Rx
7B27/8B27 ground of communication port
7B30/8B30 ground of chassis
Connector 9B: 30 pins for voltage input
9B1, 9B26, Blank

9B28, 9B30
9B3 Zero sequence voltage of TV 1 at generator (polarity mark)
9B5 Zero sequence voltage of TV 1 at generator
9B7 Zero sequence voltage at neutral point of generator (polarity mark)
9B9 Zero sequence voltage at neutral point of generator
9B11 Zero sequence voltage of TV 2 at generator (polarity mark)
9B13 Zero sequence voltage of TV 2 at generator
9B23 Zero sequence voltage of main transformer (polarity mark)
9B25 Zero sequence voltage of main transformer
9B2 Phase A voltage of TV 1 at generator’s terminal
9B4 Phase B voltage of TV 1 at generator’s terminal
9B6 Phase C voltage of TV 1 at generator’s terminal

9B8 Neutral point voltage of TV1 at generator’s terminal

9B10 Phase A voltage of TV 2 at generator’s terminal
9B12 Phase B voltage of TV 2 at generator’s terminal
9B14 Phase C voltage of TV 2 at generator’s terminal
9B16 Neutral point voltage of TV 2 at generator’s terminal
9B18 Phase A voltage at HV side of main transformer
9B20 Phase B voltage at HV side of main transformer
9B22 Phase C voltage at HV side of main transformer
9B24 Neutral point voltage at HV side of main transformer
5.2.15 Pins definition of ‘9C’ connectors
Connector 9B: 18 pins for current input
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
IAN IA I BN IB I CN IC I AN IA I BN IB I CN IC
I 0 NL I0L I0NL I0L I 0NL I0 L
13 14 15 16 17 18
Figure 5.2-15 Connector 9C of RCS-985B
9C1 IA’ , phase A of three-phase current input---channel 13

9C2 IA , phase A of three-phase current input---channel 13 (polarity mark)
9C3 IB’ , phase B of three-phase current input---channel 13
9C4 IB , phase B of three-phase current input---channel 13 (polarity mark)
9C5 IC’ , phase C of three-phase current input---channel 13
9C6 IC , phase C of three-phase current input---channel 13 (polarity mark)
9C13 3I0’, Zero sequence current---channel 5
9C14 3I0’, Zero sequence current---channel 5 (polarity mark)


9C16 3I0’, Zero sequence current---channel 6(polarity mark)
9C18 3I0’, Zero sequence current---channel 7(polarity mark)
Connector 10B: 30 pins for voltage input
1 2 5 6 9 10 13 14 17 18 21 22 25 26 29 30
UAUB UA UB UB UC UB UC UB UC
UB UC UA UB UA UB
3 4 7 8 11 12 15 16 19 20 23 24 27 28
10B1 UA , phase A voltage from branch 1 of LV side VT of stepdown transformer1

10B2 UB , phase B voltage from branch 1 of LV side VT of stepdown transformer1
10B4 UC , phase C voltage from branch 1 of LV side VT of stepdown transformer1
10B7-8 Reserved
10B15-18 Reserved

10B23-30 Reserved
Connector 10C: 18 pins for voltage and current input
20KΩ
I 04 N I 04
Terminal Name Function

10C1 I04N Zero sequence current input---channel 4
10C2 I04
10C3 UR+2 DC voltage input of rotor
10C5 UR-2
10C7 IR+ DC current input of rotor
10C9 IR-
10C11 Test terminal DC voltage input for rotor earth fault protection
10C13 UR+
10C15 Axis of rotor
10C17 UR-
others Reserved
I AN IA I BN IB I CN IC I AN IA I BN IB ICN IC
I AN IA I BN IB I CN IC

11B1 IA’ , phase A of three-phase current input---channel 7

11B2 IA , phase A of three-phase current input---channel 7 (polarity mark)
11B3 IB’ , phase B of three-phase current input---channel 7
11B4 IB , phase B of three-phase current input---channel 7 (polarity mark)
11B5 IC’ , phase C of three-phase current input---channel 7
11B6 IC , phase C of three-phase current input---channel 7 (polarity mark)
11B16 IB , phase B of three-phase current input---channel 9(polarity mark)
Connector 11C: 18 pins for current input
I AN IA I BN IB ICN IC I AN IA I BN IB ICN IC
I AN IA I BN IB ICN IC



11C16 IB , phase B of three-phase current input---channel 12(polarity mark)
I AN IA I BN IB I CN IC I AN IA I BN IB ICN IC
I AN IA I BN IB ICN IC



12B16 IB , phase B of three-phase current input---channel 3(polarity mark)
Connector 12C: 18 pins for current input
I AN IA I BN IB IC N IC I AN IA I BN IB IC N IC
I 0 NL I0L I 0 NL I0L I 0 NL I0L

12C13 3I0’ , zero sequence current input---channel 1
12C14 3I0’ , zero sequence current input---channel 1(polarity mark)


5.3 Output
5.3.1 Tripping outputs
The equipment provides 14 groups of tripping relays with 33 pairs of contacts totally as shown in
following figure. These tripping relays can be configured by tripping output logic setting, and
practical and flexible tripping modes can be provided by each protective function then. Tripping
output logic setting is a specific setting of each certain protective function. Please refer to Chapter
7 for details of setting.
Figure 5.3-1 List of tripping outputs
The tripping output logic setting is a 4 digits hexadecimal number or a 16 bits binary number.
Every bit corresponds to a circuit breaker. The breaker will be tripped if the corresponding bit is set
as “1” and not tripped if the bit is set as “0”.

Table 5.3-1 Tripping logic and contacts of output relays
No Bit No. Tripping group No. Quantity of tripping contacts

1 Bit 0 Tripping function enabled
2 Bit 1 TrpOutp1: group 1 of tripping output 4
Note:
Outputs of TrpOutp1, 2, 5, 6 are instantaneous contacts, which can be used to trip CB or initial
failure of CB. While other outputs are expand 100ms after contacts operate.
5.3.2 Signaling outputs
The equipment provides 36 signals and each signal consists of 1 magnetic latching contact (for
local signals) and 2 wiper-type contacts (for SOE and remote signals). See the figure below.
(a) Group 1

(b) Group 2
(c) Group 3
(d) Group 4
Figure 5.3-2 List of signaling outputs

5.3.3 Alarming outputs
Local signal Remote signal Event record

4A01 4A02 4B04
BO_FAIL BO_FAIL BO_FAIL
4A03 4A04 4B26
BO_Alm_Abnor BO_Alm_Abnor BO_Alm_Abnor
4A05 4A06 4B28
BO_Alm_CTS BO_Alm_CTS BO_Alm_CTS
4A07 4A08 4B06
BO_Alm_VTS BO_Alm_VTS BO_Alm_VTS
4A09 4A10 4B08
BO_Alm_OvLd BO_Alm_OvLd BO_Alm_OvLd
4A11 4A12 4B10
BO_Alm_NegOC BO_Alm_NegOC BO_Alm_NegOC
4A13 4A14 4B12
BO_Alm_OvLD_RotWdg BO_Alm_OvLD_RotWdg BO_Alm_OvLD_RotWdg
4A15 4A16 4B14
BO_Alm_EF_Sta BO_Alm_EF_Sta BO_Alm_EF_Sta
4A17 4A18 4B16
BO_Alm_1PEF_Gen BO_Alm_1PEF_Gen BO_Alm_1PEF_Gen
4A19 4A20 4B18
BO_Alm_LossEXC_Gen BO_Alm_LossEXC_Gen BO_Alm_LossEXC_Gen
4A21 4A22 4B20
BO_Alm_OOS_Gen BO_Alm_OOS_Gen BO_Alm_OOS_Gen
4A23 4A24 4B22
BO_Alm_FreqProt_Gen BO_Alm_FreqProt_Gen BO_Alm_FreqProt_Gen
4A25 4A26 4B24
BO_Alm_PwrProt_Gen BO_Alm_PwrProt_Gen BO_Alm_PwrProt_Gen
4A27 4A28 4B29
BO_Alm_OvExc_Gen BO_Alm_OvExc_Gen BO_Alm_OvExc_Gen
4A29 4A30 4B30
Figure 5.3-3 List of alarming outputs
5.3.4 Other outputs
Figure 5.3-4 List of other outputs

Chapter6 Software Overview
6.1 Software Overview

The software for the relay can be conceptually split into three elements: the system services
software, the platform software and the protection and control software. These three elements are
not distinguishable to the user, and are all processed by the same processor board. The
distinction between the three parts of the software is made purely for the purpose of explanation
here:
Figure 6.1-1 Software structure of RCS-985B
6.2 System services software

As shown in Figure 6.1-1, the system services software provides the interface between the relay’s
hardware and the higher-level functionality of the platform software and the protection & control
software. For example, the system services software provides drivers for items such as the LCD
display, the keypad and the remote communication ports, and controls the boot of the processor
and downloading of the processor code into SRAM from flash EPROM at power up.

6.3 Platform software

The platform software has three main functions:
 o control the logging of records that are generated by the protection software, including alarms
T
and event, fault, and maintenance records.
To store and maintain a database of all of the relay’s settings in non-volatile memory.
 o provide the internal interface between the settings database and each of the relay’s user
T
interfaces, i.e. the front panel interface and the front and rear communication ports, using
whichever communication protocol has been specified (Courier, MODBUS, and IEC
60870-5-103).
6.3.1 Record logging

The logging function is provided to store all alarms, events, faults and maintenance records. The
records for all of these incidents are logged in battery backed-up SRAM in order to provide a
non-volatile log of what has happened. The relay maintains four logs: one each for up to 32 alarms,
32 event records, 32 fault records and 8 cycles of normal operation waveform. The logs are
maintained such that the oldest record is overwritten with the newest record. The logging function
can be initiated from the protection software or the platform software is responsible for logging of a
maintenance record in the event of a relay failure. This includes errors that have been detected by
the platform software itself or error that are detected by either the system services or the
protection software function. See also the section on supervision and diagnostics in this manual.
6.3.2 Settings database

The settings database contains all of the settings and data for the relay, including system
parameters, equipments parameters and the protection settings. The parameters and settings are
maintained in non-volatile memory. The platform software’s management of the settings database
includes the responsibility of ensuring that only one user interface modifies the settings of the
database at any one time. This feature is employed to avoid conflict between different parts of the
software during a setting change.
6.3.3 Database interface

The other function of the platform software is to implement the relay’s internal interface between
the database and each of the relay’s user interfaces. The database of settings and measurements
must be accessible from all of the relay’s user interfaces to allow read and modify operations. The
platform software presents the data in the appropriate format for each user interface.
6.3.4 Protection and control software

The protection and control software task is responsible for processing all of the protection
elements and measurement functions of the relay. To achieve this it has to communicate with both
the system services software and the platform software as well as organize its own operations.
The protection software has the highest priority of any of the software tasks in the relay in order to
provide the fastest possible protection response. The protection & control software has a

supervisor task that controls the start-up of the task and deals with the exchange of messages
between the task and the platform software.
6.3.4.1 Overview - protection and control scheduling
After initialization at start-up, the protection and control task is suspended until there are sufficient
samples available for it to process. The acquisition of samples is controlled by a ‘sampling
function’ which is called by the system services software and takes each set of new samples from
the input module and stores them in a two-cycle buffer. The protection and control software
resumes execution when the number of unprocessed samples in the buffer reaches a certain
number. For the RCS-985B protection relay, the protection task is executed as the same speed as
the sampling rate, i.e. the relays finishes calculation of all the relay before next sampling process.
During the residual time, operations by other software tasks take place.
6.3.4.2 Signal processing
The sampling function provides filtering of the digital input signals from the opto-isolators and
frequency tracking of the analog signals. The digital inputs are checked against their previous
value over 15ms. Hence a change in the state of one of the inputs must be maintained over at
least 15ms before it is registered with the protection and control software.
The frequency tracking of the analog input signals is achieved by a recursive Fourier algorithm
which is applied to one of the input signals, and works by detecting a change in the measured
signal’s phase angle. The calculated value of the frequency is used to modify the sample rate
being used by the AC modules so as to achieve a constant sample rate of 24 samples per cycle of
the power waveform. The value of the frequency is also stored for use by the protection and
control task.
6.3.4.3 Event and fault recording
A change in any digital input signal, protection element output signal, operation flags of fault
detectors, tripping flags causes an event record to be created. When this happens, the protection
and control task sends a message to the supervisor task to indicate that an event is available to be
processed and writes the event data to a fast buffer in SRAM which is controlled by the supervisor
task. When the supervisor task receives either an event or fault record message, it instructs the
platform software to create the appropriate log in battery backed-up SRAM. The operation of the
record logging to battery backed-up SRAM is slower than the supervisor’s buffer. This means
that the protection software is not delayed waiting for the records to be logged by the platform
software.
6.3.4.4 Disturbance recorder
The disturbance recorder operates as a separate task from the protection and control task. It can
record the waveforms for up to 32 analog channels and the values of up to all digital signals of the
RCS-985B. The recording time is user selectable up to a maximum of 8 seconds. The disturbance
recorder is supplied with data by the protection and control task once per sampling period.
The disturbance recorder collates the data that it receives into the required length disturbance
record. The disturbance records can be extracted by RCSPC that can also store the data in

COMTRADE format, thus allowing the use of other packages to view the recorded data.
6.4 Software downloading

The relay supports software downloading for the purpose of debugging or updating on site.
Hardware requirement
Basic requirement of computer:
CPU: Pentium II 300 or higher level CPU,
OS: Win98, Win98SE, WinMe, WinNT4.0(service pack 4 or higher), Win2000, WinXP;
RAM: at least 128M, 256M is recommended;
Space requirement: at least 200M free space on system hard disk;
Displayer: support 800*600 or higher resolution at the 16bit color model;
RS232 communication port;
Software requirement:
Special software RCSPC.
Downloading method
Note:
Ensure that the board is not a naked one before downloading software to it, i.e., certain version
software exists on the board.
Warning:
If some unexpected cases occur, please do inform the factory firstly instead of dealing with it by
yourself.

RCS-985
GENERATOR PROTECTION
GRP
EN T
NARI RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LD
2
3
5
2
3
5
Figure 6.4-1 Software downloading communication port
Steps：
1. Connect RS-232 communication port of the computer and that mounted on front panel of
RCS-985B protection equipment by a cable with DB-9 connectors on both ends, see Figure 6.4-1.
2. Run the program RCSPC.If the connection and settings are correct, the screen will display
“RCS-985B connected”, such as Figure 6.4-2. But if it doesn’t be connected, please check the
parameter setting of RCSPC whether corresponds with the relay, such as “COM port” and “Baud
rate”, see Figure 6.4-3.
Figure 6.4-2 Succeed connecting of RCSPC

Figure 6.4-3 Parameter setting of RCSPC
3. Download CPU program. At first, make sure it is at CUP mode as “CPU>”, then press the button
and select the correct program file, such as CPU.s19, to download it into the CPU module.
Make sure the file FLASHCPU.s19 is at the same folder with program file.
4. Download MON program. Change it to MON mode by typing “MON”, then “MON>” will
appearances. Then repeat step 3 to down load MON.s19 to MON module. Make sure the file
FLASHMON.s19 is at the same folder with program file. See Figure 6.4-4.
Figure 6.4-4 Change to MON mode and download program

5．After downloading CPU and MON programs, reset the equipment and download default settings.
Then the ‘HEALTHY’ LED on the front panel of the relay shall be illuminate.
6. Download FACE program. Change it to FACE mode by typing “FACE” or “PNL”, then “PNL>”
will appearances. Press the button and select the 985xx_FACE.hex file to download it into
the panel module. Make sure the file FLASH_FACE.hex is at the same folder with program file.
7. After that course, user should check and ensure the software version, CRC code and
generating time of software are as same as recorded in relevant documentation. Enter the menu
“Version”, then new version of protection will display on LCD, see Figure 6.4-5.
VERSION
CPUBrd: RCS-985G3QM 1.00
ABCDEFGH
2007-01-01 09:00
MONBrd: RCS-985G3QM 1.00
ABCDEFGH
2007-01-01 09:00
HMI: RCS-985G3QM 1.00 ABCD
2007-01-01 09:00 T_060902
SUBQ_ID: SUBQ_12345678
Figure 6.4-5 Version of protection


Chapter7 Settings
Chapter7 Settings
The relay must be configured to the system and application by means of appropriate settings. The
settings of this relay include system parameters, protection element settings and scheme logic
settings.
7.1 Equipment parameters
7.1.1 Setting list
Table 7.1-1 List of equipment settings
No. Symbol Range Step Default

1. Active_Grp 0～1 1 0
2. Equip_ID 6 characters maximum FDJ001
3. Comm_Addr 0～255 1 1
4. COM1_Baud 1.2/2.4/4.8 / 9.6 /14.4/ 19.2 / 38.4 kbit/s 19.2 kbit/s
6. Printer_Baud 1.2/2.4/4.8 / 9.6 /19.2 kbit/s 9.6k bit/s
7. Protocol 0000-FFFF 0041
Logic setting “1” - enable, “0” - disable
8. En_Auto_Print 0/1 0
9. En_Net_Print 0/1 0
10. En_Remote_Cfg 0/1 0
11. GPS_Pulse 0/1 0
Note:
Symbols of the parameter listed in above table are used for communication, printing and
displaying on LCD.
7.1.2 Setting instruction of the parameters

No.1-- [Active_Grp]
Two setting groups can be configured for the equipment, and only one is active at one time.
However, equipment parameters and system parameters are common for all protection setting
groups.
No.2-- [Equip_ID]
The setting consists of ASCII codes, which is identification for report printing only. It can be
configured according to the name or number of generator.
Chapter 7 Settings
No.3-- [Comm_Addr]
The address used for the host computer to identify the equipment, usually provided by substation
system. If the equipment is not connected to automation system, equipment address may be
random.
No.4-- [Com1_Baud]
The baud rate of serial port 1 shall be selected from specified range.
No.5-- [Com2_Baud]
The baud rate of serial port 2 shall be selected from specified range.
No.6--[Printer_Baud]
The baud rate used for printer port shall be selected from specified range.
No.7-- [Protocol]
The logic setting consists of 16 binary digits but four hexadecimal digits can be viewed through
device LCD screen. Every digit has a dedicated meaning and some digits have no definition.
Following will be seen on PC through RCSPC software.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
B: MODBUS
A: MODBUS
B: LFP
A: LFP
A: 103
The definitions of digits are:
Table 7.1-2 Definition of logic setting of communication protocol
Bit Definition
0 communication port A using protocol IEC 60870-5-103
1 communication port A using proprietary protocol LFP
2 communication port A using MODBUS protocol
3 No definition
4 No definition
5 communication port B using proprietary protocol LFP
6 communication port B using MODBUS protocol
7-15 No definitions
For example, if logic setting [Protocol] is set as “0041”, it means communication port A use IEC
60870-5-103 protocol, and port B use MODBUS protocol.
No.8-- [En_Auto_Print]
This setting shall be set as “1” if automatic report printing is expected after the relay operates

Chapter7 Settings
when a fault occurs. Otherwise it shall be set as “0”. It is suggested that the user may set this
parameter of the equipment as “1” (i.e. automatic printing), if the equipment is always connected
directly with a printer, or set as “0” (i.e. not automatic printing) if the equipment is connected with a
printer by through switch on panel.
No.9-- [En_Net_Print]
Set it as “1” if shared network printer is used for printing. Set it as “0” if dedicated printer is used.
Network printer means several protection equipments share one printer through a printer
management unit and RS-485 port. Dedicated printer means the protection equipment connected
with a printer through RS232 port directly.
No.10--[En_Remote_Cfg]
Set it as “0” if only local configuration is permitted. Set it as “1” if local and remote configurations
are both permitted.
No.11-- [GPS_Pulse]
Set it as “1” for minute pulse and “0” for second pulse.
7.1.3 Setting path
Access path in menu is:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> EQUIP SETTINGS -> [setting symbol]
7.2 System Settings

7.2.1 Logic settings of configuring functions
7.2.1.1 Settings list
Table 7.2-1 List of protection configuration setting
No. Symbol Range Default

1. En_Diff_GTU 0/1 0
2. En_Diff_Tr 0/1 0
3. En_PPF_Tr 0/1 0
4. En_EF_Tr 0/1 0
5. En_OvExc_Tr 0/1 0
6. En_Diff_Gen 0/1 0
7. En_IntTurn_Gen 0/1 0
8. En_PPF_Gen 0/1 0
9. En_EF_Sta 0/1 0
10. En_EF_RotWdg 0/1 0
11. En_OvLd_Sta 0/1 0

Chapter 7 Settings
12. En_NegOC_Gen 0/1 0

13. En_LossExc_Gen 0/1 0
14. En_OOS_Gen 0/1 0
15. En_VoltProt_Gen 0/1 0
16. En_OvExc_Gen 0/1 0
17. En_PwrProt_Gen 0/1 0
18. En_FreqProt_Gen 0/1 0
19. En_StShut_Gen 0/1 0
20. En_AccEnerg_Gen 0/1 0
21. En_Diff_Exc 0/1 0
22. En_Bak_Exc 0/1 0
23. En_Diff_ST1 0/1 0
24. En_Bak_HVS_ST1 0/1 0
25. En_Bak_Br1_ST1 0/1 0
26. En_REF_ST1 0/1 0
27. En_Diff_ST2 0/1 0
29. En_Bak_Br1_ST2 0/1 0
30. En_REF_ST2 0/1 0
31. En_MechRly 0/1 0
32. En_VTComp_Term_Gen 0/1 1
33. Opt_InputMode_VT_ST 0/1 1
34. En_TestMode(＃) 0/1 0
Note:
Symbols of the parameter listed in above table are used for communication, printing and
displaying on LCD. Setting marked with “＃” means that it is can not be seen on LCD or by printing
and only can be seen through RCSPC software.
7.2.1.2 Explanation of the parameters for setting
No.1-- [En_Diff_GTU]
This is a general logic setting of main protection of generator-transformer unit. It is used for
enabling all differential protection configured for generator-transformer unit in RCS-985B,
including percentage differential and all other differential protection for generator-transformer unit.
The function of this logic setting is similar to the external binary input （BI）“Enable differential
protection” mounted on the panel. In program logic, the relation between this logic setting and the
external binary input is logic “And”. The differential protection will be put into use only when the
logic setting and the external binary input are enabled firstly.
This logic setting is used for configuration of protection functions. Setting it as “1” means the
generator-transformer unit differential protection is enabled and setting as “0” means the

Chapter7 Settings
protection is disabled.
No.2-- [En_Diff_Tr]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable differential protection of main transformer.
No.3-- [En_PPF_Tr]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable phase to phase fault protection of main transformer.
No.4-- [En_EF_Tr]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable earth fault protection of main transformer.
No.5-- [En_OvExc_Tr]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable over excitation protection of main transformer.
No.6-- [En_Diff_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable differential protection of generator.
No.7-- [En_IntTurn_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable interturn fault protection of generator.
No.8-- [En_PPF_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable phase to phase fault protection of generator
No.9—[En_EF_Sta]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable earth fault protection of stator of generator.
No.10—[En_EF_RotWdg]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable earth fault protection of rotor winding.
No.11—[En_OvLd_Sta]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable overload protection of stator.
No.12—[En_NegOC_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable negative sequence overcurrent of stator.
No.13—[En_LossExc_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable loss of excitation protection of rotor winding.
No.14—[En_OOS_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable out-of-step protection of generator.
No.15-- [En_VoltProt_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable overvoltage and undervoltage protection of generator.

Chapter 7 Settings
No.16-- [En_OvExc_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable overexcitation protection of generator.
No.17-- [En_PwrProt_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable overpower and underpower protection of generator.
No.18-- [En_FreqProt_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable overfrequency and underfrequency protection of

generator.
No.19-- [En_StShut_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable all relative protections in Startup/shutdown conditions
of generator.
No.20-- [En_AccEnerg_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable relevant protection in case of accident energization of
generator.
No.21-- [En_Diff_Exc]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable differential protection of exciting transformer or exciter.
No.22-- [En_Bak_Exc]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable backup protection of exciting transformer or exciter.
No.23-- [En_Diff_ST1]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable differential protection of stepdown transformer1.
No.24-- [En_Bak_HVS_ST1]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable backup protection at HV side of stepdown

transformer1.
No.25-- [En_Bak_Br1_ST1]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable backup protection at branch 1 of LV side of stepdown
transformer1.
No.26-- [En_REF_ST1]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable REF protection of stepdown transformer1.
No.27-- [En_Diff_ST2]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable differential protection of stepdown transformer2.
No.28-- [En_Bak_HVS_ST2]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable backup protection at HV side of stepdown

Chapter7 Settings
transformer2.
No.29-- [En_Bak_Br1_ST2]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable backup protection at branch 1 of LV side of stepdown
transformer2.
No.30-- [En_REF_ST2]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable REF protection of stepdown transformer2.
No.31-- [En_MechRly]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable mechanical protection.
No.32-- [En_VTComp_Term_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable voltage balance function of VTs at the generator
terminal.
No.33-- [Opt_InputMode_VT_ST]
This logic setting is to decide which kind of voltage of stepdown transformeris input into RCS-985B,
“0” represents phase-ground voltage, while “1” represents phase-to-phase voltage.
No.34-- [En_TestMode] (#)
This logic setting is configured especially for equipment debugging status. It is only seen by
RCSPC, which is used for generating messages of alarm or operation element for remote PC.
“Enable”: enable sending all tripping contacts signals, protection tripping signals, alarm signals
and monitoring signals through DBU2000 software.
“Disable”: disable the function mentioned above.
7.2.1.3 Setting path
All logic settings of configuring functions are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> SYSTEM SETTINGS -> PROT CONFIG -> [setting symbol]
7.2.2 Transformer system parameters

7.2.2.1 Setting list
Table 7.2-2 List of main transformer system settings

1. Sn_Tr 0-1000 MVA 0.1 MVA 370
2. U1n_HVS_Tr 0-2000 kV 0.1 kV 220
3. U1n_LVS_Tr 0-100 kV 0.01 kV 20
4. U1n_VT_HVS_Tr 0-2000 kV 0.1 kV 127.02

Chapter 7 Settings
5. U2n_VT_HVS_Tr 0-100 V 0.01 V 57.74

6. U2n_DeltVT_HVS_Tr 0-300 V 0.01 V 57.74
7. I1n_CT_HVS_Tr 0-60000 A 1A 1200
8. I2n_CT_HVS_Tr 1, 5 A 1A 5
9. I1n_CT_Bak_HVS_Tr 0-60000 A 1A 1200
10. I2n_CT_Bak_HVS_Tr 1, 5 A 1A 5
11. I1n_CT_LVS_Tr 0-60000 A 1A 12000
12. I2n_CT_LVS_Tr 1, 5 A 1A 5
13. I1n_CT#_HVS_ST1 0-60000 1A 12000
14. I2n_CT#_HVS_ST1 1, 5A 1A 5
15. I1n_CT#_HVS_ST2 0-60000A 1A 12000
16. I2n_CT#_HVS_ST2 1,5A 1A 5
17. I1n_CT_NP_Tr 0-60000A 1A 600
18. I2n_CT_NP_Tr 1,5A 1A 5
19. I1n_CT_Gap_Tr 0-60000A 1A 200
20. I2n_CT_Gap_Tr 1,5A 1A 5
Logic setting “1” - enable, “0” – disable
21. Yd11_Conn_Tr 0/1 1 1
22. Yyd11_Conn_Tr 0/1 1 0
23. Opt_GCB 0/1 1 0
24. Yd1_Conn_Tr 0/1 1 0
25. Yyd1_Conn_Tr 0/1 1 0
7.2.2.2 Setting instruction of the parameters
No.1-- [Sn_Tr]
Transformer capacity shall be configured as its name plate stated.
No.2-- [U1n_HVS_Tr]
System rated voltage at HV side of main transformer. This setting is used for calculating the rated
current of main transformer. It should be set according to the real operating voltage of the power
system.
No.3-- [U1n_LVS_Tr]
System rated voltage at LV side of main transformer.
No.4-- [U1n_VT_HVS_Tr]
Rated primary voltage of VT at HV side of main transformer.
No.5-- [U2n_VT_HVS_Tr]
Rated secondary voltage of VT at HV side of main transformer.

Chapter7 Settings
No.6-- [U2n_DeltVT_HVS_Tr]
Rated secondary voltage of open-delta of VT at HV side of main transformer.
No.7-- [I1n_CT_HVS_Tr]
Rated primary current of CT of HV side of main transformer.
No.8-- [I2n_CT_HVS_Tr]
Rated secondary current of CT of HV side of main transformer.
No.9-- [I1n_CT_Bak_HVS_Tr]
Rated primary current of backup CT of HV side of transformer.
No.10-- [I2n_CT_Bak_HVS_Tr]
Rated secondary current of backup CT of HV side of transformer.
No.11-- [I1n_CT_LVS_Tr]
Rated primary current of CT at LV side of transformer.
No.12-- [I2n_CT_LVS_Tr]
Rated secondary current of CT at LV side of transformer.
No.13-- [I1n_CT#_HVS_ST1]
Rated primary current of CT at HV side of stepdown transformer1 for MT differential protection.
Rated secondary current of CT at HV side of stepdown transformer1 for MT differential protection.
Rated primary current of CT at HV side of stepdown transformer2 for MT differential protection.
Rated secondary current of CT at HV side of stepdown transformer2 for MT differential protection.
No.17-- [I1n_CT_NP_Tr]
Rated primary current of CT at neutral point of transformer.
No.18-- [I2n_CT_ NP_Tr]
Rated secondary current of CT at neutral point of transformer.
No.19-- [I1n_CT_Gap_Tr]
Rated primary current of gap CT at HV side of transformer.
No.20-- [I2n_CT_Gap_Tr]

Chapter 7 Settings
Rated secondary current of gap CT at HV side of transformer.
No.21-- [Yd11_Conn_Tr]
The connection mode of main transformer is Yd-11 mode. The current input for HV side is only
one.
No.22-- [Yyd11_Conn_Tr]
The connection mode of main transformer is Yd-11 mode. The currents input for HV side are two
CTs, such as 3/2 breakers of HV bus.
No.23-- [Opt_GCB]
Logic setting of circuit breaker at terminal of generator. “1” means there is a circuit breaker at
terminal of generator. “0” means there isn’t a circuit breaker at terminal of generator.
No.24-- [Yd1_Conn_Tr]
The connection mode of main transformer is Yd-1 mode. The current input for HV side is only one.
No.25-- [Yyd1_Conn_Tr]
The connection mode of main transformer is Yd-1 mode. The currents input for HV side are two
CTs, such as 3/2 breakers of HV bus.
All settings of transformer system parameters are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> SYSTEM SETTINGS -> TR SYS SETTINGS -> [setting symbol]
7.2.3 Generator system parameters

Table 7.2-3 List of generator system settings

1. fn_Gen 50/60 Hz 50
2. Pn_Gen 0-1000.0 MW 0.1 MW 300
3. PF_Gen 0.00-1.00 0.01 0.85
4. U1n_Gen 0-100.00 kV 0.01 kV 20
5. U1n_VT_Term_Gen 0-100.00 kV 0.01 V 11.55
6. U2n_VT_Term_Gen 0-100.00 V 0.01 V 57.74
7. U2n_DeltVT_Term_Gen 0-100.00 V 0.01 V 33.33
8. U1n_VT_NP_Gen 0-100.00 kV 0.01 kV 11.55
9. U2n_VT_NP_Gen 0-300.00 V 0.01 V 57.7
10. I1n_CT_Term_Gen 0-60000 A 1A 12000
11. I2n_CT_Term_Gen 1A/5A 1A 5

Chapter7 Settings
1A 12000
12. I1n_CT_NP_Gen 0-60000 A
1A 5
13. I2n_CT_NP_Gen 1A/5A
0-60000 A 1A 12000
14. I1n_CT_TrvDiff_Gen
1A,5A 1A 5
1A 1000
16. I1n_RotWdg 0-60000 A
0-100.00 mV 0.01 mV 75
17. U2n_Shunt_RotWdg
200
18. U1n_Exc 0-600 V 0.01 V
No.1-- [fn_Gen]
This setting indicates the nominal frequency of power system in which the generator protection
equipment is used.
No.2-- [Pn_Gen]
Capacity of active power of the generator shall be configured as its name plate stated.
No.3-- [PF_Gen]
Rated power factor of generator.
No.4-- [U1n_Gen]
System rated voltage at the terminal of generator. This setting is used for calculating the rated
current of generator. It should be set according to the real operating voltage of the power system.
No.5-- [U1n_VT_Term_Gen]
Rated primary voltage of VT at the terminal of generator. This parameter can be configured as
either phase voltage or phase-to-phase voltage value. For example, if the terminal VT ratio is
20kV 100V 100V

, this parameter and the following two (NO.6 and NO.7) can be set as
3 3 3
11.55kV, 57.74V and 33.33V or can be set as 20kV, 100V and 57.74V. This is used for substation
automation system. From this setting and the next two ones, VT ratio can be got. Secondary
voltage and current recorded by the equipment will be transferred to primary value by multiplying
VT ratio when fault oscillogram is sent to the host.
No.6-- [U2n_VT_Term_Gen]
Rated secondary voltage of VT at the terminal of generator.

Chapter 7 Settings
No.7-- [U2n_DeltVT_Term_Gen]
Rated secondary open-delta voltage at the terminal of generator.
No.8-- [U1n_VT_NP_Gen]
Rated primary voltage of VT at the neutral point of generator.
No.9-- [U2n_VT_NP_Gen]
Rated secondary voltage of VT at the neutral point of generator.
No.10-- [I1n_CT_Term_Gen]
Rated primary current of CT at the terminal of the generator.
No.11-- [I2n_CT_Term_Gen]
Rated secondary current of CT at the terminal of the generator.
No.12-- [I1n_CT_NP_Gen]
Rated primary current of CT at the neutral point of the generator.
No.13-- [I2n_CT_NP_Gen]
Rated secondary current of CT at the neutral point of the generator.
No.14-- [I1n_CT_TrvDiff_Gen]
Rated primary current of CT used for transverse differential protection.
No.15-- [I2n_CT_TrvDiff_Gen]
Rated secondary current of CT used for transverse differential protection.
No.16-- [I1n_RotWdg]
Primary rated current of rotor. This setting and the next one can be set conveniently by inputting
the rated primary and secondary parameters of the shunt.
No.17-- [U2n_Shunt_RotWdg]
Secondary rated voltage of rotor shunt.
No.18-- [U1n_Exc]
Rated primary voltage of exciter or excitation transformer.
All settings of generator system parameters are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> SYSTEM SETTINGS -> GEN SYS SETTINGS -> [setting symbol]
Note:

Chapter7 Settings
These parameters are as important as the settings. They have to be configured according to
actual application on site.
7.2.4 System parameters of stepdown transformer1 &2

Table 7.2-4 List of stepdown transformer1&2 settings

1. Sn_ST1(2) 0-100 MVA 0.01 MVA 30
2. U1n_HVS_ST1(2) 0-100 kV 0.01 kV 20
3. U1n_Br1_ST1(2) 0-100 kV 0.01 kV 6.3
4. U1n_Br2_ST1(2) 0-100 kV 0.01 kV 6.3
5. U1n_VT_Br1_ST1(2) 0-100 kV 0.01 kV 3.46
6. U2n_VT_Br1_ST1(2) 0-100 V 0.01 V 57.74
7. U1n_VT_Br2_ST1(2) 0-600 kV 0.01 kV 3.46
8. U2n_VT_Br2_ST1(2) 0-100 V 0.01 V 57.74
9. I1n_CT_HVS_ST1(2) 0-60000 A 1A 1000
10. I2n_CT_HVS_ST1(2) 1,5 A 1A 5
11. I1n_CT_Br1_ST1(2) 0-60000 A 1A 3000
12. I2n_CT_Br1_ST1(2) 1,5 A 1A 5
13. I1n_CT_Br2_ST1(2) 0-60000 A 1A 3000
14. I2n_CT_Br2_ST1(2) 1,5 A 1A 5
15. I1n_CT_NP_Br_ST1(2) 0-60000 A 1A 3000
16. I2n_CT_NP_Br_ST1(2) 1,5 A 1A 1
17. Yyy12_Conn_ST1(2) 0/1 0
18. Ddd12_Conn_ST1(2) 0/1 1
19. Dyy11_Conn_ST1(2) 0/1 0
20. Ydd11_Conn_ST1(2) 0/1 0
21. Dyy1_Conn_ST1(2) 0/1 0
No.1-- [Sn_ST1(2)]
Capacity of the exciter or stepdown transformer shall be configured as its name plate stated.
No.2-- [U1n_HVS_ST1(2)]
Rated primary voltage of HV side of stepdown transformers.
No.3-- [U1n_Br1_ST1(2) or U1n_Br2_ST1(2)]

Chapter 7 Settings
Rated primary voltage of branch 1 or branch 2 of LV side of stepdown transformer.
No.4-- [U1n_VT_Br1_ST1(2) or U1n_VT_Br2_ST1(2)]
Rated primary voltage of VT at branch 1 or branch 2 of LV side of stepdown transformer.
No.5-- [U2n_VT_Br1_ST1(2) or U2n_VT_Br2_ST1(2)]
Rated secondary voltage of VT at branch 1 or branch 2 of LV side of stepdown transformer.
No.6-- [I1n_CT_HVS_ST1(2)]
Rated primary current of CT1 with small ratio at HV side of stepdown transformer.
No.7-- [I2n_CT_HVS_ST1(2)]
Rated secondary current of CT1 with small ratio at HV side of stepdown transformer.
No.8-- [I1n_CT_Br1_ST1(2) or I1n_CT_Br2_ST1(2)]
Rated primary current of CT at branch 1 or branch 2 of LV side of stepdown transformer.
No.9-- [I2n_CT_Br1_ST1(2) I2n_CT_Br2_ST1(2)]
Rated secondary current of CT at branch 1 or branch 2 of LV side of stepdown transformer.
No.10-- [I1n_CT_NP_Br_ST1(2)]
Rated primary current of CT at neutral point of LV side of stepdown transformer.
No.11-- [I2n_CT_NP_Br_ST1(2)]
Rated secondary current of CT at neutral point of LV side of stepdown transformer.
No.12-- [Yyy12_Conn_ST]
The connection mode of stepdown transformer is Yyy-12 mode.
No.13-- [Ddd12_Conn_ST]
The connection mode of stepdown transformer is Ddd-12 mode.
No.14-- [Dyy11_Conn_ST]
The connection mode of stepdown transformer is Dyy-11 mode.
No.15-- [Ydd11_Conn_ST]
The connection mode of stepdown transformer is Ydd-11 mode.
No.16-- [Dyy1_Conn_ST]
The connection mode of stepdown transformer is Dyy-1 mode.
All settings of stepdown transformer system parameters are accessible in the following path:

Chapter7 Settings
Main Menu -> SETTING -> SYSTEM SETTINGS -> ST SYS Settings -> [setting symbol]
7.2.5 System parameters of excitation transformer or exciter

Table 7.2-5 List of excitation transformer of exciter settings

1. fn_Exciter 50,100, 150Hz 1Hz 50
2. Sn_Exc 0-100.00 MVA 0.01 MVA 0.5
3. U1n_S1_Exc 0-600.00 kV 0.01 kV 20
4. U1n_S2_Exc 0-600.00 kV 0.01 kV 6.3
5. I1n_CT_S1_Exc 0-60000 A 1A 20
5
6. I2n_CT_S1_Exc 1A,5A 1A
1A 60
7. I1n_CT_S2_Exc 0-60000 A
5
8. I2n_CT_S2_Exc 1A,5A 1A
9. Opt_Exc 0, 1 0
10. Yy12_Conn_ET 0, 1 0
11. Dd12_Conn_ET 0, 1 0
12. Dy11_Conn_ET 0, 1 0
13. Yd11_Conn_ET 0, 1 1
14. Dy1_Conn_ET 0, 1 0
No.1-- [fn_Exc]
This setting indicates the nominal frequency of exciter. If excitation transformer is used, this setting
can be set as 50Hz and the other settings in this table should be set according to relevant
parameters of excitation transformer.
No.2-- [Sn_Exc]
Capacity of the exciter or excitation transformer shall be configured as its name plate stated.
No.3-- [U1n_S1_Exc]
Chapter 7 Settings
The system rated voltage on HV side of the excitation transformer. This setting is used to calculate
the correction coefficient of differential protection of excitation transformer.
If exciter is used, this setting and NO.4 setting are all set as the rated voltage of exciter.
No.4-- [U1n_S2_Exc]
System rated voltage on LV side of the excitation transformer. This setting is used to calculate the
correction coefficient of differential protection of excitation transformer.
No.5-- [I1n_CT_S1_Exc]
Primary rated current of the CT on HV side of the excitation transformer or CT at the terminal of
the exciter.
Secondary rated current of the CT on HV side of the excitation transformer or CT at the terminal of
the exciter.
Primary rated current of the CT on LV side of the excitation transformer or CT at the neutral point
of the exciter.
Secondary rated current of the CT on LV side of the excitation transformer or CT at the neutral
point of the exciter.
No.9-- [Opt_Exc]
Exciter is used in the system. If this setting is set as “1”, that means exciter is used in the generator
system instead of excitation transformer. Otherwise means the contrary.
No.10-- [Yy12_Conn_ET]
The connection mode of excitation transformer is Yy-12 mode.
Note:
In the symbol of “Yy-12”, the first letter “Y” represents the connection mode of windings on HV side,
and the other “y” represents the connection mode of windings on LV side, “12” represents
connection group between HV and LV windings. The following four settings are similar to this one.
No.11-- [Dd12_Conn_ET]
The connection mode of excitation transformer is Dd-12 mode.
No.12-- [Dy11_Conn_ET]
The connection mode of excitation transformer is Dy-11 mode.

Chapter7 Settings
No.13-- [Yd11_Conn_ET]
The connection mode of excitation transformer is Yd-11 mode.
No.14-- [Dy1_Conn_ET]
The connection mode of excitation transformer is Dy-1 mode.
All settings of excitation system parameters are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTING -> SYSTEM SETTINGS -> EXC SYS Settings -> [setting symbol]
7.2.6 Implicit configuration settings
The settings in the following list are associated with application-specific primary layout of
generator and exciter, tripping logics. These settings can not be seen on LCD of equipment and
only be viewed and configured on PC through RCSPC software in the submenu “CONFIG
SETTINGS”. These settings are usually configured in factory or configured by field commission
engineer according to the design drawing and project requirement.
Table 7.2-6 List of implicit configuration settings
No. settings Range Default

1. Opt_SLD 0001-01FF 0002H
2. Cfg_Polar_CT(＃) 0000-FFFF FFFEH
3. Cfg_CT_HVS1_Tr(＃) Current channel 0-15 Channel 7
5. Cfg_CT_HVS_Tr(＃) Current channel 0-15 Channel 7
6. Cfg_CT_LVS_Tr(＃) Current channel 0-15 Channel 10
7. Cfg_CT#_HVS_ST1(＃) Current channel 0-15 Channel 9
9. Cfg_CT_Term_Gen Current channel 0-15 Channel 10
10. Cfg_CT_NP_Gen Current channel 0-15 Channel 11
11. Cfg_CT_Bak_Gen Current channel 0-15 Channel 11
12. Cfg_CT_PwrProt_Gen Current channel 0-15 Channel 11
13. Cfg_CT_S1_Exc Current channel 0-15 Channel 4
15. Cfg_CT_HVS_ST1 Current channel 0-15 Channel 1
16. Cfg_CT_Br1_ST1 Current channel 0-15 Channel 2
17. Cfg_CT_Br2_ST1 Current channel 0-15 0:None

Chapter7 Settings

21. Cfg_CT_TrvDiff_Gen Zero-current channel 0-7 Channel 2
22. Cfg_CT_NP_Tr Zero-current channel 0-7 Channel 2
23. Cfg_CT_Gap_Tr Zero-current channel 0-7 0:None
24. Cfg_CT_NP_Br1_ST1 Zero-current channel 0-7 Channel 3
25. Cfg_CT_REF_Br1_ST1 Zero-current channel 0-7 Channel 4
28. Cfg_CT_Diff_GTU 0000-FFFF 000FH
29. Cfg_CT_Diff_Tr 0000-FFFF 000FH
30. Cfg_CT_PwrProt_Gen 0000-FFFF 0
31. Opt_WaveRec_MON(＃) Pickup/Trip Pickup
32. Opt_Debug_MON(＃) DSP2/DSP1 DSP2
33. Opt_Dur_WaveRec_MON(＃) 4S/8S 4S
34. En_Displ_Pickup(＃) Yes/No No
Note:
Setting marked with “＃” means that it is can not be seen on LCD or by printing and only can be
seen through RCSPC software.
7.2.6.2 Explanation of the parameters and notice for setting
No.1-- [Opt_SLD] (＃)
This is the logic setting of connection type between bus, generator, main transformer, and
stepdown transformer, whichi decides the default LCD displaying in normal operation condition.
Each bit from 0 to 8 represents a unique figure displayed on LCD if the bit is set as “1”. The
following table gives the actual meaning of each bit. Only one bit can be set as “1” simultaneously.
No. Bit Meaning

1. Bit0 3/2 bus connection, two three-windings stepdown transformers without terminal
circuit breaker of generator.
2. Bit1 3/2 bus connection, two three-windings stepdown transformers with terminal circuit
breaker of generator.
3. Bit2 Double bus connection, two three-windings stepdown transformers without terminal
4. Bit3 Double bus connection, two three-windings stepdown transformers with terminal
5. Bit4 3/2 bus connection, two two-windings stepdown transformers without terminal
6. Bit5 3/2 bus connection, two two-windings stepdown transformers with terminal circuit
breaker of generator.

Chapter7 Settings
7. Bit6 Double bus connection, two two-windings stepdown transformers without terminal
8. Bit7 Double bus connection, one three-windings stepdown transformers without
terminal circuit breaker of generator.
9. Bit8 3/2 bus connection, one three-windings stepdown transformers without terminal
No.2-- [Cfg_Polar_CT](＃)
Generally, CT polarity definition is shown as Table 7.2-7. However if some CT polarity direction is
reversed by incorrect wiring connecting, there is still chance to correct it by configuring this logic
setting easily. Please set the corresponding digit of the logic setting. Bit.1-15 are corresponding to
15 three-phase current channels one by one. If any bit is set as “0”, the program will reverse the
current polarity of this channel before calculation.
Following will be seen on PC through RCSPC software.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Three-phase channel 15
No defination
No.3-- [Cfg_CT_HVS1_Tr](＃)
Configurable setting for deciding which channel is chosen to input three-phase current of HVS1
side of main transformer.
Following table gives all the choices that user can decide. Only one bit at most can be set as “1”
simultaneously.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
No defination
No.4-- [Cfg_CT_HVS2_Tr](＃)
Configurable setting for deciding which channel is chosen to input three-phase current of HVS2
side of main transformer. The definition is the same to the above table.

Chapter7 Settings
No.5—[Cfg_CT_HVS_Tr](＃)
Configurable setting for deciding which channel is chosen to input three-phase current of HVS side
of main transformer. This currrent is specially used for backup protection of main transformer. The
definition is the same to the above table except for the bit0. in this setting, if the bit0 is set as “1”,
the protection will recongnize this directly input current as the whole current of HVS side of main
transformer, othewise, the protection will automatically add HVS1 and HVS2 side currents
mentioned aboved to be the whole current of HVS side and ignoring the current input from this
channel.
No.6—No. 27
Configurable setting for deciding which channel is chosen to input each current. The definition of
each bit is the same to that of No.4. The actual meaning of each setting is given in the following
table.
No. settings Specific description

1. Channel selection for LVS current of main transformer
Cfg_CT_LVS_Tr(＃)
Channel selection for HVS current via high ratio CT of

2. Cfg_CT#_HVS_ST1(＃)
stepdown transformer1(ST1)
Channel selection for HVS current via high ratio CT of ST2
3. Cfg_CT#_HVS_ST2(＃)
Channel selection for terminal current of generator

4. Cfg_CT_Term_Gen(＃)
Channel selection for nertral point current of generator

5. Cfg_CT_NP_Gen(＃)
Channel selection for backup current of generator

6. Cfg_CT_Bak_Gen(＃)
Channel selection for reverse power metering

7. Cfg_CT_PwrProt_Gen(＃)
Channel selection for side 1 of excitation transformer or

8. Cfg_CT_S1_Exc(＃)
excitor
Channel selection for side 2 of excitation transformer or
9. Cfg_CT_S2_Exc(＃)
excitor
Channel selection for HVS current of ST1
10. Cfg_CT_HVS_ST1(＃)
Channel selection for branch 1 at LV side of ST1

11. Cfg_CT_Br1_ST1(＃)

Channel selection for HVS current of ST1

13. Cfg_CT_HVS_ST2(＃)


Chapter7 Settings

Channel selection for transverse differential current

16. Cfg_CT_TrvDiff_Gen(＃)
Channel selection for zero sequence current obtained for

17. Cfg_CT_NP_Tr(＃)
neutral point of main transformer
Channel selection for zero sequence current obtained for GAP
18. Cfg_CT_Gap_Tr(＃)
of main transformer
19. Cfg_CT_NP_Br1_ST1(＃)
neutral point of branch 1 at LV side of ST1
20. Cfg_CT_REF_Br1_ST1(＃)
neutral point of branch 1 at LV side of ST1, specified for REF
21. Cfg_CT_NP_Br1_ST2(＃)
neutral point of branch 1 at LV side of ST2
22. Cfg_CT_REF_Br1_ST2(＃)
neutral point of branch 1 at LV side of ST2, specified for REF
No.28-- [Cfg_CT_Diff_GTU](＃)
Logic setting of selecting three-phase current channels for differential protection of generator
transformer unit. If the bit is set as ”1”, it means this group is used in the differential
protection.Following will be seen on PC through RCSPC software.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CT#_HVS_ST
CT_HVS2_Tr
CT_HVS1_Tr
CT_HVS_ST
CT_NP_Gen
CT_LVS_ST
No.29-- [Cfg_CT_Diff_Tr](＃)
Logic setting of selecting three-phase current channels for differential protection of main
transformer. If the bit is set as ”1”, it means this group is used in the differential
protection.Following will be seen on PC through RCSPC software.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CT#_HVS_ST
CT_HVS2_Tr
CT_HVS1_Tr
CT_HVS_ST
CT_LVS_ST
CT_LVS_Tr
No.30--[Cfg_CT_PwrProt_Gen] (＃)
Logic setting of selecting three-phase current CT for reverse power protection of generator.
“0”: CT of P level.

Chapter7 Settings
“1”: CT of S level.
No.31--[Opt_WaveRec_MON] (＃)
Logic setting of selecting recording triggering mode of MON module.
“0”: recording is triggered when any fault detector picks up.
“1”: recording is triggered when any protection element trips.
No.32--[Opt_Debug_MON](＃)
This logic setting is provided especially for software developing, not for ordinary users.
No.33--[Opt_Dur_WaveRec_MON](＃)
Logic setting of selecting recording time of MON module.
“0”: recording persisting time is 4 s with 24 samples per cycle.
“1”: recording persisting time is 8 s with 12 samples per cycle.
No.34--[En_Displ_Pickup](＃)
This logic setting is provided especially for software developing, not for ordinary users.
7.3 Protection Settings

7.3.1 Settings of differential protection of generator-transformer unit (GTU)
Table 7.3-1 List of generator-transformer unit differential protection settings

1. I_Pkp_PcntDiff_GTU 0.10–1.50 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.3
2. I_InstDiff_ GTU 2.00–14.00 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 6
3. Slope1_PcntDiff_ GTU 0.05–0.15 0.01 0.1
5. k_Harm_PcntDiff_GTU 0.10-0.35 0.01 0.15
6. TrpLog_Diff_ GTU 0000–FFFF 1 7FFF
7. En_InstDiff_ GTU 0, 1 1
8. En_PcntDiff_ GTU 0, 1 1
9. Opt_Inrush_Ident_ GTU 0, 1 1
10. Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_ GTU 0, 1 1
7.3.1.2 Explanation of the settings
No.1-- [I_Pkp_PcntDiff_GTU]

Chapter7 Settings
This is pickup setting of percentage current differential protection, which is also the setting of fault
detector of percentage differential protection. It shall be higher than maximum unbalance current
when the generator-transformer operate on normal rated load.
No.2-- [I_InstDiff_GTU]
Setting of unrestrained differential protection.
No.3-- [Slope1_PcntDiff_GTU]
Setting of the first slope of percentage differential protection.
No.4-- [Slope2_PcntDiff_GTU]
Maximum value of restraint coefficient of the differential characteristic curve.
No.5-- [k_Harm_PcntDiff_GTU]
The ratio setting of 2nd harmonic component in differential current. 0.15 is recommended.
No.6-- [TrpLog_PcntDiff_GTU]
Tripping output logic setting of differential protection is used to specify which breaker or breakers
will be tripped by this protection. This word comprises 16 binary bits as follows and is displayed as
a hexadecimal number of 4 digits from 0000H to FFFFH on LCD of equipment. The tripping output
logic settings is specified as follows:
bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
No definition
rpOutput14
TrpOutp13
TrpOutp12
TrpOutp11
TrpOutp10
TrpOutp9
TrpOutp8
TrpOutp7
TrpOutp6
TrpOutp5
TrpOutp4
TrpOutp3
TrpOutp2
TrpOutp1
Function
En_Trp
Note:
“TrpOutp 1” just means to drive tripping output channel 1 and please refer to section 5.3. Set bit0
as “1” means this protection element will trip breaker or breakers. The bit corresponding to the
breaker to be tripped shall be set as“1” and other bits shall be “0”. For example, if differential
protection is defined to trip breaker 5 (tripping output channel 5), the bit0 and bit5 bit shall be set
as “1” and other bits “0”. Then a hexadecimal number 0021H is formed as the tripping output logic
setting.
Please note that tripping output logic settings of the equipment have to be set on basis of
application-specific drawings.
All the tripping logic settings mentioned below is defined as same as this one.
No.7-- [En_InstDiff_GTU]

Chapter7 Settings
Unrestrained instantaneous differential protection enabled. If this setting is set as “1”, it means this
protection is enabled. Otherwise it means the protection is disabled.
No.8-- [En_PcntDiff_GTU]
Percentage differential protection enabled.
No.9-- [Opt_Inrush_Ident_GTU]
The logic setting to select the method to identify inrush current of transformer.
“1” means to use the second harmonic restraint principle. “0” means to use waveform distortion
discrimination principle.
No.10-- [Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_GTU]
If this logic setting is set as “1”, it means percentage differential protection will be blocked when CT
circuit failure happens. Otherwise it means the function is disabled.
All settings of differential protection settings are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GTU DIFF PROT --> [setting symbol]
7.3.2 Settings of differential protection of main transformer

Table 7.3-2 List of main transformer differential protection settings

1. I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Tr 0.10–1.50 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.3
2. I_InstDiff_ Tr 2.00–14.00 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 6
3. Slope1_PcntDiff_ Tr 0.05–0.15 0.01 0.1
5. k_Harm_PcntDiff_Tr 0.10-0.35 0.01 0.15
6. TrpLog_Diff_ Tr 0000–FFFF 1 7FFF
7. En_InstDiff_ Tr 0, 1 1
8. En_PcntDiff_ Tr 0, 1 1
9. En_DPFC_Diff_Tr 0, 1 1
10. Opt_Inrush_Ident_ Tr 0, 1 1
11. Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Tr 0, 1 1
No.1-- [I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Tr]
Chapter7 Settings
detector of percentage differential protection. It shall be higher than maximum unbalanced current
of the transformer during normal rated load, i.e.
I cdqd = K rel ( K er + ∆U + ∆m) I e

(Equation 7.3-1)
Where:
I cdqd represents the setting [I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Tr].
I e is secondary calculated rated current of transformer (please see details in section 3.3.1);
K rel is reliability coefficient (generally K rel = 1.3 - 1.5);
K er is the ratio error of CT (=0.03X2, for class 10P; =0.01X2, for class 5P and class TP);
∆U is the maximum deviation (in percentage of rated voltage) due to tap changing.
∆m is the error caused by the difference between ratios of CT at all side, 0.05 is recommended.
For practical engineering application, I cdqd =（0.3 - 0.5） I e is reasonable and unbalanced current
in differential scheme during maximum load of transformer shall be measured.
No.2-- [I_InstDiff_Tr]
Setting of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection, which is used to clear serious internal
fault quickly and prevent operation delay caused by CT saturation. The setting I cdsd (i.e.
[I_InstDiff]) shall be greater than inrush current and maximum unbalanced current due to external
fault or asynchronous closing, generally
I cdsd = K ⋅ I e (Equation 7.3-2)
Where:
K is a multiple depending on capacity of transformer and the system reactance, 6 – 8 is

recommended.
I e is secondary calculated rated current of transformer.
Sensitivity coefficient of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection K sen shall be calculated
according to the phase-to-phase solid short circuit fault in normal operation condition at installed
point of the relay. K sen ≥ 1.2 is required.

Chapter7 Settings
No.3-- [Slope1_PcntDiff_Tr]
Setting of the first slope of percentage differential protection, it shall be:
K bl 1 ≥ K er
(Equation 7.3-3)
Where:
K er is the error of current ratio of CT, no more than 0.1. K bl1 is 0.10-0.20 generally.
Sensitivity check for percentage differential protection
The sensitivity coefficient K sen shall be calculated according to phase-to-phase short circuit on
outlet of transformer protected by the differential relay in minimum operation mode. From the
calculated minimum short circuit current I k . min and relevant restraint current I res , corresponding
pickup current I op will be found in the operation characteristic curve of percentage differential
relay, and then the sensitivity coefficient is:
K sen = I k . min / I op
(Equation 7.3-4)
K sen ≥ 1.2 is required.
No.4-- [Slope2_PcntDiff_Tr]
Setting of second slope of percentage differential protection.
Calculation of secondary unbalanced current:
--- For two winding transformer
I unb. max = ( K ap K cc K er + ∆U + ∆m) I k . max

(Equation 7.3-5)
Where:
Definition of K er , ∆U and ∆m have been mentioned above;
K cc is the “same type coefficient” of CT, 0.1 is considered.
I k . max is the maximum value of fundamental component of external short circuit fault current
(secondary).

Chapter7 Settings
K ap is the coefficient of DC component. K ap = 1.0 if CT at both sides are class TP, or K ap = 1.5 -
2.0 if CT at both sides are class P.
--- For three winding transformer
Take external short circuit fault at LV side as example:
I unb. max = K ap K cc K er I k . max + ∆U h I k .h . max + ∆m I I k . I . max + ∆m II I k . II . max

(Equation 7.3-6)
Where:
Definition of K er , K cc and K ap have been mentioned above;
∆U h are maximum deviations (in percentage of rated voltage) on HV side due to tap changing.
I k . max is the maximum value of fundamental component of short circuit secondary current flowing
through CT at the fault side during external fault at LV side.
I k .h. max is the maximum value of fundamental component of short circuit secondary current flowing
through CT on tap changing sides during external fault at LV side.
I k .I . max and I k .II . max are the fundamental components of secondary currents flowing through CT at
other sides during external fault at LV side.
∆m I and ∆mII are errors caused by difference between ratios of CT (auxiliary CT included if any)
at relevant sides.
Second slope of percentage differential protection is:
I unb. max* − I cdqd * − 3k bl1

k bl 2 =
I k . max* − 3 (Equation 7.3-7)
Where:
Definition of I unb. max* , I cdqd * and I k . max* are almost same to I unb. max , I cdqd and
I k . max mentioned above, and the only difference is they are per unit values. I e (secondary
calculated rated current of transformer) is the base value of per unit.
kbl 2 =0.70 is recommended.

Chapter7 Settings
No.5-- [k_Harm_PcntDiff_Tr]
Restraint coefficient of second harmonic. This parameter is the blocking threshold of second
harmonics involving in differential current to against inrush current when the transformer is
energized. The differential protection will be blocked when the percentage of second harmonics
reaches the threshold because the percentage of second harmonics is high in inrush current but
low in fault current. It is recommended that the parameter is set to be 15% -20%.
No.6-- [TrpLog_DIff_Tr]
will be tripped by this protection.
No.7-- [En_InstDiff_Tr]
protection is enabled. Otherwise, it means the protection is disabled.
No.8-- [En_PcntDiff_Tr]
Percentage differential protection enabled. If this setting is set as “1”, it means this protection is
enabled. Otherwise, it means the protection is disabled.
No.9-- [En_DPFC_Diff_Tr]
DPFC percentage differential protection enabled. If this setting is set as “1”, it means this
protection is enabled. Otherwise, it means the protection is disabled.
No.10-- [Opt_Inrush_Ident_Tr]
Inrush current blocking principle selection:
“0”, discrimination by harmonics.
“1”, waveform distortion criteria is used.
No.11-- [Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Tr]
circuit failure happens. Otherwise, it means the function is disabled.
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> TR DIFF PROT --> [setting symbol]
7.3.3 Settings of phase to phase fault protection of main transformer

Table 7.3-3 Definition of phase to phase fault protection settings

Chapter7 Settings
1. V_NegOV_VCE_Tr 1.00 V– 20.00 V 0.01 V 4

2. Vpp_UV_VCE_Tr 10.00V-100.00V 0.01 V 60
3. I_OC1_Tr 0.10 A – 100.00 A 0.01 A 15
4. t_OC1_Tr 0.00 s – 10.00 s 0.01 s 1
5. TrpLog_OC11_Tr 0000-FFFF 1 000F
6. I_OC2_Tr 0.10 A – 100.00 A 0.01 A 10
7. t_OC2_Tr 0.00 s – 10.00 s 0.01 s 2
8. TrpLog_OC2_Tr 0000-FFFF 1 0F01
9. Z1_Fwd_Tr 0.00 – 100.00 Ohm 0.01Ohm 20
10. Z1_Rev_Tr 0.00 – 100.00 Ohm 0.01Ohm 20
11. t_Z1_Tr 0.00 – 10.00 s 0.01 s 1
12. TrpLog_Z1_Tr 0000-FFFF 1 0FFF
13. Z2_Fwd_Tr 0.00 – 100.00 Ohm 0.01Ohm 20
14. Z2_Rev_Tr 0.00 – 100.00 Ohm 0.01Ohm 20
15. t_Z2_Tr 0.00 – 10.00 s 0.01 s 1
17. I_Alm_OvLd_Tr 0.10 – 100.00 A 0.01 A 6
18. t_Alm_OvLd_Tr 0.00 – 10.00 s 0.01 s 8
19. I_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr 0.10 – 100.00 A 0.01 A 5.5
20. t_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr 0.00 – 10.00 s 0.01 s 9
23. En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Tr 0/1 1
25. En_LVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_Tr 0/1
26. En_Mem_Curr_Tr 0/1 0
27. Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Tr 0/1 1
28. En_OvLd_Tr 0/1 1
29. En_InitCool_OvLd_Tr 0/1 1
No.1-- [V_NegOV_VCE_Tr]
This is setting of negative sequence voltage control element of main transformer. Setting and
displayed value of negative sequence voltage are U2.
Setting of this relay shall be higher than measured imbalance voltage during normal operation
condition, generally
U op.2 = (0.06 − 0.08)U n

(Equation 7.3-8)
Where：

Chapter7 Settings
U n is secondary rated phase-to-phase voltage.
Sensitivity factor of negative sequence voltage relay shall be checked by
U k .2. min
K sen =
U op.2 (Equation 7.3-9)
Where U k .2. min is minimum secondary negative sequence voltage at location of the relay during
phase-to-phase metallic short circuit fault at end of backup protected zone. K sen ≥2.0 is required
for near backup protection and K sen ≥1.5 for remote backup protection.
Note:
When sensitivity factor is checked for current relay and voltage relay, unfavorable normal system
operation condition and unfavorable type of short circuit fault shall be adopted. If sensitivity factor
of under voltage relay is not high enough, function of composite voltage on LV side initiation can
be enabled. Voltage is taken from LV side by configure logic setting [En_LVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_Tr].
No.2-- [Vpp_UV_VCE_Tr]
Voltage of voltage control element is taken from LV side usually (logic setting
[En_LVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_TR] is set as 1.). Undervoltage setting shall be higher than the lowest
voltage during starting process of the largest motor connected with the LV busbar.
Setting of phase-to-phase under voltage of composite voltage control element. It shall coordinate
with generator starting condition.
Setting shall be higher than possible minimum voltage during normal operation, namely
U min
U op =
K rel ⋅K r (Equation 7.3-10)
Where K rel is reliability factor, 1.10 – 1.20; K r is release factor, 1.05 – 1.25; U min is possible
minimum voltage during normal operation, 0.9 times of secondary rated line voltage generally.
When VT on HV side of the transformer is used for the under voltage relay
U op = 0.7U n
(Equation 7.3-11)
Where U n is secondary rated line voltage.

Chapter7 Settings
When step-up transformer is used in a power plant and VT on generator side is used for under
voltage relay, its setting shall be higher than under voltage during operation of generator without
excitation,
U op = (0.5 − 0.6)U n
(Equation 7.3-12)
Where U n is secondary rated line voltage.
Sensitivity factor of under voltage relay shall be checked by
U op
K sen =
U c. max (Equation 7.3-13)
Where U c. max is maximum secondary residual voltage at location of the relay when
phase-to-phase metallic short circuit fault occurs at the check point during operation condition for
calculation. K sen ≥1.5 is required for near backup protection and K sen ≥1.2 for remote backup
protection.
No.3-- [I_OC1_Tr]
Setting of overcurrent protection stage 1.
Setting of overcurrent relay shall be higher than rated current of transformer,
K rel
I op = Ie
Kr (Equation 7.3-14)
where K rel is reliability factor, 1.2 generally; K r is release factor, 0.85 – 0.95; I e is secondary
rated current.
Sensitivity factor of overcurrent relay shall be checked by following:
I k( 2. min
)
K sen =
I op (Equation 7.3-15)
where I k( 2. min
)
is minimum fault current through location of the relay during phase-to-phase metallic
short circuit at end of backup protected section. K sen ≥ 1.3 is required for near backup
protection and K sen ≥ 1.2 for remote backup protection.
No.4-- [t_OC1_Tr]

Chapter7 Settings
The time delay of stage 1 of overcurrent protection. It shall coordinate with main protection only
and oscillation period is not needed to be considered. It is set as 0.5 s generally.
No.5 – [TrpLog_OC1_Tr]
Tripping output logic setting of the time delay of over current protection stage 1, please refer to
section 7.3.1.
No.6-- [I_OC2_Tr]
No.7-- [t_OC2_Tr]
The first time delay of overcurrent protection stage 2.No.8 – [TrpLog_OC2_Tr]
Tripping output logic setting of the first time delay of over current protection stage 2, please refer to
section 7.3.1
No.9 – [Z1_Fwd_Tr]
Stage 1 of positive direction impedance setting of phase-to-phase impedance protection. Here

positive direction means the direction is pointing to the transformer instead of generator itself.
If the value of this setting is greater than the next one, then the characteristic of distance protection
is set as excursive impedance circle; if it is equal to the next one, the characteristic is whole
impedance circle; if the next one is set as “0”, the characteristic becomes directional impedance.
Generally, low impedance protection is considered as the backup protection of transformer in case
that voltage-controlled overcurrent protection cannot satisfy the sensitivity requirement of
transformer.
Setting of this impedance relay shall coordinate with that of HV side outlet, namely
Z op = K rel K inf Z
(Equation 7.3-16)
Where K rel is reliability factor, 0.8 generally; Kinf is enhanced factor, taking minimum value of
various operation conditions; Z is setting of impedance protection of coordinating HV side outlet;
Sensitivity shall be checked by phase-to-phase short circuit on end of designated protected zone,
namely
Z op
K sen =
Z (Equation 7.3-17)
Where Z is equivalent secondary impedance value of designated protected section. K sen ≥1.3
Is required.
When this direction of impedance relay points to transformer.

Chapter7 Settings
The forward setting can be based on enough sensitivity for fault on terminal of generator and
referred to equation hereinabove. Reverse impedance equals to 5% - 10% of forward impedance.
Reverse setting shall be lower than setting of the shortest zone 1 of impedance protection of outlet
from this side busbar.
NO.10—[Z1_Rev_Tr]
Stage 1 of negative direction impedance setting of distance protection. In general, this setting is
set as 5-10% of the positive direction impedance setting.
NO.11—[t_Z1_Tr]
The first time delay of distance protection stage 1.
NO.12—[TrpLog_Z1_Tr]
Tripping output logic setting of distance protection stage 1.
No.13 – [Z2_Fwd_Tr]
Stage 2 of ppositive direction impedance setting of phase-to-phase impedance protection.
NO.14—[Z2_Rev_Tr]
Stage 2 of negative direction impedance setting of distance protection.
NO.15—[t_Z2_Tr]
The time delay of distance protection stage 2.
NO.16—[TrpLog_Z2_Tr]
No.17-- [I_Alm_OvLd_Tr]
Current setting of overload alarm.
No.18-- [t_Alm_OvLd_Tr]
Time delay of overload alarm.
No.19-- [I_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr]
Current setting of stage 1 of air cooling initiation of main transformer.
No.20-- [t_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr]
Time delay of stage 1 of cooling initiation of main transformer.
No.21-- [I_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr]
Current setting of stage 2 of air cooling initiation of main transformer.
No.30-- [t_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr]
Time delay of stage 2 of cooling initiation of main transformer.

Chapter7 Settings
No.23-- [En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Tr]
Logic setting of overcurrent protection stage 1 controlled by voltage element.
“1”: the overcurrent protection stage 1 is controlled by voltage element.
“0”: the protection is not controlled by voltage element.
No.24-- [En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Tr]
Logic setting of overcurrent protection stage2 controlled by voltage element.
No.25 -- [En_LVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_Tr]
Logic setting of overcurrent protection controlled by LV side VCE.
No.26 -- [En_Mem_Curr_Tr]
Logic setting of memory function of current.
Note:
For generator with self parallel excitation system, the memory function is usually disabled for
phase to phase backup protection. But if it is enabled, the overcurrent protection must be
configured as voltage controlled overcurrent protection.
No.27-- [Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Tr]
Protection performance during VT circuit failure.
“1”: when VT circuit failure at one side is detected, voltage control element at the same side will be
disabled but overcurrent relay on the same side can still be controlled by voltage control elements
of other side if corresponding logic setting is set as “1”.
“0”: when VT circuit failure at one side is detected, the overcurrent relay will become an
overcurrent relay without voltage element control.
No.28-- [En_OvLd_Tr]
Logic setting of enabling overload alarm of main transformer.
No.29-- [En_InitCool_OvLd_Tr]
Logic setting of enabling cooling initiation of main transformer.
Settings of HV side voltage phase to phase fault protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> Setting -> PROT SETTINGS -> TR PPF BAK PROT--> [setting symbol]

Chapter7 Settings
7.3.4 Settings of earth fault protection of main transformer

Table 7.3-4 Definition of earth fault protection settings of main transformer

1. V_ROV_VCE_Tr 1.00 –100.00V 0.01V 10
2. I_ROC1_Tr 0.10 –100.00A 0.01A 10
3. t_ROC11_Tr 0.00–10.00s 0.01s 1
4. TrpLog_ROC11_Tr 0000-FFFF 1 0021
5. t_ROC12_Tr 0.00–10.00s 0.01s 1.5
7. I_ROC2_Tr 0.10–100.00A 0.01A 10
8. t_ROC21_Tr 0.00– 10.00s 0.01 s 2
10. t_ROC22_Tr 0.00– 10.00s 0.01s 2.5
11. TrpLog_ROC22_Tr 0000-FFFF 1 001F
12. I_Alm_REF_Tr 0.10 – 10.00 In 0.01 In 0.1
0.10 – 10.00 In 0.01 In 0.3
13. I_Pkp_PcntREF_Tr
2.00 – 50.00 In 0.01 In 6

14. I_InstREF_Tr
0.30 – 0.70 0.01 0.3

15. Slope_PcntREF_Tr
1 7FFF
16. TrpLog_REF_Tr 0000-FFFF
10.00 – 100.00V 0.01 V 100

17. V_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr
0.00 – 10.00s 0.01s 0.5

18. t_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr
logic setting “1” - enable, “0” – disable

0/1 0
19. En_VCE.ROV_Ctrl_ROC1_Tr
0/1 0
0
21. En_Dir_Ctrl_ROC1_Tr 0/1
0
0
23. En_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr 0/1

Chapter7 Settings
24. En_InstREF_Tr 0/1 1
25. Ent_PcntREF_Tr 0/1 0
No.1 --[ V_ROV_VCE_Tr]
Setting (3U0) of zero-sequence voltage control element for zero-sequence overcurrent protection.
No.2-- [I_ROC1_Tr]
Setting of stage 1 of zero-sequence overcurrent protection.
This setting shall coordinate with unrestraint main protection or stage 1 or 2 of zero sequence
overcurrent relay of adjacent power line.
I op.o. I = K rel K brI I op.o.1 I

(Equation 7.3-18)
Where:
I op .o.I is setting of stage 1 of zero sequence overcurrent relay,
K brI is branch factor of zero sequence current which is ratio of zero sequence current passing
through the relay and passing through the faulty line during ground fault at end of protected zone
of stage 1 of power line zero sequence overcurrent protection, maximum value for various
operation conditions being Taken;
K rel is reliability factor, 1.1 generally;
I op.o.1I is setting of relevant stage of coordinating line protection.
Sensitivity factor of zero sequence overcurrent relay shall be checked by
3I k .o. min
K sen =
I op.o (Equation 7.3-19)
Where:
3I k .o. min is minimum secondary zero sequence current passing through location of the relay
during ground fault at end of protected zone; I op.o is this setting. K sen ≥1.5 Is required.
No.3-- [t_ROC11_Tr]

Chapter7 Settings
Time delay 1 of stage 1 of zero-sequence overcurrent protection.
When earth fault occurs on near end of HV side outlet of startup/standby transformer, it is
protected by both this protection and zero-sequence overcurrent protection stage 2 on remote end,
so the time delay setting of this protection is
t = t II − ∆t
(Equation 7.3-20)
Where:
t is time delay [t_ROC11_Tr].
t II is time delay of zero-sequence overcurrent protection stage2 on remote end.
∆t is the step difference of delay.

No.4-- [TrpLog_ROC11_Tr]
Tripping output logic setting of zero-sequence overcurrent protection stage 1 with time delay 1.
No.5-- [t_ROC12_Tr]
No.7-- [I_ROC2_Tr]
Setting of stage 2 of zero-sequence overcurrent protection.
The setting shall coordinate with operating current of zero-sequence overcurrent protection of HV
side feeders for remote end earth fault:
(3I 0 ) op
I op.o . II = K c 0 C 0'
nTA (Equation 7.3-21)
Where:
K c 0 is coordination coefficient, (generally K co = 1.1);
(3I o ) op is the primary operating current of backup zone of zero-sequence overcurrent protection
of HV side feeders to be coordinated.
C 0' is the distribution coefficient of zero sequence current that is equal to the ratio of zero
sequence current passing through this end protection and that passing through the power line,

Chapter7 Settings
takes the maximum value in various operation modes; and nTA is current ratio of CT.
No.8-- [t_ROC21_Tr]
Delay 1 of stage 2 of zero-sequence overcurrent protection.
No.10-- [t_ROC22_Tr]
No.12-- [I_Alm_REF_Tr]
Setting of zero sequence differential current alarm. This setting shall be greater than the maximum
zero sequence unbalance differential current in normal operation condition meanwhile smaller
than REF pickup value.
No.13-- [I_Pkp_PcntREF_Tr]
Pickup setting of zero sequence differential current. Calculation of this setting is based on
secondary rated current of CT. The pick up current of zero sequence differential protection shall
be higher than the maximum unbalance current while transformer operates on normal rated load,
i.e.
I 0 cdqd = K rel ( K er + ∆m) I n

(Equation 7.3-22)
Where:
I 0cdqd represents for [I_Pkp_PcntREF_Tr];
I n is rated secondary current of CT;
K rel is reliability coefficient (generally K rel = 1.3 - 1.5);
K er is the ratio errors of CT (for type 10P, K er = 0.03×2; for class 5P and class TP, K er =0.01X2);
∆m is the error caused by the difference between ratios of CT at all side, 0.05 is recommended.
For practical engineering calculation, I ocdqd =（0.2 - 0.5） I n is reasonable and imbalance current
in differential scheme during maximum load of transformer shall be measured.

Chapter7 Settings
Please note that calculation of zero sequence differential current settings is based on the
secondary rated current of CT. If a setting value got from calculation is together with its unit
Ampere, this setting shall be divided by secondary rated current of this side of CT, to get per unit
value.
Sensitivity check for zero sequence percentage differential protection
Sensitivity of zero sequence percentage differential protection shall be checked with the solid
earthed short circuit in its protected zone. K sen ≥ 2 is required. In solid earthed system,
distribution of zero sequence current for single phase to ground fault depends on the configuration
of zero sequence network of power system. Magnitude of the single-phase ground fault current
depends on not only zero sequence distance of system but also positive and negative sequence
distance or power system operation mode. When power system is in maintenance status, in order
to remain the zero sequence network unchanged and increase sensitivity for earth fault protection,
the 220 kV power system is generally compensated by properly changing earth mode of the
transformer. Neutral point of transformer of 400 kV power system is now generally earthed with
small reactance. Therefore, sensitivity of zero sequence differential protection shall be checked in
minimum operation mode for 220 kV power system and minimum operation mode or small
maintenance mode for 400 kV power system.
Note:
Positive polarity of CT is at busbar side on HV side and at neutral point for serial-winding.
No.14-- [I_InstREF_Tr]
Setting of unrestrained instantaneous zero sequence differential protection.
No.15-- [Slope_PcntREF_Tr]
Restraint coefficient of percentage zero sequence differential current.
No.16-- [TrpLog_REF_Tr]
Tripping output logic setting of zero sequence differential protection.
No.17-- [V_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr]
Voltage setting of zero sequence overvoltage alarm at LV side.
No.18-- [t_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr]
Delay of zero sequence overvoltage alarm at LV side.
No.19-- [En_VCE.ROC_Ctrl_ROC1_Tr]
Stage 1 of zero-sequence overcurrent protection controlled by zero-sequence voltage element.
No.20-- [En_VCE.ROC_Ctrl_ROC2_Tr]

Chapter7 Settings
Stage 2 of zero-sequence overcurrent protection controlled by zero-sequence voltage element.
No.21-- [En_Dir_Ctrl_ROC1_Tr]
Stage 1 of zero-sequence overcurrent protection is controlled by direction element.
No.22-- [En_Dir_Ctrl_ROC2_Tr]
Stage 2 of zero-sequence overcurrent protection is controlled by direction element.
No.23-- [En_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr]
Enable zero sequence overvoltage alarm on LV side.
No.24-- [En_InstREF_Tr]
Enable unrestrained instantaneous zero sequence differential current protection.
No.25-- [En_PcntREF_Tr]
Enable percentage zero sequence differential current protection.
7.3.4.3 Settings path
Settings of earth fault protection of main transformer are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTING -> PROT SETTINGS -> TR EF BAK PROT--> [setting symbol]
7.3.5 Settings of over excitation protection of main transformer

Table 7.3-5 List of over excitation protection settings of main transformer

1. k_OvExc1_Tr 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.4
2. t_OvExc1_Tr 0.00 – 3000.00 s 0.01s 1
3. TrpLog_OvExc1_Tr 0000 – FFFF 1 000F
4. k_Alm_OvExc_Tr 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.1
5. t_Alm_OvExc_Tr 0.00 – 3000.00 s 0.01s 10
6. k0_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.5
7. t0_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 – 3000.00 s 0.01s 1
8. k1_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.45
9. t1_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 – 3000.00 s 0.01s 2
10. k2_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.4
11. t2_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 – 3000.00 s 0.01s 5
12. k3_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.3
13. t3_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 – 3000.00 s 0.01s 15
14. k4_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.25

Chapter7 Settings
15. t4_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 – 3000.00 s 0.01s 30

16. k5_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.2
17. t5_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 – 3000.00 s 0.01s 100
18. k6_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.15
19. t6_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 – 3000.00 s 0.01s 300
20. k7_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.1
21. t7_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 – 3000.00 s 0.01s 1000
22. TrpLog_InvOvExc_Tr 0000 – FFFF 1 7FFF
No.1-- [k_OvExc1_Tr]
Setting of stage 1 of definite time over excitation protection of main transformer.
U
B U gn
N = = = U ∗ / f∗ = 1.3 or data provided by the factory
Bn f
f gn
NO.2—[t_OvExc1_Tr]
Delay of stage 1 of definite time over excitation protection of main transformer.
NO.3—[TrpLog_OvExc1_Tr]
Tripping output logic setting of stage 1 of definite time over excitation protection of main
transformer. The function of this protection is used for islanding, excitation shutting or
programming, excitation reducing etc.
NO.4—[k_Alm_OvExc_Tr]
Setting of over excitation alarm of main transformer. Setting of alarm shall be lower than that of
over excitation protection. 1.1 is recommended.
NO.5—[t_Alm_OvExc_Tr]
Delay of over excitation alarm of main transformer.
NO.6—[k0_InvOvExc_Tr]
Upper limit of inverse time over excitation protection of main transformer—n0
NO.7—[t0_InvOvExc_Tr]
Delay of upper limit of inverse time over excitation protection of main transformer.
Inverse time over excitation factor1—n1. Setting range of various inverse time over excitation
coefficient s is 1.1 – 2.0. However setting of upper limit (NO.9) of over excitation factor n0 shall be
higher than that of over excitation factor1 n1, that of factor1 n1 shall be higher than that of factor2

Chapter7 Settings
n2, etc.. Finally, setting of over excitation factor6 n6 (NO.23) shall be higher than that of lower
limit.
Delay at the point n1 on inverse time over excitation curve—t1
The range of delay of various inverse time over excitation protection stage is 0s to 6000 s,
ie.,0--50 min. Delay of upper limit (NO.10) of over excitation factor shall be shorter than that of
over excitation factor1, that of factor1 shall be shorter than that of factor2, etc.. Finally, delay of
over excitation factor6 (NO.22) shall be shorter than that of lower limit (NO.24).
Inverse time over excitation factor n2.
Inverse time over excitation Ratio n3.
Delay at the point n3 on inverse time over excitation curve—t3.

Chapter7 Settings
NO.22—[TrpLog_InvOvExc_Tr]
Tripping output logic setting of inverse time over excitation protection of main transformer.
Settings of main transformer overexcitation protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> TR OVEXC PROT --> [setting symbol]
Note:
The over excitation protection of generator-transformer unit comprises two over excitation
protection: generator over excitation protection and transformer over excitation protection.
Configuration of the generator over excitation protection shall be higher than over excitation
capability of generator, while that of transformer shall be higher than over excitation capability of
transformer. If only one set of over excitation protection is used, configuration of the lower one
shall be adopted.
7.3.6 Differential protection settings of generator

Table 7.3-6 List of generator differential protection settings

1. I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Gen 0.10–1.50 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.1
2. I_InstDiff_Gen 2.00–14.00 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 6
3. Slope1_PcntDiff_Gen 0.00–0.10 0.01 0.05
5. TrpLog_Diff_Gen 0000–FFFF 1 7FFF
6. En_InstDiff_Gen 0, 1 1
7. En_PcntDiff_Gen 0, 1 1
8. En_DPFC_Diff_Gen 0, 1 1
9. Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Gen 0, 1 1
Note:
Symbol of the parameters listed in above table are used for communication, printing and
displaying on LCD.

Chapter7 Settings
No.1-- [I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Gen]
detector of percentage differential protection. It shall be higher than maximum unbalance current
when the generator operates on normal rated load, i.e.
I cdqd = K rel × 2× 0.03I f 2 n I cdqd = K rel × Iunb.0

or (Equation 7.3-23)
Where:
I f 2 n is secondary rated current of generator,
I f 1n
I f 2n =
n fLH
Where:
I f 1n is primary rated current of generator and n fLH is ratio of generator CT.
Pn / cos θ
I f 1n =
3U f 1n
Where:
Pn is rated capacity of generator;
cosθ is power factor of generator and
U f 1n is rated voltage of generator terminal.
K rel is reliability factor, 1.5 in general;
I unb.0 is the measured actual unbalance current during rated load of generator, 0.2 I f 2 n -0.3
I f 2 n is recommended for reference.
Where:
I cdqd represents the setting [I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Gen].
No.2-- [I_InstDiff_Gen]

Chapter7 Settings
Setting of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection.
Unrestraint instantaneous differential protection is a complementary part of differential protection.

Its current setting shall be higher than maximum unbalance current due to breaker’s asynchronous
closure. For large unit, it can be set as 3 or 4 times of rated current. 4 times of rated current is
recommended.
No.3-- [Slope1_PcntDiff_Gen]
Setting of the first slope of percentage differential protection, it shall be:
K bl1 = K rel × K cc × K er (Equation 7.3-24)
Where:
K rel is reliability coefficient which is considered to be 1.0~2.0 in general;
K cc is the type factor of CT, 0.5 in general;
K er is error factor of CT ratio, no more than 0.1.
K bl 1 represents [Slope1_PcntDiff_Gen] which is set as 0.05~0.1 in general.
No.4-- [Slope2_PcntDiff_Gen]
With type factor of CT not taken into account, the maximum unbalance current is, ,
K unb. max = K ap × K er × K k . max

(Equation 7.3-25)
Where:
K ap
is non periodic component factor, usually no less than 2.0;
K er is error factor of CT ratio, no more than 0.1;
I k . max is periodic component of secondary value of external three phase short circuit current and it
can be taken as 4 times of rated current if it is less than 4 times of rated current.
Maximum slope of percentage differential protection is:
I unb. max* − I cdqd * − 2k bl1

k bl 2 =
I k . max* − 2 （Equation 7.3-26）
Chapter7 Settings
where:
I unb. max* ， I cdqd * and I k . max* are all per unit value of rated current of generator;
kbl 2 ([Slope2_PcntDiff_Gen] ) is taken as 0.50 generally.
If the percentage differential protection is configured based on rules mentioned above, when
phase-to-phase metallic short circuit fault occurs at the terminal of generator, sensitivity factor will
K sen ≥ 2 surely.
meet requirement
No.5-- [TrpLog_Diff_Gen]
will be tripped by this protection. This word comprises 16 binary bits as follows and is displayed as
a hexadecimal number of 4 digits from 0000H to FFFFH on LCD of equipment. The tripping output
logic settings is specified as follows:
bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Protection Enabled
TJ14: TrpOutp 14
TJ13: TrpOutp 13
TJ12: TrpOutp 12
TJ11: TrpOutp 11
TJ10: TrpOutp 10
TJ9: TrpOutp 9
TJ8: TrpOutp 8
TJ7: TrpOutp 7
TJ6: TrpOutp 6
TJ5: TrpOutp 5
TJ4: TrpOutp 4
TJ3: TrpOutp 3
TJ2: TrpOutp 2
TJ1: TrpOutp 1
No definition
Function
Note:
Set bit 0 as “1” means this protection element will trip breaker or breakers when operate. The bit
corresponding to the output channal shall be set as“1” and other bits shall be “0”. For example, if
differential protection is defined to trip output channel 5, the bit “0” and “5” bit shall be set as “1”
and other bits “0”. Then a hexadecimal number 0021H is formed as the tripping output logic
setting.
Please note that tripping output logic settings of the equipment have to be set on basis of
application-specific drawings.
All the tripping logic settings mentioned below is defined as same as this one.
No.6-- [En_InstDiff_Gen]
protection is enabled. Otherwise it means the protection is disabled.
No.7-- [En_PcntDiff_Gen]
Percentage differential protection enabled.

Chapter7 Settings
No.8-- [En_DPFC_Diff_Gen]
DPFC percentage differential protection enabled.
No.9-- [Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Gen]
circuit failure take place. Otherwise it means the blocking function is disabled.
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN DIFF PROT --> [setting symbol]
7.3.7 Settings of turn-to-turn fault protection of generator

Table 7.3-7 List of turn-to-turn fault protection settings

1. I_SensTrvDiff_Gen 0.10 – 50.00 A 0.01 A 2.0
2. I_UnsensTrvDiff_Gen 0.10 – 50.00 A 0.01 A 10
3. t_TrvDiff_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 0.2
4. V_SensROV_Longl_Gen 1 – 10.00 V 0.01 V 1
5. V_UnsensROV_Longl_Gen 2 – 20.00 V 0.01 V 6
6. t_ROV_Longl_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 0.1
7. TrpLog_IntTurn_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
8. En_SensTrvDiff_Gen 0，1 0
9. En_UnsensTrvDiff_Gen 0，1 0
10. En_SensROV_Longl_Gen 0，1 1
11. En_UnsensROV_Longl_Gen 0，1 1
12. En_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen 0，1 0
NO.1—[I_SensTrvDiff_Gen]
Current setting of high sensitive transverse differential protection.
Setting of this protection shall be higher than maximum unbalance current during normal operation
condition. Reliability factor can be more than 2. The setting value is usually:
I op = 0.05 I f ln / na
（Equation 7.3-27）
Where:

Chapter7 Settings
I OP represents the setting [I_SensTrvDiff_Gen].
I f ln
is primary rated current of generator and
na is ratio of zero sequence CT of transverse differential protection.
Phase current restraint factor is a fixed coefficient in the program.
NO.2—[I_UnsensTrvDiff_Gen]
Current setting of high-setting transverse differential protection.
It is equivalent to traditional transverse differential protection. Setting of this protection is as follows

which shall be higher than maximum unbalance current during external short circuit fault.
I op =（0.20 ~ 0.30）I f ln / n a
Where:
I OP represents the setting [I_SensTrvDiff_Gen].
I f ln
is primary rated current of generator and
na is ratio of zero sequence CT of transverse differential protection.
NO.3—[t_TrvDiff_Gen]
Delay of transverse differential protection (act on only after the occurrence of one-point ground of
rotor).
When one point earth fault occurs within rotor of generator and one point earth fault protection
operates, in order to prevent unwanted operation of transverse protection due to instantaneous
two points earth fault within the rotor, operation of this protection shall be delayed for 0.5 s – 1 s.
Note:
When a turn-to-turn fault occurs, the equipment will trip relevant breakers without delay according
to the tripping output logic setting, but a time delay decided by user will act on after occurrence of
one-point ground of rotor.
NO.4—[V_SensROV_Longl_Gen]
Voltage setting of high sensitive longitudinal zero sequence overvoltage protection .

Chapter7 Settings
Setting of this protection shall be higher than maximum unbalance voltage during normal
operation condition, usually:
U op = 0.5 - 3 V
At beginning of configuration, 2 – 3 V is preferred. After fault waveform analysis, the setting can be
reduced properly and sensitivity of the protection can be improved than.
Phase current restraint factor is a fixed coefficient in the program.
NO.5—[V_UnsensROV_Longl_Gen]
Setting of this protection shall be higher than maximum unbalance voltage during external fault,
usually:
U op = 8 - 12 V
NO.6—[t_ROV_Longl_Gen]
Delay of longitudinal zero sequence overvoltage. Short delay 0.10 s – 0.20 s is recommended for
operation and output of this protection.
NO.7—[TrpLog_IntTurn_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of turn-to-turn fault protection of generator.
NO.8—[En_SensTrvDiff_Gen]
Enable high sensitive transverse differential protection of generator.
NO.9—[En_UnsensTrvDiff_Gen]
Enable high-setting transverse differential protection of generator.
NO.10—[En_SensROV_Longl_Gen]
Enable high sensitive longitude zero sequence overvoltage protection of generator.
NO.11—[En_UnsensROV_Longl_Gen]
Enable high-setting longitude zero sequence overvoltage protection of generator.
NO.12—[En_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen]
Enable directional DPFC turn-to-turn fault protection of generator.
Settings of generator interturn protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN INTTURN PROT --> [setting symbol].

Chapter7 Settings
7.3.8 Settings of backup protection of generator

Table 7.3-8 List of turn-to-turn fault protection settings

1. V_NegOV_VCE_Gen 1.00 – 20.00 V 0.01 V 4
2. Vpp_UV_VCE_Gen 2.00 –100.00 V 0.01 V 60
3. I_OC1_Gen 0.10 –100.00 A 0.01 A 20
4. t_OC1_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
5. TrpLog_OC1_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 000F
6. I_OC2_Gen 0.10 –100.00 A 0.01 A 17
7. t_OC2_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
8. TrpLog_OC2_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 0F01
9. Z1_Fwd_Gen 0.00 –100.00 Ω 0.01 Ω 20
10. Z1_Rev_Gen 0.00 –100.00 Ω 0.01 Ω 20
11. t_Z1_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
12. TrpLog_Z1_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 0FFF
13. Z2_Fwd_Gen 0.00 –100.00 Ω 0.01 Ω 20
14. Z2_Rev_Gen 0.00 –100.00 Ω 0.01 Ω 20
15. t_Z2_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
17. I_BO_OC_Gen 0.10 –100.00 A 0.01 A 5.5
18. t_BO_OC_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 9
19. En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Gen 0，1 1
21. En_HVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_Gen 0，1 0
22. Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Gen 0，1 1
23. En_Mem_Curr_Gen 0，1 1
24. En_BO_OC_Term_Gen 0，1
0
0，1
25. En_BO_UV&OC_Term_Gen 0
No.1-- [V_NegOV_VCE_Gen]
Negative sequence voltage setting of composite voltage control element. Setting and displayed
value of negative sequence voltage are U2.
Setting of negative sequence voltage relay shall be higher than unbalance voltage during normal
operation, generally

Chapter7 Settings
U op.2 = (0.06 - -0.08 ) U n

Where: U n is secondary rated voltage.
Sensitivity factor shall be checked by phase-to-phase short circuit fault on HV side bus of main
transformer:
U 2. min
K sen =
U op 2
Where:
U 2. min is minimum negative sequence voltage at location of the equipment during phase-to-phase
short circuit fault on HV side bus of main transformer. K sen ≥ 1.5 is required.
NO.2—[Vpp_UV_VCE_Gen]
Setting of phase-to-phase undervoltage of composite voltage control element.
Its operating voltage U op can be set as following:
For turbine generator, U op = 0.6 U gn and for hydro-generator, U op = 0.7 U gn
U gn
Where is rated phase-to-phase voltage of generator.
Sensitivity factor shall be checked by three-phase short circuit fault on HV side bus of main
transformer:
U op
K sen =
X t × I k(3. max
)
I k( 3. max
)
Where is maximum secondary fault current during three-phase short circuit on HV side bus
X t is reactance of main transformer, X t = Z t . K sen ≥ 1.2 is required.

of main transformer;
NO.3—[I_OC1_Gen]
Setting of overcurrent relay shall be higher than rated current of generator.

Chapter7 Settings
K rel
I op = I gn
Kr （Equation 7.3-34）
Where:
K rel is reliability factor, 1.3 – 1.5;
K r is release factor, 0.85 – 0.95;
I gn
is secondary rated current of generator.
Sensitivity factor of overcurrent relay shall be checked by following:
I k( 2. min
)
K sen =
I op
I k( .2min
)
Where is minimum fault current through location of the relay during phase-to-phase
K sen ≥ 1.2 is required.

metallic short circuit on HV side of main transformer.
NO.4—[t_OC1_Gen]
Time delay of overcurrent protection stage 1. Delay of this protection shall be higher than that of
operation of backup protection of step-up transformer. This protection is used for islanding and
generator shutting off.
NO.5—[TrpLog_OC1_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of overcurrent protection stage 1.
NO.6—[I_OC2_Gen]
Setting of overcurrent protection stage 2. Setting of overcurrent relay shall be higher than rated
current of transformer.
NO.7—[t_OC2_Gen]
Time delay of overcurrent protection stage2.
NO.8—[TrpLog_OC2_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of overcurrent protection stage2.
NO.9—[Z1_Fwd_Gen]
Positive direction impedance setting of distance protection stage1. Here positive direction means
the direction is pointing to the transformer instead of generator itself.

Chapter7 Settings
If the value of this setting is greater than the next one, then the characteristic of distance protection
is set as excursive impedance circle; if it is equal to the next one, the characteristic is whole
impedance circle; if the next one is set as “0”, the characteristic becomes directional impedance.
Generally, low impedance protection is considered as the backup protection of generator in case
that voltage-controlled overcurrent protection can’t satisfy the sensitivity requirement of generator.
NO.10—[Z1_Rev_Gen]
Negative direction impedance setting of distance protection stage1. In general, this setting is set
as 5-10% of the positive direction impedance setting.
NO.11—[t_Z1_Gen]
Delay of distance protection stage1.
NO.12—[TrpLog_Z1_Gen]
NO.13—[Z2_Fwd_Gen]
Positive direction impedance setting of distance protection stage2.
NO.14—[Z2_Rev_Gen]
Negative direction impedance setting of distance protection stage2
NO.15—[t_Z2_Gen]
Delay of distance protection stage2
NO.16—[TrpLog_Z2_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of distance protection stage1. Please refer to the tripping output logic
setting of differential protection of main transformer for details.
NO.17—[I_BO_OC_Term_Gen]
Current setting of overcurrent element for controlling function of a set of contact.
NO.18—[t_BO_OC_Term_Gen]
Time delay setting of overcurrent element for controlling function of a set of contact.
NO.19—[En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Gen]
Enable controlling function to stage 1 of overcurrent protection by Composite Voltage Element.
NO.20—[En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Gen]
Enable controlling function to stage 2 of overcurrent protection by Composite Voltage Element.
NO.21—[En_HVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_Gen]
Enable controlling function to overcurrent protection by Composite Voltage Element from HVS of

Chapter7 Settings
transformer.
NO.22—[Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Gen]
“1”: when VT circuit failure at one side is detected, composite voltage element will be disabled if
corresponding logic setting is set as “1”.
“0”: when VT circuit failure at one side is detected, the voltage-controlled overcurrent element will
become a pure overcurrent relay without composite voltage element controlling.
NO.23—[En_Mem_Curr_Gen]
That the setting is set as “1” indicates the excitation mode of generator is self shunt excitation
mode. In that case, the protection will remember the current value at the initiation of fault, and
operates based on it, no matter whether the current will decrease due to the descending excitation
voltage result from terminal voltage’s getting down when external fault occurs. Once this setting is
set as “1”, the backup overcurrent protection of generator is always controlled by composite
voltage element.
NO.24—[En_BO_OC_Term_Gen]
Enable blocking function of overcurrent element by outputting a set of contact.
Note:
In the above Table，current used in backup protection of generator comes from the backup current
input channel.
Settings of generator phase-to-phase backup protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN PPF BAK PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.9 Settings of earth fault protection of stator windings

Table 7.3-9 List of earth fault protection settings of stator

1. V_SensROV_Sta 1.00 – 20.00 V 0.01 V 10
2. V_UnsensROV_Sta 1.00 – 20.00 V 0.01 V 20
3. t_ROV_Sta 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
4. k_V3rdHRatio_PreSync_Sta 0.50 – 10.00 0.01 1
5. k_V3rdHRatio_PostSync_Sta 0.50 – 10.00 0.01 1
6. k_V3rdH_Diff_Sta 0.10 – 2.00 0.01 1

Chapter7 Settings
7. t_V3rdH_Sta 0.00 – 10.00S 0.01 S 3

8. TrpLog_EF_Sta 0000 – FFFF 1 7FFF
9. En_Alm_ROV_Sta 0，1 1
10. En_Trp_ROV_Sta 0，1 0
11. En_Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta 0，1 1
12. En_Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta 0，1 1
13. En_Trp_V3rdHRatio_Sta 0，1 0
14. En_Trp_UnsensRov_Sta 0，1 1
No.1-- [V_SensROV_Sta]
Setting of fundamental zero sequence overvoltage protection.
U op U unb. max of single

Setting of this protection shall be higher than maximum unbalance voltage
phase VT at neutral point during normal operation.
U op = K rel U unb. max

Krel is reliability factor, 1.2 – 1.3 generally; Uunb. max is the maximum measured
Where
fundamental unbalance zero sequence voltage derived from single VT at the neutral point of
generator.
To assure its security, user should check the transferred zero sequence voltage through coupling
capacitance between HV side and LV side of transformer when external earth fault occurs on the
HV side of the transformer. Meanwhile, settings, including time delay and operation setting, should
be considered to cooperate with that of earth fault protection of the system.
Note:
The zero sequence voltage used in this protection comes from VT at the neutral point of generator.
NO.2—[V_UnsensROV_Sta]
Setting of high-setting fundamental zero sequence overvoltage protection.
Only zero sequence voltage at neutral point is taken for high setting zone of fundamental zero
sequence voltage protection. Its setting is usually 20 V – 25 V.
Zero sequence voltage transferred by coupling capacitance per phase between HV and LV side
windings of step-up transformer shall be checked when external fault occurs at HV side of the
transformer. Coordination both on setting and delay between this protection and system earth fault
protection could be achieved then.

Chapter7 Settings
NO.3—[t_ROV_Sta]
Delay of fundamental zero sequence overvoltage protection.
NO.4—[k_V3rdHRatio_PreSync_Sta]
Ratio setting of 3rd harmonics before incorporation of generator in power network.
• •
Let third harmonic voltage at the end and neutral point of generator be Ut and Un , ratio setting of
third harmonic voltage percentage earth fault protection shall be
• •
Ut Un > α
3 × nTVN
and α = K rel during pre-configuration,
nTV 0
Where:
Krel is reliability factor, 1.3 – 1.5 in general;
nTV0 is ratio of open-delta zero sequence voltage at the terminal of generator;
nTVN is ratio of zero sequence VT on neutral point.
U 3T / U 3N
During incorporation of generator to power system, the ratio changes considerably
owing to variation of equivalent capacitive reactance at generator terminal. So two different
settings are designed for protection before and after connection of generator with system, and
these two settings can be switched over with alternation of contacts’ position of the terminal
breaker.
The setting shall be (1.3 – 1.5)× α 1 before incorporation and (1.3 – 1.5)× α 2 after that.
Where α 1 and α 2 are the maximum real-measured third harmonic voltage ratio before and
after incorporation respectively.
NO.5—[k_V3rdHRatio_PostSync_Sta]
Ratio setting of 3rd harmonics after incorporation in power network.
NO.6—[k_V3rdHDiff_Sta]
Restraint coefficient of percentage third harmonic voltage earth fault protection.

Chapter7 Settings
• • • •
U t − k p U n > k zd U n
Where:
•
kp
is vectorial automatic tracing regulation factor;
kzd is restraint factor [3rdHarm Diff. Ratio], 0.3 is recommended.
U t is 3rd harmonics derived from the terminal of generator.
U n is 3rd harmonics derived from the neutral point of generator.
NO.7—[t_V3rdH_Sta]
Delay of percentage third harmonic voltage earth fault protection. It shall be longer than that of
backup protection against external fault .
NO.8—[TrpLog_EF_Sta]
Tripping output logic setting of stator earth fault protection.
NO.9—[En_Alm_ROV_Sta]
Enable alarm function of zero sequence overvoltage.
NO.10—[En_Trp_ROV_Sta]
Enable zero sequence overvoltage protection.
NO.11—[En_Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta]
Enable alarm function of third harmonic voltage ratio element .
NO.12—[En_Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta]
Enable alarm function of third harmonics differential voltage.
NO.13—[En_Trp_V3rdHRatio_Sta]
Enable tripping function of third harmonic voltage ratio element.
NO.14—[En_Trp_UnsensRov_Sta]
Enable tripping function of high-setting zero sequence overvoltage protection
Settings of stator earth fault protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> STA EF PROT --> [setting symbol].

Chapter7 Settings
7.3.10 Settings of earth fault protection of rotor

Table 7.3-10 List of earth fault protection settings of rotor

1. R_Sens1PEF_RotWdg 0.10 –100.00 kΩ 0.01 kΩ 20
2. R_1PEF_RotWdg 0.10 –100.00 kΩ 0.01 kΩ 20
3. t_1PEF_RotWdg 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
4. V2ndH_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg 0.10 – 10.00 V 0.01 V 2
5. t_2PEF_RotWdg 0.00 - 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
6. TrpLog_EF_RotWdg 0000 – FFFF 1 0FFF
7. En_Alm_Sens1PEF_RotWdg 0，1 1
8. En_Alm_1PEF_RotWdg 0，1 1
9. En_Trp_1PEF_RotWdg 0，1 0
10. En_2PEF_RotWdg 0，1 1
11. En_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg 0，1 0
7.3.10.2 Explanation of setting
NO.1—[R_Sens1PEF_RotWdg]
Impedance setting of sensitive stage of one-point earth fault protection of rotor.
General specification of generator specifies that insulation resistance of its excitation winding shall
be higher than 1 MΩ for air cooled and hydrogen-cooled turbine generator during cooling state,
and 2 kΩ for water cooled excitation winding. General specification of hydro-generator specifies
that insulation resistance of its excitation winding shall be higher than 0.5 kΩ in any case.
Sensitive stage of this protection is used for alarm. Its setting could be 20 kΩ – 80 kΩ generally.
NO.2—[R_1PEF_RotWdg]
Impedance setting of one-point earth fault protection of rotor.
Setting of one point earth fault protection can be 20 kΩ for air cooled and hydrogen-cooled turbine
generator and 2.5 kΩ for water cooled excitation winding. This protection can be used for alarm
or generator shutting with delay.
Actual measured insulation resistance is used for this protection.
NO.3—[t_1PEF_RotWdg]
Delay of one-point earth fault protection of rotor.
NO.4--[V2ndH_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg]
Second harmonics voltage setting of two-point earth fault protection of rotor.

Chapter7 Settings
NO.5—[t_2PEF_RotWdg]
Delay of two-point earth fault protection of rotor.
NO.6—[TrpLog_EF_RotWdg]
Tripping output logic setting of earth fault protection of rotor.
NO.7—[En_Alm_Sens1PEF_RotWdg]
Enable alarm function of sensitive stage of one-point earth fault protection of rotor.
NO.8—[En_Alm_1PEF_RotWdg]
Enable alarm function of one-point earth fault protection of rotor.
NO.9—[En_Trp_1PEF_RotWdg]
Enable tripping function of one-point earth fault protection of rotor.
NO.10—[En_2PEF_RotWdg]
Enable two-point earth fault protection of rotor.
NO.11—[En_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg]
Enable second harmonics used in two-point earth fault protection of rotor.
Settings of rotor earth fault protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> ROTWDG EF PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.11 Settings of thermal overload protection of stator

Table 7.3-11 List of thermal overload protection settings of stator

1. I_OvLd_Sta 0.10 – 50.00 A 0.01 A 10
2. t_OvLd_Sta 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
3. TrpLog_OvLd_Sta 0000 – FFFF 1 000F
4. I_Alm_OvLd_Sta 0.10 – 50.00 A 0.01 A 7
5. t_Alm_OvLd_Sta 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
6. I_InvOvLd_Sta 0.10 – 100.00 A 0.01 A 6
7. tmin_InvOvLd_Sta 0.10 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
8. A_Therm_Sta 1.00 –100.00 0.01 40
9. K_Disspt_Sta 0.00 – 10.00 0.01 1
10. TrpLog_InvOvLd_Sta 0000 – FFFF 1 7FFF

Chapter7 Settings
NO.1—[I_OvLd_Sta]
Setting of definite time overcurrent protection.
Setting of this protection is determined by the requirement of reliable release during permissive
continuous load current of generator.
I gn
I OP = K rel
Where:
Krel is reliability factor, 1.05 generally;
Kr is release factor, 0.85 – 0.95;
Ign
Delay of this protection shall be longer than maximum delay of backup protection. Alarm will be
issued or load will be reduced when it operates.
NO.2—[t_OvLd_Sta]
Delay of definite time overcurrent protection.
NO.3—[TrpLog_OvLd_Sta]
Tripping output logic setting of definite time overcurrent protection.
NO.4-- [I_Alm_OvLd_Sta]
Setting of definite time overcurrent alarm.
NO.5—[t_Alm_OvLd_Sta]
Delay of alarm issued by definite time overcurrent element.
NO.6—[I_InvOvLd_Sta]
Pickup current of inverse time overcurrent protection.
Characteristic of this protection is indefinite time relationship between multiple of load current and
corresponding permissive duration which is determined by permissive overload capability of stator
provided by the factory.
K tc
t=
I *2 − K sr2

Chapter7 Settings
Where:
Ktc is heat capacity factor of stator winding;
I* is per unit value of load current referred to rated current of stator;
Ksr is heat dissipation factor, 1.0 – 1.05 generally.
Minimum delay for upper limit of this protection shall coordinate with unrestraint protection.
Current setting of lower limit of this protection shall coordinate with definite time overload
protection mentioned above, namely
I gn
I OP. min = K c 0 K rel
KC0 is coordination factor, 1.05 in general.

Where:
NO.7—[tmin_InvOvLd_Sta]
Delay of upper limit of inverse time overcurrent protection.
NO.8—[A_Therm_Sta]
Thermal capacity parameter of stator winding.
NO.9—[K_Disspt_Sta]
Heat dissipation factor for inverse time overcurrent.
NO.10—[TrpLog_InvOvLd_Sta]
Tripping output logic setting of inverse time overcurrent protection.
Settings of stator overload protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> STA OVLD PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.12 Settings of negative sequence overload protection

Table 7.3-12 List of negative sequence overload protection

1. I_NegOC_Gen 0.10 – 20.00 A 0.01 A 10
2. t_NegOC_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1

Chapter7 Settings
3. TrpLog_NegOC_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 000F

4. I_Alm_NegOC_Gen 0.05 – 20.00 A 0.01 A 1
5. t_Alm_NegOC_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
6. I_InvNegOC_Gen 0.05 – 5.00 A 0.01 A 0.5
7. I_Neg_Perm_Gen 0.05 – 5.00 A 0.01 A 0.4
8. tmin_InvNegOC_Gen 0.10 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
9. A_Therm_Rotbody 0.00 – 100.00 0.01 40
10. TrpLog_InvNegOC_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
NO.1—[I_NegOC_Gen]
Setting of negative sequence overcurrent protection.
Setting of this protection is determined by the threshold under which this protection can release
reliably, that threshold value is continuously permissive negative sequence current I 2∞ . So,
I 2∞ I gn
I OP = K rel
Where:
I OP is the setting [I_OvLd_Sta].
Krel is reliability factor, 1.05;
Kr is release factor, 0.85 – 0.95;
I2∞ is per unit value of continuously permissive negative sequence current,
Ign
NO.2—[t_NegOC_Gen]
Delay of negative sequence overcurrent protection.
Delay of this protection shall be longer than maximum delay of backup protection. Alarm will be
issued when it operates.
NO.3—[TrpLog_NegOC_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of negative sequence overcurrent protection.
NO.4—[I_Alm_NegOC_Gen]

Chapter7 Settings
Setting of alarm issued by negative sequence overcurrent element.
NO.5—[t_Alm_NegOC_Gen]
Delay of alarm issued by negative sequence overcurrent element.
NO.6—[I_InvNegOC_Gen]
Pickup current of inverse time negative sequence overcurrent protection.
Characteristic of this protection is determined by permissive negative sequence overload

capability of rotor surface provided by the manufacturer.
A
t=
I 22* − I 22∞ （Equation 7.3-43）
Where:
A is permissive negative sequence current factor of rotor surface;
I2* is per unit value of negative sequence current of generator;
I2∞ is per unit value of permissive continues negative sequence current.
Minimum delay for upper limit of this protection shall coordinate with unrestraint protection.
NO.7—[I_Neg_Perm_Gen]
Permitted continuous currents of inverse time negative sequence overcurrent protection for lasting
operation.
Current setting of lower limit of this protection shall be the operating current corresponding to
delay 1000 s, namely
A
I OP. min = + I 22∞
1000 （Equation 7.3-44）
This protection is used for Islanding or program tripping.
NO.8—[tmin_InvNegOC_Gen]
Delay of upper limit of inverse negative sequence overcurrent protection. Minimum delay for upper
limit of this protection shall coordinate with unrestraint protection.
NO.9—[A_Therm_Rotbody]
Heat dissipation factor for inverse time negative sequence overcurrent.
NO.10—[TrpLog_InvNegOC_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of inverse time negative sequence overcurrent protection.

Chapter7 Settings
Settings of stator negative sequence overcurrent protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN NEGOC PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.13 Settings of Loss-of-Excitation protection


1. X1_LossExc_Gen 0.00 -200.00 Ω 0.01 Ω 5
2. X2_LossExc_Gen 0.00 -200.00 Ω 0.01 Ω 20
3. Q_RevQ_LossExc_Gen 0.00 – 50.00 % 0.01 % 10
4. V_RotUV_LossExc_Gen 0.1 – 500.00 V 0.01 V 30
5. V_RotNoLoad_LossExc_Gen 0.1 – 500.00 V 0.01 V 50
6. k_RotUV_LossExc_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 (pu) 0.01 (pu) 2
7. V_BusUV_LossExc_Gen 0.10 – 100.00 V 0.01 V 85
8. P_OvPwr_LossExc_Gen 0.10 – 100.00 % 0.01 % 50
9. t_LossExc1_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 0.5
10. t_LossExc2_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
11. t_LossExc3_Gen 0.00 – 3000.00 S 0.01 S 3
12. TrpLog_LossExc1_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
15. En_Z_LossExc1_Gen 0，1 1
16. En_RotUV_LossExc1_Gen 0，1 1
17. En_P_LossExc1_Gen 0，1 0
18. En_UV_LossExc2_Gen 0，1 1
23. En_Alm_LossExc1_Gen 0，1 1
24. Opt_Z_LossExc_Gen 0，1 1
25. En_RevQ_LossExc_Gen 0，1 1
26. Opt_UV_LossExc_Gen 0，1 0
NO.1—[X1_LossExc_Gen]
Impedance setting1 of loss-of-excitation protection. In the following figure,

Chapter7 Settings
jx
Xc
R
Xa
Xb
Figure 7.3-1 Impedance circle of loss of excitation protection
X a , and the next setting (NO.2) is

For asynchronous impedance cycle, this setting represents for
X b . Here
X d' U gn × n a
2
Xa =− ×
2 S gn × n v
X' U gn × n a
2
X b = −( X d + d ) ×
2 S gn × nv
Where:
'
Xd and Xd are unsaturated per unit value of transient reactance and synchronous reactance of
generator,
Ugn Sgn
and are rated voltage and rated apparent power of generator;
na and nv are CT ratio and VT ratio.
X C , and the next setting (NO.2) is

For steady state stability limit circle, this setting represents for
X b , here
2
U gn × na
Xc = Xs ×
S gn × n v

Chapter7 Settings
X d'
2
U gn × na
X b = −( X d + )×
2 S gn × nv
Where:
Xs is equivalent reactance on system side (including step-up transformer) connected with the
generator (per unit value, reference capacity is apparent power of the generator).
Asynchronous impedance circle and steady state stability limit circle can be selected by logic
setting [Impedance Circle Option] (No. 24).
For practical project, impedance between asynchronous impedance circle and steady state
stability limit circle can be selected for optimal combination of reliability and speed.
NO.2—[X2_LossExc_Gen]
Impedance setting2 of loss-of-excitation protection
NO.3—[Q_RevQ_LossExc_Gen]
Reverse power setting of reactive power
Reverse reactive power criterion:
Q jx
Q zd = K rel ×
Pgn
Where:
Krel is reliability factor, 1 - 1.3;
Qjx
is permissive incoming reactive power to the generator;
Pgn
is rated active power of the generator.
Reverse reactive power criterion can be selected by logic setting [En_RevQ_LossExc_Gen] .
NO.4—[V_RotUV_LossExc_Gen]
Low voltage setting of rotor. There are two low voltages setting of rotor, they are
a) Excitation undervoltage criterion
U fd .op = K rel × U fd 0
Where:

Chapter7 Settings
U fd .op
is this setting.
Krel is reliability factor, 0.20 – 0.50;
U fd0
is rated excitation voltage of the generator without load, i.e. NO.5 setting.
b) Variable excitation voltage criterion
U fd0
For a generator connecting with power system, there is a necessary excitation voltage for
keeping steady state stability.
Variable excitation voltage criterion is
P − Pt
U fd .op ≤ K xs × U fd 0 ×
Sn （Equation 7.3-51）
K xs = K rel × ( X d + X S ) （Equation 7.3-52）
Where:
Kxs is rotor voltage criterion coefficient, i.e. NO. 6 setting.
Xd Xs
and are per unit value of synchronous reactance of generator and equivalent reactance of
system connecting with the generator (referred to rated capacity of the generator);
P is current active power of the generator;

Pt is the salient pole power of generator, i.e. NO. 7 setting.
U fd0
is rated excitation voltage of generator without load;
NO.5—[V_RotNoLoad_LossExc_Gen]
Rated excitation voltage of the generator without load.
NO.6—[k_RotUV_LossExc_Gen]
Restrained coefficient of low voltage criterion of rotor.
NO.7—[V_BusUV_LossExc_Gen]
Low voltage setting for busbar undervoltage criterion.

Chapter7 Settings
This criterion is used mainly to prevent voltage collapse due to loss of excitation of generator for a
system without enough spare reactive power. Voltage on bus of system side is adopted for this
criterion.
Under voltage criterion for three phase simultaneously:
U op.3 ph = K rel × U h. min

Where:
Uh. min is minimum normal operation voltage of HV side of the system.
This criterion can also be configured as 0.85 – 0.90 times of terminal voltage of generator.
NO.8—[P_OvPwr_LossExc_Gen]
Power setting for reducing power output. This criterion is configured as 40% - 50% of rated
capacity of the generator.
NO.9—[t_LossExc1_Gen]
Delay of loss-of-excitation protection stage 1
NO.12—[TrpLog_LossExc1_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of loss-of-excitation protection stage1
NO.15—[En_Z_LossExc1_Gen]
Enable impedance criterion in loss-of-excitation protection stage1
NO.16—[En_RotUV_LossExc1_Gen]
Enable the criterion of rotor voltage in loss-of-excitation protection stage1

Chapter7 Settings
NO.17—[En_P_LossExc1_Gen]
Enable power-reducing criterion in loss-of-excitation protection stage1
NO.18—[En_UV_LossExc2_Gen]
Enable the low voltage criterion of busbar or generator terminal in loss-of-excitation protection
stage2
Enable impedance criterion in loss-of-excitation protection stage2
Enable impedance criterion in loss-of-excitation protection stage3.
NO.23—[En_Alm_LossExc1_Gen]
Enable alarm function of loss-of-excitation protection stage1
NO.24—[Opt_Z_LossExc_Gen]
Impedance circle option.
“0”, choose steady state stability circle.
“1”, choose asynchronous impedance cycle.
NO.25—[En_RevQ_LossExc_Gen]
Enable reverse power criterion
NO.26—[Opt_UV_LossExc_Gen]
Enable low voltage criterion.
“0”, choose bus voltage.
“1”, choose generator terminal voltage.
Note:
Following criterion are recommended for various stages of this protection:
Criterion Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3

Stator side impedance √ √ √

Chapter7 Settings
Under voltage criterion of high votage bus √

Rotor voltage √ √ √
Reducing power output √
Delay ( s ) 0.0 – 10.0 0.0 – 10.0 Long delay
Settings of generator loss-of-excitation protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN LOSSEXC PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.14 Settings of out-of-step protection

Table 7.3-13 List of out-of-step protection

1. Za_OOS_Gen 0.00 –100.00 Ω 0.01 Ω 10
2. Zb_OOS_Gen 0.00 –100.00 Ω 0.01 Ω 5
3. Zc_OOS_Gen 0.00 –100.00 Ω 0.01 Ω 5
4. φ_Reach_OOS_Gen 0 – 90.00 ° 0.1 ° 85
5. φ_Inner_OOS_Gen 0 –150.00 ° 0.1 ° 120
6. n_Slip_Ext_OOS_Gen 0-1000 1 5
7. n_Slip_Int_OOS_Gen 0-1000 1 2
8. 0.10 – 100.00 A 0.01 A 10
Ibrk_CB_HVS_Tr
9. TrpLog_OOS_Gen 0000 - FFFF 0.01 7FFF

10. En_Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen 0，1 1
11. En_Trp_Ext_OOS_Gen 0，1 1
12. En_Alm_Int_OOS_Gen 0，1 1
13. En_Trp_Int_OOS_Gen 0，1 1
Explanation of the settings
Out-of-step protection operates only when out-of-step occurs in power system. Then, based on
situation at that time, the dispatching center will adopt islanding, generator shutting or restraint and
other necessary measures. Only if center of oscillation situates within the generator or near the
generator, or the oscillation lasts too long, and phase difference of electro-motive force between
two sides of the breaker less than 90°, this protection will trip.
Characteristic of this protection comprises three parts: lens part ②, boundary part ① and
reactance line part ③. See the following figure.

Chapter7 Settings
jx
Za
U
D
Zc 3
OL
IL
1 α IR
φ OR
0
R
1
Zb
2
L R
Figure 7.3-2 Impedance of out-of-step protection
NO.1—[Za_OOS_Gen]
Impedance setting A of out-of-step protection.
Refer to Figure 7.3-2, this setting can be set by means of the following formula.
2
U gn × na
Za = (X S + XC ) ×
S gn × nv （Equation 7.3-54）
Where:
X C is per unit value of equivalent reactance of transformer connecting to the generator;
X S is equivalent reactance of power system network;
Ugn Sgn
and are rated voltage and rated apparent power of generator;
na and nv are CT ratio and VT ratio.
NO.2—[Zb_OOS_Gen]
Impedance setting B of out-of-step protection.
Refer to figure 7.3.2, this setting can be set by means of the following formula.
2
U gn × na
Zb = − X × '
S gn × nv
d
Where:

Chapter7 Settings
X d' is transient reactance of generator;
NO.3—[Zc_OOS_Gen]
Impedance setting C of out-of-step protection. Reactance line is the dividing line of oscillation
center. Refer to Figure 7.3-2, this setting can be set by means of the following formula. In practice,
0.9 times of transformer impedance is recommended.
2
U gn × na
Z c = 0.9 × X c ×
S gn × nv
NO.4—[φ_Reach_OOS_Gen]
Reach angle of system impedance.
φ = 80°- 85°according to the real angle of system.
NO.5—[φ_Inner_OOS_Gen]
Internal angle of lens characteristic α . The following formula is for reference,
2Z r
α = 180° − 2 arctan
Z a + Zb
1
Zr ≤ RL . min
1.3 （Equation 7.3-57）
RL . min is minimum load impedance of generator.

Where
NO.6—[n_Slip_Ext_OOS_Gen]
Pole sliding number setting for external fault of generator. When the oscillation center situates
outside the protected section, times of pole sliding shall be set as 2 – 15 for alarm and more than
15 for tripping.
NO.7—[n_Slip_Int_OOS_Gen]
Pole sliding number setting for internal fault of generator. When the oscillation center situates
within the protected section, time of pole sliding shall be set as 1-2 in general.
NO.8—[Ibrk_CB_HVS_Tr]
Tolerating current of breaker in tripping. This is an auxiliary criterion and is determined by

interruption capacity of the circuit breaker of main transformer.
NO.9—[TrpLog_OOS_Gen]

Chapter7 Settings
Tripping output logic setting of out-of-step protection.
NO.10—[En_Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen]
Enable alarm in out-of-step case outside the generator.
NO.11—[En_Trp_Ext_OOS_Gen]
Enable tripping in out-of-step case outside the generator.
NO.12—[En_Alm_Int_OOS_Gen]
Enable alarm in out-of-step case inside the generator.
NO.13—[En_Trp_Int_OOS_Gen]
Enable tripping in out-of-step case inside the generator.
Settings of generator out-of-step protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN OOS PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.15 Settings of voltage protection

Table 7.3-14 List of voltage protection settings

1. V_OV1_Gen 10.00 –170.00 V 0.01V 150
2. t_OV1_Gen 0.10 – 10.00 S 0.01S 0.3
3. TrpLog_OV1_Gen 0000 – FFFF 1 7FFF
4. V_OV2_Gen 10.00 –170.00 V 0.01V 130
5. t_OV2_Gen 0.10 – 10.00 S 0.01S 0.5
7. V_UV_Gen 10.00 –100.00 V 0.01V 80
8. t_UV_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01S 1.5
9. TrpLog_UV_Gen 0000 – FFFF 1 7FFF
NO.1—[V_OV1_Gen]
Voltage setting of overvoltage protection stage 1.
Setting of overvoltage protection of stator shall base on permissive overvoltage capability provided
by the factory or insulation condition of the stator.
For turbo-generator with capacity more than 200 MW,

Chapter7 Settings
U op = 1.3U gn
Where:
U gn
is the secondary rated phase-to-phase voltage.
This is used for islanding and excitation shutting with delay 0.5 s.
For hydro-generator,
U op = 1.5U gn
For hydro-generator with SCR excitation,
U op = 1.3U gn
NO.2—[t_OV1_Gen]
Delay of overvoltage protection stage1.
NO.3—[TrpLog_OV1_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of overvoltage protection stage1.
NO.4—[V_OV2_Gen]
Voltage setting of overvoltage protection stage 2.
NO.5—[t_OV2_Gen]
Delay of overvoltage protection stage2.
NO.6—[TrpLog_OV2_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of overvoltage protection stage2.
NO.7—[V_UV_Gen]
Voltage setting of under voltage protection
NO.8—[t_UV_Gen]
Delay of under voltage protection
NO.9—[TrpLog_UV_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of under voltage protection.

Chapter7 Settings
Settings of generator voltage protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN VOLT PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.16 Settings of overexcitation protection of generator

Table 7.3-15 List of over excitation protection settings of generator

1. k_OvExc1_Gen 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.4
2. t_OvExc1_Gen 0.1 – 3000.0 S 0.1 S 1
3. TrpLog_OvExc1_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 000F
4. k_Alm_OvExc_Gen 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.1
5. t_Alm_OvExc_Gen 0.1 – 10.00 S 0.1 S 10
6. k0_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.5
7. t0_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 – 3000.0 S 0.1 S 1
8. k1_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.45
9. t1_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 – 3000.0 S 0.1 S 2
10. k2_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.4
11. t2_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 – 3000.0 S 0.1 S 5
12. k3_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.3
13. t3_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 – 3000.0 S 0.1 S 15
14. k4_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.25
15. t4_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 – 3000.0 S 0.1 S 30
16. k5_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.2
17. t5_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 – 3000.0 S 0.1 S 100
18. k6_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.15
19. t6_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 – 3000.0 S 0.1 S 300
20. k7_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.1
21. t7_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 – 3000.0 S 0.1 S 1000
22. TrpLog_InvOvExc_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
NO.1—[k_OvExc1_Gen]
Setting of stage 1 of definite time over excitation protection.
U
B U gn
N = = = U ∗ / f∗ = 1.3 or data provided by the factory
Bn f
f gn

Chapter7 Settings
NO.2—[t_OvExc1_Gen]
Delay of stage 1 of definite time over excitation protection .
NO.3—[TrpLog_OvExc1_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of stage 1 of definite time over excitation protection. The function of
this protection is used for islanding, excitation shutting or programming, excitation reducing etc.
NO.4—[k_Alm_OvExc_Gen]
Setting of over excitation alarm. Setting of alarm shall be lower than that of over excitation
protection. 1.1 is recommended.
NO.5—[t_Alm_OvExc_Gen]
Delay of over excitation alarm.
NO.6—[k0_InvOvExc_Gen]
Upper limit of inverse time over excitation protection—n0
NO.7—[t0_InvOvExc_Gen]
Delay of upper limit of inverse time over excitation protection.
Inverse time over excitation factor1—n1. Setting range of various inverse time over excitation
coefficient s is 1.0 – 2.0. However setting of upper limit (NO.9) of over excitation factor n0 shall be
higher than that of over excitation factor1 n1, that of factor1 n1 shall be higher than that of factor2
n2, etc. Finally, setting of over excitation factor6 n6 (NO.21) shall be higher than that of lower
limit.
The range of delay of various inverse time over excitation protection stage is 1s to 3000 s,
ie.,0--50 min. Delay of upper limit (NO.10) of over excitation factor shall be shorter than that of
over excitation factor1, that of factor1 shall be shorter than that of factor2, etc.. Finally, delay of
over excitation factor6 (NO.22) shall be shorter than that of lower limit (NO.24).
Inverse time over excitation factor n2.

Chapter7 Settings
NO.22—[TrpLog_InvOvExc_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of inverse time over excitation protection.
Settings of generator overexcitation protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN OVEXC PROT --> [setting symbol]
7.3.17 Settings of power protection of generator

Table 7.3-16 List of power protection settings of generator

1. P_RevP_Gen 0.50 – 10.00 % 0.01% 2
2. t_Alm_RevP_Gen 0.10 – 25.00 S 0.1 S 10

Chapter7 Settings
3. t_Trp_RevP_Gen 0.10 – 600.0 S 0.1 S 10

4. TrpLog_RevP_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
5. P_UP_Gen 1.00 – 200.00 % 0.01 % 20
6. t_UP_Gen 0.00 – 300.00 M 0.01 M 10
7. TrpLog_UP_Gen 0000 – FFFF 1 7FFF
8. P_SeqTrpRevP_Gen 0.50 – 10.00 % 0.01 % 2
9. t_SeqTrpRevP_Gen 0.01 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
10. TrpLog_SeqTrpRevP_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
NO.1—[P_RevP_Gen]
Power setting of reverse power protection.
Pop = K rel ( P1 + P2 )
Where:
K rel is reliability coefficient, 0.5 – 0.8 generally;
P1 is minimum loss of turbine during reverse power operation, 2% - 4% of rated power generally;
P2 is minimum loss of generator during reverse power operation, P2 = (1 − η ) Pgn generally, η

is efficiency factor of generator, 98.6% - 98.7%;
Pgn
is rated power of generator.
Pop
is set as 1% - 2% of rated active power generally, and 1% is recommended.
NO.2—[t_Alm_RevP_Gen]
Delay of reverse power alarm. For reverse power protection without steam valve contact blocking,
delay 15 s for alarm.
NO.3—[t_Trp_RevP_Gen]
Delay of reverse power protection. For reverse power protection without steam valve contact
blocking, according to permissive operation time of reverse power, delay 1 min – 3 min is set for
islanding in general.
For program reverse power protection with steam valve contact blocking, delay 0.5 s – 1.00 s is
set for islanding.
NO.4—[TrpLog_RevP_Gen]

Chapter7 Settings
Tripping output logic setting of reverse power protection.
NO.5—[P_UP_Gen]
Power setting of low power protection.
NO.6—[t_UP_Gen]
Power setting of low power protection.
NO.7—[TrpLog_UP_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of low power protection.
NO.8—[P_SeqTrpRevP_Gen]
Power setting of sequent-tripping reverse power protection.
NO.9—[t_SeqTrpRevP_Gen]
Delay of sequent-tripping reverse power protection.
For sequent-tripping reverse power protection with steam valve contact blocking, delay 0.5 s –
1.00 s for islanding.
NO.10—[TrpLog_SeqTrpRevP_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of sequent-tripping reverse power protection.
Settings of generator power protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN PWR PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.18 Settings of underfrequency and overfrequency protection

Table 7.3-17 List of frequency protection settings

1. f_UF1_Gen 45.00 – 50.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 48.5
2. t_Accu_UF1_Gen 0.10 –300.00 min 0.01min 10
3. f_UF2_Gen 45.00 – 50.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 48
4. t_UF2_Gen 0.10 –300.00 min 0.01min 10
5. f_UF3_Gen 45.00 – 50.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 47.5
6. t_UF3_Gen 0.10 –100.00 S 0.01 S 10
7. TrpLog_UF_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
8. f_OF1_Gen 50.00 – 60.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 51.5
9. t_OF1_Gen 0.10 –100.00 min 0.01min 10
10. f_OF2_Gen 50.00 – 60.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 55

Chapter7 Settings
11. t_OF2_Gen 0.10 –100.00 S 0.01 S 10

12. TrpLog_OF_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
13. En_Alm_UF1_Gen 0，1 1
14. En_Trp_UF1_Gen 0，1 0
19. En_Alm_OF1_Gen 0，1 1
20. En_Trp_OF1_Gen 0，1 0
NO.1—[f_UF1_Gen]
Frequency setting of under frequency protection stage1.
Permissive range of frequency during operation for large turbo-generator with capacity more than
300 MW is 48.5 Hz – 50.5 Hz.
Recommended permissive operation time of abnormal frequency for large generator is as follows.
Table 7.3-18 Operating time under differential frequency
Freq. Permissive operating time Freq. Permissive operating time

Hz accumulated, min once, s Hz accumulated, min once, s
51.5 30 30 48.0 300 300
51.0 180 180 47.5 60 60
48.5-50.5 continuous 47.0 10 10
Three stages of under frequency protection are provided in which function of accumulated
operating time is equipped for stage 1(NO.2 setting).
Two zones of over frequency protection are provided, in which no function of accumulated
operating time is equipped.
Each zone can be used for alarm or tripping by configuration of logic setting.
NO.2—[t_UF1_Gen]
The sum of delay setting of under frequency protection stage1.
NO.3—[f_UF2_Gen]

Chapter7 Settings
NO.4-- [t_UF2_Gen]
Delay of under frequency protection stage2.
NO.5—[f_UF3_Gen]
NO.6—[t_UF3_Gen]
Delay of under frequency protection stage3.
NO.7—[TrpLog_UF_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of under frequency protection.
NO.8—[f_OF1_Gen]
Frequency setting of over frequency protection stage1.
NO.9—[t_OF1_Gen]
Delay of over frequency protection stage1.
NO.10—[f_OF2_Gen]
Frequency setting of over frequency protection stage2.
NO.11—[t_OF2_Gen]
Delay of over frequency protection stage2.
NO.12—[TrpLog_OF_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of over frequency protection.
NO.13—[En_Alm_UF1_Gen]
Enable alarm function of under frequency protection stage1.
NO.14—[En_Trp_UF1_Gen]
Enable tripping function of under frequency protection stage1.

Chapter7 Settings
NO.19—[En_Alm_OF1_Gen]
Enable alarm function of over frequency protection stage1.
NO.20—[En_Trp_OF1_Gen]
Enable tripping function of over frequency protection stage1.
NO.21—[En_Alm_OF2_Gen]
Enable alarm function of over frequency protection stage2.
NO.22—[En_Trp_OF2_Gen]
Enable tripping function of over frequency protection stage2.
Settings of generator frequency protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN FREQ PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.19 Settings of startup and shutdown protection of generator

Table 7.3-19 List of startup and shutdown protection settings of generator

1. f_UF_StShut_Gen 40.0 – 50.0Hz 0.01 Hz 45
2. I_TrDiff_StShut_Gen 0.1 - 10.0 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 1
3. I_GenDiff_StShut_Gen 0.1 - 10.0 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 1
4. TrpLog_Diff_StShut_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
5. V_StaROV_StShut_Gen 5 – 25.0 V 0.01 V 10
6. t_StaROV_StShut_Gen 0.50 – 10.0 S 0.01 S 10
7. TrpLog_StaROV_StShut_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
8. En_TrDiff_StShut_Gen 0，1 1
9. En_GenDiff_StShut_Gen 0，1 1
10. En_StaROV_StShut_Gen 0，1 1
11. En_UF_Ctrl_StShut_Gen 0，1 1
NO.1—[f_UF_StShut_Gen]
Frequency setting for blocking startup and shutdown protection of generator.
Startup and shutdown protection is used for earth fault and phase-to-phase fault of stator during
low speed operation of the generator. Its algorithm is insensitive to variation of frequency.

Chapter7 Settings
This protection is auxiliary protection of generator during low frequency operation. Blocking
setting of this protection is 0.8 – 0.9 times of rated frequency.
NO.2—[I_TrDiff_StShut_Gen]
Differential current setting for the differential protection of main transformer in startup/shutdown
condition.
For phase-to-phase fault, differential current protection is used. The equipment comprises
differential current protection of generator, main transformer and stepdown transformer.
Setting of this protection during rated frequency shall be higher than imbalance current in
differential circuit during full load operation,
I op = K rel I unb
(Equation 7.3-62)
Where:
Krel is reliability factor, 1.30 – 1.50 generally;
Iunb is imbalance current in differential circuit during full load operation during rated frequency.
NO.3—[I_GenDiff_StShut_Gen]
Differential current setting for the differential protection of generator in startup and shutdown
condition. Setting of this protection shall be higher than unbalance differential current in full load
and rated frequency condition,
I op = K rel I unb
Where:
Krel is reliability factor, 1.30 – 1.50 generally;
Iunb
is the unbalance differential current in full load and rated frequency condition.
NO.4—[TrpLog_Diff_StShut_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of low frequency differential protection of generator in startup and
shutdown condition.
NO.5—[V_StaROV_StShut_Gen]
Zero sequence voltage setting of stator earth fault protection in startup and shutdown condition.
For earth fault, zero sequence voltage derived from neutral point is adopted as criterion with
setting 10 V in general and delay not shorter than that of fundamental zero sequence voltage earth

Chapter7 Settings
fault protection for stator in normal condition.
NO.6—[t_StaROV_StShut_Gen]
Delay of stator earth fault protection in startup and shutdown condition.
NO.7—[TrpLog_StaROV_StShut_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of stator earth fault protection in startup and shutdown condition.
NO.8—[En_TrDiff_StShut_Gen]
Enable differential current protective element of main transformer.
NO.9—[En_GenDiff_StShut_Gen]
Enable differential current protective element of generator.
NO.10—[En_StaROV_StShut_Gen]
Enable low frequency zero sequence voltage protective element of stator.
NO.11—[En_UF_Ctrl_StShut_Gen]
Enable low frequency element as blocking criterion in startup&shutup protection logic of generator.
Settings of generator startup and shutdown protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN STSHUT PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.20 Settings of accidental energization protection of generator

Table 7.3-20 List of accidental energaization protection settings of generator

1. f_UF_AccEnerg_Gen 40 – 50.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 45
2. I_OC_AccEnerg_Gen 0.10 – 100.00 A 0.01 A 3
3. t_AccEnerg_Gen 0.0 – 1.00 S 0.01 A 0.1
4. TrpLog_AccEnerg_Gen 0000 – FFFF 0.01 A 1FFF
5. I_NegOC_Flash_CB_HVS_Tr 0.1 – 20.0 A 0.01 A 3
6. t_Flash1_CB_HVS_Tr 0.0 – 10.0 S 0.01 A
3
0000 – FFFF 0.01 A 1FFF

7. TrpLog_Flash1_CB_HVS_Tr

8. En_UF_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen 0，1 1
9. En_CB_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen 0，1 1

Chapter7 Settings
NO.1—[f_UF_AccEnerg_Gen]
Frequency setting for blocking accident energization protection of generator.
Frequency blocking setting shall be 80% - 90% of the rated frequency, i.e., 40 Hz – 45 Hz.
NO.2—[I_OC_AccEnerg_Gen]
Current setting of accident energization overcurrent protection.
Current setting shall be 50% of minimum accidental closing current (generator terminal side)
during process of generator starting up but having not been excited. If accidental closing current of
circuit breaker on auxiliary transformer side shall be taken into account, current setting shall base
on minimum accidental closing current during this condition. The current used for this setting is
derived from the CT at the terminal of generator.
In general, this setting shall be in excess of 1.3 times of rated current of generator.
NO.3—[t_AccEnerg_Gen]
Delay of accident energization overcurrent protection.
NO.4—[TrpLog_AccEnerg_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of accident energization overcurrent protection.
NO.5—[I_NegOC_Flash_CB_HVS_Tr]
Negative sequence current setting of breaker flashover protection.
This setting shall be higher than possible unbalance current during normal operation. It must be
set according to the secondary current of the CT at the HV side of main transformer.
NO.6—[t_Flash1_CB_HVS_Tr]
Delay 1 of breaker flashover protection.
This setting shall be longer than operation time of circuit breaker.
NO.7—[TrpLog_Flash1_CB_HVS_Tr]
Tripping output logic setting stage 1 of breaker flashover protection.
If impulse current may be higher than capacity of circuit breaker during asynchronous closing, the
protection shall shut off the excitation firstly. If current passing through circuit breaker is lower than
permissive value, the protection can trip the circuit breaker on outlet.
Permissive tripping current of circuit breaker shall be configured as that provided by factory.
NO.8—[En_UF_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen]
Enable blocking function in under frequency condition.
NO.9—[En_CB_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen]

Chapter7 Settings
Enable breaker position auxiliary contact blocking function.
If asynchronous unwanted closing is considered, breaker position contact blocking shall be

selected.
Settings of generator accidental energization protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN ACCENERG PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.21 Settings of differential protection of stepdown transformer1 and 2

Table 7.3-21 List of differential protection settings of stepdown transformer

1. I_Pkp_PcntDiff_ST1(2) 0.10 –1.50 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.3
2. I_InstDiff_ST1(2) 4.0 – 14.0 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 6
3. Slope1_PcntDiff_ST1(2) 0.05 – 0.15 0.01 0.1
5. k_Harm_PcntDiff_ST1(2) 0.10 – 0.35 0.01 0.15
6. TrpLog_Diff_ST1(2) 0000 – FFFF 1 7FFF
Logic setting “1” – enable, “0” – disable
7. En_InstDiff_ST1(2) 0，1 1
8. En_PcntDiff_ST1(2) 0，1 1
9. Opt_Inrush_Ident_ST1(2) 0，1 1
10. Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_ST1(2) 0，1 1
NO.1—[I_Pkp_PcntDiff_ST1(2)]
Setting of pickup value of percentage differential current of stepdown transformer.
NO.2—[I_InstDiff_ST1(2)]
Setting of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection of stepdown transformer.
NO.3—[Slope1_PcntDiff_ST1(2)]
Restraint coefficient of the first slope of the differential characteristic curve.
NO.4—[Slope2_PcntDiff_ST1(2)]
NO.5—[k_Harm_PcntDiff_ST1(2)]
Restraint coefficient of second harmonics.

Chapter7 Settings
NO.6—[TrpLog_Diff_ST1(2)]
Tripping output logic setting of differential protection of stepdown transformer.
NO.7—[En_InstDiff_ST1(2)]
Enable unrestrained instantaneous differential protection of stepdown transformer.
NO.8—[En_PcntDiff_ST1(2)]
Enable percentage differential protection of stepdown transformer.
NO.9—[Opt_Inrush_Ident_ST1(2)]
Inrush current blocking mode. Select criterion of Inrush current detection.
“0”, discrimination by harmonics;
“1”, waveform distortion criterion is used.
NO.10—[Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_ST1(2)]
Enable differential protection blocked by CT circuit failure.
Setting “0”: Differential protection is not blocked by CT circuit failure.
Setting “1”: Differential protection is blocked by CT circuit failure
Settings of stepdown transformer differential protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> ST DIFF PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.22 Settings of backup protection at HVS of stepdown transformer

Table 7.3-22 List of HVS backup protection settings of stepdown transformer

1. V_NegOV_VCE_HVS_ST1(2) 1.00 – 20.00 V 0.01 V 4
2. Vpp_UV_VCE_ HVS_ST1(2) 10.00 – 100.00 V 0.01 V 60
3. I_OC1_HVS_ST1(2) 0.10 – 50.00 A 0.01 A 20
4. t_OC1_HVS_ST1(2) 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
5. TrpLog_OC1_HVS_ST1(2) 0000 – FFFF 1 0021
6. I_OC2_HVS_ST1(2) 0.10 – 50.00 A 0.01 A 17
7. t_OC2_HVS_ST1(2) 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
9. I_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST1(2) 0.10 – 50.00 A 0.01 A 6
10. t_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST1(2) 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 8
11. I_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST1(2) 0.10 – 50.00 A 0.01 A 5.5

Chapter7 Settings
12. t_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST1(2) 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 9

13. I_BO_OC_HVS_ST1(2) 0.10 – 200.00 A 0.01 A 5.5
14. t_BO_OC_HVS_ST1(2) 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 9
15. En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_HVS_ST1(2) 0，1 1
17. En_Mem_Curr_HVS_ST1(2) 0，1 0
18. Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_HVS_ST1(2) 0，1 1
19. En_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST1(2) 0，1 1
20. En_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST1(2) 0，1 0
21. En_BO_OC_HVS_ST1(2) 0，1 0
22. En_LVSProt_Blk_OC1_HVS_ST1(2) 0，1 0
NO.1—[V_NegOV_VCE_HVS_ST1(2)]
Negative sequence voltage setting of composite voltage control element at HVS of stepdown
transformer.
NO.2—[Vpp_UV_VCE_HVS_ST1(2)]
Setting of phase-to-phase under voltage of composite voltage control element.
NO.3—[I_OC1_HVS_ST1(2)]
Setting of definite time overcurrent protection stage1.
NO.4—[t_OC1_HVS_ST1(2)]
Delay of definite time overcurrent protection stage1.
NO.5—[TrpLog_OC1_HVS_ST1(2)]
NO.6—[I_OC2_HVS_ST1(2)]
Setting of definitive time overcurrent protection stage2.
NO.7—[t_OC2_HVS_ST1(2)]
NO.8—[TrpLog_OC2_HVS_ST1(2)]
Tripping output logic setting of definite time overcurrent protection stage2.
NO.9—[I_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST1(2)]
Current setting of overload protection at HVS of stepdown transformer.
NO.10—[t_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST1(2)]

Chapter7 Settings
Time setting of overload protection at HVS of stepdown transformer.
NO.11—[I_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST1(2)]
Current setting of overload to initial cooling system at HVS of stepdown transformer.
NO.12—[t_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST1(2)]
Time setting of overload to initial cooling system at HVS of stepdown transformer.
NO.13—[I_BO_OC_HVS_ST1(2)]
Current setting of binary output of current at HVS of stepdown transformer.
NO.14—[t_BO_OC_HVS_ST1(2)]
Time setting of binary output of current at HVS of stepdown transformer.
NO.15—[En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_ HVS_ST1(2)]
NO.16—[En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_ HVS_ST1(2)]
NO.17—[En_Mem_Curr_ HVS_ST1(2)]
Logic setting of memory function of current.
NO.18—[Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_HVS_ST1(2)]
NO.19—[En_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST1(2)]
Enable alarm for overload protection at HVS of stepdown transformer.
NO.20—[En_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST1(2)]
Enable overload to initial cooling system at HVS of stepdown transformer.
NO.21—[En_BO_OC_HVS_ST1(2)]
Enable binary output of overcurrent at HVS of stepdown transformer.
NO.22—[En_LVSProt_Blk_OC1_HVS_ST1(2)]
Enable protection at LVS to block overcurrent stage 1 at HVS of stepdown transformer.

Chapter7 Settings
Settings of HVS backup protection of stepdown transformer are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> ST1(2) HVS BAK PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.23 Settings of backup protection of Br1 of stepdown transformer

Table 7.3-23 List of LVS backup protection settings of stepdown transformer

1. V_NegOV_VCE_Br1_ST1(2) 1.00 – 20.00 V 0.01 V 4
2. Vpp_UV_VCE_Br1_ST1(2) 2.00 – 100.00 V 0.01 V 60
3. I_OC1_Br1_ST1(2) 0.10 – 100.00 A 0.01 A 20
4. t_OC1_Br1_ST1(2) 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
5. TrpLog_OC1_Br1_ST1(2) 0000 – FFFF 1 0021
6. I_OC2_Br1_ST1(2) 0.10 – 100.00 A 0.01 A 17
7. t_OC2_Br1_ST1(2) 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
9. I_ROC1_Br1_ST1(2) 0.10 – 100.00 A 0.01 A 20
10. t_ROC1_Br1_ST1(2) 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
11. TrpLog_ROC1_Br1_ST1(2) 0000 – FFFF 1 0021
12. I_ROC2_Br1_ST1(2) 0.10 – 100.00 A 0.01 A 17
13. t_ROC2_Br1_ST1(2) 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
15. En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Br1_ST1(2) 0，1 1
17. Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Br1_ST1(2) 0，1 1
NO.1—[V_NegOV_VCE_Br1_ST1(2)]
Negative sequence voltage setting of composite voltage control element of branch 1 of stepdown
transformer.
NO.2—[Vpp_UV_VCE_Br1_ST1(2)]
Setting of phase-to-phase under voltage of composite voltage control element.
NO.3—[I_OC1_Br1_ST1(2)]
NO.4—[t_OC1_Br1_ST1(2)]

Chapter7 Settings
NO.5—[TrpLog_OC1_Br1_ST1(2)]
NO.6—[I_OC2_Br1_ST1(2)]
NO.7—[t_OC2_Br1_ST1(2)]
NO.8—[TrpLog_OC2_Br1_ST1(2)]
NO.9—[I_ROC1_Br1_ST1(2)]
Setting of definitive time zero sequence overcurrent protection stage1.
NO.10—[t_ROC1_Br1_ST1(2)]
Delay of definite time zero sequence overcurrent protection stage1.
NO.11—[TrpLog_ROC1_Br1_ST1(2)]
Tripping output logic setting of definite time zero sequence overcurrent protection stage1.
NO.12—[I_ROC2_Br1_ST1(2)]
Setting of definitive time zero sequence overcurrent protection stage2.
NO.13—[t_ROC2_Br1_ST1(2)]
Delay of definite time zero sequence overcurrent protection stage2.
NO.14—[TrpLog_ROC2_Br1_ST1(2)]
Tripping output logic setting of definite time zero sequence overcurrent protection stage2.
NO.15—[En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_ Br1_ST1(2)]
NO.16—[En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_ Br1_ST1(2)]
NO.17—[Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Br1_ST1(2)]

Chapter7 Settings
Settings of LVS backup protection of stepdown transformer are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> ST Br1 BAK PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.24 Settings of restrict earth fault protection of stepdown transformer

Table 7.3-24 List of restrict earth fault protection settings of stepdown transformer

1. I_Alm_REF_ST1(2) 0.10 –10.00 In 0.01In 0.1
2. I_Pkp_PcntREF_ST1(2) 0.10 –10.00 In 0.01In 0.3
3. I_InstREF_ST1(2) 2.00 –50.00 In 0.01In 6
4. Slope_PcntREF_ST1(2) 0.30 – 0.70 0.01 0.3
5. TrpLog_REF_ST1(2) 0000 – FFFF 1 7FFF
6. En_InstREF_ST1(2) 0，1 1
7. En_PcntREF_ST1(2) 0，1 0
NO.1—[I_Alm_REF_ST1(2)]
Setting of zero sequence differential current alarm. This setting shall be greater than the maximum
zero sequence unbalance differential current in normal operation condition meanwhile smaller
than REF pickup value.
No.2-- [I_Pkp_PcntREF_ST1(2)]
Pickup setting of zero sequence differential current.
No.3-- [I_InstREF_ST1(2)]
Setting of unrestrained instantaneous zero sequence differential protection.
No.4-- [Slope_PcntREF_ST1(2)]
Restraint coefficient of percentage zero sequence differential current.
No.5-- [TrpLog_REF_ST1(2)]
Tripping output logic setting of zero sequence differential protection.
NO.6—[En_InstREF_ST1(2)]
Logic setting to enable/disable instantaneous restrict earth fault protection of stepdown

transformer.

Chapter7 Settings
NO.7—[En_PcntREF_ST1(2)]
Logic setting to enable/disable percentage restricted earth fault protection of stepdown

transformer.
Settings of restrict earth fault protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> ST REF PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.25 Settings of differential protection of excitation transformer or exciter

Table 7.3-25 List of differential protection settings of excitation transformer or exciter

1. I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Exc 0.10 –1.00 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.3
2. I_InstDiff_Exc 4.0 – 14.0 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 6
3. Slope1_PcntDiff_Exc 0.05 – 0.15 0.01 0.1
5. k_Harm_PcntDiff_Exc 0.10 – 0.35 0.01 0.15
6. TrpLog_Diff_Exc 0000 – FFFF 1 1FFF
7. En_InstDiff_Exc 0，1 1
8. En_PcntDiff_Exc 0，1 1
9. Opt_Inrush_Ident_Exc 0，1 1
10. Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Exc 0，1 1
NO.1—[I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Exc]
Setting of pickup value of percentage differential current of excitation transformer or exciter. In

practice, for excitation transformer, characteristic of CT on two sides may differ significantly and
the unbalance differential current may be larger than that of main transformer. So for pickup
setting, 0.5 Ie is recommended.
NO.2—[I_InstDiff_Exc]
Setting of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection.
NO.3—[Slope1_PcntDiff_Exc]
Restraint coefficient of the first slope of the differential characteristic curve.
NO.4—[Slope2_PcntDiff_Exc]

Chapter7 Settings
NO.5—[k_Harm_PcntDiff_Exc]
Restraint coefficient of second harmonics.
NO.6—[TrpLog_Diff_Exc]
Tripping output logic setting of differential protection of excitation transformer of exciter.
NO.7—[En_InstDiff_Exc]
Enable unrestrained instantaneous differential protection of excitation transformer or exciter.
NO.8—[En_PcntDiff_Exc]
Enable percentage differential protection of excitation transformer or exciter.
NO.9—[Opt_Inrush_Ident_Exc]
Inrush current blocking mode. Select criterion of Inrush current detection.
“0”, discrimination by harmonics;
“1”, waveform distortion criterion is used.
NO.10—[Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Exc]
Enable differential protection blocked by CT circuit failure.
Setting “0”: Differential protection is not blocked by CT circuit failure.
Setting “1”: Differential protection is blocked by CT circuit failure
Settings of excitation differential protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> EXC DIFF PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.26 Settings of backup protection of excitation transformer or exciter

Table 7.3-26 List of backup protection settings of excitation transformer or exciter

1. I_OC1_Exc 0.10 – 100.00 A 0.01 A 10
2. t_OC1_Exc 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
3. TrpLog_OC1_Exc 0000 – FFFF 1 000F
4. I_OC2_Exc 0.10 – 100.00 A 0.01 A 10
5. t_OC2_Exc 0.00 – 25.00 S 0.01 S 1
NO.1—[I_OC1_Exc]
Chapter7 Settings
NO.2—[t_OC1_Exc]
NO.3—[TrpLog_OC1_Exc]
NO.4—[I_OC2_Exc]
NO.5—[t_OC2_Exc]
NO.6—[TrpLog_OC2_Exc]
Settings of excitation backup protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> EXC BAK PROT --> [setting symbol].
Note:
The current used in the overcurrent protection is derived from the CT at the HV side of excitation
transformer or the CT at the neutral point of exciter.
7.3.27 Settings of overload protection of excitation transformer or excitor

Table 7.3-27 List of overload protection settings of exciter

1. I_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg 0.10 –100.00 A（kA） 0.01A（kA） 7
2. t_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg 0.00 – 25.00 S 0.01S 2
3. I_InvOvLd_RotWdg 0.10 – 50.00 A（kA） 0.01A（kA） 6
4. tmin_InvOvLd_RotWdg 0.10 – 10.00 S 0.01S 1
5. A_Therm_RotWdg 1.00 – 100.00 0.01 40
6. Ib_InvOvLd_RotWdg 0.10 – 50.00A（kA） 0.01A（kA） 1
7. TrpLog_InvOvLd_RotWdg 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
8. Opt_AC_Input_RotWdg 0，1 1
9. Opt_DC_Input_RotWdg 0，1 0

Chapter7 Settings
NO.1—[I_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg]
Current setting of overload alarm.
NO.2—[t_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg]
Delay of overload alarm.
NO.3—[I_InvOvLd_RotWdg]
Pickup current of inverse time overload protection.
NO.4—[tmin_InvOvLd_RotWdg]
Delay of upper limit of inverse time overload protection.
NO.5—[A_Therm_RotWdg]
Thermal capacity parameter of excitation winding.
NO.6—[Ib_InvOvLd_RotWdg]
Reference current setting of inverse time overload.
NO.7—[TrpLog_InvOvLd_RotWdg]
Tripping output logic setting of inverse time overload protection.
NO.8—[Opt_AC_Input_RotWdg]
Type selection configuration logic setting of current input. “1” is AC current input for overload
protection of rotor winding.
NO.9—[Opt_DC_Input_RotWdg]
Type selection configuration logic setting of current input. “1” is DC current input for overload
protection of rotor winding.
Settings of excitation overload protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> EXC BAK PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.28 Settings of mechanical protection

Table 7.3-28 List of mechanical protection settings

1. t_MechRly1 0.00 – 6000.0 S 0.1S 1
2. TrpLog_MechRly1 0000 – FFFF 1 0081

Chapter7 Settings
3. t_MechRly2 0.00 – 6000.0 S 0.1S 1

5. t_MechRly3 0.00 – 6000.0 S 0.1S 1
7. t_MechRly4 0.00 – 6000.0 S 0.1S 1
9. En_Supv_MechRly 0,1 1
NO.1—[t_MechRly1]
Time delay of output contact of external mechanical contact input1 repeater.
NO.2—[TrpLog_MechRly1]
Tripping output logic setting of output contact of mechanical contact input1.
NO.3—[t_MechRly2]
NO.5—[t_MechRly3]
NO.7—[t_MechRly4]
NO.9—[En_Supv_MechRly]
Logic setting to enable/disable the supervision function to mechanical relays .
Settings of mechanical protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> MECH RLY PROT --> [setting symbol].

Chapter7 Settings
7.4 Calculated parameters

The settings listed in the following tables calculated by the RCS-985A itself automatically, they
need not to be set by user. The settings are calculated according to the system parameters that
user input, include primary rated currents, secondary rated currents, secondary rated voltages and
correction coefficients used in all kinds of differential protection relays. Listing of the calculated
settings is only for reference of setting check or commission.
7.4.1 Calculated parameters of primary rated current

7.4.1.1 Parameters list
Table 7.4-1 List of calculated parameters of primary rated current
NO. Symbol Range Note

1. I1b_SnTr_CT_HVS_Tr 0-60000 A
2. I1b_SnTr_CT_LVS_Tr 0-60000 A
3. I1b_SnGen_CT_Gen 0-60000 A
4. I1b_SnST_CT_HVS_ST1 0-60000 A
5. I1b_SnST_CT_Br1_ST1 0-60000 A
10. I1b_SnExc_CT_S1_Exc 0-60000 A
7.4.1.2 Explanation of the parameters
No.1-- [I1b_SnTr_CT_HVS_Tr]
Sn
Primary rated current at HV side of main transformer. The equation is I b1n = . Please
3U b1n
refer to section 3.4.1 to see more details.
No.2-- [I1b_SnTr_CT_LVS_Tr]
Primary rated current at LV side of main transformer.
No.3-- [I1b_SnGen_CT_Gen]
Pn / cos θ
Primary rated current of generator. The equation is I f 1n = . Please refer to section 3.4.2
3U f 1n
to see more details.
No.4-- [I1b_SnST_CT_HVS_ST1]

Chapter7 Settings
Primary rated current at HV side of stepdown transformer1.
No.5-- [I1b_SnST_CT_Br1_ST1]
Primary rated current of branch 1 at LV side of stepdown transformer1.
Primary rated current at branch 2 of stepdown transformer1.
Primary rated current at HV side of stepdown transformer2.
Primary rated current of branch 1 at LV side of stepdown transformer2.
Primary rated current at branch 2 of stepdown transformer2.
No.10-- [I1b_SnExc_CT_S1_Exc]
Primary rated current at HV side of excitation transformer or terminal side of exciter.
Primary rated current at LV side of excitation transformer or neutral point side of exciter.
All settings of calculated primary rated current are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> CALC SETTINGS -> PRI RATED CURR -> [setting symbol]
7.4.2 Calculated parameters of secondary rated current

Table 7.4-2 List of calculated parameters of secondary rated current

1. I2b_SnTr_CT_HVS_Tr 0-600 A
2. I2b_SnTr_CT_LVS_Tr 0-600 A
3. I2b_SnTr_CT_ST1 0-600 A
4. I2b_SnTr_CT_ST2 0-600 A
5. I2b_SnTr_CT_Bak_HVS_Tr 0-600 A
6. I2b_SnTr_CT_Gen_GTU 0-600 A
7. I2b_SnTr_CT_ST1_GTU 0-600 A
8. I2b_SnTr_CT_ST2_GTU 0-600 A
9. I2b_SnGen_CT_Term_Gen 0-600 A
10. I2b_SnGen_CT_NP_Gen 0-600 A

Chapter7 Settings

No.1-- [I2b_SnTr_CT_HVS_Tr]
I b1n
Secondary rated current at HVS of main transformer. The equation is I b 2 n = . Please refer to
nbLH
section 3.4.1 to see more details.
No.2-- [I2b_SnTr_CT_LVS_Tr]
Secondary rated current at LVS of main transformer.
No.3-- [I2b_SnTr_CT_ST1]
Secondary rated current at HVS of stepdown transformer1.
No.4-- [I2b_SnTr_CT_ST2]
Secondary rated current at HVS of stepdown transformer2.
No.5-- [I2b_SnTr_CT_Bak_HVS_Tr]
Secondary rated current of backup CT at HVS of stepdown transformer of main transformer.
No.6-- [I2b_SnTr_CT_Gen_GTU]
Secondary rated current at HVS of transformer. It is used for differential protection of

No.7-- [I2b_SnTr_CT_ST1_GTU]
Secondary rated current at HVS of stepdown transformer1. It is used for differential protection of
No.8-- [I2b_SnTr_CT_ST2_GTU]
Secondary rated current at HVS of stepdown transformer2. It is used for differential protection of
No.9-- [I2b_SnGen_CT_Term_Gen]
Secondary rated current at terminal of generator.
No.10-- [I2b_SnGen_CT_NP_Gen]
Chapter7 Settings
Secondary rated current at neutral point of generator.
Secondary rated current of CT at HV side of stepdown transformer1.
Secondary rated current of branch 1 at LV side of stepdown transformer1.
Secondary rated current of CT at HV side of stepdown transformer2.
Secondary rated current at HV side of excitation transformer or terminal side of exciter.
Secondary rated current at LV side of excitation transformer or neutral point side of exciter.
7.4.3 Calculated parameters of secondary rated voltage

Table 7.4-3 List of calculated parameters of secondary rated voltage

1. U2b_VT_HVS_Tr 0-600 V
2. U2b_DeltVT_HVS_Tr 0-600 V
3. U2b_VT_Term_Gen 0-600 V
4. U2b_DeltVT_Term_Gen 0-600 V
5. U2b_NP_Gen 0-600 V
6. k_DeltVT_Gen 0-600 V
7. U2b_VT_Br1_ST1 0-600 V
8. U2b_VT_Br2_ST1 0-600 V
9. U2b_VT_Br1_ST2 0-600 V
10. U2b_VT_Br2_ST2 0-600 V

Chapter7 Settings
No.1-- [V2b_VT_HVS_Tr]
Secondary rated voltage at HVS of main transformer.
No.2-- [U2b_DeltVT _HVS_Tr]
Secondary rated voltage of delta VT at HVS of main transformer.
No.3-- [U2b_VT_Term_Gen]
Secondary rated voltage at terminal VT of generator.
No.4-- [U2b_DeltVT_Term_Gen]
Secondary rated voltage of delta VT at terminal of generator.
No.5-- [U2b_NP_Gen]
Secondary rated voltage at neutral point VT of generator.
No.6-- [k_DeltVT_Gen]
The ratio of zero sequence voltage between terminal and neutral point of generator. That is the
ratio between [U2b_DeltVT_Term_Gen] to [U2b_NP_Gen].
No.7-- [U2b_VT_Br1_ST1(2)]
Secondary rated voltage of branch 1 at LVS of stepdown transformer.
No.8-- [U2b_VT_Br2_ST1(2)]
Secondary rated voltage at branch 2 at LVS of stepdown transformer.
7.4.4 Calculated parameters of differential coefficient

Table 7.4-4 List of calculated parameters of differential coefficient

1. k_TrHVS_Diff_Tr 0-60
2. k_TrLVS_Diff_Tr 0-60
3. k_ST1_Diff_Tr 0-60
4. k_ST2_Diff_Tr 0-60
5. k_TrHVS_Diff_GTU 0-60
6. k_Gen_Diff_GTU 0-60
7. k_NP_Diff_GTU 0-60
8. k_ST1_Diff_GTU 0-60
9. k_ST2_Diff_GTU 0-60
10. k_Term_Diff_Gen 0-60

Chapter7 Settings
11. k_NP_Diff_Gen 0-60

12. k_HVS_Diff_ST1 0-60
13. k_Br1_Diff_ST1 0-60
14. k_Br2_Diff_ST1 0-60
15. k_HVS_Diff_ST2 0-60
16. k_Br1_Diff_ST2 0-60
17. k_Br2_Diff_ST2 0-60
18. k_S1_Diff_Exc 0-60
19. k_S2_Diff_Exc 0-60
20. k_NP_REF_Tr 0-60
21. k_REF_Tr 0-60
22. k_NP_REF_ST1 0-60
23. k_REF_ST1 0-60
24. k_NP_REF_ST2 0-60
25. k_REF_ST2 0-60
No.1-- [k_TrHVS_Diff _Tr]
Differential coefficient of HV side for differential protection of main transformer.
No.2-- [k_TrLVS_Diff _Tr]
Differential coefficient of LVS of main transformer. For differential protection of main transformer,
the base side is LV side.
No.3-- [k_ST1_Diff_Tr]
Differential coefficient of HVS of stepdown transformer1 for differential protection of main

transformer.
No.4-- [k_ST2_Diff_Tr]
Differential coefficient of HVS of stepdown transformer2 for differential protection of main

transformer.
No.5-- [k_TrHVS_Diff_GTU]
Differential coefficient of HVS of main transformer for differential protection of generator and
transformer unit.
No.6-- [k_Gen_Diff_GTU]
Differential coefficient of generator terminal side for differential protection of GTU.
No.7-- [k_ST1_Diff_GTU]
Differential coefficient of stepdown transformer1 side for differential protection of GTU.
No.8-- [k_ST2_Diff_GTU]

Chapter7 Settings
Differential coefficient of stepdown transformer2 side for differential protection of GTU.
No.9-- [k_Term_Diff_Gen]
Differential coefficient of terminal of generator for differential protection of generator.
No.10-- [k_NP_Diff_Gen]
Differential coefficient of neutral point side of generator for differential protection of generator.
No.11-- [k_HVS_Diff_ST1]
Differential coefficient of HVS for differential protection of stepdown transformer1.
No.12-- [k_Br1_Diff_ST1]
Differential coefficient of branch 1 at LVS for differential protection of stepdown transformer1.
No.14-- [k_HVS_Diff_ST2]
Differential coefficient of HVS for differential protection of stepdown transformer2.
No.17-- [k_S1_Diff_Exc]
Differential coefficient of side 1 of exciter for differential protection of exciter.
No.18-- [k_S2_Diff_Exc]
Differential coefficient of side 2 of exciter for differential protection of exciter.
No.19-- [k_NP_REF_Tr]
Differential coefficient of neutral point of main transformer for restrict earth fault protection of main
transformer.
No.20-- [k_REF_Tr]
Differential coefficient of HVS of main transformer for restrict earth fault protection of main
transformer.
No.21-- [k_NP_REF_ST1]
Differential coefficient of neutral point of stepdown transformer 1 for restrict earth fault protection of

Chapter7 Settings
No.22-- [k_REF_ST1]
Differential coefficient of LVS of stepdown transformer1 for restrict earth fault protection of main
transformer1.
No.23-- [k_NP_REF_ST2]
Differential coefficient of neutral point of stepdown transformer2 for restrict earth fault protection of
No.24-- [k_REF_ST2]
Differential coefficient of LVS of stepdown transformer2 for restrict earth fault protection of main
transformer2.
7.4.5 Calculated parameters of internal secondary rated current

Table 7.4-5 List of calculated parameters of internal secondary rated current

1. I2b2_SnTr_CT_HVS_Tr 0-600 A
2. I2b2_SnTr_CT_LVS_Tr 0-600 A
3. I2b2_SnTr_CT_HVS_ST1 0-600 A
4. I2b2_SnTr_CT_HVS_ST2 0-600 A
5. I2b2_SnTr_CT_Bak_HVS_Tr 0-600 A
6. I2b2_SnTr_CT_Gen_GTU 0-600 A
7. I2b2_SnTr_CT_ST1_GTU 0-600 A
8. I2b2_SnTr_CT_ST2_GTU 0-600 A
9. I2b2_SnGen_CT_Term_Gen 0-600 A
10. I2b2_SnGen_CT_NP_Gen 0-600 A
11. I2b2_SnST_CT_HVS_ST1 0-600 A
12. I2b2_SnST_CT_Br1_ST1 0-600 A
14. I2b2_SnST_CT_HVS_ST2 0-600 A
17. I2b2_SnExc_CT_S1_Exc 0-600 A
18. I2b2_SnExc_CT_S2_Exc 0-600 A
No.1—No.18
Internal secondary rated current of each current that used in differential protection. All parameters
have the same meaning with those of in section Calculated parameters of secondary rated
current.

Chapter7 Settings

Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface
Chapter8 Human Machine Interface

User can access the relay from the front panel of the device. Local communication with the relay is
possible using a computer (PC) with the RCSPC software via an RS232 port on the front panel.
Furthermore, remote communication is also possible switched-in substation automatic system via
a RS485 port.
This chapter describes human machine interface (HMI), menu tree and LCD display. At the same
time how to input settings using keypad is described in detail. Finally, this chapter introduces the
RCSPC software and wave analysis software.
8.1 User interfaces and menu structure

The settings and functions of the RCS-985B protection relay can be accessed both from the front
panel keypad and LCD, and via the front and rear communication ports. Information on each of
these methods is given in this section to describe how to start using the relay.
8.2 Introduction to the relay

8.2.1 Front panel
The front panel of the relay is shown in Figure 8.2-1. The human-machine interface consists of a
human-machine interface (HMI) module which allows a communication as simple as possible for
the user.

Figure 8.2-1 Front view of the protection
The front panel of the relay includes the following, as indicated in Figure 8.2-1:
Table 8.2-1 Description of each part
No. Brief description

1. A 320*240 dots liquid crystal display (LCD)
2. The relay front panel features control pushbutton switches with LEDs that facilitate local
control. Factory default settings associate specific relay functions with these 9
direct-action pushbuttons and LEDs e.g.
3. A 9-key keypad comprising 4 arrow keys (◄,►,▲and ▼), an plus key (+), a minus key
(-), a escape key ( ESC) and a active group setting key (GRP)
4. A 9-pin female D-type front port for communication with a PC locally to the relay (up to
15m distance) via an EIA(RS)232 serial data connection, which providing internal signal
monitoring and high speed local downloading of software.
5. Name of protection
6. Name of manufacture

8.2.2 LCD
A 320*240 dots liquid crystal display (LCD) with LED backlight. The backlight can be switched on
automatically whenever the keypad is operated or operation or alarm issued. Backlight will be
turned off after a while.
8.2.2.1 Default Display
The front panel menu has a default display under normal state after powered-up. If there is no
keypad activity for the 5 minutes timeout period, the default will return again and the LCD backlight
will turn off. To provide more information, the default display a typical single-line scheme generator
system and relevant quantities in operation condition, as shown below.
Figure 8.2-2 Default display of RCS-985B
8.2.2.2 Fault report
Whenever there is an un-eliminated fault record in the relay, the default display will be replaced by
fault report.
Figure 8.2-3 Fault display of RCS-985B

All the protection elements listed below may be displayed.
Table 8.2-2 List of operation elements
NO. Protection Element Note

1. Op_InstDiff_Gen Operation of instantaneous unrestraint differential protection
of generator
2. Op_PcntDiff_Gen Operation of percentage differential protection of generator
3. Op_DPFC_Diff_Gen Operation of DPFC (Deviation of Power Frequency
Component) differential protection of generator
4. Op_GenDiff_StShut_Gen Operation of differential current element of generator during
startup and shutoff process
5. Op_StaRov_StShut_Gen Operation of stator zero sequence overvoltage element of
generator during startup and shutoff process
6. Op_InstDiff_Exc Operation of instantaneous differential protection of
excitation transformer or excitor
7. Op_PcntDiff_Exc Operation of percentage differential protection of excitation
8. Op_OC1_Exc Operation of stage 1 of overcurrent protection of excitation
9. Op_OC2_Exc Operation of stage 2 of overcurrent protection of excitation
10. Op_InvOvLd_RotWdg Operation of inverse time overload protection of rotor
winding
11. Op_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen Operation of DPFC interturn protection of generator
12. Op_SensTrvDiff_Gen Operation of transverse differential protection of generator
13. Op_UnsensTrvDiff_Gen Operation of unsensitive stage of transverse differential
protection of generator
14. Op_SensIntTurn_Gen Operation of any of the interturn protection of generator
15. Op_UnsensIntTurn_Gen Operation of any of the unsensitive stage of interturn
16. Op_SensROV_Sta Operation of sensitive stage zero sequence over voltage
element of earth fault protection of stator
17. Op_UnsensROV_Sta Operation of unsensitive stage zero sequence over voltage
element of earth fault protection of stator
18. Op_V3rdHRatio_Sta Operation of 3rd harmonics ratio earth fault protection of
stator
19. Op_V3rdHDiff_Sta Operation of 3rd harmonics differential earth fault protection
of stator
20. Op_1PEF_RotWdg Operation of 1 point earth fault protection of rotor
21. Op_2PEF_RotWdg Operation of 2 point earth fault protection of rotor
22. Op_OvLd_Sta Operation of definitive time overload protection of stator
23. Op_InvOvLd_Sta Operation of inverse time overload protection of stator

24. Op_NegOC_Gen Operation of negative sequence overcurrent protection of

rotor
25. Op_InvNegOC_Gen Operation of inverse time negative sequence overcurrent
protection of rotor
Operation of stage 1 of overcurrent protection of generator
26. Op_OC1_Gen
Operation of stage 2 of overcurrent protection of generator

27. Op_OC2_Gen
Operation of stage 1 of overvoltage protection of generator

28. Op_OV1_Gen
Operation of stage 2 of overvoltage protection of generator

29. Op_OV2_Gen
Operation of undervoltage protection of generator

30. Op_UV_Gen
Operation of overexcitation protection of generator

31. Op_OvExc_Gen
Operation of inverse time stage of overexcitation protection

32. Op_InvOvExc_Gen
of generator
Operation of stage 1 of underfrequency protection of
33. Op_UF1_Gen
generator
34. Op_UF2_Gen
generator
35. Op_UF3_Gen
generator
Operation of stage 1 of overfrequency protection of
36. Op_OF1_Gen
generator
Operation of stage 2 of overfrequency protection of
37. Op_OF2_Gen
generator
Operation of stage 1 of distance protection of generator
38. Op_Z1_Gen
Operation of stage 2 of distance protection of generator

39. Op_Z2_Gen
Operation of stage 1 of loss-of-excitation protection of

40. Op_LossExc1_Gen
generator
41. Op_LossExc2_Gen
generator
42. Op_LossExc3_Gen
generator
Operation of out-of-step protection outside zone of
43. Op_Ext_OOS_Gen
generator
Operation of out-of-step protection inside zone of generator
44. Op_Int_OOS_Gen

Operation of reverse power protection of generator

45. Op_RevP_Gen
Operation of under power protection of generator

46. Op_UP_Gen
Operation of sequence tripping with reverse power

47. Op_SeqTrpRevP_Gen
controlled protection of generator
Operation of accidental energization protection of generator
48. Op_AccEnerg_Gen
Operation of of flashover protection of circuit breaker

49. Op_Flash_CB_HVS_Tr
Operation element of instantaneous unrestrained differential

50. Op_InstDiff_Tr
protection of main transformer
Operation element of percentage differential protection of
51. Op_PcntDiff_Tr
main transformer
Operation element of DPFC percentage differential
52. Op_DPFC_Diff_Tr
Operation of differential current element of main transformer
53. Op_TrDiff_StShut_Gen
during startup and shutoff process
Operation element of stage 2 of overcurrent protection at
54. Op_OC1_Tr
HV side of main transformer
Operation element of stage 2 of overcurrent protection at
55. Op_OC2_Tr
HV side of main transformer
Operation element of instantaneous restrict earth fault
56. Op_InstREF_Tr
Operation element of percentage restrict earth fault
57. Op_PcntREF_Tr
Operation element of stage 1 with time delay 1 of zero
58. Op_ROC11_Tr
sequence overcurrent protection at HV side of main
transformer
59. Op_ROC12_Tr
transformer
60. Op_ROC21_Tr
transformer
61. Op_ROC22_Tr
transformer
Operation element of residual over voltage protection of
62. Op_ROV_Tr
main transformer
Operation element of residual over current protection of air
63. Op_ROC_Gap_Tr
gap of main transformer


64. Op_InstDiff_GTU
protection of generator-transformer unit
65. Op_PcntDiff_GTU
generator-transformer unit
Operation element of stage 1 of phase-to-phase impedance
66. Op_Z1_Tr
protection at HV side of main transformer
Operation element of stage 2 of phase-to-phase impedance
67. Op_Z2_Tr
protection at HV side of main transformer
Operation element of over excitation protection of main
68. Op_OvExc_Tr
transformer
Operation element of inverse time over excitation protection
69. Op_InvOvExc_Tr
of main transformer
70. Op_InstREF_ST1
protection of stepdown transformer1
71. Op_PcntREF_ST1
72. Op_InstREF_ST2
73. Op_PcntREF_ST2
Operation element of stage 1 of residual overcurrent
74. Op_ROC1_Br1_ST1
protection of branch 1 at LV side of stepdown transformer1
75. Op_ROC2_Br1_ST1
76. Op_ROC1_Br2_ST1
protection at branch 2 of LV side of stepdown transformer1
77. Op_ROC2_Br2_ST1
78. Op_ROC1_Br1_ST2
79. Op_ROC2_Br1_ST2
80. Op_ROC1_Br2_ST2
81. Op_ROC2_Br2_ST2
82. Op_InstDiff_ST1
83. Op_PcntDiff_ST1
84. Op_OC1_HVS_ST1 Operation element of stage 1 of overcurrent protection at

HV side of stepdown transformer1


Operation element of stage 1 of overcurrent protectionof

86. Op_OC1_Br1_ST1
branch 1 at LV side of stepdown transformer1
87. Op_OC1_Br2_ST1
Operation element of stage 2 of overcurrent protection of
88. Op_OC2_Br1_ST1
89. Op_OC2_Br2_ST1
90. Op_InstDiff_ST2
91. Op_PcntDiff_ST2
92.
Op_OC1_HVS_ST2 Operation element of stage 1 of overcurrent protection at


94. Op_OC1_Br1_ST2
95. Op_OC1_Br2_ST2
96. Op_OC2_Br1_ST2
97. Op_OC2_Br2_ST2
Operation of repeater of external mechanical input 1
98. Op_MechRly1

99. Op_MechRly2

100. Op_MechRly3

101. Op_MechRly4
8.2.2.3 Alarm report
Whenever there is an un-eliminated internal failure record in the relay, the default display will be
replaced by alarm report.

Figure 8.2-4 Alarm display of RCS-985B
All the alarm elements listed below may be displayed.
Table 8.2-3 List of alarm elements
NO. Alarm Element Brief description
1. Alm_SwOv_VTS1_Gen Alarm indicating VT1 circuit failure and start to switch over
voltage circuit.
2. Alm_SwOv_VTS2_Gen Alarm indicating VT2 circuit failure and start to switch over
voltage circuit.
3. Alm_BlkV3rdHDiff_VTS1 Alarm indicating VT1 circuit failure and blocking 3rd

harmonics voltage differential protection.
4. Alm_BlkIntTurn_VTS2 Alarm indicating VT2 circuit failure and blocking interturn

protection.
5. Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT at HV side of

main transformer.
6. Alm_VTS1_Term_Gen Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT1 at

generator terminal.
7. Alm_VTS2_Term_Gen Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT2 at

generator terminal.

8. Alm_VTS_NP_Gen Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT at the neutral

point of generator.
9. Alm_DeltVTS1_Term_Gen Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure at open-delta side

of VT1 at generator terminal.
10. Alm_DeltVTS2_Term_Gen Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure at open-delta side

of VT2 at generator terminal.
11. Alm_Pos_GCB Alarm indicating the position of circuit breaker at generator

terminal is abnormal.
12. Alm_Pos_CB_HVS1_Tr Alarm indicating the position of circuit breaker of branch 1 at

HV side is abnormal.
13. Alm_Pos_CB_HVS2_Tr Alarm indicating the position of circuit breaker of branch 2 at

HV side is abnormal.
14. Alm_VTS_LossExc_RotWdg Alarm indicating rotor voltage circuit failure which used by
loss-of-excitation protection.
15. Alm_PM_DSP1_CPUBrd The DSP chip in CPU board damaged.
16. Alm_CTS_Term_Gen Alarm indicating secondary circuit abnormality of CT at

generator terminal.
17. Alm_CTS_NP_Gen Alarm indicating secondary circuit abnormality of CT at the

neutral point of generator.
18. Alm_CTS_Bak_Gen Alarm indicating secondary circuit abnormality of backup CT

at the terminal of generator.
19. Alm_CTS_S1_Exc Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT at side1 of

excitation set used in differential protection of excitation.
20. Alm_CTS_S2_Exc Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT at side2 of

excitation set used in differential protection of excitation.
21. Alm_Diff_Gen Alarm indicating differential current of generator is in excess

of normally endurable level.
22. Alm_Diff_Exc Alarm indicating differential current of excitation transformer

or exciter is in excess of normally endurable level .
23. Alm_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen Alarm indicating operation of DPFC interturn protective

element.
24. Alm_MechRly1 Alarm indicating operation of mechanical repeater 1.
28. Alm_PwrLoss_MechRly Alarm indicating power loss of mechanical relay.
29. Alm_Inconsist_MechRly Alarm indicating failure occurs in circuit of mechanical

signal.
30. Alm_CTS_Diff_Gen Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CTs used for
differential protection of generator.
31. Alm_CTS_Diff_Exc Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT used in

exciter or excitation transformer differential protection.
32. Alm_BO_OC_Term_Gen Alarm indicating operation of overcurrent element of

generator terminal used for driving a set of contact to block
other circuit.
33. Alm_On_2PEF_RotWdg Alarm indicating 2 points earth fault protection has been put
input operation after operation of 1 point earth fault
protection of rotor.
34. Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen Alarm indicating out-of-step of system occurs while its

oscillation center is outside protective zone.
35. Alm_Int_OOS_Gen Alarm indicating out-of-step of system occurs and its

oscillation center is inside protective zone.
36. Alm_Accel_OOS_Gen Alarm indicating accelerate out-of-step occurs.
37. Alm_Decel_OOS_Gen Alarm indicating decelerate out-of-step occurs.
38. Alm_LossExc_Gen Alarm indicating operation of loss-of-excitation protective

element.
39. Alm_OvExc_Gen Alarm indicating operation of over excitation protective

element.
40. Alm_OvLd_Sta Alarm indicating operation of overload element of stator.
41. Alm_NegOC_Gen Alarm indicating operation of negative overcurrent

protective element of stator.
42. Alm_OvLd_RotWdg Alarm indicating operation of overload protective element of

rotor winding.
43. Alm_ROV_Sta Alarm indicating operation of sensitive stage of ROV

protection of stator earth fault.
44. Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta Alarm indicating operation of 3rd harmonics ratio earth fault
protective element of stator.
45. Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta Alarm indicating operation of 3rd harmonics differential earth

fault protective element of stator.
46. Alm_Sens1PEF_RotWdg Alarm indicating operation of sensitive stage of 1 point earth

fault protective element of rotor.
47. Alm_1PEF_RotWdg Alarm indicating operation of normal stage of 1 point earth

fault protective element of rotor.
48. Alm_UF1_Gen Alarm indicating operation of stage 1 of under frequency

protective element of generator.


51. Alm_OF1_Gen Alarm indicating operation of stage 1 of over frequency

52. Alm_OF2_Gen Alarm indicating operation of stage 2 of over frequency


53. Alm_RevP_Gen Alarm indicating operation of reverse power protection.
54. Alm_VTS_Term_Gen Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT at generator

terminal.
55. Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT at HV side of

main transformer.
56. Alm_VTS_Br1_ST1 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT of branch 1

at LV side of stepdown transformer1.



60. Alm_BO_OC_HVS_ST1 Alarm indicating operation of overcurrent element for driving

binary output at HVS side of stepdown transformer1.
61. Alm_BO_OC_HVS_ST2 Alarm indicating operation of overcurrent element for driving

binary output at HVS side of stepdown transformer2.
62. Alm_OvLd_Tr Alarm indicating overload of main transformer.
63. Alm_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr Alarm indicating stage 2 of initialling cooling of main

transformer.
64. Alm_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr Alarm indicating stage 1 of initialling cooling of main

transformer.
65. Alm_InitCool_OvLd_ST1 Alarm indicating of initialling cooling of stepdown

transformer1.
66. Alm_OvLd_ST1 Alarm indicating overload of stepdown transformer1.
67. Alm_InitCool_OvLd_ST2 Alarm indicating of initialling cooling of stepdown

transformer2.

68. Alm_OvLd_ST2 Alarm indicating overload of stepdown transformer2.
69. Alm_PM_DSP2_CPUBrd Alarm indicating DSP2 in CPU module damaged.
70. Alm_CTS_HVS1_Tr Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT at branch 1

of HV side of main transformer.
71. Alm_CTS_HVS2_Tr Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT at branch 2

of HV side of main transformer.
72. Alm_CTS_LVS_Tr Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT at LV side of

main transformer.
73. Alm_CTS_HVS_Tr Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT at HV side of

main transformer.
74. Alm_CTS_HVS_ST1 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of HV side of

75. Alm_CTS_Br1_ST1 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of branch 1 at LV

side of stepdown transformer1.
76. Alm_REF_ST1 Alarm indicating abnormality of zero sequence current of

77. Alm_CTS_HVS_ST2 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of HV side of

78. Alm_CTS_Br1_ST2 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of branch 1 at LV

side of stepdown transformer2.
79. Alm_REF_ST2 Alarm indicating abnormality of zero sequence current of

80. Alm_Diff_GTU Alarm indicating the differential current is abnormal in

differential protection of generator and transformer unit.
81. Alm_Diff_Tr Alarm indicating the differential current is abnormal in

differential protection of main transformer.
82. Alm_Diff_ST1 Alarm indicating the differential current is abnormal in

differential protection of stepdown transformer1.

83. Alm_Diff_ST2 Alarm indicating the differential current is abnormal in

differential protection of stepdown transformer2.
84. Alm_REF_Tr Alarm indicating the zero sequence differential current is

abnormal in REF differential protection of main transformer.
85. Alm_CTS_Diff_GTU Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT in differential

protection of generator and transformer unit.
86. Alm_CTS_Diff_Tr Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT in differential

protection of main transformer.
87. Alm_CTS_Diff_ST1 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT in differential

protection of stepdown transformer1.
88. Alm_CTS_Diff_ST2 Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT in differential

protection of stepdown transformer2.
89. Alm_OvExc_Tr Alarm indicating over excitation of main transformer.
90. Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr Alarm indicating operation of ROV protection at LV side of

main transformer.
91. Alm_RAM_CPUBrd CPU module RAM damaged.
92. Alm_ROM_CPUBrd CPU module flash memory damaged.
93. Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd CPU module EEPROM damaged judged by the mismatch

of summation of all the settings with the CRC code .
94. Alm_InvalidSetting Without modifying protection setting after modification of

rated secondary current of CT.
95. Alm_ModifiedSetting In the proceeding of setting parameters.
96. Alm_PwrLoss_Opto Loss of power supply of the optical couplers for binary
inputs.
97. Alm_TrpOutput Driving transistor of binary output damaged.
98. Alm_InnerComm Alarm indicating that the communication between MON and
CPU interrupts.

99. Alm_DSP_CPUBrd The DSP chip in CPU board damaged.
100. Alm_PersistFD_CPUBrd Duration of pickup of any fault detector in CPU board is in

excess of 10s.
101. Alm_InconsistFD Mismatch of pickup of same type fault detectors in CPU and
MON.
102. Alm_Sample_CPUBrd Failure of sampled data in CPU board.
103. Alm_BI_CPUBrd Any one of binary input sampled directly doesn’t match with
that of recognition of protection itself.
104. Alm_Reboot_CPUABrd Alarm indicating CPU board is in rebooting process.
105. Alm_RAM_MONBrd MON module RAM damaged.
106. Alm_ROM_MONBrd MON module flash memory damaged.
107. Alm_EEPROM_MONBrd MON module EEPROM damaged.
108. Alm_DSP_MONBrd The DSP chip in MON board damaged.
109. Alm_PersistFD_MONBrd Duration of pickup of any fault detector in MON board is in

excess of 10s.
110. Alm_MONBrd MON module damaged.
111. Alm_Sample_MONBrd Failure of sampled data in MON board.
112. Alm_Reboot_MONABrd Alarm indicating MON board is in rebooting process.
8.2.2.4 Change of Binary inputs
Whenever there is change of state of any binary input, the default display will be replaced by
change report of binary input as shown as below.

Figure 8.2-5 Binary input state changing display of RCS-985B
All the binary inputs listed below may be displayed.
Table 8.2-4 List of binary input change elements
NO. BI_Chg Element Brief description

1. EBI_Diff_Gen Enabling binary input of differential protection of
generator
2. EBI_IntTurn_Gen Enabling binary input of turn-to-turn protection of
generator
3. EBI_ROV_Sta Enabling binary input of residual overvoltage stator
earth fault protection of generator
4. EBI_V3rdH_Sta Enabling binary input of 3rd harmonics stator earth fault
5. EBI_EF_RotWdg Enabling binary input of rotor earth fault protection of
generator
6. EBI_OvLd_Sta Enabling binary input of stator overload protection of
generator
7. EBI_NegOC_Gen Enabling binary input of stator negative sequence
overcurrent protection of generator
8. EBI_LossExc_Gen Enabling binary input of loss-of-excitation protection of
generator
9. EBI_OOS_Gen Enabling binary input of out-of-step protection of
generator
10. EBI_VoltProt_Gen Enabling binary input of overvoltage protection of
generator
11. EBI_OvExc_GTU Enabling binary input of overexcitation protection of
generator-transformer unit
12. EBI_PwrProt_Gen Enabling binary input of reverse power protection of

generator
13. EBI_FreqProt_Gen Enabling binary input of frequency protection of
generator
14. EBI_AccEnerg_Gen Enabling binary input of accidental energization
15. EBI_StShut_Gen Enabling binary input of startup and shutdown
16. EBI_Diff_ST2 Enabling binary input of differential protection of
17. EBI_Bak_HVS_ST2 Enabling binary input of backup protection at HV side of
18. EBI_Trp_MechRly3 Enabling binary input of tripping function of repeater of
mechanical input 3
mechanical input 4
mechanical input 2
mechanical input 1
22. EBI_PPF_Gen Enabling binary input of backup protection of generator
23. EBI_Diff_Exc Enabling binary input of differential protection of
excitation set
24. BI_Reserved1 Reserved binary input1
25. BI_SyncCondenser Binary input indicating synchronism condenser is put
into operation
26. EBI_Reserved2 Reserved binary input2
27. EBI_Reserved3 Reserved binary input 3
28. BI_Pwr_Superv Binary input circuit monitoring
29. EBI_Diff_Tr Enable binary input of differential protection of
transformer.
30. EBI_PPF_Tr Enabling binary input of phase-to-phase backup
protection of transformer.
31. EBI_EF_Tr Enabling binary input of earth fault protection of
transformer.
32. EBI_REF_Tr Enabling binary input of restrict earth fault protection of
transformer.
33. EBI_Diff_GTU Enabling binary input of differential protection of
34. EBI_Bak_Exc Enabling binary input of backup protection of excitation
set
35. EBI_Diff_ST1 Enabling binary input of differential protection of
36. EBI_Bak_HVS_ST1 Enabling binary input of backup protection at HV side of

37. EBI_Bak_Br1_ST1 Enabling binary input of backup protection of branch 1
38. EBI_Bak_Br1_ST2 Enabling binary input of backup protection of branch 1
39. EBI_REF_ST1 Enabling binary input of restrict earth fault protection of
40. EBI_REF_ST2 Enabling binary input of restrict earth fault protection of
41. BI_Print Binary input represents the print button.
42. BI_Pulse_GPS Binary input of GPS clock synchronous pulse.
43. BI_RstTarg Binary input of signal reset button.
44. BI_Pwr_Opto Binary input indicating the working state of power
supply of optical isolators
45. BI_MechRly2 Binary input indicating the position of mechanical input
2
4
3
1
49. BI_Pwr_MechRly Binary input indicating the working state of power
supply of mechanical input circuit
50. BI_52b_GCB Binary input indicating the position of breaker at
generator terminal
51. BI_52b_CB_HVS1_Tr Binary input of auxiliary contact of close position of
circuit breaker at branch 1 of HV side of transformer.
52. BI_52b_CB_HVS2_Tr Binary input of auxiliary contact of close position of
circuit breaker at branch 2 of HV side of transformer.
53. BI_Reserved Reserved binary input
54. BI_Valve_Turbine Binary input indicating the valve of steam turbine is in
close position.
55. MON.FD_Diff_Tr/GTU Internally generated binary input indicating operation of
fault detector of differential protection of transformer or
transformer-generator unit.
56. MON.FD_PPF/EF_Tr Internally generated binary input indicating operation of
phase to phase fault and earth fault protection of
transformer.
57. MON.FD_Diff_ST Internally generated binary input indicating operation of
differential protection of stepdown transformer.
58. MON.FD_Bak_ST Internally generated binary input indicating operation of
backup protection of stepdown transformer.

59. MON.FD_Diff_Gen Internally generated binary input indicating operation of

fault detector of differential protection of generator.
60. MON.FD_EF_Sta/RotWdg Internally generated virtual binary input in MON
indicating operation of the fault detector of stator earth
or rotor earth fault protection
61. MON.FD_EF_RotWdg Internally generated virtual binary input in MON
indicating operation of the fault detector of rotor earth
fault protection
62. MON.FD_OvLd_Sta Internally generated virtual binary input in MON
indicating operation of the fault detector of stator
overload element
63. MON.FD_PPF_Gen Internally generated virtual binary input in MON
indicating operation of the fault detector of backup
64. MON.FD_Volt/OvExc_GTU Internally generated virtual binary input in MON
indicating operation of the fault detector of voltage
protection or overexcitation protection of
transformer-generator unit.
65. MON.FD_FreqProt_Gen Internally generated virtual binary input in MON
indicating operation of the fault detector of frequency
66. MON.FD_LossExc/OOS_Gen Internally generated virtual binary input in MON
indicating operation of the fault detector of
loss-of-excitation protection of generator
67. MON.FD_Pwr/AccEnerg_Gen Internally generated virtual binary input in MON
indicating operation of the fault detector of power
protection or accidental energization protection of
generator
68. MON.FD_StShut_Gen Internally generated virtual binary input in MON
indicating operation of the fault detector of startup and
shutdown protection of generator
69. MON.FD_Prot_Exc Internally generated virtual binary input in MON
indicating operation of the fault detector of any
protection of excitation
70. MON.FD_MechRly Internally generated virtual binary input in MON
indicating operation of the fault detector of mechanical
protection
8.2.3 LED indications
LED indicators include：”HEALTHY”,” VT ALARM”,” CT ALARM” ,” ALARM”,” TRIP”.

Figure 8.2-6 LEDs on faceplate of RCS-985B
“Healthy” (Green) indicates that the relay is in correct working order, and should be on at all times.
It will be extinguished when some internal error in hardware or software have been detected by
self-diagnosing facilities, such as setting error, RAM or ROM error, power source failure, output
circuit failure and so on. The state of the healthy LED is reflected by the watchdog contact at the
rear terminals of the relay. The healthy cannot lighting again automatically even if the failure is
eliminated except that the relay is reset or powered up by manual.
“VT Alarm” (Yellow) indicates that the relay has found any failure of VT circuit.
“CT Alarm” (Yellow) indicates that the relay has found any failure of CT circuit.
“Alarm” (Yellow) indicates that the relay has registered an alarm. This may be triggered by one of
the following failures: defective pickup, failure of analog or digital input circuit, optical isolator
power loss and so on. The LED will constantly illuminate, and will extinguish, when the alarms
have been cleared.
The LED “TRIP” (RED) will be lit up once the corresponding relays operate and remain lit even
after the trip commands go off. It can be turned off by pressing the RESET button on the protection
panel to energized binary input [BI_RstTarg], or by remote resetting command.

8.2.4 Keypad operation
P
GR
ESC
Figure 8.2-7 Keypad buttons
No. Item Function

1. “▲” and “▼” move cursor left-fight among selectable target
2. “◄” and “►” move cursor up-down among selectable target
3. “+” and “-” add or subtract in the digit
4. ENT provide Enter/Execute function
5. GRP setting Group selection
6. ESC exit the present menu or return to the upper menu
Note!
Any setting change operation should start with simply pressing “+”, “◄”, “▲”,and “-” in sequence,
as a password. Without the operation, modifying settings is invalid.
Report delete operation should executed by pressing “+”, “-”, “+”, “-”, “ENT” in sequence after
exiting the main menu.
8.2.5 Menu
8.2.5.1 Menu tree
This part presents the main layout of the menu tree for the local human-machine interface (HMI).
The menu tree includes menus for:
VALUES
REPORT
PRINT
SETTINGS
CLOCK
VERSION

DEBUG
VALUES CPU METERING GTU METERING
REPORT CPU BI STATE TR METERING
MON METERING ST
MONMETERING
METERING
PRINT
MON BI STATE GEN METERING
SETTINGS
PHASE ANGLE EXC METERING
CLOCK
VERSION
DEBUG
Figure 8.2-8 View diagram of menu
The default display can be replaced by the menu when press“▲” or “ESC”.
The menu of this relay is arranged as a tree-shaped cascade structure. See Figure 8.2-9. The
menu can be browsed using the keypad.
Starting at the default display, to enter into main menu, press “▲”.
To select the required item, use the “▲” “▼”keys.
To enter the lower level menu, select the required item and press “ENT”.
To return to the upper level menu, press “ESC” or select “0. Exit” and push “ENT”.
The menu can be browsed using the four arrow keys, following the structure shown in Figure 8.2-8.
Thus, starting at the default display the “▲” key will display the first column heading. To select the
required column heading use the “▲”and “▼” keys. To return to the default display press the clear
key “ESC” from any of the column headings.

MENU
VALUES CPU METERING GTU METERING DIFF CURR
REPORT CPU BI STATE TR PROT EBI TR METERING TR CURR
PRINT MON METERING GEN PROT EBI ST METERING HVS VOLT
SETTINGS MON BI STATE ET&ST PROT EBI GEN METERING

ST1 DIFF CURR
CLOCK PHASE ANGLE MECH RLY EBE EXC METERING
ST1 METERING
VERSION AUX BI
ST2 DIFF CURR
DEBUG MON FD
ST2 METERING
PS SUPERV BI
DIFF CURR
GTU DIFF PROT
SAME TO CPU METERING VOLTAGE
TR DIFF PROT SAME TO CPU BI STATE
TR PHASE ANGLE MISC METERING
TR PPF BAK PROT TRIP REPORT
ST1 PHASE ANGLE
TR EF BAK PROT ALARM REPORT
ST2 PHASE ANGLE
TR OVEXC PROT BI CHG REPORT
GEN PHASE ANGLE DIFF CURR
GEN DIFF PROT
EXC PHASE ANGLE AC METERING
xxx
SETTINGS
ACTIVE SETTINGS
GEN INTTURN PROT TRIP RECORD
EQUIP SETTINGS
GEN PPF BAK PROT ALARM REPORT
TRIGGER SYS SETTINGS
STA EF PROT BI CHG REPORT
BI STATE PROT SETTINGS
ROTWDG EF PROT PRESENT WAVE
PHASE ANGLE CALC SETTINGS
STA OVLD PROT
STA NEGOC PROT GTU DIFF WAVE TRIP LOGIC
TR DIFF WAVE MODIFIED SETTINGS

GEN LOSSEXC PROT EQUIP SETTINGS
GEN OOS PROT TR CURR WAVE OTHER GRP SETTINGS
SYS SETTINGS
GEN VOLT PROT TR HVS WAVE
PROT SETTINGS
GEN OVEXC PROT ST1 CURR WAVE
SETTINGS COPY
GEN PWR PROT ST1 VOLT WAVE TRIP REPORT
CALC SETTINGS
GEN FREQ PROT ST2 CURR WAVE GTU DIFF WAVE
GEN STSHUT PROT ST2 VOLT WAVE TR DIFF WAVE
COMM STATUS
GEN ACCENERG PROT GEN DIFF WAVE TR CURR WAVE
MEMORY IMAGE
ST DIFF PROT GEN VOLT WAVE TR HVS WAVE
ST HVS BAK PROT GEN MISC WAVE ST1 CURR WAVE
ST LVS BAK PROT EXC CURR WAVE ST1 VOLT WAVE
ST REF PROT ST2 CURR WAVE

PROT CONFIG
ST DIFF PROT PRI RATED CURR ST2 VOLT WAVE
TR SYS SETTINGS
ST HVS BAK PROT SEC RATED CURR GEN DIFF WAVE
GEN SYS SETTINGS
ST LVS BAK PROT SEC RATED VOLT GEN VOLT WAVE
ST1 SYS SETTINGS
ST REF PROT DIFF CORR COEF GEN MISC WAVE
ST2 SYS SETTINGS
EXC DIFF PROT EXC CURR WAVE
EXC SYS SETTINGS
EXC BAK PROT
MECH RLY PROT
Figure 8.2-9 Relay menu map of RCS-985B

8.2.5.2 Password protection
The menu structure contains two levels of access. The level of access is enabled determines what
users can do by entry of password. The levels of access are summarized in the following table:
Table 8.2-5 Password level
Access level Operations enabled

Level 0 Read access to all settings, alarms, event records
No password required and fault records
Level 1 All settings modified
Password required
The password is 4 digits. The factory default passwords is sequent pressing of the keys “+”, “◄”,
“▲”, “-” and “ENT”.
8.2.6 Operation instruction of Menu

The following contents are to tell user how to make use of each submenu in detail.
8.2.6.1 View CPU and MON metering values
Metering data consists of AC sampled data and phase angle in the submenu VALUES. Take
viewing data relevant to differential protection of CPU metering as an example. User can view data
of MON in the same way by entering “MON METERING” submenu.
Navigate the menu through the following path and you will see the interface of LCD as shown in
Figure 8.2-10.
Main menu -> VALUES -> CPU METERING-> GEN CURRENT
GEN DIFF CURR

Id_Diff_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
Ir_Diff_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 Ie
I_Term_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 A
I_NP_Gen: 000.00 000.00 000.00 A
I1_NP_Gen: 000.00 A
Figure 8.2-10 LCD display of metering data
A scroll bar appears on the right means there are more rows needed to be displayed. Please press

key “▼”to see the next page and press key “ESC” to exit to the upper level submenu.
8.2.6.2 View state of all binary inputs in CPU and MON
The status of binary input comprises enabling binary inputs and other binary inputs of auxiliary
contacts.
For instance, navigate the menu through the following path and you will see the interface of LCD
to see binary inputs related to generator’s protection sampled by CPU.
Main menu -> CPU BI STATE-> -> GEN PROT EBI -> [symbols]
GEN PROT EBI

EBI_Diff_Gen: 0
EBI_PPF_Gen: 0
EBI_IntTurn_Gen: 0
EBI_ROV_Sta: : 0
EBI_V3rd_Sta: 0
EBI_1PEF_RotWdg: 0
Figure 8.2-11 LCD display of status of binary inputs
Press key “ESC” to exit to the submenu.
8.2.6.3 View phase angle
Entering into “PHASE ANGLE” submenu, the calculated angles between sampled voltages or
between sampled voltages and currents by CPU system will be displayed on LCD as shown below,
which can be used to check the correctness of secondary circuit wiring.
The angles displayed is that the former value leading to the later one, which varies from -180～＋
180, as shown as figure below for example.

GEN PH ANG
o
φ_Term_Gen_&_NP_Gen: 000 000 000
o
φipp_Term_Gen: 000 000 000
o
φipp_NP_Gen: 000 000 000
o
φvpp_VT1_Term_Gen: 000 000 000
o
φvpp_VT2_Term_Gen: 000 000 000
o
φv_VT1_&_VT2_Gen: 000 000 000
o
φ_V3rdH_Gen: 000 000 000
o
φvi_Term_Gen: 000 000 000
Figure 8.2-12 Phase angle displayed on LCD
Push “▼” key to show the other information.
Push “ESC” key to return to upper level menu.
8.2.6.4 Operation Instruction of Report menu
REPORTàTRIP REPORT
Scrolling the cursor to this submenu and press “ENT” key, the LCD will display the latest trip report
if exist, otherwise a clew of “NO TRIP REPORT” will appear. If there are several trip reports stored
in memory, user can look up historical record one by one by pushing “▲” key.
RCS-985B can store up to 24 latest trip reports. When the available space is exhausted, the oldest
report is automatically overwritten by the new one .
Push either “ENT” or “ESC” key to return to upper level menu.
REPORT—ALARM REPORT
Scrolling the cursor to this submenu and press “ENT” key, the LCD will display the latest alarm
report if exist, otherwise a clew of “NO ALARM REPORT” will appear. If there are several alarm
reports stored in memory, user can look up historical record one by one by pushing “▲” key.
RCS-985B can store up to 64 latest alarm reports. When the available space is exhausted, the
oldest report is automatically overwritten by the new one.
Push either “ENT” or “ESC” key to revert to upper level menu.
REPORT àBI CHG REPORT
Scrolling the cursor to this submenu and press “ENT” key, the LCD will display the last BI CHG
report if exist, otherwise a clew of “NO BI CHG REPORT” will appear. If there are several BI CHG
reports stored in memory, user can look up historical record one by one by pushing “▲” key.

RCS-985B can store up to 64 latest signaling reports at a resolution of 2ms. When the available
space is exhausted, the oldest report is automatically overwritten by the new one
Push either “ENT” or “ESC” key to return to upper level menu.
Delete fault records and event records
If you want to delete the content of fault records or event records, you can follow the operating
steps. Note you cannot select which kind of records or which one record to be deleted but delete
all records.
Operating steps:
Press key “▲” to enter the main menu at first.
Figure 8.2-13 LCD display of deleting report step 1
Press keys “+”, “-”, “+”, “-”, “ENT” in sequence in the main menu to make LCD display Figure
8.2-14.

Press key “ENT” to delete all records or press key “ESC” to exit to main menu. If key “ENT” is
pressed, LCD will display Figure 8.2-15 when equipment is deleting all records. If key “ESC” is
pressed, Figure 8.2-13 will be displayed. LCD will automatically return to Figure 8.2-13 in 3
seconds without pressing any key.
8.2.6.5 Operation Instruction of PRINT menu
PRINTàSETTINGSà[submenu]
Used for printing of settings. The following figure gives an example of the first submenu.

Figure 8.2-16 Example of settings printing
PRINTàTRIP REPORT
Used for printing of trip report of protection. User can select the report that he wants to print by
pushing ” ▲” and “▼” keys to select the SOE number.
PRINTàALARM REPORT
Used for printing of alarm. User can select the report that he wants to print by pushing ” ▲” and
“▼” keys.
PRINT—BI CHG REPORT
Used for printing of signaling report. User can select the report that he wants to print by pushing ”
▲” and “▼” keys.
PRINTàPRESENT VALUES
Used for printing of present values of relay, including sampled binary inputs, analog quantities and
so on. If you want to see the normal recording waveform, please follow the operating steps.
Operating steps:

First, please go in to the main menu by pressing key “▲”.
Press key “▲” or “▼”to select “PRINT” item by scrolling the cursor upward or downward and then
press the “ENT” to the lower level submenu.
Then press key “▲” or “▼”to select “PRESENT WAVE” by scrolling the cursor upward or
downward. Press key “ENT” to enter the lower level submenu.
Press “TRIGGER” submenu to start recording. The equipment will record 5-cycle waveform after
pressing the key.
Please select the other items in the submenu “PRESENT WAVE” by scrolling cursor to print the
waveform.
8.2.6.6 Instruction of Settings Manu
SettingsàEquip Settings
To change one of the value of equipment settings, first navigate the “SETTING” menu to display
the relevant cell. Press “ENT” to enter the submenu, then proceed to “Equip Settings” submenu.
Keys “▲” and “▼”are used to select which kind of the settings to be modified by scrolling the
cursor upward or downward. Press key “◄,” or “►” to move the cursor to the digit to be modified.
Press key “+” and “–” to modify data. Press key “ESC” to return back without modification.
Pressing key “ENT” the LCD will prompt to input confirm password, then enter password
mentioned in section 8.2.5.2 and quit to default display by pressing “ESC” key. After a period of
extinguishing of the “HEALTHY” LED and blocking of relay itself, RCS-985B is ready for new
operation to fault according to new settings, the modification is completed. The following figure
shows the path to access this submenu.
SettingsàProt. Settings
To change the value of a setting, first navigate the menu to “SETTING” then corresponding
submenu to display the relevant cell. Please locate the setting you want to change after entering
the right submenu by operating the keypad as described before. Then go on to operate as
following steps.
Press key “◄” or “►” to move the cursor to the digit to be modified. Pressing key “+” and “–” to
change the digit. Press key “+” once to add 1 to the digit and press key “–” once to subtract 1 from
the digit.
Press key “ESC” to cancel the modification and return to upper level submenu.
Press key “ENT” to confirm the modification and the LCD will prompt you to input confirm code.

Figure 8.2-17 LCD display of inputting password
Press keys “+”,” “◄”, “▲” and “–” in sequence to complete the modification. If the password input
is wrong, prompt for password will appear again. If no operation in 3 seconds, LCD will return to
last display.
If the password inputted is right, then equipment will check setting and Figure 8.2-18 will be
displayed temporarily. If there is no error in checking setting, Equipment will modify setting with
Figure 8.2-19 displayed temporarily. Then LCD will return to upper level submenu automatically.
Figure 8.2-18 LCD display of equipment checking setting

Figure 8.2-19 LCD display of equipment modifying setting
If errors in settings are detected, the LCD will display wrong setting warning for 3 s.
Figure 8.2-20 LCD display of wrong setting warning
Then LCD will display the setting list for the operator to modify the wrong setting. The cursor will
stay at the first wrong setting needed to be modified.
Note:
If the group number or protection system parameter is changed, all protection settings will be
invalid and have to be configured again.
Attentions should be paid that before modifying the protection settings, the active group number in
“Equip Settings” should modified firstly, otherwise what is modified will be applied to current active

group.
SettingsàSettings Copy
The relay stores 2 setting groups from No.0 through No.1. Only present setting group is active, the
others are provided for different operating conditions. The equipment settings are shared for the
two setting groups, but the protection settings are independent. Generally the equipment is
delivered with default settings stored in active setting group “0”. The contents of other setting
groups may be invalid. Therefore after application-specific settings for group No.0 have been
ready, it is necessary to copy settings of group No.0 to No. 1 setting groups, and make some
modification afterwards when necessary, so as to avoid entering all settings one by one. Please
copy settings as following steps.
Press key “▲” to enter the main menu at first.
Figure 8.2-21 LCD display step 1 of copying setting
Move cursor to “SETTINGS” item and press key “ENT” or key“►” to enter submenu.
N A RI- R E L A Y S
VALUES
REPORT
EQUP SETTINGS
PRINT
SYSTEM SETTINGS
SETTINGS
PROT SETTINGS
CLOCK SETTINGS COPY
VERSION CALC SETTINGS
DEBUG
Move cursor to “SETTINGS COPY” item and press “ENT” to display following interface.

Press key “+” and “–” to change digit where the cursor stays. Pressing key “+” once will add 1 to
the digit and pressing key “–“once will subtract 1 from the digit. (For example: input 01)
Press “ENT” the LCD will prompt to input confirm code. Please see the figure below.
Figure 8.2-24 Password input interface
Please press keys “+”, “◄”, “▲” and “–” in sequence, and then the equipment will copy setting and
display following interface.

Figure 8.2-25 LCD display of equipment copying setting
Then the contents of setting group 0 will be totally copied to setting group 1 and present active
setting group will be switched to Group1.
Note:
Press “ENT” to confirm, Then settings group 0 will be totally copied to settings group 1 and present
active group will be switched to group 01.
8.2.6.7 Clock set
Please set the equipment clock as following steps.
Navigate the menu: Main menu -> CLOCK
After you press key “ENT”, the following will be displayed on the LCD.
Figure 8.2-26 LCD display of device clock

2007 – 02 – 05: shows the date February 5th 2007.
09: 08: 39: shows the time 09:08:39
Press keys “▲”, “▼”, “◄” and “►” to select the digit to be modified. Press key “+” and “–” to modify
data. Pressing key “+” once will add 1 to the digit and pressing key “–” once will subtract 1 from the
digit.
Press key “ESC” to return to main menu without modification.
Press key “ENT” to confirm the modification and return to the main menu.
8.2.6.8 View software version
The equipment program has following parts. One is CPU module program, one is MON module
program, and another is HMI module program. There are totally independent.
Navigate the menu:
Main menu -> VERSION
After you press key “ENT”, the follow will be displayed on the LCD.
VERSION
CPUBrd: RCS-985B310 3.10 2A058F1B

2006 - 12 - 12 10:20
MONBrd: RCS-985B310 3.10 97012006
2006 - 12 - 12 10:20
HMI: RCS-985B310 3.10 7170
2006 - 12 - 11 08:15 T - 060816
SUBQ_ID: 00026816
Figure 8.2-27 LCD display of software information
CPUBrd/MONBrd/HMI : shows CPU/MON/HMI module program information.
RCS-985B310: shows the program name of CPU/MON/HMI
3.10: shows the software version number of CPU/MON/HMI.
2A058F1B: shows the CRC (check code) of CPU module program.
97012006: shows the CRC (check code) of MON module program.
7170: shows the CRC (check code) of HMI module program.
2006-12-12 10:20: shows that CPU software creating time is 10:20 Dec 12th 2006.

2006-12-12 10:20: shows that MON software creating time is 10:20 Dec 12th 2006.
2006-12-11 08:15: shows that HMI software creating time is 08:15 Dec 11th 2006.
T-060816: shows the project number.
SUBQ_ID: 00026816: shows management sequential number of the software
Note:
What Figure 8.2-27 shows is just an example to introduce the meaning of VERSION, the actual
program VERSION is application-specific.
Press key “ESC” to return to upper level submenu.
8.2.6.9 DEBUG menu
COMM STATUS
This submenu is used to monitor communication condition of the equipment with external system.
Display of this submenu is as follows:
485A 485B
Data_Received NO YES
Frame_Valid NO YES
Address_Valid NO YES
Data_Sent NO YES
Figure 8.2-28 Display of communication status
Columns 485A and 485B display communication condition of RS-485 port1 and RS-485 port2
respectively. If communication condition is normal, “Y” will flash in the related position. If there is
flashing “N” in the position, it mean there are some problems. Please check the communication.
Table 8.2-6 Items of DEBUG MENU
item status problem

Communication circuit is open or no data is sent from external
Received Data N
system.

Baud rate or protocol is wrong.

Valid Frame N
Communication address is wrong.

Valid Address N
There is problem in the sent message.

Sent Data N
“Received Data” means the equipment has received data from external system. If “N” flashes
means the circuit is open or no data is sent from external system.
“Valid Frame” means the equipment has received complete frame from external system. If “N”
flashes means Configuration of the baud rate or protocol is wrong.
“Valid Address” means the equipment has received related message from external system. If “N”
flashes means Configuration of the address is wrong.
“Sent Data” means the equipment has sent data to external system. If “N” flashes means there is
problem with the message.
Communication condition is normal if “Y” of all items flashes.
MEMPRY DEBUG
The LCD displays real time value in memory of CPU, DSP1 and DSP2. These data are used
mainly for program debugging.


Chapter9 Communications
9.1 Introduction
This section outlines the remote communications interfaces of the RCS-985B. The protection
supports a choice of one of three protocols via the rear communication interface, selected via the
model number by setting.
The rear EIA(RS)485 interface is isolated and is suitable for permanent connection whichever
protocol is selected. The advantage of this type of connection is that up to 32 relays can be ‘daisy
chained’ together using a simple twisted pair electrical connection.
It should be noted that the descriptions contained within this section do not aim to fully detail the
protocol itself. The relevant documentation for the protocol should be referred to for this
information. This section serves to describe the specific implementation of the protocol in the relay.
The following figure shows typical scheme of communication via RS-485 port of RCS-985B used
in substation automation system.
Figure 9.1-1 Typical scheme in substation automation system
9.2 Rear communication port of EIA(RS)485
9.2.1 Rear communication port EIA(RS)485 interface

The rear EIA(RS)485 communication port is provided by a 3-terminal screw connector located on
the back of the relay. See relevant sections for details of the connection terminals. The rear port
provides EIA(RS)485 serial data communication and is intended for use with a permanently wired
connection to a remote control center.

Figure 9.2-1 RS485 port interface
The protocol provided by the relay is indicated in the relay menu in the ‘SETTINGS’ column. Using
the keypad and LCD, check the communication protocol being used by the rear port according to
the definition of relevant settings described in section 7.
9.2.2 EIA(RS)485 bus
The EIA(RS)485 two-wire connection provides a half-duplex fully isolated serial connection to the
product. The connection is polarized and whilst the product’s connection diagrams indicate the
polarization of the connection terminals it should be borne in mind that there is no agreed definition
of which terminal is which. If the master is unable to communicate with the product, and the
communication parameters match, then it is possible that the two-wire connection is reversed.
9.2.3 Bus termination
The EIA(RS)485 bus must have 120Ω (Ohm) ½ Watt terminating resistors fitted at either end
across the signal wires – see Figure 9.1-1. Some devices may be able to provide the bus
terminating resistors by different connection or configuration arrangements, in which case
separate external components will not be required. However, this product does not provide such a
facility, so if it is located at the bus terminus then an external termination resistor will be required.
9.2.4 Bus connections & topologies
The EIA(RS)485 standard requires that each device be directly connected to the physical cable
that is the communications bus. Stubs and tees are expressly forbidden, as are star topologies.
Loop bus topologies are not part of the EIA(RS)485 standard and are forbidden by it.
Two-core screened cable is recommended. The specification of the cable will be dependent on the
application, although a multi-strand 0.5mm 2 per core is normally adequate. Total cable length
must not exceed 1000m. The screen must be continuous and connected to ground at one end,
normally at the master connection point; it is important to avoid circulating currents, especially
when the cable runs between buildings, for both safety and noise reasons.
This product does not provide a signal ground connection. If a signal ground connection is present
in the bus cable then it must be ignored, although it must have continuity for the benefit of other
devices connected to the bus. At no stage must the signal ground be connected to the cables
screen or to the product’s chassis. This is for both safety and noise reasons.

Note the following warnings apply:
• It is extremely important that the 120Ω termination resistors are fitted. Failure to do so will result
in an excessive bias voltage that may damage the devices connected to the bus.
• As the field voltage is much higher than that required, NR cannot assume responsibility for any
damage that may occur to a device connected to the network as a result of incorrect application of
this voltage.
9.3 IEC60870-5-103 communication
9.3.1 Overview of IEC60870-5-103

The IEC specification IEC60870-5-103: Telecontrol Equipment and Systems, Part 5: Transmission
Protocols Section 103 defines the use of standards IEC60870-5-1 to IEC60870-5-5 to perform
communication with protection equipment. The standard configuration for the IEC60870-5-103
protocol is to use a twisted pair EIA(RS)485 connection over distances up to 1000m. The relay
operates as a slave in the system, responding to commands from a master station.
To use the rear port with IEC60870-5-103 communication, the relay’s communication settings
must be configured. To do this use the keypad and LCD user interface. Please refer to section
8.2.5 for detail instructions.
Three settings apply to the rear port using IEC60870-5-103 that are described below.
[Protocol] indicates the communication protocol.
[Equip_ID] controls the IEC60870-5-103 address of the relay. Up to 32 relays can be connected to
one IEC60870-5-103 spur, and therefore it is necessary for each relay to have a unique address
so that messages from the master control station are accepted by one relay only. IEC60870-5-103
uses an integer number between 0 and 254 for the relay address. It is important that no two relays
have the same IEC60870-5-103 address. The IEC60870-5-103 address is then used by the
master station to communicate with the relay.
[Com1_Baud (COM2_Baud)]: controls the baud rate to be used. IEC60870-5-103 communication

is asynchronous. It is important that whatever baud rate is selected on the relay is the same as
that set on the IEC60870-5-103 master station.
9.3.2 Messages description in IEC60870-5-103 protocol type
Messages sent to substation automation system are grouped according to IEC60870-5-103

protocol. Operation elements are sent by ASDU2 (time-tagged message with relative time), and
status of Binary Input and Self-Supervision are sent by ASDU1 (time-tagged message).
9.3.2.1 Settings
Settings are transferred via Generic Service.

Note:
If the item “[En_Remote_Cfg]” in Equipment Settings is set as 0, to modify settings remotely will
not be allowed. Moreover, Equipment Settings & System Settings are not allowed to be modified
remotely whether the item “[En_Remote_Cfg]” is true (=1) or not.
9.3.2.2 Trip Reports
FUN INF Item Name 233 128 Op_OF1_Gen

FUN INF Item Name 233 129 Op_OF2_Gen
231 120 Op_OC2_Exc 227 208 Op_Z1_Gen
227 188 Op_InvOvLd_RotWdg 227 209 Op_Z2_Gen
227 172 Op_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen 227 189 Op_OC1_Gen
227 173 Op_SensTrvDiff_Gen 227 190 Op_OC2_Gen
227 174 Op_UnsensTrvDiff_Gen 227 191 Op_OV1_Gen
227 175 Op_SensIntTurn_Gen 227 192 Op_OV2_Gen
227 176 Op_UnsensIntTurn_Gen 227 193 Op_UV_Gen
227 163 Op_InstDiff_Gen 231 36 Op_OvExc_Gen
227 164 Op_PcntDiff_Gen 227 199 Op_InvOvExc_Gen
227 165 Op_DPFC_Diff_Gen 227 221 Op_RevP_Gen
227 228 Op_GenDiff_StShut_Gen 227 222 Op_UP_Gen
231 35 Op_StaROV_StShut_Gen 227 224 Op_SeqTrpRevP_Gen
231 117 Op_InstDiff_Exc 227 225 Op_AccEnerg_Gen
231 114 Op_PcntDiff_Exc 227 227 Op_Flash_CB_HVS_Tr
231 119 Op_OC1_Exc 227 210 Op_LossExc1_Gen
227 183 Op_OvLd_Sta 227 212 Op_LossExc2_Gen
227 184 Op_InvOvLd_Sta 227 213 Op_LossExc3_Gen
227 185 Op_NegOC_Gen 227 219 Op_Ext_OOS_Gen
227 186 Op_InvNegOC_Gen 227 220 Op_Int_OOS_Gen
231 108 Op_MechRly1 227 241 Op_ROC11_Tr
227 177 Op_SensROV_Sta 229 216 Op_ROV_Tr
227 178 Op_UnsensROV_Sta 227 236 Op_DPFC_Diff_Tr
227 179 Op_V3rdHRatio_Sta 227 247 Op_TrDiff_StShut_Gen
227 180 Op_V3rdHDiff_Sta 231 39 Op_OC1_Tr
227 181 Op_1PEF_RotWdg 231 40 Op_OC2_Tr
227 182 Op_2PEF_RotWdg 231 201 Op_InstREF_Tr
227 201 Op_UF1_Gen 231 202 Op_PcntREF_Tr
227 203 Op_UF2_Gen 231 41 Op_ROC1_Br1_ST1
227 204 Op_UF3_Gen 231 42 Op_ROC2_Br1_ST1

231 43 Op_ROC1_Br2_ST1 229 76 Op_PcntDiff_ST1

231 44 Op_ROC2_Br2_ST1 229 77 Op_OC1_HVS_ST1
231 45 Op_ROC1_Br1_ST2 229 78 Op_OC2_HVS_ST1
231 46 Op_ROC2_Br1_ST2 231 55 Op_OC1_Br1_ST1
227 249 Op_InstDiff_GTU 231 58 Op_OC2_Br2_ST1
227 250 Op_PcntDiff_GTU 231 91 TrpOutp8
231 49 Op_OvExc_Tr 231 92 TrpOutp9
231 50 Op_InvOvExc_Tr 231 93 TrpOutp10
233 187 Op_InstREF_ST1 231 94 TrpOutp11
233 188 Op_PcntREF_ST1 231 95 TrpOutp12
233 189 Op_InstREF_ST2 231 96 TrpOutp13
233 190 Op_PcntREF_ST2 231 97 TrpOutp14
229 72 Op_InstDiff_ST2 231 84 TrpOutp1
229 71 Op_PcntDiff_ST2 231 85 TrpOutp2
229 73 Op_OC1_HVS_ST2 231 86 TrpOutp3
229 74 Op_OC2_HVS_ST2 231 87 TrpOutp4
231 51 Op_OC1_Br1_ST2 231 88 TrpOutp5
231 54 Op_OC2_Br2_ST2
229 75 Op_InstDiff_ST1
9.3.2.3 Alarm Reports
Sent by ASDU1 (time-tagged message);
FUN INF Item Name 231 104 Alm_MechRly2

227 72 Alm_DeltVTS1_Term_Gen 231 143 Alm_MechRly4
227 73 Alm_DeltVTS2_Term_Gen 231 142 Alm_MechRly3
231 17 Alm_Pos_GCB 231 105 Alm_MechRly1
227 75 Alm_Pos_CB_HVS1_Tr 227 135 Alm_PwrLoss_MechRly
227 76 Alm_Pos_CB_HVS2_Tr 229 245 Alm_Inconsist_MechRly
227 77 Alm_VTS_LossExc_RotWdg 227 80 Alm_CTS_Term_Gen
227 79 Alm_PM_DSP1_CPUBrd 227 83 Alm_CTS_NP_Gen
227 64 Alm_SwOv_VTS1_Gen 231 137 Alm_CTS_Bak_Gen
227 65 Alm_SwOv_VTS2_Gen 227 86 Alm_CTS_S1_Exc
227 66 Alm_BlkV3rdHDiff_VTS1 227 87 Alm_CTS_S2_Exc
227 67 Alm_BlkIntTurn_VTS2 227 89 Alm_Diff_Gen
227 68 Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr 231 110 Alm_Diff_Exc
227 69 Alm_VTS1_Term_Gen 229 253 Alm_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen
227 70 Alm_VTS2_Term_Gen 227 100 Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen
227 71 Alm_VTS_NP_Gen 227 101 Alm_Int_OOS_Gen

227 102 Alm_Accel_OOS_Gen 227 147 Alm_Diff_Tr

227 103 Alm_Decel_OOS_Gen 229 70 Alm_Diff_ST1
227 105 Alm_LossExc_Gen 229 63 Alm_Diff_ST2
227 106 Alm_OvExc_Gen 231 193 Alm_REF_Tr
227 93 Alm_CTS_Diff_Gen 227 138 Alm_CTS_HVS1_Tr
231 65 Alm_CTS_Diff_Exc 227 139 Alm_CTS_HVS2_Tr
229 244 Alm_BO_OC_Term_Gen 227 140 Alm_CTS_LVS_Tr
229 123 Alm_On_2PEF_RotWdg 227 141 Alm_CTS_HVS_Tr
227 115 Alm_UF1_Gen 229 67 Alm_CTS_HVS_ST1
227 116 Alm_UF2_Gen 231 31 Alm_CTS_Br1_ST1
227 117 Alm_UF3_Gen 233 199 Alm_REF_ST1
233 126 Alm_OF1_Gen 229 62 Alm_CTS_HVS_ST2
233 127 Alm_OF2_Gen 227 152 Alm_CTS_Diff_GTU
227 121 Alm_RevP_Gen 227 153 Alm_CTS_Diff_Tr
227 107 Alm_OvLd_Sta 229 92 Alm_CTS_Diff_ST1
227 108 Alm_NegOC_Gen 229 64 Alm_CTS_Diff_ST2
227 109 Alm_OvLd_RotWdg 227 157 Alm_OvExc_Tr
227 110 Alm_ROV_Sta 227 160 Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr
227 111 Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta 227 82 Alm_DSP_CPUBrd
227 112 Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta 227 214 Alm_PersistFD_CPUBrd
227 113 Alm_Sens1PEF_RotWdg 227 215 Alm_InconsistFD
227 114 Alm_1PEF_RotWdg 227 217 Alm_Sample_CPUBrd
227 131 Alm_OvLd_Tr 229 246 Alm_BI_CPUBrd
227 132 Alm_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr 231 33 Alm_Reboot_CPUBrd
231 19 Alm_OvLd_ST1 227 194 Alm_RAM_CPUBrd
229 66 Alm_InitCool_OvLd_ST1 227 195 Alm_ROM_CPUBrd
231 20 Alm_OvLd_ST2 227 196 Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd
229 65 Alm_InitCool_OvLd_ST2 227 223 Alm_InvalidSetting
235 71 Alm_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr 227 81 Alm_ModifiedSetting
227 137 Alm_PM_DSP2_CPUBrd 227 202 Alm_PwrLoss_Opto
227 123 Alm_VTS_Term_Gen 227 200 Alm_TrpOutput
227 68 Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr 227 211 Alm_InnerComm
231 22 Alm_VTS_Br1_ST1 229 202 Alm_DSP_MONBrd
231 23 Alm_VTS_Br2_ST1 229 203 Alm_PersistFD_MONBrd
231 24 Alm_VTS_Br1_ST2 227 216 Alm_MONBrd
231 25 Alm_VTS_Br2_ST2 229 204 Alm_Sample_MONBrd
231 26 Alm_BO_OC_HVS_ST1 231 34 Alm_Reboot_MONBrd
231 27 Alm_BO_OC_HVS_ST2 229 205 Alm_RAM_MONBrd
231 28 Alm_CTS_Br1_ST2 229 206 Alm_ROM_MONBrd
233 200 Alm_REF_ST2 229 207 Alm_EEPROM_MONBrd
227 146 Alm_Diff_GTU
9.3.2.4 Disturbance ACC(Actual Channel)

ACC No. Name 105 U0_DeltVT_HVS_Tr

64 Ida_Diff_GTU 106 Ua_HVS_Tr
65 Idb_Diff_GTU 107 Ub_HVS_Tr
66 Idc_Diff_GTU 108 Uc_HVS_Tr
67 Ia_CT#_HVS_ST1 109 Ida_Diff_ST1
68 Ib_CT#_HVS_ST1 110 Idb_Diff_ST1
69 Ic_CT#_HVS_ST1 111 Idc_Diff_ST1
70 Icra_NP_Gen 112 Ia_CT_HVS_ST1
71 Icrb_NP_Gen 113 Ib_CT_HVS_ST1
72 Icrc_NP_Gen 114 Ic_CT_HVS_ST1
73 Icra_ST1_GTU 115 Ia_Br1_ST1
74 Icrb_ST1_GTU 116 Ib_Br1_ST1
75 Icrc_ST1_GTU 117 Ic_Br1_ST1
76 Ida_Diff_Tr 118 Id_1stH_REF_Tr
77 Idb_Diff_Tr 119 Id_1stH_REF_ST1
78 Idc_Diff_Tr 120 Id_1stH_REF_ST2
79 Icra_HVS1_Tr 121 Ida_Diff_ST2
80 Icrb_HVS1_Tr 122 Idb_Diff_ST2
81 Icrc_HVS1_Tr 123 Idc_Diff_ST2
82 Icra_HVS2_Tr 124 Ia_CT_HVS_ST2
83 Icrb_HVS2_Tr 125 Ib_CT_HVS_ST2
84 Icrc_HVS2_Tr 126 Ic_CT_HVS_ST2
85 Icra_LVS_Tr 127 Ia_Br1_ST2
86 Icrb_LVS_Tr 128 Ib_Br1_ST2
87 Icrc_LVS_Tr 129 Ic_Br1_ST2
88 Icra_ST1_Tr 130 I0_HVS_Tr
89 Icrb_ST1_Tr 131 I0_Br1_ST1
90 Icrc_ST1_Tr 132 I0_Br1_ST2
91 Ia_HVS_Tr 133 Uab_Br1_ST1
92 Ib_HVS_Tr 134 Ubc_Br1_ST1
93 Ic_HVS_Tr 135 Uab_Br2_ST1
94 Ia_HVS1_Tr 136 Ubc_Br2_ST1
95 Ib_HVS1_Tr 137 Uab_Br1_ST2
96 Ic_HVS1_Tr 138 Ubc_Br1_ST2
97 Ia_HVS2_Tr 139 Uab_Br2_ST2
98 Ib_HVS2_Tr 140 Ubc_Br2_ST2
99 Ic_HVS2_Tr 141 U/F_OvExc_Tr
100 Ia_LVS_Tr 142 Ia_CT#_HVS_ST2
101 Ib_LVS_Tr 143 Ib_CT#_HVS_ST2
102 Ic_LVS_Tr 144 Ic_CT#_HVS_ST2
103 I0_NP_HVS_Tr 145 Icra_ST2_Tr
104 I0_Gap_HVS_Tr 146 Icrb_ST2_Tr

147 Icrc_ST2_Tr 174 U0_3rdH_NP_Gen

148 Icra_ST2_GTU 175 Ud_3rdH_Sta
149 Icrb_ST2_GTU 176 U(+)_RotWdg
150 Icrc_ST2_GTU 177 U(-)_RotWdg
151 Ida_Diff_Gen 178 U_RotWdg
152 Idb_Diff_Gen 179 I_RotWdg
153 Idc_Diff_Gen 180 Ida_Diff_Exc
154 Icra_Term_Gen 181 Idb_Diff_Exc
155 Icrb_Term_Gen 182 Idc_Diff_Exc
156 Icrc_Term_Gen 183 Icra_S1_Exc
157 Icra_NP_Gen 184 Icrb_S1_Exc
158 Icrb_NP_Gen 185 Icrc_S1_Exc
159 Icrc_NP_Gen 186 Icra_S2_Exc
160 Id_TrvDiff_Gen 187 Icrb_S2_Exc
161 P_Gen 188 Icrc_S2_Exc
162 Q_Gen 189 Ia_S1_Exc
163 Ua_VT1_Term_Gen 190 Ib_S1_Exc
164 Ub_VT1_Term_Gen 191 Ic_S1_Exc
165 Uc_VT1_Term_Gen 192 Ia_S2_Exc
166 Ua_VT2_Term_Gen 193 Ib_S2_Exc
167 Ub_VT2_Term_Gen 194 Ic_S2_Exc
168 Uc_VT2_Term_Gen 195 I0_NP_Br1_ST1
169 U/F_OvExc_Gen 196 I0_CT_REF_Br1_ST1
170 U0_DeltVT1_Term_Gen 197 I0_NP_Br1_ST2
171 U0_NP_Gen 198 I0_CT_REF_Br1_ST2
172 U0_Longl_Gen
173 U0_3rdH_VT1_Term_Gen
9.3.2.5 Metering
Sent via Generic Service.
The metering values were format as IEEE STD754 R32.23.
9.3.2.6 BinaryInput
Sent by ASDU1. (time-tagged message).
FUN INF Name 227 32 EBI_StShut_Gen

227 25 EBI_LossExc_Gen 227 16 EBI_Diff_Gen
227 26 EBI_OOS_Gen 227 17 EBI_IntTurn_Gen
227 27 EBI_VoltProt_Gen 227 18 EBI_ROV_Sta
227 28 EBI_OvExc_GTU 227 19 EBI_V3rdH_Sta
227 29 EBI_PwrProt_Gen 231 128 EBI_EF_RotWdg
227 30 EBI_FreqProt_Gen 229 94 EBI_Reserved
227 31 EBI_AccEnerg_Gen 227 23 EBI_OvLd_Sta

227 24 EBI_NegOC_Gen 227 46 EBI_PPF_Tr

229 236 BI_Reserved1 227 47 EBI_EF_Tr
229 237 BI_SyncCondenser 231 188 EBI_REF_Tr
229 239 BI_Reserved2 227 49 EBI_Diff_GTU
229 252 BI_Reserved3 231 99 EBI_Bak_Exc
227 44 BI_Pwr_Superv 229 56 EBI_Diff_ST1
229 54 EBI_Diff_ST2 229 57 EBI_Bak_HVS_ST1
229 55 EBI_Bak_HVS_ST2 227 59 BI_52b_GCB
231 129 EBI_Trp_MechRly3 227 60 BI_52b_CB_HVS1_Tr
231 130 EBI_Trp_MechRly4 227 61 BI_52b_CB_HVS2_Tr
231 101 EBI_Trp_MechRly2 229 210 BI_Reserved
231 100 EBI_Trp_MechRly1 227 63 BI_Valve_Turbine
227 39 EBI_PPF_Gen 231 102 BI_MechRly2
231 98 EBI_Diff_Exc 231 134 BI_MechRly4
231 11 EBI_Bak_Br1_ST1 231 133 BI_MechRly3
231 13 EBI_Bak_Br1_ST2 231 103 BI_MechRly1
233 203 EBI_REF_ST1 227 58 BI_Pwr_MechRly
233 204 EBI_REF_ST2
227 45 EBI_Diff_Tr
9.3.2.7 Blocking of monitoring direction
FUN = 227; INF = 20
9.3.2.8 Generic service
Group No. Group Name(English) 19 Sta OvLd Prot Settings

1 Setting_Group 20 Gen NegOC Prot Settings
2 Equipment Settings 21 Gen LossExc Prot Settings
3 Protection Config 22 Gen OOS Prot Settings
4 Tr Sys Settings 23 Gen Volt Prot Settings
5 Gen Sys Settings 24 Gen OvExc Prot Settings
6 ST1 Sys Settings 25 Gen Pwr Prot Settings
7 ST2 Sys Settings 26 Gen Freq Prot Settings
8 Exc Sys Settings 27 Gen StShut Prot Settings
9 GTU Diff Prot Settings 28 Gen AccEnerg Prot Settings
10 Tr Diff Prot Settings 29 ST1 Diff Prot Settings
11 Tr PPF Bak Prot Settings 30 ST1 HVS Bak Prot Settings
12 Tr EF Bak Prot Settings 31 ST1 Br1 Bak Prot Settings
13 Tr OvExc Prot Settings 32 ST1 REF Prot Settings
14 Gen Diff Prot Settings 33 ST2 Diff Prot Settings
15 Gen IntTurn Prot Settings 34 ST2 HVS Bak Prot Settings
16 Gen PPF Bak Prot Settings 35 ST2 Br1 Bak Prot Settings
17 Sta EF Prot Settings 36 ST2 REF Prot Settings
18 RotWdg EF Prot Settings 37 Exc Diff Prot Settings

38 Exc Bak Prot Settings 43 Prot Metering of ST2

39 MechRly Prot Settings 44 Prot Metering of Gen
40 Prot Metering of GTU 45 Prot Metering of Exc
41 Prot Metering of Tr
42 Prot Metering of ST1
9.4 MODBUS protocol
9.4.1 Overview
The RCS-985B relay support several communications protocols to allow connection to equipment
such as personal computers, RTUs, SCADA masters, and programmable logic controllers. The
Modicon Modbus RTU protocol is the most basic protocol supported by the RCS-985B. Modbus is
available via RS485 serial links or via Ethernet (using the Modbus/TCP specification). The
following information is provided intended primarily for users who wish to develop their own master
communication drivers and applies to the serial Modbus RTU protocol. The characteristic is listed
below:
Standard: Modicon Modbus Protocol Reference Guide, PI-MBUS-300 Rev.E
Physical Layer Setup：RS485, 1 start bit,8 data bits, no bit for parity,1 stop bit
Link Layer Setup：Only RTU Mode Supported
Frame Length Up limit：256 Bytes
Baud Rate: Configurable
Device Address: Configurable
Parity: no
The following modbus function codes are supported but re-defined by the relay:
02 Read Input Status-Get real-time status (binary)
03 Read Holding Registers- Get Settings
04 Read Input Registers- Get metering values of equipment
9.4.2 Fetch real time status (Binary)
Function Code: 02H
Reads the ON/OFF status of discrete inputs in the slave. The status in the response message is
packed as one input per bit of the data field. Status is indicated as: 1 = ON; 0 = OFF. The LSB of
the first data byte contains the input addressed in the query. The other inputs follow toward the
high order end of this byte, and from ‘low order to high order’ in subsequent bytes.
Example 1: If the master want to fetch Trip Information (0000H~0003H),the query frame would be
as follows(Suppose the slave address was 1):

01 02 00 00 00 04 79 C9
CRC Hi
CRC Lo
Num of Status Lo
Num of Status Hi
Start Register Addr Lo

Start Register Addr Hi
Function Code
Slave Addr
The response fame would be as follows (Suppose the value of 0000H~0003H equal to 1,1,0,1
respectively):
01 02 01 0B E0 4F
CRC Hi
CRC Lo
Status
Length
Function Code
Slave Addr
Example 2: If the master want to fetch Trip Information(0002H~000DH),the query frame would be
as follows(Suppose the slave address was 1):

01 02 00 02 00 0C D9 CF
CRC Hi
CRC Lo
Num of Status Lo
Num of Status Hi
Start Register Addr Lo

Start Register Addr Hi
Function Code
Slave Addr
The response fame would be as follows (Suppose the value of 0002H~000DH equal to
1,1,0,1,0,0,1,0,1,1,1,0 respectively):
01 02 02 07 4B FB BF
CRC Hi
CRC Lo
Status Lo
Status Hi
Length
Function Code
Slave Addr
9.4.2.1 Trip information：“1” means trip,”0” for no trip or draw off.
Address Item Name 000BH Op_SensTrvDiff_Gen

0000H Op_InstDiff_Gen 000CH Op_UnsensTrvDiff_Gen
0001H Op_PcntDiff_Gen 000DH Op_SensIntTurn_Gen
0002H Op_DPFC_Diff_Gen 000EH Op_UnsensIntTurn_Gen
0003H Op_GenDiff_StShut_Gen 000FH Op_SensROV_Sta
0004H Op_StaROV_StShut_Gen 0010H Op_UnsensROV_Sta
0005H Op_InstDiff_Exc 0011H Op_V3rdHRatio_Sta
0006H Op_PcntDiff_Exc 0012H Op_V3rdHDiff_Sta
0007H Op_OC1_Exc 0013H Op_1PEF_RotWdg
0008H Op_OC2_Exc 0014H Op_2PEF_RotWdg
0009H Op_InvOvLd_RotWdg 0015H Op_OvLd_Sta
000AH Op_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen 0016H Op_InvOvLd_Sta

0017H Op_NegOC_Gen 0041H Op_ROV_Tr

0018H Op_InvNegOC_Gen 0042H Op_ROC_Gap_Tr
0019H Op_MechRly1 0043H Op_Z1_Tr
001AH Op_MechRly2 0044H Op_Z2_Tr
001BH Op_MechRly3 0045H Op_InstDiff_GTU
001CH Op_MechRly4 0046H Op_PcntDiff_GTU
001DH Op_OC1_Gen 0047H Op_OvExc_Tr
001EH Op_OC2_Gen 0048H Op_InvOvExc_Tr
001FH Op_OV1_Gen 0049H Op_InstREF_ST1
0020H Op_OV2_Gen 004AH Op_PcntREF_ST1
0021H Op_UV_Gen 004BH Op_InstREF_ST2
0022H Op_OvExc_Gen 004CH Op_PcntREF_ST2
0023H Op_InvOvExc_Gen 004DH Op_ROC1_Br1_ST1
0024H Op_UF1_Gen 004EH Op_ROC2_Br1_ST1
0025H Op_UF2_Gen 004FH Op_ROC1_Br2_ST1
0026H Op_UF3_Gen 0050H Op_ROC2_Br2_ST1
0027H Op_OF1_Gen 0051H Op_ROC1_Br1_ST2
0028H Op_OF2_Gen 0052H Op_ROC2_Br1_ST2
0029H Op_Z1_Gen 0053H Op_ROC1_Br2_ST2
002AH Op_Z2_Gen 0054H Op_ROC2_Br2_ST2
002BH Op_LossExc1_Gen 0055H Op_InstDiff_ST1
002CH Op_LossExc2_Gen 0056H Op_PcntDiff_ST1
002DH Op_LossExc3_Gen 0057H Op_OC1_HVS_ST1
002EH Op_Ext_OOS_Gen 0058H Op_OC2_HVS_ST1
002FH Op_Int_OOS_Gen 0059H Op_OC1_Br1_ST1
0030H Op_RevP_Gen 005AH Op_OC2_Br1_ST1
0031H Op_UP_Gen 005BH Op_OC1_Br2_ST1
0032H Op_SeqTrpRevP_Gen 005CH Op_OC2_Br2_ST1
0033H Op_AccEnerg_Gen 005DH Op_InstDiff_ST2
0034H Op_Flash_CB_HVS_Tr 005EH Op_PcntDiff_ST2
0035H Op_InstDiff_Tr 005FH Op_OC1_HVS_ST2
0036H Op_PcntDiff_Tr 0060H Op_OC2_HVS_ST2
0037H Op_DPFC_Diff_Tr 0061H Op_OC1_Br1_ST2
0038H Op_TrDiff_StShut_Gen 0062H Op_OC2_Br1_ST2
0039H Op_OC1_Tr 0063H Op_OC1_Br2_ST2
003AH Op_OC2_Tr 0064H Op_OC2_Br2_ST2
003BH Op_InstREF_Tr 0065H TrpOutp1
003CH Op_PcntREF_Tr 0066H TrpOutp2
003DH Op_ROC11_Tr 0067H TrpOutp3
003EH Op_ROC12_Tr 0068H TrpOutp4
003FH Op_ROC21_Tr 0069H TrpOutp5
0040H Op_ROC22_Tr 006AH TrpOutp6

006BH TrpOutp7 0070H TrpOutp12

006CH TrpOutp8 0071H TrpOutp13
006DH TrpOutp9 0072H TrpOutp14
006EH TrpOutp10
006FH TrpOutp11
9.4.2.2 Alarm information：“1” means alarm,”0” for no alarm or draw off.
Address Item Name 1023H Alm_Accel_OOS_Gen

1000H Alm_SwOv_VTS1_Gen 1024H Alm_Decel_OOS_Gen
1001H Alm_SwOv_VTS2_Gen 1025H Alm_LossExc_Gen
1002H Alm_BlkV3rdHDiff_VTS1 1026H Alm_OvExc_Gen
1003H Alm_BlkIntTurn_VTS2 1027H Alm_OvLd_Sta
1004H Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr 1028H Alm_NegOC_Gen
1005H Alm_VTS1_Term_Gen 1029H Alm_OvLd_RotWdg
1006H Alm_VTS2_Term_Gen 102AH Alm_ROV_Sta
1007H Alm_VTS_NP_Gen 102BH Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta
1008H Alm_DeltVTS1_Term_Gen 102CH Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta
1009H Alm_DeltVTS2_Term_Gen 102DH Alm_Sens1PEF_RotWdg
100AH Alm_Pos_GCB 102EH Alm_1PEF_RotWdg
100BH Alm_Pos_CB_HVS1_Tr 102FH Alm_UF1_Gen
100CH Alm_Pos_CB_HVS2_Tr 1030H Alm_UF2_Gen
100DH Alm_VTS_LossExc_RotWdg 1031H Alm_UF3_Gen
100EH Alm_PM_DSP1_CPUBrd 1032H Alm_OF1_Gen
100FH Alm_CTS_Term_Gen 1033H Alm_OF2_Gen
1010H Alm_CTS_NP_Gen 1034H Alm_RevP_Gen
1011H Alm_CTS_Bak_Gen 1035H Alm_VTS_Term_Gen
1012H Alm_CTS_S1_Exc 1036H Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr
1013H Alm_CTS_S2_Exc 1037H Alm_VTS_Br1_ST1
1014H Alm_Diff_Gen 1038H Alm_VTS_Br2_ST1
1015H Alm_Diff_Exc 1039H Alm_VTS_Br1_ST2
1016H Alm_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen 103AH Alm_VTS_Br2_ST2
1017H Alm_MechRly2 103BH Alm_BO_OC_HVS_ST1
1018H Alm_MechRly4 103CH Alm_BO_OC_HVS_ST2
1019H Alm_MechRly3 103DH Alm_OvLd_Tr
101AH Alm_MechRly1 103EH Alm_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr
101BH Alm_PwrLoss_MechRly 103FH Alm_OvLd_ST1
101CH Alm_Inconsist_MechRly 1040H Alm_InitCool_OvLd_ST1
101DH Alm_CTS_Diff_Gen 1041H Alm_OvLd_ST2
101EH Alm_CTS_Diff_Exc 1042H Alm_InitCool_OvLd_ST2
101FH Alm_BO_OC_Term_Gen 1043H Alm_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr
1020H Alm_On_2PEF_RotWdg 1044H Alm_PM_DSP2_CPUBrd
1021H Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen 1045H Alm_CTS_HVS1_Tr
1022H Alm_Int_OOS_Gen 1046H Alm_CTS_HVS2_Tr

1047H Alm_CTS_LVS_Tr 105CH Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd

1048H Alm_CTS_HVS_Tr 105DH Alm_InvalidSetting
1049H Alm_CTS_HVS_ST1 105EH Alm_ModifiedSetting
104AH Alm_CTS_Br1_ST1 105FH Alm_PwrLoss_Opto
104BH Alm_REF_ST1 1060H Alm_TrpOutput
104CH Alm_CTS_HVS_ST2 1061H Alm_InnerComm
104DH Alm_CTS_Br1_ST2 1062H Alm_DSP_CPUBrd
104EH Alm_REF_ST2 1063H Alm_PersistFD_CPUBrd
104FH Alm_Diff_GTU 1064H Alm_InconsistFD
1050H Alm_Diff_Tr 1065H Alm_Sample_CPUBrd
1051H Alm_Diff_ST1 1066H Alm_BI_CPUBrd
1052H Alm_Diff_ST2 1067H Alm_Reboot_CPUBrd
1053H Alm_REF_Tr 1068H Alm_RAM_MONBrd
1054H Alm_CTS_Diff_GTU 1069H Alm_ROM_MONBrd
1055H Alm_CTS_Diff_Tr 106AH Alm_EEPROM_MONBrd
1056H Alm_CTS_Diff_ST1 106BH Alm_DSP_MONBrd
1057H Alm_CTS_Diff_ST2 106CH Alm_PersistFD_MONBrd
1058H Alm_OvExc_Tr 106DH Alm_MONBrd
1059H Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr 106EH Alm_Sample_MONBrd
105AH Alm_RAM_CPUBrd 106FH Alm_Reboot_MONBrd
105BH Alm_ROM_CPUBrd
9.4.2.3 BinaryInput Change Information. “1” means binary change,”0” for no change or
draw off.
Address Item Name 2012H EBI_Trp_MechRly3

2000H EBI_Diff_Gen 2013H EBI_Trp_MechRly4
2001H EBI_IntTurn_Gen 2014H EBI_Trp_MechRly2
2002H EBI_ROV_Sta 2015H EBI_Trp_MechRly1
2003H EBI_V3rdH_Sta 2016H EBI_PPF_Gen
2004H EBI_EF_RotWdg 2017H EBI_Diff_Exc
2005H EBI_Reserved 2018H BI_Reserved1
2006H EBI_OvLd_Sta 2019H BI_SyncCondenser
2007H EBI_NegOC_Gen 201AH BI_Reserved2
2008H EBI_LossExc_Gen 201BH BI_Reserved3
2009H EBI_OOS_Gen 201CH BI_Pwr_Superv
200AH EBI_VoltProt_Gen 201DH EBI_Diff_Tr
200BH EBI_OvExc_GTU 201EH EBI_PPF_Tr
200CH EBI_PwrProt_Gen 201FH EBI_EF_Tr
200DH EBI_FreqProt_Gen 2020H EBI_REF_Tr
200EH EBI_AccEnerg_Gen 2021H EBI_Diff_GTU
200FH EBI_StShut_Gen 2022H EBI_Bak_Exc
2010H EBI_Diff_ST2 2023H EBI_Diff_ST1
2011H EBI_Bak_HVS_ST2 2024H EBI_Bak_HVS_ST1

2025H EBI_Bak_Br1_ST1 202DH BI_MechRly2

2026H EBI_Bak_Br1_ST2 202EH BI_MechRly4
2027H EBI_REF_ST1 202FH BI_MechRly3
2028H EBI_REF_ST2 2030H BI_MechRly1
2029H 2031H BI_Pwr_MechRly
BI_Print
2032H BI_52b_GCB
2033H BI_52b_CB_HVS1_Tr
202AH BI_Pulse_GPS
2034H BI_52b_CB_HVS2_Tr
2035H BI_Reserved
202BH BI_RstTarg
2036H BI_Valve_Turbine
202CH BI_Pwr_Opto
9.4.3 Fetch metering values of equipment

Function Code: 04H
The metering values in the response message are packed as two bytes per register. For each
register, the first byte contains the high order bits and the second contains the low order bits.
9.4.3.1 GTU Metering
Address Analog Name Unit

0000H Ida_Diff_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
0001H Idb_Diff_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
0002H Idc_Diff_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
0003H Ira_Diff_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
0004H Irb_Diff_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
0005H Irc_Diff_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
0006H Icra_HVS1_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
0007H Icrb_HVS1_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
0008H Icrc_HVS1_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
0009H Icra_HVS2_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
000AH Icrb_HVS2_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
000BH Icrc_HVS2_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
000CH Icra_Gen_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
000DH Icrb_Gen_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
000EH Icrc_Gen_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
000FH Icra_ST1_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
0010H Icrb_ST1_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
0011H Icrc_ST1_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
0012H Icra_ST2_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
0013H Icrb_ST2_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
0014H Icrc_ST2_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie

9.4.3.2 TR Metering

1000H Ida_Diff_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
1001H Idb_Diff_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
1002H Idc_Diff_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
1003H Ira_Diff_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
1004H Irb_Diff_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
1005H Irc_Diff_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
1006H Icra_HVS1_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
1007H Icrb_HVS1_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
1008H Icrc_HVS1_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
1009H Icra_HVS2_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
100AH Icrb_HVS2_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
100BH Icrc_HVS2_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
100CH Icra_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
100DH Icrb_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
100EH Icrc_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
100FH Icra_ST1_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
1010H Icrb_ST1_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
1011H Icrc_ST1_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
1012H Icra_ST2_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
1013H Icrb_ST2_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
1014H Icrc_ST2_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
1015H Id_1stH_REF_Tr(decimal digits=2) In
1016H Ir_REF_Tr(decimal digits=2) In
1017H I0_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) In
1018H I0_NP_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) In
1019H Ia_HVS1_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
101AH Ib_HVS1_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
101BH Ic_HVS1_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
101CH I1_HVS1_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
101DH I2_HVS1_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
101EH I0_HVS1_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
101FH Ia_HVS2_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
1020H Ib_HVS2_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
1021H Ic_HVS2_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
1022H I1_HVS2_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
1025H Ia_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
1026H Ib_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
1027H Ic_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A

1028H I1_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A

1029H I2_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
102AH I0_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
102BH I0_NP_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
102CH I0_Gap_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
102DH Ia_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
102EH Ib_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
102FH Ic_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
1030H I1_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
1033H Ua_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
1034H Ub_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
1035H Uc_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
1036H Uab_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
1037H Ubc_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
1038H Uca_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
1039H U1_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
103AH U2_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
103BH U0_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
103CH U0_DeltVT_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
103DH U0_DeltVT_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
103EH U/F_OvExc_Tr(decimal digits=3)
9.4.3.3 ST1 Metering

2000H Ida_Diff_ST1(decimal digits=2) Ie
2001H Idb_Diff_ST1(decimal digits=2) Ie
2002H Idc_Diff_ST1(decimal digits=2) Ie
2003H Ira_Diff_ST1(decimal digits=2) Ie
2004H Irb_Diff_ST1(decimal digits=2) Ie
2005H Irc_Diff_ST1(decimal digits=2) Ie
2006H Icra_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) Ie
2007H Icrb_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) Ie
2008H Icrc_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) Ie
2009H Icra_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) Ie
200AH Icrb_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) Ie
200BH Icrc_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) Ie
200CH Id_1stH_REF_ST1(decimal digits=2) In
200DH Ir_REF_ST1(decimal digits=2) In
200EH I0cr_Cal_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) In
200FH I0cr_CT_REF_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) In

2010H Ia_CT_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) A

2011H Ib_CT_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
2012H Ic_CT_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
2013H I1_CT_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
2016H Ia_CT#_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
2017H Ib_CT#_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
2018H Ic_CT#_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
2019H I1_CT#_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
201AH I2_CT#_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
201BH I0_CT#_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
201CH Ia_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
201DH Ib_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
201EH Ic_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
201FH I1_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
2020H I2_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
2022H I0_NP_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
2023H I0_CT_REF_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
2024H Uab_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) V
2025H Ubc_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) V
2026H Uca_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) V
2027H U1_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) V
9.4.3.4 ST2 Metering

3000H Ida_Diff_ST2(decimal digits=2) Ie
3001H Idb_Diff_ST2(decimal digits=2) Ie
3002H Idc_Diff_ST2(decimal digits=2) Ie
3003H Ira_Diff_ST2(decimal digits=2) Ie
3004H Irb_Diff_ST2(decimal digits=2) Ie
3005H Irc_Diff_ST2(decimal digits=2) Ie
3006H Icra_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) Ie
3007H Icrb_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) Ie
3008H Icrc_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) Ie
3009H Icra_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) Ie
300AH Icrb_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) Ie
300BH Icrc_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) Ie
300CH Id_1stH_REF_ST2(decimal digits=2) In
300DH Ir_REF_ST2(decimal digits=2) In

300EH I0cr_Cal_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) In

300FH I0cr_CT_REF_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) In
3010H Ia_CT_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
3011H Ib_CT_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
3012H Ic_CT_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
3016H Ia_CT#_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
3017H Ib_CT#_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
3018H Ic_CT#_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
3019H I1_CT#_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
301AH I2_CT#_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
301BH I0_CT#_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
301CH Ia_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
301DH Ib_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
301EH Ic_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
301FH I1_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
3022H I0_NP_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
3023H I0_CT_REF_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
3024H Uab_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) V
3025H Ubc_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) V
3026H Uca_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) V
9.4.3.5 Gen Metering

4000H Ida_Diff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
4001H Idb_Diff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
4002H Idc_Diff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
4003H Ira_Diff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
4004H Irb_Diff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
4005H Irc_Diff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
4006H Ia_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
4007H Ib_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
4008H Ic_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
4009H I1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
400AH I2_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
400BH I0_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) A

400CH Ia_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) A

400DH Ib_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
400EH Ic_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
400FH I1_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
4010H I2_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
4011H I0_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
4012H Ia_Bak_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
4013H Ib_Bak_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
4014H Ic_Bak_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
4015H I1_Bak_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
4018H Id_TrvDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
4019H Id_3rdH_TrvDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
401AH Ua_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
401BH Ub_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
401CH Uc_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
401DH U1_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
401EH U2_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
401FH U0_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
4020H Ua_VT2_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
4021H Ub_VT2_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
4022H Uc_VT2_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
4023H U1_VT2_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
4026H Uab_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
4027H Ubc_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
4028H Uca_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
4029H Uab_VT2_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
402AH Ubc_VT2_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
402BH Uca_VT2_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
402CH U0_DeltVT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
402DH U0_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
402EH U0_3rdH_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
402FH U0_3rdH_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
4030H Ud_3rdH_Sta(decimal digits=2) V
4031H U0_Longl_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
4032H U0_3rdH_Longl_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
4033H P_Gen(signed/decimal digits=2) %
4034H Q_Gen(signed/decimal digits=2) %
4035H Accu_InvOvLd_Sta(decimal digits=2) %

4036H Accu_InvNegOC_Gen(decimal digits=2) %

4037H U/F_OvExc_Gen(decimal digits=3)
4038H Accu_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=2) %
4039H f_Gen(decimal digits=2) Hz
403AH Accu_UF1_Gen(decimal digits=2) Min
403BH Accu_UF2_Gen(decimal digits=2) Min
403CH U1_2ndH_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
403DH U2_2ndH_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
403EH U_RotWdg(signed/decimal digits=1) V
403FH Rg_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) kΩ
4040H Location_EF_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) %
4041H I_RotWdg(signed/integer) A
4042H I_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
4043H Accu_InvOvLd_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) %
9.4.3.6 Exc Metering

5000H Ida_Diff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
5001H Idb_Diff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
5002H Idc_Diff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
5003H Ira_Diff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
5004H Irb_Diff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
5005H Irc_Diff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
5006H Icra_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
5007H Icrb_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
5008H Icrc_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
5009H Icra_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
500AH Icrb_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
500BH Icrc_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
500CH Ia_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
500DH Ib_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
500EH Ic_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
500FH I1_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
5010H I2_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
5012H Ia_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
5013H Ib_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
5014H Ic_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) A

9.4.4 Fetch settings value of equipment
Function Code: 03H
9.4.4.1 Equipment Settings
Address Setting Name Unit

0000H Active_Group
0001H Equip_ID(ASCII Hi Word)
0002H Equip_ID(ASCII Mi Word)
0003H Equip_ID(ASCII Lo Word)
0004H Comm_Addr
0005H COM1_Baud bps
0006H COM2_Baud bps
0007H Printer_Baud bps
0008H Protocol Bit0: COM1 870-5-103 Protocal
Bit1: COM1 LFP Protocal
Bit2: COM1 Modbus Protocal
Bit5: COM2 LFP Protocal

Bit6: COM2 Modbus Protocal
0009H Logic Setting Bit0: En_Auto_Print
Bit1: En_Net_Print
Bit3: En_Remote_Cfg
Bit4: GPS_Pulse
9.4.4.2 System Settings
9.4.4.2.1 Protection Configuration

1000H Protection Config Bit0:En_Diff_GTU
Word 1 Bit1:En_Diff_Tr
Bit2:En_PPF_Tr
Bit3:En_EF_Tr
Bit4:En_OvExc_Tr
Bit5:En_Diff_Gen
Bit6:En_IntTurn_Gen
Bit7:En_PPF_Gen
Bit8:En_EF_Sta
Bit9:En_EF_RotWdg
Bit10:En_OvLd_Sta
Bit11:En_NegOC_Gen
Bit12:En_LossExc_Gen
Bit13:En_OOS_Gen
Bit14:En_VoltProt_Gen

Bit15:En_OvExc_Gen
1001H Protection Config Bit0:En_PwrProt_Gen
Word 2 Bit1:En_FreqProt_Gen
Bit2:En_StShut_Gen
Bit3:En_AccEnerg_Gen
Bit4:En_Diff_ST1
Bit5:En_Bak_HVS_ST1
Bit6:En_Bak_Br1_ST1
Bit7:En_REF_ST1
Bit8:En_Diff_ST2
Bit9:En_Bak_HVS_ST2
Bit10:En_Bak_Br1_ST2
Bit11:En_REF_ST2
Bit12:En_Diff_Exc
Bit13:En_Bak_Exc
Bit14:En_MechRly
Bit15:En_VTComp_Term_Gen
1002H Reserved
9.4.4.2.2 Tr System Settings

1003H Sn_Tr(decimal digits=1) MVA
1004H U1n_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=1) kV
1005H U1n_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) kV
1006H U1n_VT_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=1) kV
1007H U2n_VT_HVS_Tr V
1008H U2n_DeltVT_HVS_Tr V
1009H I1n_CT_HVS_Tr(integer) A
100AH I2n_CT_HVS_Tr A
100BH I1n_CT_Bak_HVS_Tr(integer) A
100CH I2n_CT_Bak_HVS_Tr A
100DH I1n_CT_LVS_Tr(integer) A
100EH I2n_CT_LVS_Tr A
100FH I1n_CT#_HVS_ST1(integer) A
1010H I2n_CT#_HVS_ST1 A
1011H I1n_CT#_HVS_ST2(integer) A
1012H I2n_CT#_HVS_ST2 A
1013H I1n_CT_NP_Tr(integer) A
1014H I2n_CT_NP_Tr A
1015H I1n_CT_Gap_Tr(integer) A
1016H I2n_CT_Gap_Tr A
1017H Logic Bit0:Yd11_Conn_Tr

Setting Bit1:Yyd11_Conn_Tr
Bit2:Opt_GCB
Bit3:Yd1_Conn_Tr
Bit4:Yyd1_Conn_Tr
9.4.4.2.3 Gen System Settings

1018H fn_Gen Hz
1019H Pn_Gen(decimal digits=1) MW
101AH PF_Gen(decimal digits=2)
101BH U1n_Gen(decimal digits=2) kV
101CH U1n_VT_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) kV
101DH U2n_VT_Term_Gen V
101EH U2n_DeltVT_Term_Gen V
101FH U1n_VT_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) kV
1020H U2n_VT_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
1021H I1n_CT_Term_Gen(integer) A
1022H I2n_CT_Term_Gen A
1023H I1n_CT_NP_Gen(integer) A
1024H I2n_CT_NP_Gen A
1025H I1n_CT_TrvDiff_Gen(integer) A
1026H I2n_CT_TrvDiff_Gen A
1027H I1n_RotWdg(integer) A
1028H U2n_Shunt_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) mV
1029H U1n_Exc(decimal digits=2) V
9.4.4.2.4 ST1 System Settings

102AH Sn_ST1(decimal digits=2) MVA
102BH U1n_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) kV
102CH U1n_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) kV
102DH U1n_Br2_ST1(decimal digits=2) kV
102EH U1n_VT_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) kV
102FH U2n_VT_Br1_ST1 V
1030H U1n_VT_Br2_ST1(decimal digits=2) kV
1031H U2n_VT_Br2_ST1 V
1032H I1n_CT_HVS_ST1(integer) A
1033H I2n_CT_HVS_ST1 A
1034H I1n_CT_Br1_ST1(integer) A
1035H I2n_CT_Br1_ST1 A

1038H I1n_CT_NP_Br_ST1(integer) A
1039H I2n_CT_NP_Br_ST1 A
103AH Logic Bit0:Yyy12_Conn_ST1
Setting Bit1:Ddd12_Conn_ST1
Bit2:Dyy11_Conn_ST1
Bit3:Ydd11_Conn_ST1
Bit4:Dyy1_Conn_ST1
9.4.4.2.5 ST2 System Settings

103BH Sn_ST2(decimal digits=2) MVA
103CH U1n_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) kV
103DH U1n_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) kV
103EH U1n_Br2_ST2(decimal digits=2) kV
103FH U1n_VT_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) kV
1041H U1n_VT_Br2_ST2(decimal digits=2) kV
1043H I1n_CT_HVS_ST2(integer) A
1044H I2n_CT_HVS_ST2 A
1049H I1n_CT_NP_Br_ST2(integer) A
104AH I2n_CT_NP_Br_ST2 A
104BH Logic Bit0:Yyy12_Conn_ST2
Setting Bit1:Ddd12_Conn_ST2
Bit2:Dyy11_Conn_ST2
Bit3:Ydd11_Conn_ST2
Bit4:Dyy1_Conn_ST2
9.4.4.2.6 Exc System Settings

104CH fn_Exciter Hz
104DH Sn_Exc(decimal digits=2) MVA
104EH U1n_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) kV
104FH U1n_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) kV
1050H I1n_CT_S1_Exc(integer) A
1051H I2n_CT_S1_Exc A
1052H I1n_CT_S2_Exc(integer) A
1053H I2n_CT_S2_Exc A

1054H Logic Bit0:Opt_Exc

Setting Bit1:Yy12_Conn_ET
Bit2:Dd12_Conn_ET
Bit3:Dy11_Conn_ET
Bit4:Yd11_Conn_ET
Bit5:Dy1_Conn_ET
9.4.4.3 Prot Settings
9.4.4.3.1 GTU Diff Prot Settings

2000H I_Pkp_PcntDiff_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
2001H I_InstDiff_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
2002H Slope1_PcntDiff_GTU(decimal digits=2)
2003H Slope2_PcntDiff_GTU(decimal digits=2)
2004H k_Harm_PcntDiff_GTU(decimal digits=2)
2005H TrpLog_Diff_GTU
2006H Logic Bit0:En_InstDiff_GTU
Setting Bit1:En_PcntDiff_GTU
Bit2:Opt_Inrush_Ident_GTU
Bit3:Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_GTU
9.4.4.3.2 Tr Diff Prot Settings

2007H I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
2008H I_InstDiff_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
2009H Slope1_PcntDiff_Tr(decimal digits=2)
200AH Slope2_PcntDiff_Tr(decimal digits=2)
200BH k_Harm_PcntDiff_Tr(decimal digits=2)
200CH TrpLog_Diff_Tr
200DH Logic Bit0:En_InstDiff_Tr
Setting Bit1:En_PcntDiff_Tr
Bit2:En_DPFC_Diff_Tr
Bit3:Opt_Inrush_Ident_Tr
Bit4:Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Tr
9.4.4.3.3 Tr PPF Bak Prot Settings

200EH V_NegOV_VCE_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
200FH Vpp_UV_VCE_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
2010H I_OC1_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
2011H t_OC1_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
2012H TrpLog_OC1_Tr

2013H I_OC2_Tr(decimal digits=2) A

2014H t_OC2_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
2015H TrpLog_OC2_Tr
2016H Z1_Fwd_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ω
2017H Z1_Rev_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ω
2018H t_Z1_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
2019H TrpLog_Z1_Tr
201AH Z2_Fwd_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ω
201BH Z2_Rev_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ω
201CH t_Z2_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
201DH TrpLog_Z2_Tr
201EH I_Alm_OvLd_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
201FH t_Alm_OvLd_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
2020H I_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
2021H t_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
2022H I_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
2023H t_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
2024H Logic Bit0:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Tr
Setting Bit1:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Tr
Bit2:En_LVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_Tr
Bit3:En_Mem_Curr_Tr
Bit4:Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Tr
Bit5:En_OvLd_Tr
Bit6:En_InitCool_OvLd_Tr
9.4.4.3.4 Tr EF Bak Prot Settings

2025H V_ROV_VCE_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
2026H I_ROC1_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
2027H t_ROC11_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
2028H TrpLog_ROC11_Tr
2029H t_ROC12_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
202AH TrpLog_ROC12_Tr
202BH I_ROC2_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
202CH t_ROC21_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
202DH TrpLog_ROC21_Tr
202EH t_ROC22_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
202FH TrpLog_ROC22_Tr
2030H Reserved(decimal digits=2) V
2031H I_Alm_REF_Tr(decimal digits=2) In
2032H I_Pkp_PcntREF_Tr(decimal digits=2) In
2033H I_InstREF_Tr(decimal digits=2) In

2034H Slope_PcntREF_Tr(decimal digits=2)

2035H TrpLog_REF_Tr
2036H V_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
2037H t_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
2038H Logic Bit0:En_VCE.ROV_Ctrl_ROC1_Tr
Setting Bit1:En_VCE.ROV_Ctrl_ROC2_Tr
Bit2:En_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr
Bit5:En_Dir_Ctrl_ROC1_Tr
Bit6:En_Dir_Ctrl_ROC2_Tr
Bit7:En_InstREF_Tr
Bit8:En_PcntREF_Tr
9.4.4.3.5 Tr OvExc Prot Settings

2039H k_OvExc1_Tr(decimal digits=2)
203AH t_OvExc1_Tr(decimal digits=1) S
203BH TrpLog_OvExc1_Tr
203CH k_Alm_OvExc_Tr(decimal digits=2)
203DH t_Alm_OvExc_Tr(decimal digits=1) S
203EH k0_InvOvExc_Tr(decimal digits=2)
203FH t0_InvOvExc_Tr(decimal digits=1) S
2040H k1_InvOvExc_Tr(decimal digits=2)
2041H t1_InvOvExc_Tr(decimal digits=1) S
204AH k6_InvOvExc_Tr(decimal digits=2)
204BH t6_InvOvExc_Tr(decimal digits=1) S
204CH k7_InvOvExc_Tr(decimal digits=2)
204DH t7_InvOvExc_Tr(decimal digits=1) S
204EH TrpLog_InvOvExc_Tr
9.4.4.3.6 Gen Diff Prot Settings

204FH I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2050H I_InstDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2051H Slope1_PcntDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2)

2052H Slope2_PcntDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2)

2053H TrpLog_Diff_Gen
2054H Logic Bit0:En_InstDiff_Gen
Setting Bit1:En_PcntDiff_Gen
Bit2:En_DPFC_Diff_Gen
Bit3:Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Gen
9.4.4.3.7 Gen IntTurn Prot Settings

2055H I_SensTrvDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
2056H I_UnsensTrvDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
2057H t_TrvDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
2058H V_SensROV_Longl_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
2059H V_UnsensROV_Longl_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
205AH t_ROV_Longl_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
205BH TrpLog_IntTurn_Gen
205CH Logic Bit0:En_SensTrvDiff_Gen
Setting Bit1:En_UnsensTrvDiff_Gen
Bit2:En_SensROV_Longl_Gen
Bit3:En_UnsensROV_Longl_Gen
Bit5:En_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen
9.4.4.3.8 Gen PPF Bak Prot Settings

205DH V_NegOV_VCE_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
205EH Vpp_UV_VCE_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
205FH I_OC1_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
2060H t_OC1_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
2061H TrpLog_OC1_Gen
2062H I_OC2_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
2063H t_OC2_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
2064H TrpLog_OC2_Gen
2065H Z1_Fwd_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ω
2066H Z1_Rev_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ω
2067H t_Z1_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
2068H TrpLog_Z1_Gen
2069H Z2_Fwd_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ω
206AH Z2_Rev_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ω
206BH t_Z2_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
206CH TrpLog_Z2_Gen
206DH I_BO_OC_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
206EH t_BO_OC_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) S

206FH Logic Bit0:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Gen

Setting Bit1:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Gen
Bit2:En_HVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_Gen
Bit3:Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Gen
Bit4:En_Mem_Curr_Gen
Bit5:En_BO_OC_Term_Gen
Bit6:En_BO_UV&OC_Term_Gen
9.4.4.3.9 Sta EF Prot Settings

2070H V_SensROV_Sta(decimal digits=2) V
2071H V_UnsensROV_Sta(decimal digits=2) V
2072H t_ROV_Sta(decimal digits=2) S
2073H k_V3rdHRatio_PreSync_Sta(decimal digits=2)
2074H k_V3rdHRatio_PostSync_Sta(decimal digits=2)
2075H k_V3rdHDiff_Sta(decimal digits=2)
2076H t_V3rdH_Sta(decimal digits=2) S
2077H TrpLog_EF_Sta
2078H Logic Bit0:En_Alm_ROV_Sta
Setting Bit1:En_Trp_ROV_Sta
Bit2:En_Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta
Bit3:En_Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta
Bit4:En_Trp_V3rdHRatio_Sta
Bit5:En_Trp_UnsensRov_Sta
9.4.4.3.10 RotWdg EF Prot Settings

2079H R_Sens1PEF_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) kΩ
207AH R_1PEF_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) kΩ
207BH t_1PEF_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) S
207CH V2ndH_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) v
207DH t_2PEF_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) S
207EH TrpLog_EF_RotWdg
207FH Logic Bit0:En_Alm_Sens1PEF_RotWdg
Setting Bit1:En_Alm_1PEF_RotWdg
Bit2:En_Trp_1PEF_RotWdg
Bit3:En_2PEF_RotWdg
Bit4:En_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg
9.4.4.3.11 Sta OvLd Prot Settings

2080H I_OvLd_Sta(decimal digits=2) A

2081H t_OvLd_Sta(decimal digits=2) S

2082H TrpLog_OvLd_Sta
2083H I_Alm_OvLd_Sta(decimal digits=2) A
2084H t_Alm_OvLd_Sta(decimal digits=2) S
2085H I_InvOvLd_Sta(decimal digits=2) A
2086H tmin_InvOvLd_Sta(decimal digits=2) S
2087H A_Therm_Sta(decimal digits=2)
2088H K_Disppt_Sta(decimal digits=2)
2089H TrpLog_InvOvLd_Sta
9.4.4.3.12 Gen NegOC Prot Settings

208AH I_NegOC_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
208BH t_NegOC_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
208CH TrpLog_NegOC_Gen
208DH I_Alm_NegOC_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
208EH t_Alm_NegOC_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
208FH I_InvNegOC_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
2090H I_Neg_Perm_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
2091H tmin_InvNegOC_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
2092H A_Therm_RotBody(decimal digits=2)
2093H TrpLog_InvNegOC_Gen
9.4.4.3.13 Gen LossExc Prot Settings

2094H X1_LossExc_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ω
2095H X2_LossExc_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ω
2096H Q_RevQ_LossExc_Gen(decimal digits=2) %
2097H V_RotUV_LossExc_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
2098H Un_RotNoLoad_LossExc_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
2099H k_RotUV_LossExc_Gen(decimal digits=2)
209AH V_BusUV_LossExc_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
209BH P_OvPwr_LossExc_Gen(decimal digits=2) %
209CH t_LossExc1_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
209DH t_LossExc2_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
209EH t_LossExc3_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
209FH TrpLog_LossExc1_Gen
20A0H TrpLog_LossExc2_Gen
20A1H TrpLog_LossExc3_Gen
20A2H Logic Bit0:En_Z_LossExc1_Gen
Setting Bit1:En_RotUV_LossExc1_Gen
Bit2:En_P_LossExc1_Gen

Bit3:En_UV_LossExc2_Gen
Bit4:En_Z_LossExc2_Gen
Bit5:En_RotUV_LossExc2_Gen
Bit6:En_Z_LossExc3_Gen
Bit7:En_RotUV_LossExc3_Gen
Bit8:En_Alm_LossExc1_Gen
Bit9:Opt_Z_LossExc_Gen
Bit10:En_RevQ_LossExc_Gen
Bit11:Opt_UV_LossExc_Gen
9.4.4.3.14 Gen OOS Prot Settings

20A3H Za_OOS_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ω
20A4H Zb_OOS_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ω
20A5H Zc_OOS_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ω
20A6H φ_Reach_OOS_Gen(decimal digits=2) °
20A7H φ_Inner_OOS_Gen(decimal digits=2) °
20A8H n_Slip_Ext_OOS_Gen(integer)
20A9H n_Slip_Int_OOS_Gen(integer)
20AAH Ibrk_CB_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
20ABH TrpLog_OOS_Gen
20ACH Logic Bit0:En_Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen
Setting Bit1:En_Trp_Ext_OOS_Gen
Bit2:En_Alm_Int_OOS_Gen
Bit3:En_Trp_Int_OOS_Gen
9.4.4.3.15 Gen Volt Prot Settings

20ADH V_OV1_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
20AEH t_OV1_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20AFH TrpLog_OV1_Gen
20B0H V_OV2_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
20B1H t_OV2_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20B2H TrpLog_OV2_Gen
20B3H V_UV_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
20B4H t_UV_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20B5H TrpLog_UV_Gen
9.4.4.3.16 Gen OvExc Prot Settings

20B6H k_OvExc1_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20B7H t_OvExc1_Gen(decimal digits=1) S

20B8H TrpLog_OvExc1_Gen
20B9H k_Alm_OvExc_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20BAH t_Alm_OvExc_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
20BBH k0_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20BCH t0_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
20BDH k1_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20BEH t1_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
20BFH k2_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20C0H t2_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
20C1H k3_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20CAH t7_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
20CBH TrpLog_InvOvExc_Gen
9.4.4.3.17 Gen Pwr Prot Settings

20CCH P_RevP_Gen(decimal digits=2) %
20CDH t_Alm_RevP_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
20CEH t_Trp_RevP_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
20CFH TrpLog_RevP_Gen
20D0H P_UP_Gen(decimal digits=2) %
20D1H t_UP_Gen(decimal digits=2) M
20D2H TrpLog_UP_Gen
20D3H P_SeqTrpRevP_Gen(decimal digits=2) %
20D4H t_SeqTrpRevP_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20D5H TrpLog_SeqTrpRevP_Gen
9.4.4.3.18 Gen Freq Prot Settings

20D6H f_UF1_Gen(decimal digits=2) Hz
20D7H t_Accu_UF1_Gen(decimal digits=2) M
20D8H f_UF2_Gen(decimal digits=2) Hz
20D9H t_UF2_Gen(decimal digits=2) M
20DAH f_UF3_Gen(decimal digits=2) Hz
20DBH t_UF3_Gen(decimal digits=2) S

20DCH TrpLog_UF_Gen
20DDH f_OF1_Gen(decimal digits=2) Hz
20DEH t_OF1_Gen(decimal digits=2) M
20DFH f_OF2_Gen(decimal digits=2) Hz
20E0H t_OF2_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20E1H TrpLog_OF_Gen
20E2H Logic Bit0:En_Alm_UF1_Gen
Setting Bit1:En_Trp_UF1_Gen
Bit2:En_Alm_UF2_Gen
Bit3:En_Trp_UF2_Gen
Bit4:En_Alm_UF3_Gen
Bit5:En_Trp_UF3_Gen
Bit6:En_Alm_OF1_Gen
Bit7:En_Trp_OF1_Gen
Bit8:En_Alm_OF2_Gen
Bit9:En_Trp_OF2_Gen
9.4.4.3.19 Gen StShut Prot Settings

20E3H f_UF_StShut_Gen(decimal digits=2) Hz
20E4H I_TrDiff_StShut_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
20E5H I_GenDiff_StShut_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
20E6H TrpLog_Diff_StShut_Gen
20E7H V_StaROV_StShut_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
20E8H t_StaROV_StShut_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20E9H TrpLog_StaROV_StShut_Gen
20EAH Logic Bit0:En_TrDiff_StShut_Gen
Setting Bit1:En_GenDiff_StShut_Gen
Bit2:En_StaROV_StShut_Gen
Bit3:En_UF_Ctrl_StShut_Gen
9.4.4.3.20 Gen AccEnerg Prot Settings

20EBH f_UF_AccEnerg_Gen(decimal digits=2) Hz
20ECH I_OC_AccEnerg_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
20EDH t_AccEnerg_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20EEH TrpLog_AccEnerg_Gen
20EFH I_NegOC_Flash_CB_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
20F0H t_Flash1_CB_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
20F1H TrpLog_Flash1_CB_HVS_Tr
20F2H Logic Bit0:En_UF_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen
Setting Bit1:En_CB_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen

9.4.4.3.21 ST1 Diff Prot Settings

20F3H I_Pkp_PcntDiff_ST1(decimal digits=2) Ie
20F4H I_InstDiff_ST1(decimal digits=2) Ie
20F5H Slope1_PcntDiff_ST1(decimal digits=2)
20F6H Slope2_PcntDiff_ST1(decimal digits=2)
20F7H k_Harm_PcntDiff_ST1(decimal digits=2)
20F8H TrpLog_Diff_ST1
20F9H Logic Bit0:En_InstDiff_ST1
Setting Bit1:En_PcntDiff_ST1
Bit2:Opt_Inrush_Ident_ST1
Bit3:Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_ST1
9.4.4.3.22 ST1 HVS Bak Prot Settings

20FAH V_NegOV_VCE_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) V
20FBH Vpp_UV_VCE_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) V
20FCH I_OC1_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
20FDH t_OC1_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) S
20FEH TrpLog_OC1_HVS_ST1
20FFH I_OC2_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
2100H t_OC2_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) S
2101H TrpLog_OC2_HVS_ST1
2102H I_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
2103H t_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) S
2104H I_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
2105H t_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) S
2106H I_BO_OC_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
2107H t_BO_OC_HVS_ST1(decimal digits=2) S
2108H Logic Bit0:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_HVS_ST1
Setting Bit1:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_HVS_ST1
Bit2:En_Mem_Curr_HVS_ST1
Bit3:Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_HVS_ST1
Bit4:En_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST1
Bit5:En_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST1
Bit6:En_BO_OC_HVS_ST1
Bit7:En_LVSProt_Blk_OC1_HVS_ST
1
9.4.4.3.23 ST1 Br1 Bak Prot Settings

2109H V_NegOV_VCE_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) V

210AH Vpp_UV_VCE_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) V

210BH I_OC1_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
210CH t_OC1_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) S
210DH TrpLog_OC1_Br1_ST1
210EH I_OC2_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
210FH t_OC2_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) S
2110H TrpLog_OC2_Br1_ST1
2111H I_ROC1_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
2112H t_ROC1_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) S
2113H TrpLog_ROC1_Br1_ST1
2114H I_ROC2_Br1_ST1(decimal digits=2) A
2117H Logic Bit0:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Br1_ST1
Setting Bit1:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Br1_ST1
Bit2:Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Br1_ST1
Bit4:En_Alm_ROV_Br1_ST
9.4.4.3.24 ST1 REF Prot Settings

2118H I_Alm_REF_ST1(decimal digits=2) In
2119H I_Pkp_PcntREF_ST1(decimal digits=2) In
211AH I_InstREF_ST1(decimal digits=2) In
211BH Slope_PcntREF_ST1(decimal digits=2)
211CH TrpLog_REF_ST1
211DH Logic Bit0:En_InstREF_ST1
Setting Bit1:En_PcntREF_ST1
9.4.4.3.25 ST2 Diff Prot Settings

211EH I_Pkp_PcntDiff_ST2(decimal digits=2) Ie
211FH I_InstDiff_ST2(decimal digits=2) Ie
2120H Slope1_PcntDiff_ST2(decimal digits=2)
2121H Slope2_PcntDiff_ST2(decimal digits=2)
2122H k_Harm_PcntDiff_ST2(decimal digits=2)
2123H TrpLog_Diff_ST2
2124H Logic Bit0:En_InstDiff_ST2
Setting Bit1:En_PcntDiff_ST2
Bit2:Opt_Inrush_Ident_ST2
Bit3:Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_ST2

9.4.4.3.26 ST2 HVS Bak Prot Settings

2125H V_NegOV_VCE_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) V
2126H Vpp_UV_VCE_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) V
2127H I_OC1_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
2128H t_OC1_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) S
2129H TrpLog_OC1_HVS_ST2
212AH I_OC2_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
212BH t_OC2_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) S
212CH TrpLog_OC2_HVS_ST2
212DH I_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
212EH t_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) S
212FH I_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
2130H t_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) S
2131H I_BO_OC_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
2132H t_BO_OC_HVS_ST2(decimal digits=2) S
2133H Logic Bit0:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_HVS_ST2
Setting Bit1:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_HVS_ST2
Bit2:En_Mem_Curr_HVS_ST2
Bit3:Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_HVS_ST2
Bit4:En_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST2
Bit5:En_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST2
Bit6:En_BO_OC_HVS_ST2
Bit7:En_LVSProt_Blk_OC1_HVS_ST
2
9.4.4.3.27 ST2 Br1 Bak Prot Settings

2134H V_NegOV_VCE_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) V
2135H Vpp_UV_VCE_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) V
2136H I_OC1_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
2137H t_OC1_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) S
2138H TrpLog_OC1_Br1_ST2
2139H I_OC2_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
213AH t_OC2_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) S
213BH TrpLog_OC2_Br1_ST2
213CH I_ROC1_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) A
213DH t_ROC1_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) S
213EH TrpLog_ROC1_Br1_ST2
213FH I_ROC2_Br1_ST2(decimal digits=2) A

2142H Logic Bit0:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Br1_ST2

Setting Bit1:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Br1_ST2
Bit2:Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Br1_ST2
9.4.4.3.28 ST2 REF Prot Settings

2143H I_Alm_REF_ST2(decimal digits=2) In
2144H I_Pkp_PcntREF_ST2(decimal digits=2) In
2145H I_InstREF_ST2(decimal digits=2) In
2146H Slope_PcntREF_ST2(decimal digits=2)
2147H TrpLog_REF_ST2
2148H Logic Bit0:En_InstREF_ST2
Setting Bit1:En_PcntREF_ST2
9.4.4.3.29 Exc Diff Prot Settings

2149H I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
214AH I_InstDiff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
214BH Slope1_PcntDiff_Exc(decimal digits=2)
214CH Slope2_PcntDiff_Exc(decimal digits=2)
214DH k_Harm_PcntDiff_Exc(decimal digits=2)
214EH TrpLog_Diff_Exc
214FH Logic Bit0:En_InstDiff_Exc
Setting Bit1:En_PcntDiff_Exc
Bit2:Opt_Inrush_Ident_Exc
Bit3:Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Exc
9.4.4.3.30 Exc Bak Prot Settings

2150H I_OC1_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
2151H t_OC1_Exc(decimal digits=2) S
2152H TrpLog_OC1_Exc
2153H I_OC2_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
2154H t_OC2_Exc(decimal digits=2) S
2155H TrpLog_OC2_Exc
9.4.4.3.31 RotWdg OvLd Settings

2156H I_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) A
2157H t_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) S
2158H I_InvOvLd_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) A
2159H tmin_InvOvLd_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) S

215AH A_Therm_RotWdg(decimal digits=2)

215BH Ib_InvOvLd_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) A
215CH TrpLog_InvOvLd_RotWdg
215DH Logic Bit0:Opt_AC_Input_RotWdg
Setting Bit1:Opt_DC_Input_RotWdg
9.4.4.3.32 MechRly Prot Settings

215EH t_MechRly1(decimal digits=1) S
215FH TrpLog_MechRly1
2160H t_MechRly2(decimal digits=1) S
2161H TrpLog_MechRly2
2166H Logic Setting Bit0:En_Supv_MechRly
9.4.4.4 Diagnostics ( Function Code: 08H )
Modbus function 08 provides a series of tests for checking the communication system between the
master and slave, or for checking various internal error conditions within the slave.
The function uses a two–byte subfunction code field in the query to define the type of test to be
performed. The slave echoes both the function code and subfunction code in a normal response.
The listing below shows the subfunction codes supported by the equipment.
Code Name
00H Return Query Data
01H Restart Comm Option
04H Force Listen Only Mode
0BH Return Bus Message Count
0CH Return Bus Comm. Error Count
0DH Return Bus Exception Error Cnt
0EH Return Slave Message Count
0FH Return Slave No Response Cnt
9.4.4.5 Exception Responses
Except for broadcast messages, When a master device sends a query to a slave device it expects
a normal response. If the slave receives the query without a communication error, but cannot
handle it (for example, if the request is to read a non–existent coil or register), the slave will return
an exception response informing the master of the nature of the error.
The listing below shows the exception codes supported by the equipment.

Code Description
01H Illegal Function
02H Illegal Data Address
03H Illegal Data Value
07H Negative Acknowledge
9.5 EIA(RS)232 Interface

The front communication port is provided by a DB9 female D-type connector located under the
small hinged cover on the front panel. It provides RS232 serial data communication and is
intended for use with a PC locally to the relay (up to 15m distance). This port supports the courier
communication protocol only. Courier is the communication language developed by NR to allow
communication with its range of protection relays. The front port is particularly designed for use
with relays settings program RCSPC which is a Windows-based software package.
The pin connections of relay’s DB9 front port are as follows:
Pin No.2 Tx Transmit data
Pin No.3 Rx Receive data
Pin No.5 common
None of the other pins are connected in the relays. The relays should be connected to the serial
port of a PC, usually called as COM1 or COM2. The serial port pin connections, which is DB9 male,
is as below (if in doubt check you PC manual):
Pin No.2 Rx Transmit data
Pin No.3 Tx Receive data
Pin No.5 common
For successful data communication, the Tx pin on the relays must be connected to the Rx pin on
the PC, and Rx pin on the relay must be connected to Tx pin on the PC as shown in Figure 9.5-1.
Note:
The baud rate for this port is fixed at 9600 bps.

Figure 9.5-1 Rs232 Faceplate Port Connection
9.6 Communication with printer

When communicating locally with a printer using the rear series port, a special connection cable is
necessary which is provided by manufacture of the equipment.
There are no parameters need to be set in RCS-985B for communication with printer.
The printer’s port used for communication with RCS-985B is serial port of which the pin definition
is a little different with normal RS232 port as shown as below:
9 pin front communication port
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
serial communication port

( COM1 or COM2) of local PC
Figure 9.6-1 Rs232 Faceplate Port Connection

9.7 Communication with External GPS pulse Source

The clock function (Calendar clock) is used for time-tagging for the following purposes:
---Event recording
---Fault recording
---Present recording
---Self-supervision
When the relays are connected to the GPS clock, all the relay clocks are synchronized with the
external time standard. There are two way to adjust the relay clock.
---Time synchronization via RS-485 serial port
---Time synchronization via binary input


Chapter10 Installation
10.1 Receipt of Relays

Upon receipt, relays should be examined immediately to ensure no external damage has been
sustained in transit. If damage has been sustained, a claim should be made to the transport
contractor and NR should be promptly notified. Relays that are supplied unmounted and not
intended for immediate installation should be returned to their protective bags and delivery carton.
Section 10.3 of this chapter gives more information about the storage of relays.
10.2 Handling of Electronic Equipment

A person’s normal movements can easily generate electrostatic potentials of several thousand
volts. Discharge of these voltages into semiconductor devices when handling electronic circuits
can cause serious damage that, although not always immediately apparent, will reduce the
reliability of the circuit. The relay’s electronic circuits are protected from electrostatic discharge
when housed in the case. Do not expose them to risk by removing the front panel or printed circuit
boards unnecessarily.
Each printed circuit board incorporates the highest practicable protection for its semiconductor
devices. However, if it becomes necessary to remove a printed circuit board, the following
precautions should be taken to preserve the high reliability and long life for which the relay has
been designed and manufactured.
Before removing a printed circuit board, ensure that you are at the same electrostatic potential as
the equipment by touching the case.
Handle analog input modules by the front panel, frame or edges of the circuit boards.
Printed circuit boards should only be handled by their edges. Avoid touching the electronic
components, printed circuit tracks or connectors.
Do not pass the module to another person without first ensuring you are both at the same
electrostatic potential. Shaking hands achieves equipotential.
Place the module on an anti-static surface, or on a conducting surface that is at the same potential
as you.
If it is necessary to store or transport printed circuit boards removed from the case, place them
individually in electrically conducting anti-static bags.
In the unlikely event that you are making measurements on the internal electronic circuitry of a
relay in service, it is preferable that you are earthed to the case with a conductive wrist strap. Wrist
straps should have a resistance to ground between 500kΩ to 10MΩ. If a wrist strap is not available
you should maintain regular contact with the case to prevent a build-up of electrostatic potential.
Instrumentation which may be used for making measurements should also be earthed to the case
whenever possible.

More information on safe working procedures for all electronic equipment can be found in BS EN
100015: Part 1:1992. It is strongly recommended that detailed investigations on electronic circuitry
or modification work should be carried out in a special handling area such as described in the
British Standard document.
10.3 Storage
If relays are not to be installed immediately upon receipt, they should be stored in a place free from
dust and moisture in their original cartons. Where de-humidifier bags have been included in the
packing they should be retained.
To prevent battery drain during transportation and storage a battery isolation strip is fitted during
manufacture. With the lower access cover open, presence of the battery isolation strip can be
checked by a red tab protruding from the positive polarity side.
Care should be taken on subsequent unpacking that any dust, which has collected on the carton,
does not fall inside. In locations of high humidity the carton and packing may become impregnated
with moisture and the de-humidifier crystals will lose their efficiency.
Prior to installation, relays should be stored at a temperature of between –25°C to +70°C (-13°F to
+158°F).
10.4 Unpacking
Care must be taken when unpacking and installing the relays so that none of the parts are
damaged and additional components are not accidentally left in the packing or lost. Ensure that
any User’s CDROM or technique documentation is NOT discarded – this should accompany the
relay to its destination substation.
Note:
With the lower access cover open, the red tab of the battery isolation strip will be seen protruding
from the positive (“+”) side of the battery compartment. Do not remove this strip because it
prevents battery drain during transportation and storage and will be removed as part of the
commissioning tests. Relays must only be handled by skilled persons.
The site should be well lit to facilitate inspection, clean, dry and reasonably free from dust and
excessive vibration.
10.5 Relay Mounting

RCS-985B is dispatched either individually or as part of a panel/rack assembly. Individual relays
are normally supplied accompanied with this manual showing the dimensions for panel cutouts
and whole centers. This information can also be found in the product publication.

10.5.1 Rack Mounting

RCS-985B may be rack mounted using single tier rack frames, as illustrated in Figure 10.5-1 and
Figure 10.5-2. The frames must have been designed to have dimensions in accordance with
IEC60297 and are supplied pre-assembled ready to use. On a standard 483mm rack system this
enables combinations of widths of case up to a total equivalent of size 80TE to be mounted side by
side.
Once the tier is complete, the frames are fastened into the racks using mounting angles at each
end of the tier.
530.4
GRP
457.2
190.5
ESC
Figure 10.5-1 Rack mounting of relays—front face

531.5
457.2
190.5
Figure 10.5-2 Rack mounting of relays—rear face
Relays can be mechanically grouped into single tier (8U) or multi-tier arrangements by means of
the rack frame.
10.5.2 Panel mounting
The relays can be flush mounted into panels using M4 self-tapping screws with captive 3mm thick
washers.
For applications where relays need to be semi-projection or projection mounted, a range of collars
are available. Where several relays are mounted in a single cutout in the panel, it is advised that
they are mechanically grouped together horizontally and/or vertically to form rigid assemblies prior
to mounting in the panel.

Note:
It is not advised that RCS-985B are fastened using pop rivets as this will not allow the relay to be
easily removed from the panel in the future if repair is necessary.
If it is required to mount a relay assembly on a panel complying to IEC 60529 IP51 enclosure
protection, it will be necessary to fit a metallic sealing strip between adjoining relays and a sealing
ring around the complete assembly.
10.6 RELAY WIRING

This section serves as a guide to selecting the appropriate cable and connector type for each
terminal on the RCS-985B.
10.6.1 Medium and heavy duty terminal block connections
Heavy duty terminal block: CT and VT circuits.
Medium duty: All other terminal blocks.
Loose relays are supplied with sufficient M4 screws for making connections to the rear mounted
terminal blocks using ring terminals, with a recommended maximum of two ring terminals per relay
terminal.
If required, NR can supply M4 90° crimp ring terminals in three different sizes depending on wire
size (see Table 10.6-1).
Table 10.6-1 M4 90° crimp ring terminals
Part Number Wire Size Insulation Color
ZB9124 901 0.25 -1.65mm 2 (22 - 16AWG) Red
ZB9124 900 1.04 -2.63mm 2 (16 - 14AWG) Blue
ZB9124 904 2.53 -6.64mm 2 (12 - 10AWG) Un-insulated*
*To maintain the terminal block insulation requirements for safety, an insulating sleeve should be
fitted over the ring terminal after crimping.
The following minimum wire sizes are recommended:
Current transformers 2.5mm 2
Auxiliary Supply, Vx 1.5mm 2
EIA(RS)485 Port See separate section

Other Circuits 1.0mm 2
Due to the limitations of the ring terminal, the maximum wire size that can be used for any of the
medium or heavy duty terminals is 6.0mm2 using ring terminals that are not pre-insulated. Where it
required to only use pre-insulated ring terminals, the maximum wire size that can be used is
reduced to 2.63mm 2 per ring terminal. If a larger wire size is required, two wires should be used in
parallel, each terminated in a separate ring terminal at the relay.
The wire used for all connections to the medium and heavy duty terminal blocks, except the
EIA(RS)485 port, should have a minimum voltage rating of 300Vrms.
It is recommended that the auxiliary supply wiring should be protected by a 16A high rupture
capacity (HRC) fuse of type NIT or TIA. For safety reasons, current transformer circuits must
never be fused. Other circuits should be appropriately fused to protect the wire used.
10.6.2 EIA(RS)485 port

Connections to the EIA(RS)485 port are made using ring terminals. It is recommended that a 2
core screened cable is used with a maximum total length of 1000m or 200nF total cable
capacitance. A typical cable specification would be:
Each core: 16/0.2mm copper conductors，PVC insulated
Nominal conductor area: 0.5mm 2 per core
Screen: Overall braid, PVC sheathed
10.6.3 IRIG-B connections (if applicable)
The IRIG-B input and BNC connector have a characteristic impedance of 50Ω. It is recommended
that connections between the IRIG-B equipment and the relay are made using coaxial cable of
type RG59LSF with a halogen free, fire retardant sheath.
10.6.4 EIA(RS)232 front port of downloading/monitoring
Short term connections to the EIA(RS)232 port, located at the bottom of face cover, can be made
using a screened multi-core communication cable up to 15m long, or a total capacitance of
2500pF. The cable should be terminated at the relay end with a 9-way, metal shelled, D-type male
plug. The pin allocations are detailed in section 5.4 about connectors.
10.6.5 Ethernet port (if applicable)
Fiber Optic Port
The relays can have an optional 10 or 100 Mbps Ethernet port. FO connection is recommended for
use in permanent connections in a substation environment. The 10Mbit port uses type ST
connector and the 100Mbit port uses type SC connector, both compatible with 850nm multi-mode
fiber-optic cable.
RJ-45 Metallic Port
The user can connect to either a 10Base-T or a 100Base-TX Ethernet hub; the port will

automatically sense which type of hub is connected. Due to possibility of noise and interference on
this part, it is recommended that this connection type be used for short-term connections and over
short distance. Ideally where the relays and hubs are located in the same cubicle.
The connector for the Ethernet port is a shielded RJ-45. The table shows the signals and pins on
the connector.
Table 10.6-2 Signals on the Ethernet connector
Pin Signal Name Signal Definition
1 TXP Transmit (positive)
2 TXN Transmit (negative)
3 RXP Receive (positive)
4 - Not used
5 - Not used
6 RXN Receive (negative)
7 - Not used
8 - Not used
10.6.6 Test port
Short term connections to the download/monitor port, located on the front access cover, can be
made using a screened 9-core communication cable up to 4m long. The cable should be
terminated at the relay end with a 9-way, metal shelled, D-type male plug and linked as a serial
data connection.
10.6.7 Earth connection

Every relay must be connected to the cubicle earth bar using the M4 earth studs in the rear
faceplate of the relay case. The minimum recommended wire size is 2.5mm 2 and should have a
ring terminal at the relay end.


Chapter11 Commission
11.1 Introduction
This relay is fully numerical in their design, implementing all protection and non-protection
functions in software. The relay employs a high degree of self-checking and in the event of a
failure, will give an alarm. As a result of this, the commissioning test does not need to be as
extensive as with non-numeric electronic or electro-mechanical relays.
To commission numerical relays, it is only necessary to verify that the hardware is functioning
correctly and the application-specific software settings have been applied to the relay. It is
considered unnecessary to test every function of the relay if the settings have been verified by one
of the following methods:
-extracting the settings applied to the relay using appropriate setting software (preferred method)
-via the operator interface
Blank commissioning test and setting records are provided at the end of this manual for
completion as required.
WARNING!
Before carrying out any work on the equipment, the user should be familiar with the contents of the
safety and technical data sections and the ratings on the equipment’s rating label.
11.2 Precautions
WARNING!
Hazardous voltages are present in this electrical equipment during operation. Non- observance of
the safety rules can result in severe personal injury or property damage.
Only qualified personnel shall work on and around this equipment after becoming thoroughly
familiar with all warnings and safety notices in this manual as well as with the applicable safety
regulations.
Particular attention must be drawn to the following:
The earthing screw of the device must be connected solidly to the protective earth conductor
before any other electrical connection is made.
Hazardous voltages can be present on all circuits and components connected to the supply
voltage or to the measuring and test quantities.

Hazardous voltages can be present in the device even after disconnection of the supply voltage
(storage capacitors!).
The limit values stated in the technique data (Chapter 2) must not be exceeded at all, not even
during testing and commissioning.
When testing the device with secondary test equipment, make sure that no other measurement
quantities are connected. Take also into consideration that the trip circuits and maybe also close
commands to the circuit breakers and other primary switches are disconnected from the device
unless expressly stated.
DANGER!
Current transformer secondary circuits must have been short-circuited before the current leads to
the device are disconnected.
WARNING!
Primary test may only be carried out by qualified personnel, who are familiar with the
commissioning of protection system, the operation of the plant and safety rules and regulations
(switching, earthing, etc.)
11.3 Relay commission tools

Minimum equipment required
--Multifunctional dynamic current and voltage injection test set with interval timer
--Multimeter with suitable AC current range and AC/DC voltage ranges of 0-200V and 0-250V
respectively.
--Continuity tester (if not included in the multimeter)
--Phase angle meter
--Phase rotation meter
Note:
Modern test set may contain many of the above features in one unit.
Optional equipment
--An electronic or brushless insulation tester with a DC output not exceeding 500 V (for insulation
resistance test when required);

--A portable PC, with appropriate software (this enables the rear communications port to be tested,
if this is to be used, and will also save considerable time during commissioning).
--RCSPC software.
--EIA(RS)485 to EIA(RS)232 converter (if EIA(RS)485 IEC60870 port is being tested).
-- A printer.
- RCS-900 serials dedicated protection tester TEST or HELP-90.
11.4 Setting Familiarization

When commissioning a RCS-985B relay for the first time, sufficient time should be allowed to
become familiar with the method by which the settings are applied. The Chapter 8 contains a
detailed description of the menu structure of RCS-985B relays.
With the front cover in place all keys are accessible. All menu cells can be read. LEDs and alarms
can be reset. Protection or configuration settings can be changed, or fault and event records
cleared. However, menu cells will require the appropriate password to be entered before changes
can be made.
Alternatively, if a portable PC is available together with suitable setting software (such as RCSPC),
the menu can be viewed a page at a time to display a full column of data and text. This PC
software also allows settings to be entered more easily, saved to a file on disk for future reference
or printed to produce a setting record. Refer to the PC software user manual for details. If the
software is being used for the first time, allow sufficient time to become familiar with its operation.
11.5 Product checks

These product checks cover all aspects of the relay which should be checked to ensure that it has
not been physically damaged prior to commissioning, is functioning correctly and all input quantity
measurements are within the stated tolerances.
If the application-specific settings have been applied to the relay prior to commissioning, it is
advisable to make a copy of the settings so as to allow them restoration later. This could be done
by extracting the settings from the relay itself via printer or manually creating a setting record.
11.5.1 With the relay de-energized
The RCS-985 serial plant transformer protection is fully numerical and the hardware is
continuously monitored. Commissioning tests can be kept to a minimum and need only include
hardware tests and conjunctive tests. The function tests are carried out according to user’s
correlative regulations.
The following tests are necessary to ensure the normal operation of the equipment before it is first
put into use.
Hardware tests
These tests are performed for the following hardware to ensure that there is no hardware defect.
Defects of hardware circuits other than the following can be detected by self-monitoring when the
DC power is supplied.
User interfaces test
Binary input circuits and output circuits test
AC input circuits testFunction tests
These tests are performed for the following functions that are fully software-based. Tests of the
protection schemes and fault locator require a dynamic test set.
Measuring elements test
Timers test
Metering and recording test
Conjunctive tests
The tests are performed after the relay is connected with the primary equipment and other external
equipment.
On-load test
Phase sequence check and polarity check.
11.5.1.1 Visual inspection.
After unpacking the product, check for any damage to the relay case. If there is any damage, the
internal module might also have been affected, contact the vendor. Following items listed is
necessary.
Protection panel
Carefully examine the protection panel, protection equipment inside and other parts inside to see
that no physical damage has occurred since installation.
The rated information of other auxiliary protections should be checked to ensure it is correct for the
particular installation.
Panel wiring
Check the conducting wire used in the panel to assure that their cross section meet the
requirement.
Carefully examine the wiring to see that they are no connection failure exists.
Label
Check all the isolator binary inputs, terminal blocks, indicators, switches and push buttons to make
sure that their labels meet the requirements of this project.
Equipment plug-in modules

Check each plug-in module of the equipments on the panel to make sure that they are well
installed into the equipment without any screw loosened.
Figure 11.5-1 RCS-985B rear plug-in connector locations(viewed from rear)
Earthing cable
Check whether the earthing cable from the panel terminal block is safely screwed to the panel
steel sheet.
Switch, keypad, isolator binary inputs and push button:
Check whether all the switches, equipment keypad, isolator binary inputs and push buttons work
normally and smoothly.
11.5.1.2 Insulation
Insulation resistances tests are only necessary during commission if it is required for them to be
done and they have not been performed during installation.
Isolate all wiring from the earth and test the insulation with an electronic or brushless insulation
tester at a DC voltage not exceeding 500V, terminals of the same circuits should be temporarily

connected together.
The main groups of the relay terminals are:
-Voltage transformer circuits
-Current transformer circuits
-Field voltage output and opto-isolated control inputs
-Relay contacts
-EIA(RS)485 communication port
-Case earth
The insulation resistance should be greater than 100MΩ at 500V. On completion of the insulation
resistance tests, ensure all external wiring is correctly reconnected to the relay.
11.5.1.3 External wiring
Check that the external wiring is correct to the relevant relay diagram and scheme diagram.
Ensure as far as practical that phasing/phase rotation appears to be as expected.
Check the wiring against the schematic diagram for the installation to ensure compliance with the
customer’s normal practice.
11.5.1.4 Auxiliary supply
The relay can be operated from either 110/125Vdc or 220/250Vdc auxiliary supply depending on
the relay’s nominal supply rating. The incoming voltage must be within the operating range
specified in the following table, before energizing the relay, measure the auxiliary supply to ensure
it is within the operating range.
Rated Voltage 110/125VDC 220/250VDC

Variation 88 - 144 VDC 176 - 288 VDC
It should be noted that the relay can withstand an AC ripple of up to 15% of the upper rated voltage
on the DC auxiliary supply.
Energize the relay only if the auxiliary supply is within the specified operating ranges.
11.5.2 With the relay energized

The following groups of tests verify that the protection hardware and software is functioning
correctly and should be carried out with the auxiliary supply applied to the protection.
The current and voltage transformer connections must remain isolated from the protection for
these checks. The trip circuit should also remain isolated to prevent accidental operation of the
associated circuit breaker.
11.5.2.1 User interface
This test ensures that the LCD, LEDs and keys function correctly.

◆ LCD display
Only apply the rated DC voltage and check whether the LCD displays normal operation status
report as mentioned former. If there is a failure, for example, VT circuit fail because of not applying
voltage, the LCD displays failure report. If the LCD displays failure report, press the ECS key for 1
second and the LCD will return to normal operation status report.
◆ LED display
Apply the rated DC voltage and check that the "HEALTHY" LED is lighting in green. We need to
emphasize that the "HEALTHY" LED is always lighting in operation course except that the
equipment find serious problems listed in chapter 4.
◆ Keypad
Press key “ESC” or “▲”and enter the command menu. Do some jobs to ensure that all buttons are
in good condition.
11.5.2.2 Watchdog contacts (Equipment being blocked, BSJ)
Using a continuity tester, check the watchdog contacts (equipment being blocked, BSJ) are in the
states given in Table 11.5-1 below.
Table 11.5-1 Watchdog contact status
Contacts
Terminals
Relay de-energized Relay energized
4A1-4A3
4A2-4A4 Closed Open
4B4-4B26
11.5.2.3 Date and time
The method of setting will depend on whether accuracy is being maintained via the RS-485 port
(from GPS in the substation) on the rear of the protection or via the front panel user interface
manually.
Turn on the DC power supply of the equipment and check the software version and time through
the LCD Manual.
11.5.2.4 Binary input check
This test checks that all the binary inputs on the protection are functioning correctly. The binary
inputs should be energized one at a time. Ensuring correct polarity, connect the field supply
voltage to the appropriate terminals for the input being tested.
There two voltage levels of opto-couple for binary inputs, one is 24V DC and the other is
250/220/125/110V DC. The negative pole of DC 24V and negative pole of DC 250/220/125/110V
have been connected with the corresponding negative pole of opto-couplers through the inner rear
board in equipment. The positive pole terminals of opto-couplers have been connected to the rear

connectors for binary input connecting, and common positive pole has also be connected to the
rear connector.
Please see the panel diagram carefully and find the right connector terminal numbers of common
positive pole of DC 24V and DC 250/220/125/110V.
Note:
The binary inputs may be energized from an external DC auxiliary supply (e.g. the station battery)
in some installations. Check that this is not the case before connecting the field voltage otherwise
damage to the protection may result. The status of each binary input can be viewed using either
RCSPC software installed in a portable PC or by checking the front human-machine interface LCD.
When each binary input is energized the display will change to indicate the new status of the
inputs. Please check binary input both on CPU module and MON module and ensure they are
consistent.
Please note only the positive pole of opto-coupler for binary inputs are listed in following tables.
1) Enablling binary inputs (24V opto-couplers)
Path: Main Menu -> VALUES-> CPU(MON) BI STATE-->......
No. Signal name Equipment Wiring CPU MON

terminal number connector number status status
1. EBI_Diff_Gen 5B29-5B3
2. EBI_IntTurn_Gen 5B29-5B4
3. EBI_ROV_Sta 5B29-5B5
4. EBI_V3rdH_Sta 5B29-5B6
5B29-5B7
5. EBI_1PEF_RotWdg
6. EBI_reserved 5B29-5B8
7. EBI_OvLd_Sta 5B29-5B9
8. EBI_NegOC_Gen 5B29-5B10
5B29-5B11
9. EBI_LossExc_Gen
10. EBI_OOS_Gen 5B29-5B12
5B29-5B13
11. EBI_VoltProt_Gen

12. EBI_OvExc_Gen 5B29-5B14
5B29-5B15
13. EBI_PwrProt_Gen
5B29-5B16
14. EBI_FreqProt_Gen
5B29-5B17
15. EBI_AccEnerg_Gen
5B29-5B18
16. EBI_StShut_Gen
17. EBI_Diff_ST2 5B29-5B19
5B29-5B20
18. EBI_Bak_HVS_ST2
5B29-5B21
19. EBI_Trp_MechRly3
5B29-5B22
5B29-5B23
5B29-5B24
23. EBI_PPF_Gen 5B29-5B25
24. EBI_Diff_Exc 5B29-5B26
25. EBI_Diff_Tr 6B17-6B1
26. EBI_PPF_Tr 6B17-6B2
27. EBI_EF_Tr 6B17-6B3
28. EBI_REF_Tr 6B17-6B4
29. EBI_Diff_GTU 6B17-6B5
30. EBI_Bak_Exc 6B17-6B6
31. EBI_Diff_ST1 6B17-6B7
6B17-6B8
32. EBI_Bak_HVS_ST1

6B17-6B9
33. EBI_Bak_Br1_ST1
6B17-6B10
34. EBI_Bak_Br1_ST2
35. EBI_REF_ST1 6B17-6B11
36. EBI_REF_ST2 6B17-6B12
4) Binary inputs (220/110V opto-couplers)
Path: Main Menu -> VALUES-> CPU(MON) BI STATE -> ......
Equipment Wiring CPU MON

No. Signal name
terminal number connector number status status
1. BI_MechRly 3 5A27-5A17
5. BI_Print 6B17-6B13
6. BI_Pulse_GPS 6B17-6B14
7. BI_RstTarg 6B17-6B15
8. BI_52b_GCB 5A27-5A22
9. BI_52b_CB_HVS1_Tr 5A27-5A23
10. BI_52b_CB_HVS2_Tr 5A27-5A24
11. BI_Valve_Turbine 5A27-5A26
12. BI_SyncCondenser 6B25-6B20
11.5.2.5 Binary output check
◆ Check alarm signal contacts
When detecting a hardware failure in self-supervise, the relay will block all the output and black the
“HEALTY” LED.
All the operation element for alarm operates, the “ALARM” LED will illuminate. At the same time,
the BJJ contact and other alarm contacts will be closed. According to the below table we can
check these contacts.
No Signal name Local signal Remote signal SOE signal Yes or NO

1. BO_FAIL 4A1-4A3 4A2-4A4 4B4-4B26
2. BO_ALM 4A1-4A5 4A2-4A6 4B4-4B28
3. BO_CTS 4A1-4A7 4A2-4A8 4B4-4B6
4. BO_VTS 4A1-4A9 4A2-4A10 4B4-4B8
5. BO_OvLd 4A1-4A11 4A2-4A12 4B4-4B10

6. BO_NegOC 4A1-4A13 4A2-4A14 4B4-4B12

7. BO_OvLd_Exc 4A1-4A15 4A2-4A16 4B4-4B14
8. BO_EF_Sta 4A1-4A17 4A2-4A18 4B4-4B16
9. BO_Alm_1PEF_Gen 4A1-4A19 4A2-4A20 4B4-4B18
10. BO_LossExc_Gen 4A1-4A21 4A2-4A22 4B4-4B20
11. BO_OOS_Gen 4A1-4A23 4A2-4A24 4B4-4B22
12. BO_UF_Gen 4A1-4A25 4A2-4A26 4B4-4B24
13. BO_RevP_Gen 4A1-4A27 4A2-4A28 4B4-4B29
14. BO_OvExc_Gen 4A1-4A29 4A2-4A30 4B4-4B30
◆Check tripping signal contacts
All the operation element for tripping operates, the “TRIP” LED will illuminate. At the same time,
the tripping signal contacts will be closed. According to the below table we can check these
contacts.
No Signal name Local signal Remote signal SOE signal Yes or NO

The first group:
1 BO_Diff_Gen 2A1-2A7 2A3-2A9 2A5-2A11
2 BO_EF_Sta 2A1-2A13 2A3-2A15 2A5-2A17
3 BO_OvLd_Sta 2A1-2A19 2A3-2A21 2A5-2A23
4 BO_LossExc_Gen 2A1-2A25 2A3-2A27 2A5-2A29
5 BO_Diff_Exc 2A1-2B1 2A3-2B3 2A5-2B5
6 BO_OV_Gen 2A1-2B7 2A3-2B9 2A5-2B11
7 BO_RevPwr_Gen 2A1-2B13 2A3-2B15 2A5-2B17
8 BO_StShut _Gen 2A1-2B19 2A3-2B21 2A5-2B23
9 BO_AccEnerg_Gen 2A1-2B25 2A3-2B27 2A5-2B29
The second group:
10 BO_Diff_GTU 2A2-2A8 2A4-2A10 2A6-2A12
11 BO_Diff_Tr 2A2-2A14 2A4-2A16 2A6-2A18
12 BO_PPF_Tr 2A2-2A20 2A4-2A22 2A6-2A24
13 BO_EF_Tr 2A2-2A26 2A4-2A28 2A6-2A30
14 BO_REF_Tr 2A2-2B2 2A4-2B4 2A6-2B6
15 BO_Trp_MechRly 2A2-2B8 2A4-2B10 2A6-2B12
16 BO_Diff_ST2 2A2-2B14 2A4-2B16 2A6-2B18
The third group:
17 BO_IntTurn_Gen 3A1-3A7 3A3-3A9 3A5-3A11
18 BO_EF_RotWdg 3A1-3A13 3A3-3A15 3A5-3A17
19 BO_NegOC_Gen 3A1-3A19 3A3-3A21 3A5-3A23
20 BO_OSS_Gen 3A1-3A25 3A3-3A27 3A5-3A29
21 BO_Bak_Br2_ST2 3A1-3B1 3A3-3B3 3A5-3B5

22 BO_OvExc_Gen 3A1-3B7 3A3-3B9 3A5-3B11

23 Op_SeqTrpRevP_Gen 3A1-3B13 3A3-3B15 3A5-3B17
24 BO_PPF_Gen 3A1-3B19 3A3-3B21 3A5-3B23
25 BO_FreqProt_Gen 3A1-3B25 3A3-3B27 3A5-3B29
26 BO_Diff_ST1 3A2-3A8 3A4-3A10 3A6-3A12
27 BO_Bak_HVS_ST1 3A2-3A14 3A4-3A16 3A6-3A18
28 BO_Bak_Br1_ST1 3A2-3A20 3A4-3A22 3A6-3A24
29 BO_Bak_Br1_ST2 3A2-3A26 3A4-3A28 3A6-3A30
30 BO_Bak_Br2_ST1 3A2-3B2 3A4-3B4 3A6-3B6
31 BO_Bak_Exc 3A2-3B8 3A4-3B10 3A6-3B12
32 BO_Bak_HVS_ST2 3A2-3B14 3A4-3B16 3A6-3B18
◆Check tripping output contacts
Setting the tripping logic settings refer to table 5-1. The output x will be closed only when the
correspond bit [Output x] is set as “1”. According to the below table we can check these contacts.
No Output name Equipment Wiring Yes or No

terminal number connector number
1 TrpOutput 1 1A3-1A5、1A7-1A9
1A11-1A13、1A15-1A17
2 TrpOutput 2 1A19-1A21、1A23-1A25
1A27-1A29、1B1-1B3
3 TrpOutput 3 1A2-1A4、1A6-1A8
1A10-1A12、1A14-1A16
4 TrpOutput 4 1A18-1A20、1A22-1A24
5 TrpOutput 5 1A26-1A28、1B2-1B4
1B6-1B8、1B10-1B12
6 TrpOutput 6 1B5-1B7、1B9-1B11
1B13-1B15
7 TrpOutput 7 1B17-1B19
11 TrpOutput 11 1B14-1B16、1B18-1B20
12 TrpOutput 12 1B22-1B24、1B26-1B28
2B24-2B26、2B28-2B30
13 TrpOutput 13
3B24-3B26、3B28-3B30
14 TrpOutput 14
◆Check other output contacts

Wiring Yes or No
No Output name Equipment
connector number
terminal number
1 BO_Alm_InitCool1_Tr 4B9-4B11, 4B13-4B15
2 BO_Alm_InitCool2_Tr 2B20-2B22
3 BO_Alm_InitCool_ST1 4B17-4B19, 4B21-4B23
4 BO_Alm_InitCool_ST2 3B20-3B22
11.5.2.6 Communications port
This test should only be performed where the protection is to be accessed from a remote location
and will vary depending on the communications standard being adopted.
It is not the intention of the test to verify the operation of the complete system from the relay to the
remote location, just the protection’s rear communications port and any protocol converter
necessary.
Courier communications
Ensure that the RS-232 wire link the RS-232 port in front of the RCS-985B and the communication
baud rate in RCSPC must be set as “9600”.
Check that communications can be established with this protection using the portable PC.
Remote communication
This test is to check the status of communications between RCS-985B and the engineer’s
workstation in SAS(Substation automation system) if it is applicable. Before test, the
communication baud rate in RCS-985B must be set as “1200-38400” depends on Substation
Automation System, and the protection’s [Comm_Adrr] must be set to a value between 1 and 254.
In the menu of “DEBUG”->”COMM STATUS” on the LCD display, “485A”or “485B” indicates
the communication status of 485A port or 485B port. If “Receive Data” is “N”, it means the
equipment has not received data from external system. If “Valid Frame” is ‘N’, it indicates the
setting error of baud rate or protocol while “Valid Address” is “N”, it means the communication
address is set wrongly. ”Send Data” is "N” means datagram sent from the equipment is wrong. If
all those status are ‘Y’, it means communication is established successfully.
11.5.2.7 AC Current inputs check
This test verifies that the accuracy of current measurement is within the acceptable tolerances.
All protections will leave the factory set for operation at a system frequency of 50Hz or 60Hz.
All relays will be set for operation at a system frequency of 50Hz. If operation at 60Hz is required
then this must be set at menu.

Apply current equal to the current transformer secondary winding rating to each current
transformer input of the corresponding rating in turn, see the following table or external connection
diagram for appropriate terminal numbers, checking its magnitude using a multimeter/test set
readout. The corresponding reading can then be checked in the relays’ menu.
The measurement accuracy of the relay is ±5%. However an additional allowance must be made
for the accuracy of the test equipment being used.
Table 11.5-2 Current linearity and precision check out
No. Items Input value Displayed on LCD

Phase A Phase Phase Angle Angle
B C between A between
and B A and C
1 I_S1_Exc In
4In
2 I_S2_Exc In
4In
3 I_Term_Gen In
4In
4 I_NP_Gen In
4In
5 I_HVS1_Tr In
4In
6 I_HVS2_Tr In
4In
7 I_HVS_Tr In
4In
8 I_CT_HVS_ST1 In

4In
9 I_Br1_ST1 In
4In
10 I_CT_HVS_ST2 In
4In
11 I_Br1_ST2 In
4In
In *******************
12 Id_TrvDiff_Gen
4In *******************
In *******************
13 I0_NP_HVS_Tr
4In *******************
Note:
To avoid damage the equipment, we can’t inject a high value current (such as 4In or more) to the
equipment for long time, we suggest that the time in high current condition should not over 3
second every time.
The measurement accuracy of the protection is ± 5%. However, an additional allowance must be
made for the accuracy of the test equipment being used.
11.5.2.8 AC Voltage inputs check
This test only needs to be performed on models with voltage transformer inputs as it verifies that
the accuracy of voltage measurement is within the acceptable tolerances.
Apply rated voltage to voltage transformer input, checking its magnitude using a multimeter/test
set readout. The corresponding reading can then be checked in the relays menu.
The measurement accuracy of the relay is ±5%. However an additional allowance must be made
for the accuracy of the test equipment being used.
Table 11.5-3 Voltage linearity and precision check out
Displayed in LCD
Input
Angle Angle
No. Items
PhA PhB PhC between A between A
value
and B and C

58V
1 U_VT1_Term_Gen
20V
58V
2 U_VT2_Term_Gen
20V
58V
3 U_HVS_Tr
20V
100V
4 U0_DeltVT_HVS_Tr
20V
100V
5 U0_NP_Gen
20V
100V
6 U0_DeltVT1_Term_Gen
20V
100V
7 U0_DeltVT2_Term_Gen
20V
Note:
When check the rotor current channel, 0.075V is equal to 1000A of rotor current, please refer to
section 7.2 [I1n_RotWdg] and [U2n_Shunt_RotWdg]
The measurement accuracy of the protection is ±5%. However, an additional allowance must be
made for the accuracy of the test equipment being used.
11.5.3 Setting Testing

The setting checks ensure that the entire application-specific relay, for the particular installation,
has been correctly applied to the relay.
Note:
The trip circuit should remain isolated during these checks to prevent accidental operation of the
associated circuit breaker.
If the application-specific settings are not available, ignore sections 11.5.3.
Apply application-specific settings
There are two methods of applying the settings to the relay:
Transfer them from a pre-prepared setting file to the relay using a portable PC running the
appropriate software via the relay’s RS232 port located on the frontplate of the relay. This method
is preferred for transferring function settings as it is much faster and there is less possiblity for
error.
Enter them manually via the relay’s operator interface.
Demonstrate correct relay operation
Tests mentioned above have already demonstrated that the relay is within calibration, thus the
purpose of these tests is as follows:
− To determine that the primary protection functions, such as generator differential protection,
overcurrent protection and so on, can trip according to the correct application settings.
− To verify correct assignment of the trip contacts, by monitoring the response to a selection of
fault injections.
11.5.4 Rear communications port EIA(RS) 485

This test should only be performed where the relay is to be accessed from a remote location and
will vary depending on the communications standard being adopted.
It is not the intension of the test to verify the operation of the complete system from the relay to the
remote location, just the relay’s rear communications port and any protocol converter necessary.
Connect a portable PC to the relay via a EIA(RS) 485-232 converter. Ensure that the relay
address and the baud rate settings in the application software are set the same as those in relay.
If the relay has the optional fiber optic communications port, then a fibre optic-RS232 converter
shall be applied.
11.5.5 On-load checks
The objectives of the on-load checks are to:
-Confirm the external wiring to the current and voltage inputs is correct.
-Check the polarity of the current transformers at each side is consistent.
Remove all test leads, temporary shorting leads, etc. and replace any external wiring that has
been removed to allow testing.
If it has been necessary to disconnect any of the external wiring from the relay in order to perform
any the foregoing tests. It should be ensured that all connections are replaced in accordance with
the relevant external connection or scheme diagram.
Voltage connections
Using a multimeter measure the voltage generator secondary voltages to ensure they are correctly
rated. Check that the system phase rotation is correct using a phase rotation meter.
Comparing the values of the secondary phase voltages with the relay’s measured values, which
can be found in the menu.
Current connections
Measure the current transformer secondary values for each input using a multimeter connected in
series with the corresponding current input. (It is preferable to use a tong-test ammeter instead)
Check that the current transformer polarities are correct by measuring the phase angle between
the current and voltage either against a phase meter already installed on site and known to be
correct or by determining the direction of power flow by contacting the networks control center
(NCC).
Compare the values of the secondary phase currents and phase angle with the relay’s measured
values, which can be found in menu.
11.5.6 Final check
The tests are now complete.
Remove all test or temporary shorting leads, etc. If it has been necessary to disconnect any of the
external wiring from the relay in order to perform the wiring verification tests, it should be ensured
that all connections (wiring, fuses and links) are replaced in accordance with the relevant external
connection or scheme diagram.
Ensure that all event records, fault records, disturbance records, alarms and LEDs have been
reset before leaving the relay.
11.6 Use of assistant test software RCSPC

11.6.1 Function summary of RCSPC communication software
RCSPC configuration and testing program (user version) is developed for the user to configure,
test and maintain RCS-985B generator protection equipment on site. It comprises four parts:
sampled value display, settings reading and modification, report process and test. These four
parts correspond to 4 files RCS-985B_status, RCS-985B_set, RCS-985B_rpt and RCS-985B_tst
respectively and are described hereinafter. We have to say that the four configuration file is
relevant with special version of protection program. That is, when the protection program is
upgrade, the above mentioned four configuration files must upgrade at the same time, otherwise it
may bring confusion of settings to the equipment at the time of setting.
Connect RS-232 communication port of the computer and that of RCS-985B protection equipment
by a cable with DB-9 connectors on both ends. Run the program RCSPC. If the connection is
correct, the screen will show “RCS-985B connected”, see Figure 11.6-1. Even if the computer is
off line, this picture will be still shown but the words about connection will disappear.

Figure 11.6-1 Display of connection status of RCSPC with RCS-985B
11.6.2 Connection way of protection equipment and personal computer

A 9-pin RS232C serial port is located on the relay’s front panel for communication with personal
computer. All that is required to use this interface is a personal computer running the RCSPC
software provided with the equipment. Cabling for the RS232 port is shown in the following figure
for 9 pin connectors.
Figure 11.6-2 Definition of RS-232 wiring cable
11.6.3 Configuration of PC and the software before use

11.6.3.1 PC configuration
Set the PC com port’s baud rate which is connected with front series port of RCS-985B as
9600bps.
11.6.3.2 Software configuration
There are 3 bars on top of the screen, from top to bottom: title bar, menu bar and tool bar, see
Figure 11.6-3.
Figure 11.6-3 Title bar, menu bar and tool bar
First, click the first button of tool bar parameter, dialog box of communication parameters is
displayed, see Figure 11.6-4. Only the parameter of [COM port] shall be configured as the port of

computer which is actually connected with the equipment, all other parameters shall be configured
as the same as displayed in Figure 11.6-4.
Figure 11.6-4 Dialog box of communication Parameters
11.6.4 Operation instruction of the software
Here is only brief description of usage. Please refer to dedicated manual of RCSPC for detail.
11.6.4.1 Protection parameters setting
Offline protection parameters setting—A convenient function of the software
The function is used for offline parameter setting. First, input setting parameters and saves it in PC,
then connects PC with the protection equipment, executive “DOWNLOAD” command, and the
settings saved in PC will be transferred to the protection equipment, so most part of the setting
operation can be finished in office instead of in substation.
Here is the procedure to input settings offline. Before connect PC with RCS-985B, run the
software of RCSPC，click on “setting” icon, a popup dialog box will appear which asks user
whether or not to set parameter offline, click “yes” and input “985Gxxx” (xxx represents program
version, point ignored) to confirm the relay type and version of the protection program, then
parameter setting interface will appear. The settings displayed first are default settings, user can
replace them with application-specific settings. After modification, save the settings into a file.
When PC is connected with the protection equipment, open the setting file and transfer setting to
protection.
Online setting by RCSPC

When PC is connecting with RCS-985B, run RCSPC, the PC screen will display “RCS-985Bxxx
connected”, click on “SETTING” icon, then parameter setting interface will appear, the settings
uploaded from RCS-985B will be displayed, user can modify them to application-specific settings.
11.6.4.2 Status
Click button, user can observe real time sampled data and binary inputs status.
11.6.4.3 Report
Click button, entering report view part of the program, choose a report in the table, and click
“report record”, save report data according to following clue on instruction. The data can be used
in the auxiliary analyze software to show us the fault course of power system and the logic
calculation course of RCS-985B again.
11.6.4.4 SIG RESET
Click button, all magnetic latched output relays and signal relays will be reset.
11.6.4.5 Trip test (if available)
Click button, entering trip test part of the program, click contacts to change the status of
relays displayed, a same operation command to breaker circuit will be issued. This function is
used to test breaker circuit without apply electric quantities to the protection equipment.


Chapter12 Maintenance
12.1 Maintenance period

It is recommended that products supplied by NR receive periodic monitoring after installation. In
view of the critical nature of protective relays and their infrequent operation, it is desirable to
confirm that they are operating correctly at regular intervals.
NR protective relays are designed for a life in excess of 10 years.
RCS series relays are self-supervising and so require less maintenance than earlier designs of
relay. Most problems will result in an alarm so that remedial action can be taken. However, some
periodic tests should be done to ensure that the relay is functioning correctly and the external
wiring is intact.
12.2 Maintenance checks

Although some functionality checks can be performed from a remote location by utilizing the
communications ability of the relays, these are predominantly restricted to checking that the relay
is measuring the applied currents and voltages accurately. Therefore it is recommended that
maintenance checks are performed locally (i.e. at the substation itself).
Safety and technique Data sections and the ratings on the equipment’s rating label.
12.2.1 Alarms
The alarm status LED should first be checked to identify if any alarm conditions exist. If so, try to
find the cause of the alarm and eliminate it and clear the alarms to extinguish the LED.
12.2.2 Binary Inputs

The opto-isolated inputs can be checked to ensure that the relay responds to their energization.
12.2.3 Binary output

The output relays can be checked to ensure that they operate by repeating the commissioning
test.
12.2.4 Analog inputs

If the power system is energized, the values measured by the relay can be compared with known
system values to check that they are in the approximate range that is expected. If they are, then
the analog/digital conversion and calculations are being performed correctly by the relay.
Alternatively, the values measured by the relay can be checked against known values injected into
the relay via the test block, if fitted, or injected directly into the relay terminals. Suitable test
methods can be found in relevant manuals. These tests will prove the calibration accuracy is being
maintained.
12.3 Method of Repair

If the relay would develop a fault while in service, depending on the nature of the fault, the
watchdog contacts will change state and an alarm condition will be flagged. Due to the extensive
use of surface-mount components faulty PCBs should be replaced, as it is not possible to perform
repairs on damaged circuits. Thus either the complete relay or just the faulty PCB, identified by the
in-built diagnostic software, can be replaced. Advice about identifying the faulty PCB can be found
in section 12.3.2.
The preferred method is to replace the complete relay as it ensures that the internal circuitry is
protected against electrostatic discharge and physical damage at all times and overcomes the
possibility of incompatibility between replacement PCBs.
Replacing PCBs can reduce transport costs but requires clean, dry conditions on site and higher
skills from the person performing the repair. However, if the repair is not performed by an
approved service center, the warranty will be invalidated.
Safety and technique Data sections and the ratings on the equipment’s rating label. This should
ensure that no damage is caused by incorrect handling of the electronic components.
12.3.1 Replacing the complete relay

The case and rear terminal blocks which have been designed to facilitate removal of the complete
relay should be replaced or repaired become necessary without having to disconnect the scheme
wiring.
Before working at the rear of the relay, isolate all voltage and current supplies to the relay.
Note:
The RCS serials relays have integral current transformer shorting switches which will close when
the connecting terminal is removed.
Disconnect the relay earth, IRIG-B and fiber optic connections, as appropriate, from the rear of the
relay.
Note:
The use of a magnetic bladed screwdriver is recommended to minimize the risk of the screws
being left in the terminal block or lost.
Without exerting excessive force or damaging the scheme wiring, pull the terminal blocks away
from their internal connectors.
Remove the screws used to fasten the relay to the panel, rack, etc. These are the screws with the

larger diameter heads on front of the faceplate of the relay.
Withdraw the relay carefully from the panel, rack, etc. because it will be heavy due to the internal
transformers.
To reinstall the repaired or replacement relay, follow the above instructions in reverse, ensuring
that each terminal block is relocated in the correct position and the case earth, and fiber optic
connections are replaced.
Once reinstallation is complete the relay should be re-commissioned using the instructions in
Chapter11 of this manual.
12.3.2 Replacing a PCB

Replacing printed circuit boards and other internal components of protective relays must be
undertaken only by Service Centers approved by NARI RELAYS. Failure to obtain the
authorization of NR After Sales Engineers prior to commencing work may invalidate the product
warranty.
Before replacing a PCB the auxiliary supply must be removed, and wait 5s for capacitors to
discharge. It is also strongly recommended that the voltage and current transformer connections
and trip circuit are isolated.
The relay, being modular in design, allows for the withdrawal and insertion of modules. Modules
must only be replaced with like modules in their original factory configured slots.
Figure 12.3-1 RCS-985B Module Withdrawal/Insertion
NR Support teams are available world-wide, and it is strongly recommended that any repairs be
entrusted to those trained personnel. For this reason, details on product disassembly and
re-assembly are not included here.

12.4 Changing the relay battery

Each relay has a battery to maintain status data and the correct time when the auxiliary supply
voltage fails. The data maintained includes event, fault and disturbance records.
This battery will periodically need changing. If the battery-backed facilities are not required to be
maintained during an interruption of the auxiliary supply, the steps below can be followed to
remove the battery.
safety and technique data sections and the ratings on the equipment’s rating label.
12.4.1 Instructions for replacing the battery
Withdraw the CPU board from RCS-985B.
Gently extract the battery from its socket. If necessary, use a small, insulated screwdriver to prize
the battery free.
Ensure that the metal terminals in the battery socket are free from corrosion, grease and dust.
The replacement battery should be removed from its packaging and placed into the battery holder,
taking care to ensure that the polarity markings on the battery agree with those adjacent to the
socket as shown as below.
Note:
Ensure that the battery is securely held in its socket and that the battery terminals are making
good contact with the metal terminals of the socket.
Insert the CPU module into RCS-985B.
12.4.2 Battery disposal
The battery that has been removed should be disposed of in accordance with the disposal
procedure for Lithium batteries in the country in which the relay is installed.
12.5 Cleaning
Before cleaning the equipment ensure that all AC and DC supplies, current transformer and
voltage transformer connections are isolated to prevent any chance of an electric shock whilst
cleaning.
The equipment may be cleaned using a lint-free cloth moistened with clean water. The use of
detergents, solvents or abrasive cleaners is not recommended as they may damage the relay’s
surface and leave a conductive residue.

Chapter13 Decommissioning and Disposal
13.1 Decommissioning
13.1.1 Switching Off

To switch off the RCS-985B, switch off the external miniature circuit breaker of the power supply.
13.1.2 Disconnecting Cables

Disconnect the cables in accordance with the rules and recommendations made by relational
department.
DANGER: Before disconnecting the power supply cables that connected with the DC
module of the RCS-985B, make sure that the external miniature circuit breaker of the power
supply is switched off.
DANGER: Before disconnecting the cables that are used to connect analog input module
with the primary CTs and VTs, make sure that the circuit breaker for the primary CTs and VTs is
switched off.
13.1.3 Dismantling
The RCS-985B rack may now be removed from the system cubicle, after which the cubicles may
also be removed.
DANGER: When the station is in operation, make sure that there is an adequate safety
distance to live parts, especially as dismantling is often performed by unskilled personnel.
13.2 Disposal
In every country there are companies specialized in the proper disposal of electronic waste.
NOTE: Strictly observe all local and national regulations when disposing of the device.


Chapter14 Ordering Form
14.1 Loose equipment

Essential information should be provided when user orders loose equipment, such as:
Equipment type;
Amount of equipment to be ordered;
AC rated current and rated voltage input;
DC power source supply rated voltage;
To be simplified, user can provide such information by finishing the following table and send it to
manufacture.
Table 14.1-1 Ordering information of RCS-985B
NR
Ordering form RCS-985B
Item RCS-985B * * * * * * *
Protective Functions
Standard Configuration
Communication Port
EIA-232 and 2 x EIA-485 A
EIA-232 and 2 x Optical converter B
EIA-232 and 2 x Ethernet*
Rated parameters of AC input module

57.7V/Phase; 1 Amp Phase; 50 Hz 1
57.7V/Phase ; 5 Amp Phase; 50 Hz 3
57.7V/Phase ; 5 Amp Phase; 60 Hz 4
63.5V Phase; 1 Amp Phase; 60 Hz 6
63.5V Phase ; 5 Amp Phase; 50 Hz 7
63.5V Phase ; 5 Amp Phase; 60 Hz 8
Auxiliary Voltage rating

110/125 Vdc 1
220/250 Vdc 2
Binary input power source supply

External 24Vdc 1
External 48Vdc*
External 110/125Vdc 3
External 220/250Vdc 4
Communication medium
Shielded twisted pair wires T
Optical Fiber O
Communication Protocol
IEC 60870-5-103 S
MODBUS M
IEC 61850* E
Terminal Type
Jointing Terminal C
Screw terminal Block S
14.2 Panel installed

If user orders panels too, following information in addition to what is mentioned in table 13.1.1
should be provided. Manufacture should be informed as early as possible if special requirement is
included. The general information includes but not all:
Amount and type of the panels;
Dimension of the panel (standard dimension is 800mm(W)*600mm(D)*2200mm(H));
Color of panel (Inter Grey, Apple green and light camel grey are recommended colors).

Chapter15 Firmware and manual version history
Software Version Hardware

Original
from Suffix Description of
Date of Generated Version
Changes
Issue
Version CRC
3.11 Jun,2007 Original Issue to RCS-985B_standard_V1.00

standard version, but
ignor the second
branches of STs


Chapter16 ANNEX
Chapter16 ANNEX
16.1 Appendix A: Settings Sheet

The relay must be configured to the system and application by means of appropriate settings. The
settings of this relay include system parameters, protection element settings and scheme logic
settings.
16.1.1 Equipment parameters

1. Active_Grp 0～1 1 0
2. Equip_ID 6 characters maximum FDJ001
3. Comm_Addr 0～255 1 1
6. Printer_Baud 1.2/2.4/4.8 / 9.6 /19.2 kbit/s 9.6k bit/s
7. Protocol 0000-FFFF 0041
Logic setting “1” - enable, “0” - disable
8. En_Auto_Print 0/1 0
9. En_Net_Print 0/1 0
10. En_Remote_Cfg 0/1 0
11. GPS_Pulse 0/1 0

Chapter16 ANNEX
16.1.2 System Settings

16.1.2.1 Logic settings of configuring functions
No. Symbol Range Default

1. En_Diff_GTU 0/1 0
2. En_Diff_Tr 0/1 0
3. En_PPF_Tr 0/1 0
4. En_EF_Tr 0/1 0
5. En_OvExc_Tr 0/1 0
6. En_Diff_Gen 0/1 0
7. En_IntTurn_Gen 0/1 0
8. En_PPF_Gen 0/1 0
9. En_EF_Sta 0/1 0
10. En_EF_RotWdg 0/1 0
11. En_OvLd_Sta 0/1 0
12. En_NegOC_Gen 0/1 0
13. En_LossExc_Gen 0/1 0
14. En_OOS_Gen 0/1 0
15. En_VoltProt_Gen 0/1 0
16. En_OvExc_Gen 0/1 0
17. En_PwrProt_Gen 0/1 0
18. En_FreqProt_Gen 0/1 0
19. En_StShut_Gen 0/1 0
20. En_AccEnerg_Gen 0/1 0
21. En_Diff_Exc 0/1 0
22. En_Bak_Exc 0/1 0
23. En_Diff_ST1 0/1 0
25. En_Bak_Br1_ST1 0/1 0
26. En_REF_ST1 0/1 0
27. En_Diff_ST2 0/1 0
29. En_Bak_Br1_ST2 0/1 0
30. En_REF_ST2 0/1 0
31. En_MechRly 0/1 0
32. En_VTComp_Term_Gen 0/1 1
33. Opt_InputMode_VT_ST 0/1 1
34. En_TestMode(＃) 0/1 0

Chapter16 ANNEX
16.1.2.2 Transformer system parameters

1. Sn_Tr 0-1000 MVA 0.1 MVA 370
2. U1n_HVS_Tr 0-600 kV 0.01 kV 220
3. U1n_LVS_Tr 0-100 kV 0.01 kV 20
4. U1n_VT_HVS_Tr 0-600 kV 0.01 kV 127.02
5. U2n_VT_HVS_Tr 0-100 V 0.01 V 57.74
6. U2n_DeltVT_HVS_Tr 0-300 V 0.01 V 57.74
7. I1n_CT_HVS_Tr 0-60000 A 1A 1200
8. I2n_CT_HVS_Tr 1, 5 A 1A 5
9. I1n_CT_Bak_HVS_Tr 0-60000 A 1A 1200
10. I2n_CT_Bak_HVS_Tr 1, 5 A 1A 5
11. I1n_CT_LVS_Tr 0-60000 A 1A 12000
12. I2n_CT_LVS_Tr 1, 5 A 1A 5
13. I1n_CT#_HVS_ST1 0-60000 1A 12000
14. I2n_CT#_HVS_ST1 1, 5A 1A 5
15. I1n_CT#_HVS_ST2 0-60000A 1A 12000
16. I2n_CT#_HVS_ST2 1,5A 1A 5
17. I1n_CT_NP_Tr 0-60000A 1A 600
18. I2n_CT_NP_Tr 1,5A 1A 5
19. I1n_CT_Gap_Tr 0-60000A 1A 200
20. I2n_CT_Gap_Tr 1,5A 1A 5
21. Yd11_Conn_Tr 0/1 1 1
22. Yyd11_Conn_Tr 0/1 1 0
23. Opt_GCB 0/1 1 0
24. Yd1_Conn_Tr 0/1 1 0
25. Yyd1_Conn_Tr 0/1 1 0
16.1.2.3 Generator system parameters

1. fn_Gen 50/60 Hz 50
2. Pn_Gen 0-1000.0 MW 0.1 MW 300
3. PF_Gen 0.00-1.00 0.01 0.85
4. U1n_Gen 0-100.00 kV 0.01 kV 20
5. U1n_VT_Term_Gen 0-100.00 kV 0.01 V 11.55
6. U2n_VT_Term_Gen 0-100.00 V 0.01 V 57.74
7. U2n_DeltVT_Term_Gen 0-100.00 V 0.01 V 33.33
8. U1n_VT_NP_Gen 0-100.00 kV 0.01 kV 11.55

Chapter16 ANNEX
9. U2n_VT_NP_Gen 0-300.00 V 0.01 V 57.7

10. I1n_CT_Term_Gen 0-60000 A 1A 12000
11. I2n_CT_Term_Gen 1A/5A 1A 5
1A 12000
12. I1n_CT_NP_Gen 0-60000 A
1A 5
13. I2n_CT_NP_Gen 1A/5A
0-60000 A 1A 12000
1A,5A 1A 5
1A 1000
16. I1n_RotWdg 0-60000 A
0-100.00 mV 0.01 mV 75
17. U2n_Shunt_RotWdg
200
18. U1n_Exc 0-600 V 0.01 V
16.1.2.4 System parameters of stepdown transformer1

1. Sn_ST1 0-100 MVA 0.01 MVA 30
2. U1n_HVS_ST1 0-100 kV 0.01 kV 20
3. U1n_Br1_ST1 0-100 kV 0.01 kV 6.3
4. U1n_Br2_ST1 0-100 kV 0.01 kV 6.3
5. U1n_VT_Br1_ST1 0-100 kV 0.01 kV 3.46
6. U2n_VT_Br1_ST1 0-100 V 0.01 V 57.74
7. U1n_VT_Br2_ST1 0-600 kV 0.01 kV 3.46
8. U2n_VT_Br2_ST1 0-100 V 0.01 V 57.74
9. I1n_CT_HVS_ST1 0-60000 A 1A 1000
10. I2n_CT_HVS_ST1 1,5 A 1A 5
11. I1n_CT_Br1_ST1 0-60000 A 1A 3000
12. I2n_CT_Br1_ST1 1,5 A 1A 5
13. I1n_CT_Br2_ST1 0-60000 A 1A 3000
14. I2n_CT_Br2_ST1 1,5 A 1A 5
15. I1n_CT_NP_Br_ST1 0-60000 A 1A 3000
16. I2n_CT_NP_Br_ST1 1,5 A 1A 1
17. Yyy12_Conn_ST1 0/1 0
18. Ddd12_Conn_ST1 0/1 1
19. Dyy11_Conn_ST1 0/1 0

Chapter16 ANNEX
20. Ydd11_Conn_ST1 0/1 0

21. Dyy1_Conn_ST1 0/1 0
16.1.2.5 System parameters of stepdown transformer2

1. Sn_ST2 0-100 MVA 0.01 MVA 30
2. U1n_HVS_ST2 0-100 kV 0.01 kV 20
3. U1n_Br1_ST2 0-100 kV 0.01 kV 6.3
4. U1n_Br2_ST2 0-100 kV 0.01 kV 6.3
5. U1n_VT_Br1_ST2 0-100 kV 0.01 kV 3.46
6. U2n_VT_Br1_ST2 0-100 V 0.01 V 57.74
7. U1n_VT_Br2_ST2 0-600 kV 0.01 kV 3.46
8. U2n_VT_Br2_ST2 0-100 V 0.01 V 57.74
9. I1n_CT_HVS_ST2 0-60000 A 1A 1000
10. I2n_CT_HVS_ST2 1,5 A 1A 5
11. I1n_CT_Br1_ST2 0-60000 A 1A 3000
12. I2n_CT_Br1_ST2 1,5 A 1A 5
13. I1n_CT_Br2_ST2 0-60000 A 1A 3000
14. I2n_CT_Br2_ST2 1,5 A 1A 5
15. I1n_CT_NP_Br_ST2 0-60000 A 1A 3000
16. I2n_CT_NP_Br_ST2 1,5 A 1A 1
17. Yyy12_Conn_ST2 0/1 0
18. Ddd12_Conn_ST2 0/1 1
19. Dyy11_Conn_ST2 0/1 0
20. Ydd11_Conn_ST2 0/1 0
21. Dyy1_Conn_ST2 0/1 0
16.1.2.6 System parameters of excitation transformer or exciter

1. fn_Exciter 50,100, 150Hz 1Hz 50
2. Sn_Exc 0-100.00 MVA 0.01 MVA 0.5
3. U1n_S1_Exc 0-600.00 kV 0.01 kV 20
4. U1n_S2_Exc 0-600.00 kV 0.01 kV 6.3
5. U1n_VT_Exc 0-600.00 kV 0.01 kV 3.46
6. U2n_VT_Exc 57.74-110 V 0.01 V 57.74
7. I1n_CT_S1_Exc 0-60000 A 1A 20
8. I2n_CT_S1_Exc 1A,5A 1A 5
9. I1n_CT_S2_Exc 0-60000 A 1A 60

Chapter16 ANNEX
10. I2n_CT_S2_Exc 1A,5A 1A 5

11. Opt_Exc 0, 1 0
12. Yy12_Conn_ET 0, 1 0
13. Dd12_Conn_ET 0, 1 0
14. Dy11_Conn_ET 0, 1 0
15. Yd11_Conn_ET 0, 1 1
16. Dy1_Conn_ET 0, 1 0
16.1.2.7 Implicit configuration settings
No. settings Range Default

1. Opt_SLD 0000-01FF 0002H
2. Cfg_Polar_CT(＃) 0000-FFFF FFFEH
3. Cfg_CT_HVS1_Tr(＃) Channel 7
Current channel 0-15

5. Cfg_CT_HVS_Tr(＃) Current channel 0-15 Channel 7
6. Cfg_CT_LVS_Tr(＃) Current channel 0-15 Channel 10
9. Cfg_CT_Term_Gen Current channel 0-15 Channel 10
10. Cfg_CT_NP_Gen Current channel 0-15 Channel 11
11. Cfg_CT_Bak_Gen Current channel 0-15 Channel 11
12. Cfg_CT_PwrProt_Gen Current channel 0-15 Channel 11
21. Cfg_CT_TrvDiff_Gen Zero-current channel 0-7 Channel 2
22. Cfg_CT_NP_Tr Zero-current channel 0-7 Channel 2
23. Cfg_CT_Gap_Tr Zero-current channel 0-7 0:None

Chapter16 ANNEX
28. Cfg_CT_Diff_GTU 0000-FFFF 000FH

29. Cfg_CT_Diff_Tr 0000-FFFF 000FH
30. Cfg_CT_PwrProt_Gen 0000-FFFF 0
31. Opt_WaveRec_MON(＃) Pickup/Trip Pickup
32. Opt_Debug_MON(＃) DSP2/DSP1 DSP2
33. Opt_Dur_WaveRec_MON(＃) 4S/8S 4S
34. En_Displ_Pickup(＃) Yes/No No
16.1.3 Protection Settings

16.1.3.1 Settings of differential protection of GTU

1. I_Pkp_PcntDiff_GTU 0.10–1.50 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.3
2. I_InstDiff_ GTU 2.00–14.00 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 6
5. k_Harm_PcntDiff_GTU 0.10-0.35 0.01 0.15
6. TrpLog_Diff_ GTU 0000–FFFF 1 7FFF
7. En_InstDiff_ GTU 0, 1 1
8. En_PcntDiff_ GTU 0, 1 1
9. Opt_Inrush_Ident_ GTU 0, 1 1
10. Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_ GTU 0, 1 1
16.1.3.2 Settings of differential protection of main transformer

1. I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Tr 0.10–1.50 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.3
2. I_InstDiff_ Tr 2.00–14.00 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 6
5. k_Harm_PcntDiff_Tr 0.10-0.35 0.01 0.15
6. TrpLog_Diff_ Tr 0000–FFFF 1 7FFF
7. En_InstDiff_ Tr 0, 1 1
8. En_PcntDiff_ Tr 0, 1 1
9. En_DPFC_Diff_Tr 0, 1 1
10. Opt_Inrush_Ident_ Tr 0, 1 1
11. Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Tr 0, 1 1

Chapter16 ANNEX
16.1.3.3 Settings of phase to phase fault protection of main transformer

1. V_NegOV_VCE_Tr 1.00 V– 20.00 V 0.01 V 4
2. Vpp_UV_VCE_Tr 10.00V-100.00V 0.01 V 60
3. I_OC1_Tr 0.10 A – 100.00 A 0.01 A 15
4. t_OC1_Tr 0.00 s – 10.00 s 0.01 s 1
5. TrpLog_OC11_Tr 0000-FFFF 1 000F
6. I_OC2_Tr 0.10 A – 100.00 A 0.01 A 10
7. t_OC2_Tr 0.00 s – 10.00 s 0.01 s 2
8. TrpLog_OC2_Tr 0000-FFFF 1 0F01
9. Z1_Fwd_Tr 0.00 – 100.00 Ohm 0.01Ohm 20
10. Z1_Rev_Tr 0.00 – 100.00 Ohm 0.01Ohm 20
11. t_Z1_Tr 0.00 – 10.00 s 0.01 s 1
13. Z2_Fwd_Tr 0.00 – 100.00 Ohm 0.01Ohm 20
14. Z2_Rev_Tr 0.00 – 100.00 Ohm 0.01Ohm 20
15. t_Z2_Tr 0.00 – 10.00 s 0.01 s 1
17. I_Alm_OvLd_Tr 0.10 – 100.00 A 0.01 A 6
18. t_Alm_OvLd_Tr 0.00 – 10.00 s 0.01 s 8
25. En_LVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_Tr 0/1
26. En_Mem_Curr_Tr 0/1 0
27. Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Tr 0/1 1
28. En_OvLd_Tr 0/1 1
29. En_InitCool_OvLd_Tr 0/1 1
16.1.3.4 Settings of earth fault protection of main transformer

1. V_ROV_VCE_Tr 1.00 –100.00V 0.01V 10
2. I_ROC1_Tr 0.10 –100.00A 0.01A 10
3. t_ROC11_Tr 0.00–10.00s 0.01s 1
5. t_ROC12_Tr 0.00–10.00s 0.01s 1.5

Chapter16 ANNEX
7. I_ROC2_Tr 0.10–100.00A 0.01A 10

8. t_ROC21_Tr 0.00– 10.00s 0.01 s 2
10. t_ROC22_Tr 0.00– 10.00s 0.01s 2.5
11. TrpLog_ROC22_Tr 0000-FFFF 1 001F
12. I_Alm_REF_Tr 0.10 – 10.00 In 0.01 In 0.1
0.10 – 10.00 In 0.01 In 0.3
13. I_Pkp_PcntREF_Tr
2.00 – 50.00 In 0.01 In 6

14. I_InstREF_Tr
0.30 – 0.70 0.01 0.3

15. Slope_PcntREF_Tr
1 7FFF
16. TrpLog_REF_Tr 0000-FFFF
10.00 – 100.00V 0.01 V 100

17. V_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr
0.00 – 10.00s 0.01s 0.5

18. t_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr
logic setting “1” - enable, “0” – disable

0/1 0
0/1 0
0
0
0
23. En_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr 0/1
24. En_InstREF_Tr 0/1 1
25. Ent_PcntREF_Tr 0/1 0
16.1.3.5 Settings of over excitation protection of main transformer

1. k_OvExc1_Tr 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.4
2. t_OvExc1_Tr 0.00 – 3000.00 s 0.01s 1
3. TrpLog_OvExc1_Tr 0000 – FFFF 1 000F
4. k_Alm_OvExc_Tr 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.1
5. t_Alm_OvExc_Tr 0.00 – 3000.00 s 0.01s 10
6. k0_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.5

Chapter16 ANNEX
7. t0_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 – 3000.00 s 0.01s 1

8. k1_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.45
9. t1_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 – 3000.00 s 0.01s 2
10. k2_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.4
11. t2_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 – 3000.00 s 0.01s 5
12. k3_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.3
13. t3_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 – 3000.00 s 0.01s 15
14. k4_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.25
15. t4_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 – 3000.00 s 0.01s 30
16. k5_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.2
17. t5_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 – 3000.00 s 0.01s 100
18. k6_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.15
19. t6_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 – 3000.00 s 0.01s 300
20. k7_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.1
21. t7_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 – 3000.00 s 0.01s 1000
22. TrpLog_InvOvExc_Tr 0000 – FFFF 1 7FFF
16.1.3.6 Differential protection settings of generator

1. I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Gen 0.10–1.50 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.1
2. I_InstDiff_Gen 2.00–14.00 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 6
5. TrpLog_Diff_Gen 0000–FFFF 1 7FFF
6. En_InstDiff_Gen 0, 1 1
7. En_PcntDiff_Gen 0, 1 1
8. En_DPFC_Diff_Gen 0, 1 1
9. Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Gen 0, 1 1
16.1.3.7 Settings of turn-to-turn fault protection of generator

1. I_SensTrvDiff_Gen 0.10 – 50.00 A 0.01 A 2.0
2. I_UnsensTrvDiff_Gen 0.10 – 50.00 A 0.01 A 10
3. t_TrvDiff_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 0.2
4. V_SensROV_Longl_Gen 1 – 10.00 V 0.01 V 1
5. V_UnsensROV_Longl_Gen 2 – 20.00 V 0.01 V 6
6. t_ROV_Longl_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 0.1
7. TrpLog_IntTurn_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF

Chapter16 ANNEX
8. En_SensTrvDiff_Gen 0，1 0
9. En_UnsensTrvDiff_Gen 0，1 0
10. En_SensROV_Longl_Gen 0，1 1
11. En_UnsensROV_Longl_Gen 0，1 1
12. En_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen 0，1 0
16.1.3.8 Settings of backup protection of generator

1. V_NegOV_VCE_Gen 1.00 – 20.00 V 0.01 V 4
2. Vpp_UV_VCE_Gen 2.00 –100.00 V 0.01 V 60
3. I_OC1_Gen 0.10 –100.00 A 0.01 A 20
4. t_OC1_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
5. TrpLog_OC1_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 000F
6. I_OC2_Gen 0.10 –100.00 A 0.01 A 17
7. t_OC2_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
8. TrpLog_OC2_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 0F01
9. Z1_Fwd_Gen 0.00 –100.00 Ω 0.01 Ω 20
10. Z1_Rev_Gen 0.00 –100.00 Ω 0.01 Ω 20
11. t_Z1_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
13. Z2_Fwd_Gen 0.00 –100.00 Ω 0.01 Ω 20
14. Z2_Rev_Gen 0.00 –100.00 Ω 0.01 Ω 20
15. t_Z2_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
17. I_BO_OC_Gen 0.10 –100.00 A 0.01 A 5.5
18. t_BO_OC_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 9
21. En_HVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_Gen 0，1 0
22. Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Gen 0，1 1
23. En_Mem_Curr_Gen 0，1 1
24. En_BO_OC_Term_Gen 0，1 1
25. En_BO_UV&OC_Term_Gen 0，1 1
16.1.3.9 Settings of earth fault protection of stator windings

1. V_SensROV_Sta 1.00 – 20.00 V 0.01 V 10
2. V_UnsensROV_Sta 1.00 – 20.00 V 0.01 V 20
3. t_ROV_Sta 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
4. k_V3rdHRatio_PreSync_Sta 0.50 – 10.00 0.01 1
5. k_V3rdHRatio_PostSync_Sta 0.50 – 10.00 0.01 1

Chapter16 ANNEX
6. k_V3rdH_Diff_Sta 0.10 – 2.00 0.01 1

7. t_V3rdH_Sta 0.00 – 10.00S 0.01 S 3
8. TrpLog_EF_Sta 0000 – FFFF 1 7FFF
9. En_Alm_ROV_Sta 0，1 1
10. En_Trp_ROV_Sta 0，1 0
11. En_Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta 0，1 1
12. En_Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta 0，1 1
13. En_Trp_V3rdHRatio_Sta 0，1 0
14. En_Trp_UnsensRov_Sta 0，1 1
16.1.3.10 Settings of earth fault protection of rotor

1. R_Sens1PEF_RotWdg 0.10 –100.00 kΩ 0.01 kΩ 20
2. R_1PEF_RotWdg 0.10 –100.00 kΩ 0.01 kΩ 20
3. t_1PEF_RotWdg 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
4. V2ndH_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg 0.10 – 10.00 V 0.01 V 2
5. t_2PEF_RotWdg 0.00 - 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
6. TrpLog_EF_RotWdg 0000 – FFFF 1 0FFF
7. En_Alm_Sens1PEF_RotWdg 0，1 1
8. En_Alm_1PEF_RotWdg 0，1 1
9. En_Trp_1PEF_RotWdg 0，1 0
10. En_2PEF_RotWdg 0，1 1
11. En_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg 0，1 0
16.1.3.11 Settings of thermal overload protection of stator

1. I_OvLd_Sta 0.10 – 50.00 A 0.01 A 10
2. t_OvLd_Sta 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
3. TrpLog_OvLd_Sta 0000 – FFFF 1 000F
4. I_Alm_OvLd_Sta 0.10 – 50.00 A 0.01 A 7
5. t_Alm_OvLd_Sta 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
6. I_InvOvLd_Sta 0.10 – 100.00 A 0.01 A 6
7. tmin_InvOvLd_Sta 0.10 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
8. A_Therm_Sta 1.00 –100.00 0.01 40
9. K_Disspt_Sta 0.00 – 10.00 0.01 1
10. TrpLog_InvOvLd_Sta 0000 – FFFF 1 7FFF
16.1.3.12 Settings of negative sequence overload protection

1. I_NegOC_Gen 0.10 – 20.00 A 0.01 A 10

Chapter16 ANNEX
2. t_NegOC_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1

3. TrpLog_NegOC_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 000F
4. I_Alm_NegOC_Gen 0.05 – 20.00 A 0.01 A 1
5. t_Alm_NegOC_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
6. I_InvNegOC_Gen 0.05 – 5.00 A 0.01 A 0.5
7. I_Neg_Perm_Gen 0.05 – 5.00 A 0.01 A 0.4
8. tmin_InvNegOC_Gen 0.10 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
9. A_Therm_Rotbody 0.00 – 100.00 0.01 40
10. TrpLog_InvNegOC_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
16.1.3.13 Settings of Loss-of-Excitation protection

1. X1_LossExc_Gen 0.00 -200.00 Ω 0.01 Ω 5
2. X2_LossExc_Gen 0.00 -200.00 Ω 0.01 Ω 20
3. Q_RevQ_LossExc_Gen 0.00 – 50.00 % 0.01 % 10
4. V_RotUV_LossExc_Gen 0.1 – 500.00 V 0.01 V 30
5. V_RotNoLoad_LossExc_Gen 0.1 – 500.00 V 0.01 V 50
6. k_RotUV_LossExc_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 (pu) 0.01 (pu) 2
7. V_BusUV_LossExc_Gen 0.10 – 100.00 V 0.01 V 85
8. P_OvPwr_LossExc_Gen 0.10 – 100.00 % 0.01 % 50
9. t_LossExc1_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 0.5
10. t_LossExc2_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
11. t_LossExc3_Gen 0.00 – 3000.00 S 0.01 S 3
17. En_P_LossExc1_Gen 0，1 0
18. En_UV_LossExc2_Gen 0，1 1
23. En_Alm_LossExc1_Gen 0，1 1
24. Opt_Z_LossExc_Gen 0，1 1
25. En_RevQ_LossExc_Gen 0，1 1
26. Opt_UV_LossExc_Gen 0，1 0
16.1.3.14 Settings of out-of-step protection

Chapter16 ANNEX
1. Za_OOS_Gen 0.00 –100.00 Ω 0.01 Ω 10

2. Zb_OOS_Gen 0.00 –100.00 Ω 0.01 Ω 5
3. Zc_OOS_Gen 0.00 –100.00 Ω 0.01 Ω 5
4. φ_Reach_OOS_Gen 0 – 90.00 ° 0.1 ° 85
5. φ_Inner_OOS_Gen 0 –150.00 ° 0.1 ° 120
6. n_Slip_Ext_OOS_Gen 0-1000 1 5
7. n_Slip_Int_OOS_Gen 0-1000 1 2
8. Ibrk_CB_HVS_Tr 0.10 – 100.00 A 0.01 A 10
9. TrpLog_OOS_Gen 0000 - FFFF 0.01 7FFF
10. En_Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen 0，1 1
11. En_Trp_Ext_OOS_Gen 0，1 1
12. En_Alm_Int_OOS_Gen 0，1 1
13. En_Trp_Int_OOS_Gen 0，1 1
16.1.3.15 Settings of voltage protection

1. V_OV1_Gen 10.00 –170.00 V 0.01V 150
2. t_OV1_Gen 0.10 – 10.00 S 0.01S 0.3
4. V_OV2_Gen 10.00 –170.00 V 0.01V 130
5. t_OV2_Gen 0.10 – 10.00 S 0.01S 0.5
7. V_UV_Gen 10.00 –100.00 V 0.01V 80
8. t_UV_Gen 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01S 1.5
9. TrpLog_UV_Gen 0000 – FFFF 1 7FFF
16.1.3.16 Settings of overexcitation protection of generator

1. k_OvExc1_Gen 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.4
2. t_OvExc1_Gen 0.1 – 3000.0 S 0.1 S 1
3. TrpLog_OvExc1_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 000F
4. k_Alm_OvExc_Gen 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.1
5. t_Alm_OvExc_Gen 0.1 – 10.00 S 0.1 S 10
6. k0_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.5
7. t0_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 – 3000.0 S 0.1 S 1
8. k1_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.45
9. t1_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 – 3000.0 S 0.1 S 2
10. k2_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.4
11. t2_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 – 3000.0 S 0.1 S 5
12. k3_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.3
13. t3_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 – 3000.0 S 0.1 S 15

Chapter16 ANNEX
14. k4_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.25

15. t4_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 – 3000.0 S 0.1 S 30
16. k5_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.2
17. t5_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 – 3000.0 S 0.1 S 100
18. k6_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.15
19. t6_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 – 3000.0 S 0.1 S 300
20. k7_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 – 2.00 0.01 1.1
21. t7_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 – 3000.0 S 0.1 S 1000
22. TrpLog_InvOvExc_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
16.1.3.17 Settings of power protection of generator

1. P_RevP_Gen 0.50 – 10.00 % 0.01% 2
2. t_Alm_RevP_Gen 0.10 – 25.00 S 0.1 S 10
3. t_Trp_RevP_Gen 0.10 – 600.0 S 0.1 S 10
4. TrpLog_RevP_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
5. P_UP_Gen 1.00 – 200.00 % 0.01 % 20
6. t_UP_Gen 0.00 – 300.00 M 0.01 M 10
7. TrpLog_UP_Gen 0000 – FFFF 1 7FFF
8. P_SeqTrpRevP_Gen 0.50 – 10.00 % 0.01 % 2
9. t_SeqTrpRevP_Gen 0.01 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
10. TrpLog_SeqTrpRevP_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
16.1.3.18 Settings of underfrequency and overfrequency protection

1. f_UF1_Gen 45.00 – 50.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 48.5
2. t_Accu_UF1_Gen 0.10 –300.00 min 0.01min 10
3. f_UF2_Gen 45.00 – 50.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 48
4. t_UF2_Gen 0.10 –300.00 min 0.01min 10
5. f_UF3_Gen 45.00 – 50.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 47.5
6. t_UF3_Gen 0.10 –100.00 S 0.01 S 10
7. TrpLog_UF_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
8. f_OF1_Gen 50.00 – 60.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 51.5
9. t_OF1_Gen 0.10 –100.00 min 0.01min 10
10. f_OF2_Gen 50.00 – 60.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 55
11. t_OF2_Gen 0.10 –100.00 S 0.01 S 10
12. TrpLog_OF_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF

Chapter16 ANNEX

16.1.3.19 Settings of startup and shutdown protection of generator

1. f_UF_Ctrl_StShut_Gen 40.0 – 50.0Hz 0.01 Hz 45
2. I_TrDiff_StShut_Gen 0.1 - 10.0 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 1
3. I_GenDiff_StShut_Gen 0.1 - 10.0 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 1
4. TrpLog_Diff_StShut_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
5. V_StaROV_StShut_Gen 5 – 25.0 V 0.01 V 10
6. t_StaROV_StShut_Gen 0.50 – 10.0 S 0.01 S 10
7. TrpLog_StaROV_StShut_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
8. En_TrDiff_StShut_Gen 0，1 1
9. En_GenDiff_StShut_Gen 0，1 1
10. En_StaROV_StShut_Gen 0，1 1
11. En_UF_Ctrl_StShut_Gen 0，1 1
16.1.3.20 Settings of accidental energization protection of generator

1. f_UF_AccEnerg_Gen 40 – 50.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 45
2. I_OC_AccEnerg_Gen 0.10 – 100.00 A 0.01 A 3
3. t_AccEnerg_Gen 0.0 – 1.00 S 0.01 A 0.1
4. TrpLog_AccEnerg_Gen 0000 – FFFF 0.01 A 1FFF
5. I_NegOC_Flash_CB_HVS_Tr 0.1 – 20.0 A 0.01 A 3
6. t_Flash1_CB_HVS_Tr 0.0 – 10.0 S 0.01 A
3
0000 – FFFF 0.01 A 1FFF

7. TrpLog_Flash1_CB_HVS_Tr

8. En_UF_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen 0，1 1
9. En_CB_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen 0，1 1
16.1.3.21 Settings of differential protection of stepdown transformer1 and 2

1. I_Pkp_PcntDiff_ST1(2) 0.10 –1.50 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.3
2. I_InstDiff_ST1(2) 4.0 – 14.0 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 6

Chapter16 ANNEX
5. k_Harm_PcntDiff_ST1(2) 0.10 – 0.35 0.01 0.15

6. TrpLog_Diff_ST1(2) 0000 – FFFF 1 7FFF
7. En_InstDiff_ST1(2) 0，1 1
8. En_PcntDiff_ST1(2) 0，1 1
9. Opt_Inrush_Ident_ST1(2) 0，1 1
10. Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_ST1(2) 0，1 1
16.1.3.22 Settings of backup protection at HVS of stepdown transformer

1. V_NegOV_VCE_HVS_ST1(2) 1.00 – 20.00 V 0.01 V 4
2. Vpp_UV_VCE_ HVS_ST1(2) 10.00 – 100.00 V 0.01 V 60
3. I_OC1_HVS_ST1(2) 0.10 – 50.00 A 0.01 A 20
4. t_OC1_HVS_ST1(2) 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
6. I_OC2_HVS_ST1(2) 0.10 – 50.00 A 0.01 A 17
7. t_OC2_HVS_ST1(2) 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
9. I_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST1(2) 0.10 – 50.00 A 0.01 A 6
10. t_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST1(2) 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 8
11. I_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST1(2) 0.10 – 50.00 A 0.01 A 5.5
12. t_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST1(2) 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 9
13. I_BO_OC_HVS_ST1(2) 0.10 – 200.00 A 0.01 A 5.5
14. t_BO_OC_HVS_ST1(2) 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 9
17. En_Mem_Curr_HVS_ST1(2) 0，1 0
18. Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_HVS_ST1(2) 0，1 1
19. En_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST1(2) 0，1 1
20. En_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST1(2) 0，1 0
21. En_BO_OC_HVS_ST1(2) 0，1 0
22. En_LVSProt_Blk_OC1_HVS_ST1(2) 0，1 0
16.1.3.23 Settings of backup protection of Br1 of stepdown transformer

1. V_NegOV_VCE_Br1_ST1(2) 1.00 – 20.00 V 0.01 V 4
2. Vpp_UV_VCE_Br1_ST1(2) 2.00 – 100.00 V 0.01 V 60
3. I_OC1_Br1_ST1(2) 0.10 – 100.00 A 0.01 A 20
4. t_OC1_Br1_ST1(2) 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
6. I_OC2_Br1_ST1(2) 0.10 – 100.00 A 0.01 A 17

Chapter16 ANNEX
7. t_OC2_Br1_ST1(2) 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 2

9. I_ROC1_Br1_ST1(2) 0.10 – 100.00 A 0.01 A 20
10. t_ROC1_Br1_ST1(2) 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
12. I_ROC2_Br1_ST1(2) 0.10 – 100.00 A 0.01 A 17
13. t_ROC2_Br1_ST1(2) 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
17. Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Br1_ST1(2) 0，1 1
16.1.3.24 Settings of restrict earth fault protection of stepdown transformer

1. I_Alm_REF_ST1(2) 0.10 –10.00 In 0.01In 0.1
2. I_Pkp_PcntREF_ST1(2) 0.10 –10.00 In 0.01In 0.3
3. I_InstREF_ST1(2) 2.00 –50.00 In 0.01In 6
4. Slope_PcntREF_ST1(2) 0.30 – 0.70 0.01 0.3
5. TrpLog_REF_ST1(2) 0000 – FFFF 1 7FFF
6. En_InstREF_ST1(2) 0，1 1
7. En_PcntREF_ST1(2) 0，1 0
16.1.3.25 Settings of differential protection of excitation transformer or exciter

1. I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Exc 0.10 –1.00 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.3
2. I_InstDiff_Exc 4.0 – 14.0 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 6
5. k_Harm_PcntDiff_Exc 0.10 – 0.35 0.01 0.15
6. TrpLog_Diff_Exc 0000 – FFFF 1 1FFF
7. En_InstDiff_Exc 0，1 1
8. En_PcntDiff_Exc 0，1 1
9. Opt_Inrush_Ident_Exc 0，1 1
10. Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Exc 0，1 1
16.1.3.26 Settings of backup protection of excitation transformer or exciter

1. I_OC1_Exc 0.10 – 100.00 A 0.01 A 10
2. t_OC1_Exc 0.00 – 10.00 S 0.01 S 1

Chapter16 ANNEX

4. I_OC2_Exc 0.10 – 100.00 A 0.01 A 10
5. t_OC2_Exc 0.00 – 25.00 S 0.01 S 1
16.1.3.27 Settings of overload protection of excitation transformer or excitor

1. I_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg 0.10 –100.00 A（kA） 0.01A（kA） 7
2. t_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg 0.00 – 25.00 S 0.01S 2
3. I_InvOvLd_RotWdg 0.10 – 50.00 A（kA） 0.01A（kA） 6
4. tmin_InvOvLd_RotWdg 0.10 – 10.00 S 0.01S 1
5. A_Therm_RotWdg 1.00 – 100.00 0.01 40
6. Ib_InvOvLd_RotWdg 0.10 – 50.00A（kA） 0.01A（kA） 1
7. TrpLog_InvOvLd_RotWdg 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
8. Opt_AC_Input_RotWdg 0，1 1
9. Opt_DC_Input_RotWdg 0，1 0
16.1.3.28 Settings of mechanical protection

1. t_MechRly1 0.00 – 6000.0 S 0.1S 1
3. t_MechRly2 0.00 – 6000.0 S 0.1S 1
5. t_MechRly3 0.00 – 6000.0 S 0.1S 1
7. t_MechRly4 0.00 – 6000.0 S 0.1S 1
9. En_Supv_MechRly 0,1 1
16.2 Appendix B: RCSPC for RCS-985 (User Version)

16.2.1 General
RCSPC Configuration and testing program (user version) is developed for the user to configure,
test and maintain RCS-985 series protection equipment on site. It comprises four parts: sampled
value display, settings reading and modification, report process and trip test. For RCS-985x, these
four parts correspond to 4 files 985x_status, 985x_set, 985Bx_rpt and 985x_tst respectively and
are described hereinafter (X represents the special type the protection program, for example,
RCS-985B3YD, here, x represent B3YD).
Connect RS-232 communication port of the computer and that mounted on left side of front panel
of RCS-985 protection equipment by a cable with DB-9 connectors on both ends. Run the

Chapter16 ANNEX
program RCSPC. If the connection is correct, the screen will display “RCS-985B3YD connected”,
see Figure 16.2-1 . Even if the computer is off line, this picture will be still displayed but the words
about connection will disappear.
Figure 16.2-1 RCS-985 being connected
There are 3 bars on top of the screen, from top to bottom: title bar, menu bar and tool bar, see
Figure 16.2-2.
Figure 16.2-2 Title bar, menu bar and tool bar
First, click the first button of tool bar parameter, dialog box of communication parameters is
displayed, see Figure 16.2-3. Only the parameter of “COM port” shall be configured as the number
of port of computer that is actually connected with the equipment, other parameters shall be
configured as the same as displayed values in figure.
The title bar shows only title of the program and needs no explanation. Menu bar and tool bar are
described as follows:
16.2.2 Menu bar

There are five menus in the menu bar: File, Execute, View, Set and Help. Click button of each
menu, items will be pulled down, see Figure 16.2-4. The gray items are used not for the user
version but others.
1) File
There is only one item in pull-down menu File, i.e., Exit. Click Exit(X), the program will be exited.
2) Execute
There are three items in pull-down menu Execute: Setting(E), Download(D) and Trip_Test(T).
Click Setting(E), entering settings reading and modification part of the program, please refer to
section 16.2.3 for details.
Item Download(D) is not used for this program but others.
Click Trip_Test(T), entering trip test part of the program, please refer to section 16.2.5 for details.

Chapter16 ANNEX
3) View
There are five items in pull-down menu View: Toolbar(T), Status(S), Report(L), Status(Z) and
Message(M).
Item Toolbar specifies whether the tool bar shall be displayed. When the tool bar is displayed, a
symbol “√” is put before “Toolbar (T)”. If this item is clicked then, the tool bar will be hidden and
the symbol “√” will disappear.
Figure 16.2-3 Dialog box of communication Parameters
Figure 16.2-4 Submenu of menu bar
Item Status(S) specifies whether status bar in the bottom of the picture shall be displayed.
Click Report(L), entering Report treatment part of the program, please refer to section 16.2.4 for
details.
Click Status(Z), entering Sampled value display part of the program, see section 16.2.2 for details
Click Message(M), data flow between RCSPC program and the protection equipment will be
displayed. This is used not for the user version but development version of the program.
4) Set
There are five items in pull-down menu Set: Switch_CPU_MON(P), Parameter(C), Back_color(B),
Font-Color(F) and Font(O).
If there is a symbol “√” before item Switch_CPU_MON(P), that means data acquired by module
CPU are displayed currently, see Figure 16.2-1. If the item Switch_CPU_MON(P) is clicked then,
the data displayed will be changed to those acquired by module MON, see Figure 16.2-5.
Meanwhile, symbol “√” will disappear.

Chapter16 ANNEX
Figure 16.2-5 Switching on data acquired by module MON
Function of item Parameter(C) is the same as the first button of tool bar parameter. Click this
item, dialog box of communication parameters will be displayed, see Figure 16.2-3.
Click Back_Color(B), dialog box of background color is displayed. The user can select preferred
color for background displayed.
Click Font_Color(F), dialog box of font color is displayed. The user can select preferred color for
font displaying.
Click Font(O), dialog box of name, style and size of the font is displayed. The user can select the
preferred ones for font displaying.
5) Help
There are three items in pull-down menu Help: Help(H), Version(N) and About RCSPC.
Click Help(H), commands used for the program will be displayed. It is not necessary for the user
to use these commands, and no further information about them is presented here.
Click Version(N), historical record about time and description of updating of this program is
displayed.
Click About RCSPC, developer of this program and copyright declaration will be displayed.
16.2.3 Tool bar
There are 23 buttons in the tool bar, in which 16 buttons are enabled. They are depicted in
sequence from left to right as follows:
1) Parameter
Chapter16 ANNEX
Function of this button is the same as that of item Parameter(C) of menu Set of the menu bar.
Click this button, dialog box of communication parameters will be displayed, see Figure 16.2-3.
2) Data parameter
Click this button, other parameters will be displayed. They are data start address, data block size,
single data block number, report data number, etc, 11 items in total. These parameters are
configured already in the coefficient y and needs no further Configuration on site.
3) Device type
Click this button, a small dialog box “please enter device type” is displayed. Type of the
protection equipment shall be entered. In the RCS-985 case, the device type is 985B3YD. This is
used mainly for the user to make configuration in off line condition.
4) Setting
Function of this button is the same as item Setting(E) of menu Execute of menu bar. Click this
button, i.e. entering settings reading and modification part of the program; Please refer to section
16.2.3 for details.
5) Status
Function of this button is the same as item Status(Z) of menu View of menu bar. Click this button,
entering Sampled value display part of the program; Please refer to section 16.2.2 for details.
6) Report
Function of this button is the same as item Report(L) of menu View of menu bar. Click this button,
entering Report view part of the program; Please refer to section 16.2.2 for details.
7) Trip test
Click this button, entering trip test part of the program; Please refer to section 16.2.2 for details.
8) Switch to command
When several dialog boxes are displayed, and the operator wants to enter Command mode but
not close dialog box, this button can be used to switch on Command and hide dialog boxes.
However, it is not needed for the user on site generally.
9) Download program
This button is used not for this program but others.

Chapter16 ANNEX
10) CPU<–>MON
Function of this button is the same as item Switch_CPU_MON(P) of menu Set of menu bar. Click
this button, data displayed will be changed between those acquired by module CPU and module
MON one after another.
11) Set font
Function of this button is the same as item Font(O) of menu Set of menu bar.
12) Set font color
Function of this button is the same as item Font_Color(F) of menu Set of menu bar.
13) Set background color
Function of this button is the same as item Back_Color(B) of menu Set of menu bar.
Six buttons on right hand of are all gray. They are used not for this
version but others of this program.
14) SIG RESET
Click this button, all activated output relays and signal relays will be reset.
15) Synchronize time
This function is not used for the program of RCS-985.
16) Help
Function of this button is the same as item Help(H) of menu Help of menu bar.
Besides, some shortcut keys on keyboard of the computer have same functions with items of
menu of menu bar or buttons of tool bar:
F1 — same as item Help(H) of menu Help and button Help of tool bar;
F2 — same as item Parameter(C) of menu Set and button Parameter of tool bar;
F3 — same as item Switch_CPU_MON(P) of menu Set and button CPU<->MON of tool bar;
F4 — same as item Setting(E) of menu Execute and button Setting of tool bar;
F5 — same as item Status(S) of menu View and button Status of tool bar;

Chapter16 ANNEX
F6 — same as item Report(L) of menu View and button Report of tool bar.
16.2.3.1 Sampled Value Displaying
Click item Status(S) of menu View or button Status of tool bar, real time sampled analog
values will be displayed.
Click label , Figure 16.2-6 a) and b) will be displayed. They can be
exchanged to each other by clicking two arrows on left hand of the bottom or pull down
box on right hand of the bottom “Virtual_binary

input/Others_Binary_Input”.
Page 1 shows enabling (“1”) and disabling (“0”) of functions:
Figure 16.2-6 Binary input status（page 1, module CPU）

Chapter16 ANNEX
Page 2 shows mechanical protection inputs as well as others binary input status where “1” is “yes”
and “0” is “no”.
Page 3 shows pickup of protective elements where “1” is “activated” and “0” is “inactivated”.
Figure 16.2-6 a) and b) are pictures of value of module CPU, and can be changed to value of
module MON by CPU-MON choose item at the right hand of bottom of this page.
Figure 16.2-9 Example1 of phase angle displaying

Chapter16 ANNEX
Figure 16.2-10 Example2 of phase angle displaying
Pull down box at right hand of the bottom is gray. That means these values exist only in module
MON and cannot be read from module CPU.
16.2.3.2 Settings Reading and Modification
This part is used for reading and modification of settings of the equipment. Click item Setting(E)
of menu Execute or the fourth button Setting of tool bar, settings will be displayed. For
example, Figure 16.2-9 shows the parameters of the equipment.
Click label in picture of Setting(E), parameters of the equipment will be displayed

as shown in Figure 16.2-9.
Figure 16.2-11 Parameter of the equipment
In the same way, user can click other labels in picture of Setting(E) to read and modification all the
settings of the equipment.
There are 7 buttons in bottom of every picture of the part Settings reading and modification. From

Chapter16 ANNEX
left to right, they are: PRINT, DEFAULT, UPLOAD, DOWNLOAD, READ, SAVE and CLOSE and
depicted as follows:
NO. Button Function

1. PRINT Print settings displayed in current picture.
2. DEFAULT Read and display default settings of RCS-985 from file of RCSPC.
3. UPLOAD Read and display actual settings of RCS-985 connected with the PC.
4. DOWNLOAD Send current settings displayed on PC to RCS-985 connected.
5. READ Read settings from a file saved in computer.
6. SAVE Save current settings displayed in the computer as a file.
7. CLOSE Close current dialog box.
If default settings are displayed and button UPLOAD is pressed, default settings displayed will be
replaced by actual settings of the protection equipment, in which, the settings different from default
settings will be displayed in red. Vice versa, if actual settings are displayed and button DEFAULT
is pressed, actual settings displayed will be replaced by default settings of the protection
equipment, in which, the settings different from actual settings will be displayed in red.
16.2.4 Report
There are 3 kinds of reports in this program: tripping report, self-diagnose report and change of
status report. The tripping report is displayed first.
16.2.4.1 Tripping report
Click item Report(L) of menu View, or click the sixth button of tool bar, tripping report will be
displayed for a moment. It is the report of operation of protection relays, including number of the
report, time of pickup of protection, time interval from pickup to operation, name of the operating
protection element and the faulty phase, see Figure 16.2-12.
Figure 16.2-12 Tripping report

Chapter16 ANNEX
In order to save time for displaying, report of the latest 3 tripping is displayed firstly. Click the fifth
button REFRESH of eight buttons in the bottom of the picture, complete tripping report will be
displayed after a longer delay.
If oscillogram record of a fault tripping is needed, the record item shall be clicked first, color of this
item will be changed to light blue, click the fourth button RECORD at the bottom, then RCSPC
starts to read oscillogram data from the protection equipment.
Oscillogram data is massive and more time is needed to read it. A dialog block of saving the data
displayed as a file will be displayed when data reading is completed. If these data are saved in a
file and then oscillogram recorded can be displayed by oscillogram analysis program Drawing.exe
or Wave.exe developed by our Company. The oscillogram can be analyzed also if needed.
The sixth button SAVE at the bottom is used for saving the report as a file in the computer. The
seventh button PRINT is used to print the report. All reports of this program can be saved as file
or printed in this way. The eighth button CLOSE is used to close the picture displayed.
16.2.4.2 Diagnose report
After click the second button FAIL at bottom of Figure 16.2-13, self-diagnose report will be
displayed for a moment. It is the report of hardware failures, overload, cooling system initiating or
other abnormal events detected by the equipment.
Figure 16.2-13 Diagnose report
The records are stored in cyclic non-volatile memory and up to 32 events can be recorded.
16.2.4.3 Change of status report
After click the third button SW CHG at the bottom of Figure 16.2-13, change of status input report
will be displayed for a moment. It is the report of binary input, starting status of the equipment,
including serial number of record, time of the change and brief description about the change.
The records are stored in cyclic non-volatile memory and up to 32 events can be recorded.

Chapter16 ANNEX
16.2.5 Trip Tests

The Trip tests comprise two items: protection tripping test and communication with the host
computer test.
Object of the tripping test is to check activation of the tripping or signal output relays of the
equipment during the test not by applying voltages and currents on the equipment but by operation
of the program.
Object of the communication with the host computer test is to check correctness of the message
sent from the equipment during the test not by applying voltages and currents on the equipment
but by operation of the program.
16.2.5.1 Protection tripping test (only for special type of equipment)
First, parameter [Test_Trip_Option] shall be set as enabled, if available.
Then, click item Trip_Test(T) in menu Execute, or click the seventh button of tool bar Trip
test, picture of protection tripping test will be displayed as shown in Figure 16.2-14.
There is only one item in the picture, i.e., Test_Differential_Trip, differential protection tripping test,
click the test button , related output relays will operate, and correspondent signals
will be sent. Correctness of these operations can be checked and this button changes to
then.
Click the red reset button again, all of the operated relays will dropout, test status will be resumed
and the reset button will return to .
Figure 16.2-14 Protection tripping test
16.2.5.2 Communication with the host computer test
First, the parameters of [Test_Trip_Option] and [Test_Comm_Option] (if available) shall be set

Chapter16 ANNEX
as enabled.
Click label in Figure 16.2-15, picture of communication with the host computer will
be displayed as shown in Figure 16.2-15.
Figure 16.2-15 Communication with host computer test (page 1)
Click test button of any item, relevant activation of this item will be recorded in the
report.
The report will be sent to the host computer, and correctness of the communication can be
checked then.

1 RCS-985B Generator Protection Instruction Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1 RCS-985B Generator Protection Instruction Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

1 RCS-985B Generator Protection Instruction Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

RCS-985B

Nanjing Nari-Relays Electric Co., Ltd.

Instructions and Warnings

The following indicators and standard definitions are used:

DANGER means that death, severe personal injury, or considerable equipment

WARNING means that death, severe personal injury, or considerable equipment

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD i

The earthing terminal of the equipment must be securely earthed

Printed circuit board

Carefully handle the connection cable without applying excessive force.

ii NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

Manual: V1.0 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO.,

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD iii

1.1 Application .................................................................................................................. 1

1.2 Protective Functions ................................................................................................... 1

1.2.1 Protective functions list for generator ....................................................................... 2

1.2.2 Protective functions list for stepdown transformer.................................................... 3

1.2.3 Protective functions list for excitation transformer or exciter.................................... 3

1.2.4 Auxiliary functions ..................................................................................................... 3

1.3 Typical applications .................................................................................................... 4

1.3.1 Typical applications................................................................................................... 4

1.3.2 Constitution of the scheme ....................................................................................... 6

1.4 Features ...................................................................................................................... 7

1.4.1 High-performance hardware ..................................................................................... 7

1.4.2 New protection technology........................................................................................ 8

1.4.3 Intellectuality ............................................................................................................. 9

Chapter2 Technical Data.............................................................................................................. 11

2.1 Electrical Specifications ............................................................................................ 11

2.1.1 Power supply........................................................................................................... 11

2.1.2 Analog current input ratings .................................................................................... 11

2.1.3 Analog voltage input ratings.................................................................................... 11

2.1.4 Binary input ............................................................................................................. 12

2.1.5 Binary output ........................................................................................................... 12

2.1.6 Power supply output for Optical isolators ............................................................... 12

2.2 Mechanical Specifications ........................................................................................ 12

2.3 Atmospheric Environment tests................................................................................ 13

2.4 Communication Interface.......................................................................................... 13

2.5 Type test ................................................................................................................... 14

2.5.1 Environmental tests ................................................................................................ 14

2.5.2 Mechanical tests ..................................................................................................... 14

iv NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

2.5.3 Electrical tests ......................................................................................................... 14

2.5.4 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)...................................................................... 14

2.6 Certifications ............................................................................................................. 15

2.7 Protective functions related parameters................................................................... 16

2.7.1 Accurate Operating scope ...................................................................................... 16

2.7.2 General error of analog input metering................................................................... 16

2.7.3 Generator-Transformer Unit，main transformer differential protection.................. 16

2.7.4 Transformer restricted earth fault protection .......................................................... 17

2.7.5 Generator differential protection and differential protection of exciter ................... 17

2.7.6 Stepdown transformer and excitation transformer differential protection............... 18

2.7.7 High sensitive transverse differential protection ..................................................... 19

2.7.9 Earth fault protection of stator................................................................................. 20

2.7.10 Stator earth fault protection with injection priciple ................................................ 21

2.7.11 Earth fault protection of rotor ................................................................................ 21

2.7.12 Overload protection of stator ................................................................................ 21

2.7.13 Negative sequence overload protection ............................................................... 22

2.7.14 Overload protection of excitation winding (AC quantity)....................................... 22

2.7.15 Overload protection of excitation winding (DC quantity) ...................................... 22